diff options
| author | Niklas Cassel <cassel@kernel.org> | 2026-09-16 15:00:32 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Niklas Cassel <cassel@kernel.org> | 2026-09-16 16:18:00 +0200 |
| commit | 8d836581f9b1f57ceaa2b47654754ef1260b410b (patch) | |
| tree | 1dbd4d0dfb99c2e238356cbe947e5b0be3e3a571 /Documentation/ABI/testing | |
| download | linux-stable-8d836581f9b1f57ceaa2b47654754ef1260b410b.tar.gz linux-stable-8d836581f9b1f57ceaa2b47654754ef1260b410b.zip | |
ata: libata-scsi: fix ata_dsm_trim_pages() kernel-docgrafted
make htmldocs fails with:
Documentation/driver-api/libata:604: ./drivers/ata/libata-scsi.c:2301:
ERROR: Unexpected indentation. [docutils]
The Return: section of ata_dsm_trim_pages() ends its first sentence with
a colon and continues with an indented bullet list. reStructuredText
requires a blank line before an indented block, so docutils chokes on
the list.
Simply adding the missing blank line does not work either: Return: is a
kernel-doc "special section", which is terminated by the first blank
line, so the bullet list would end up in the Description section,
detached from the sentence introducing it.
Spell the two bounds out as prose instead, so that the Return: section
stays self-contained. Documentation-only change.
Fixes: e64e6b5dc867 ("ata: libata-scsi: scale DSM TRIM payload by MAX PAGES PER DSM COMMAND")
Reported-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Closes: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-ide/b0a0b8e8-cc4f-4c7b-8bc5-fee0712d405a@redhat.com/
Reviewed-by: Damien Le Moal <dlemoal@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260916130031.29990-2-cassel@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <cassel@kernel.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation/ABI/testing')
602 files changed, 50810 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/amdpmf-interface b/Documentation/ABI/testing/amdpmf-interface new file mode 100644 index 000000000..625f90a01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/amdpmf-interface @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /dev/amdpmf_interface +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Shyam Sundar S K <Shyam-sundar.S-k@amd.com> +Description: + The AMD Platform Management Framework (PMF) util layer exposes a + minimal user-space interface via a character device for feature + discovery and metrics monitoring. + + When CONFIG_AMD_PMF_UTIL_SUPPORT is enabled, the driver creates + a character device: + + ====================== + /dev/amdpmf_interface + ====================== + + The interface supports a single ioctl: + + ============================ ======================================= + IOCTL Usage + IOCTL_AMD_PMF_POPULATE_DATA User passes a struct amd_pmf_info with + the size field set to sizeof(struct + amd_pmf_info). The driver returns all + available metrics and feature status + in the structure. + ============================ ======================================= + + struct amd_pmf_info layout: + + ======================= ========== ================================ + Field Type Description + size __u64 Structure size for versioning + features_supported __u32 Bitmask of supported features + platform_type __u32 Platform form factor orientation + power_source __u32 AC/DC power source + laptop_placement __u32 Device placement state + lid_state __u32 Lid open/closed status + user_presence __u32 User presence detection + slider_position __u32 Current power slider position + skin_temp __s32 Skin temperature (centidegrees) + gfx_busy __u32 Graphics workload percentage + ambient_light __s32 Ambient light sensor reading + avg_c0_residency __u32 Average C0 state residency + max_c0_residency __u32 Maximum C0 state residency + socket_power __u32 Socket power consumption + bios_input[10] __u32 Custom BIOS input parameters + bios_output[10] __u32 Custom BIOS output parameters + ======================= ========== ================================ + + Feature Support Flags (features_supported bitmask): + + ===================================== ==== ============================= + Flag Bit Description + AMD_PMF_FEAT_AUTO_MODE 0 Auto Mode feature support + AMD_PMF_FEAT_STATIC_POWER_SLIDER 1 Static Power Slider support + AMD_PMF_FEAT_POLICY_BUILDER 2 Policy Builder (Smart PC) + AMD_PMF_FEAT_DYNAMIC_POWER_SLIDER_AC 3 Dynamic slider on AC + AMD_PMF_FEAT_DYNAMIC_POWER_SLIDER_DC 4 Dynamic slider on DC + ===================================== ==== ============================= + + Return codes: + + ============= ============================================================ + Return code Description + 0 Success + EINVAL Invalid size or parameter + EFAULT copy_to_user/copy_from_user failures + ENODEV PMF device not available + ENOTTY Unknown ioctl command + ============= ============================================================ + + User-space tools integrating with AMD PMF to discover capabilities and + monitor real-time metrics for thermal and power management validation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c09b640c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /config/acpi +Date: July 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This represents the ACPI subsystem entry point directory. It + contains sub-groups corresponding to ACPI configurable options. + +What: /config/acpi/table +Date: July 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.8 +Description: + + This group contains the configuration for user defined ACPI + tables. The attributes of a user define table are: + + aml + - a binary attribute that the user can use to + fill in the ACPI aml definitions. Once the aml + data is written to this file and the file is + closed the table will be loaded and ACPI devices + will be enumerated. To check if the operation is + successful the user must check the error code + for close(). If the operation is successful, + subsequent writes to this attribute will fail. + + The rest of the attributes are read-only and are valid only + after the table has been loaded by filling the aml entry: + + signature + - ASCII table signature + + length + - length of table in bytes, including the header + + revision + - ACPI Specification minor version number + + oem_id + - ASCII OEM identification + + oem_table_id + - ASCII OEM table identification + + oem_revision + - OEM revision number + + asl_compiler_id + - ASCII ASL compiler vendor ID + + asl_compiler_revision + - ASL compiler version diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1637fcb50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /config/iio +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This represents Industrial IO configuration entry point + directory. It contains sub-groups corresponding to IIO + objects. + +What: /config/iio/triggers +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Description: + Industrial IO software triggers directory. + +What: /config/iio/triggers/hrtimers +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Description: + High resolution timers directory. Creating a directory here + will result in creating a hrtimer trigger in the IIO subsystem. + +What: /config/iio/devices +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Description: + Industrial IO software devices directory. + +What: /config/iio/devices/dummy +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Description: + Dummy IIO devices directory. Creating a directory here will result + in creating a dummy IIO device in the IIO subsystem. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a4b8649a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_<component> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: Interface is used to configure and connect device channels + to component drivers. + + Attributes are visible only when configfs is mounted. To mount + configfs in /sys/kernel/config directory use: + # mount -t configfs none /sys/kernel/config/ + + +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_cdev/<link> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + The attributes: + + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel + + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochronous data) + + + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this + channel + + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over + this channel + + direction + configure whether this link will be an input + or output + + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + for MediaLB communication only) + + packets_per_xact + configure the number of packets that will be + collected from the network before being + transmitted via USB (this is used for USB + communication only) + + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to + + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to + + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components + + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + creation of the link. In case of speculative + configuration, the creation is post-poned until + a physical device is being attached to the bus. + + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + active link + +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_video/<link> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + The attributes: + + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel + + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochronous data) + + + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this + channel + + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over + this channel + + direction + configure whether this link will be an input + or output + + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + for MediaLB communication only) + + packets_per_xact + configure the number of packets that will be + collected from the network before being + transmitted via USB (this is used for USB + communication only) + + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to + + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to + + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components + + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + creation of the link. In case of speculative + configuration, the creation is post-poned until + a physical device is being attached to the bus. + + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + active link + +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_net/<link> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + The attributes: + + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel + + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochronous data) + + + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this + channel + + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over + this channel + + direction + configure whether this link will be an input + or output + + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + for MediaLB communication only) + + packets_per_xact + configure the number of packets that will be + collected from the network before being + transmitted via USB (this is used for USB + communication only) + + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to + + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to + + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components + + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + creation of the link. In case of speculative + configuration, the creation is post-poned until + a physical device is being attached to the bus. + + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + active link + +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_sound/<card> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + The attributes: + + create_card + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + registration of the sound card with the ALSA + subsystem. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_sound/<card>/<link> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + The attributes: + + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel + + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochronous data) + + + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this + channel + + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over + this channel + + direction + configure whether this link will be an input + or output + + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + for MediaLB communication only) + + packets_per_xact + configure the number of packets that will be + collected from the network before being + transmitted via USB (this is used for USB + communication only) + + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to + + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to + + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components + + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + creation of the link. In case of speculative + configuration, the creation is post-poned until + a physical device is being attached to the bus. + + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + active link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-rdma_cm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-rdma_cm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..739f7b6a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-rdma_cm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /config/rdma_cm +Date: November 29, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Description: Interface is used to configure RDMA-cable HCAs in respect to + RDMA-CM attributes. + + Attributes are visible only when configfs is mounted. To mount + configfs in /config directory use: + # mount -t configfs none /config/ + + In order to set parameters related to a specific HCA, a directory + for this HCA has to be created: + mkdir -p /config/rdma_cm/<hca> + + Note: configfs has no network namespace support, so this + interface cannot represent two devices that share a name in + different network namespaces (possible in exclusive netns mode). + + +What: /config/rdma_cm/<hca>/ports/<port-num>/default_roce_mode +Date: November 29, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Description: RDMA-CM based connections from HCA <hca> at port <port-num> + will be initiated with this RoCE type as default. + The possible RoCE types are either "IB/RoCE v1" or "RoCE v2". + This parameter has RW access. + +What: /config/rdma_cm/<hca>/ports/<port-num>/default_roce_tos +Date: February 7, 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11.0 +Description: RDMA-CM QPs from HCA <hca> at port <port-num> + will be created with this TOS as default. + This can be overridden by using the rdma_set_option API. + The possible RoCE TOS values are 0-255. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf877bd34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /config/pcie-gadget +Date: Feb 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + + Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller + as device and then program its various registers to configure it + as a particular device type. + This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability. + + Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs + in /config directory use:: + + # mount -t configfs none /config/ + + For nth PCIe Device Controller /config/pcie-gadget.n/: + + =============== ====================================================== + link used to enable ltssm and read its status. + int_type used to configure and read type of supported interrupt + no_of_msi used to configure number of MSI vector needed and + to read no of MSI granted. + inta write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert. + send_msi write MSI vector to be sent. + vendor_id used to write and read vendor id (hex) + device_id used to write and read device id (hex) + bar0_size used to write and read bar0_size + bar0_address used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex. + bar0_rw_offset used to write and read offset of bar0 where bar0_data + will be written or read. + bar0_data used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset. + =============== ====================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..421ce6825 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /config/stp-policy +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + This group contains policies mandating Master/Channel allocation + for software sources wishing to send trace data over an STM + device. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy> +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + This group is the root of a policy; its name is a concatenation + of an stm device name to which this policy applies and an + arbitrary string. If <device> part doesn't match an existing + stm device, mkdir will fail with ENODEV; if that device already + has a policy assigned to it, mkdir will fail with EBUSY. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/device +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + STM device to which this policy applies, read only. Same as the + <device> component of its parent directory. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node> +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + Policy node is a string identifier that software clients will + use to request a master/channel to be allocated and assigned to + them. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>/masters +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + Range of masters from which to allocate for users of this node. + Write two numbers: the first master and the last master number. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>/channels +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + Range of channels from which to allocate for users of this node. + Write two numbers: the first channel and the last channel + number. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b290d1c00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/uuid +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Description: + UUID source identifier string, RW. + Default value is randomly generated at the mkdir <node> time. + Data coming from trace sources that use this <node> will be + tagged with this UUID in the MIPI SyS-T packet stream, to + allow the decoder to discern between different sources + within the same master/channel range, and identify the + higher level decoders that may be needed for each source. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/do_len +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Description: + Include payload length in the MIPI SyS-T header, boolean. + If enabled, the SyS-T protocol encoder will include payload + length in each packet's metadata. This is normally redundant + if the underlying transport protocol supports marking message + boundaries (which STP does), so this is off by default. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/ts_interval +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Description: + Time interval in milliseconds. Include a timestamp in the + MIPI SyS-T packet metadata, if this many milliseconds have + passed since the previous packet from this source. Zero is + the default and stands for "never send the timestamp". + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/clocksync_interval +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Description: + Time interval in milliseconds. Send a CLOCKSYNC packet if + this many milliseconds have passed since the previous + CLOCKSYNC packet from this source. Zero is the default and + stands for "never send the CLOCKSYNC". It makes sense to + use this option with sources that generate constant and/or + periodic data, like stm_heartbeat. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-thunderbolt_stream b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-thunderbolt_stream new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbecb3d8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-thunderbolt_stream @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/config/thunderbolt/stream/<xdomain>.<service> +Date: Sep 2026 +KernelVersion: v7.2 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Configuration group for a stream Thunderbolt/USB4 + service. It is possible to create groups even if there + is no connection yet to the other host. Once a + connection established and there is stream service on + the remote side that matches, this configuration is + applied to it. + + To find the service name you can run tblist from tbtools [1]: + + # tblist -A + ... + Domain 0 Route 3 Index 0: stream + + [1] https://github.com/intel/tbtools + +What: /sys/kernel/config/thunderbolt/stream/<xdomain>.<service>/$name +Date: Sep 2026 +KernelVersion: v7.2 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Creates new stream with $name and fills it with the + default values. If there is an advertised remote stream + with the same name, uses its values as the default. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/thunderbolt/stream/<xdomain>.<service>/$name/busy_poll +Date: Nov 2026 +KernelVersion: v7.3 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Instead of using interrupts for completing the frames in + the TX/RX rings, busy poll them directly from the + read(2) and write(2) calls. This burns more CPU cycles + but provides lower latency for applications that need it. + + This also makes poll(2) return EPOLLERR because + interrupts do not provide wakeup anymore. Likewise a + blocking read(2) without available data busy-spins until + data arrives or a signal is received. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/thunderbolt/stream/<xdomain>.<service>/$name/index +Date: Sep 2026 +KernelVersion: v7.2 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This matches the X in /dev/tbstreamX and allows userspace + to map the configfs directory to the corresponding character + device. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/thunderbolt/stream/<xdomain>.<service>/$name/in_hopid +Date: Sep 2026 +KernelVersion: v7.2 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: + In HopID used with the read path of the tunnel. Available HopIDs + for tunneling start from 8. You can pass also -1 for automatic + allocation. The allocated value can be read here. Writing 0 will + de-allocate if the stream is not in use. + + To figure out the maximum HopID you can run tbget from + tbtools for the lane adapter. For example below we check + for lane adapter number 1 (first USB4 port): + + # tbget -r 0 -a 1 -D ADP_CS_5.Max\ Input\ HopID + 19 + + This allows to use anything between 8 and 19 inclusive. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/thunderbolt/stream/<xdomain>.<service>/$name/out_hopid +Date: Sep 2026 +KernelVersion: v7.2 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Out HopID used with the write path of the tunnel. Available HopIDs + for tunneling start from 8. You can pass also -1 for automatic + allocation. The allocated value can be read here. Writing 0 will + de-allocate if the stream is not in use. See @in_hopid + for how to figure out the maximum HopID. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/thunderbolt/stream/<xdomain>.<service>/$name/ring_size +Date: Sep 2026 +KernelVersion: v7.2 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Size of the TX/RX rings. Can be adjusted between 32 and + 4096. The default is 256. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/thunderbolt/stream/<xdomain>.<service>/$name/throttling +Date: Sep 2026 +KernelVersion: v7.2 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Interrupt throttling rate in ns. Lower values can give + better latency. The default is 8192 ns. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-tsm-report b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-tsm-report new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a6a5045a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-tsm-report @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/config/tsm/report/$name/inblob +Date: September, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.7 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (WO) Up to 64 bytes of user specified binary data. For replay + protection this should include a nonce, but the kernel does not + place any restrictions on the content. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/tsm/report/$name/outblob +Date: September, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.7 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Binary attestation report generated from @inblob and other + options The format of the report is implementation specific + where the implementation is conveyed via the @provider + attribute. + + This interface fails reads and sets errno to EFBIG when the + report generated by @provider exceeds the configfs-tsm-report + internal maximums. Contact the platform provider for the + compatible security module, driver, and attestation library + combination. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/tsm/report/$name/auxblob +Date: October, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.7 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Optional supplemental data that a TSM may emit, visibility + of this attribute depends on TSM, and may be empty if no + auxiliary data is available. + + When @provider is "sev_guest" this file contains the + "cert_table" from SEV-ES Guest-Hypervisor Communication Block + Standardization v2.03 Section 4.1.8.1 MSG_REPORT_REQ. + https://www.amd.com/content/dam/amd/en/documents/epyc-technical-docs/specifications/56421.pdf + + See "EFBIG" comment in the @outblob description for potential + error conditions. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/tsm/report/$name/manifestblob +Date: January, 2024 +KernelVersion: v6.10 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Optional supplemental data that a TSM may emit, visibility + of this attribute depends on TSM, and may be empty if no + manifest data is available. + + See 'service_provider' for information on the format of the + manifest blob. + + See "EFBIG" comment in the @outblob description for potential + error conditions. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/tsm/report/$name/provider +Date: September, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.7 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) A name for the format-specification of @outblob like + "sev_guest" [1] or "tdx_guest" [2] in the near term, or a + common standard format in the future. + + [1]: SEV Secure Nested Paging Firmware ABI Specification + Revision 1.55 Table 22 + https://www.amd.com/content/dam/amd/en/documents/epyc-technical-docs/specifications/56860.pdf + + [2]: Intel® Trust Domain Extensions Data Center Attestation + Primitives : Quote Generation Library and Quote Verification + Library Revision 0.8 Appendix 4,5 + https://download.01.org/intel-sgx/latest/dcap-latest/linux/docs/Intel_TDX_DCAP_Quoting_Library_API.pdf + + Intel TDX platforms with DICE-based attestation use CBOR Web Token + (CWT) format for the Quote payload. This is indicated by the Quote + size exceeding 8KB. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/tsm/report/$name/generation +Date: September, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.7 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The value in this attribute increments each time @inblob or + any option is written. Userspace can detect conflicts by + checking generation before writing to any attribute and making + sure the number of writes matches expectations after reading + @outblob, or it can prevent conflicts by creating a report + instance per requesting context. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/tsm/report/$name/privlevel +Date: September, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.7 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (WO) Attribute is visible if a TSM implementation provider + supports the concept of attestation reports for TVMs running at + different privilege levels, like SEV-SNP "VMPL", specify the + privilege level via this attribute. The minimum acceptable + value is conveyed via @privlevel_floor and the maximum + acceptable value is TSM_PRIVLEVEL_MAX (3). + +What: /sys/kernel/config/tsm/report/$name/privlevel_floor +Date: September, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.7 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Indicates the minimum permissible value that can be written + to @privlevel. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/tsm/report/$name/service_provider +Date: January, 2024 +KernelVersion: v6.10 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (WO) Attribute is visible if a TSM implementation provider + supports the concept of attestation reports from a service + provider for TVMs, like SEV-SNP running under an SVSM. + Specifying the service provider via this attribute will create + an attestation report as specified by the service provider. + The only currently supported service provider is "svsm". + + For the "svsm" service provider, see the Secure VM Service Module + for SEV-SNP Guests v1.00 Section 7. For the doc, search for + "site:amd.com "Secure VM Service Module for SEV-SNP + Guests", docID: 58019" + +What: /sys/kernel/config/tsm/report/$name/service_guid +Date: January, 2024 +KernelVersion: v6.10 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (WO) Attribute is visible if a TSM implementation provider + supports the concept of attestation reports from a service + provider for TVMs, like SEV-SNP running under an SVSM. + Specifying an empty/null GUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000) + requests all active services within the service provider be + part of the attestation report. Specifying a GUID request + an attestation report of just the specified service using the + manifest form specified by the service_manifest_version + attribute. + + See 'service_provider' for information on the format of the + service guid. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/tsm/report/$name/service_manifest_version +Date: January, 2024 +KernelVersion: v6.10 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (WO) Attribute is visible if a TSM implementation provider + supports the concept of attestation reports from a service + provider for TVMs, like SEV-SNP running under an SVSM. + Indicates the service manifest version requested for the + attestation report (default 0). If this field is not set by + the user, the default manifest version of the service (the + service's initial/first manifest version) is returned. + + See 'service_provider' for information on the format of the + service manifest version. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8bb896de --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains sub-groups corresponding to created + USB gadgets. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + The attributes of a gadget: + + ================ ============================================ + UDC bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget; + write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/* + to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind. + + max_speed maximum speed the driver supports. Valid + names are super-speed-plus, super-speed, + high-speed, full-speed, and low-speed. + + bDeviceClass USB device class code + bDeviceSubClass USB device subclass code + bDeviceProtocol USB device protocol code + bMaxPacketSize0 maximum endpoint 0 packet size + bcdDevice bcd device release number + bcdUSB bcd USB specification version number + idProduct product ID + idVendor vendor ID + ================ ============================================ + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains a USB gadget's configurations + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes of a configuration: + + ================ ====================================== + bmAttributes configuration characteristics + MaxPower maximum power consumption from the bus + ================ ====================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains subdirectories for language-specific + strings for this configuration. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings/language +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ================ ========================= + configuration configuration description + ================ ========================= + + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains functions available to this USB gadget. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n> +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "Feature Descriptors" specific for one + gadget's USB interface or one interface group described + by an IAD. + + The attributes: + + ================= ===================================== + compatible_id 8-byte string for "Compatible ID" + sub_compatible_id 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID" + ================= ===================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>/<property> +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "Extended Property Descriptors" specific for one + gadget's USB interface or one interface group described + by an IAD. + + The attributes: + + ===== =============================================== + type value 1..7 for interpreting the data + + - 1: unicode string + - 2: unicode string with environment variable + - 3: binary + - 4: little-endian 32-bit + - 5: big-endian 32-bit + - 6: unicode string with a symbolic link + - 7: multiple unicode strings + data blob of data to be interpreted depending on + type + ===== =============================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains subdirectories for language-specific + strings for this gadget. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings/language +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ============ ================================= + serialnumber gadget's serial number (string) + product gadget's product description + manufacturer gadget's manufacturer description + ============ ================================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/os_desc +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "OS String" extension handling attributes. + + ============= =============================================== + use flag turning "OS Descriptors" support on/off + b_vendor_code one-byte value used for custom per-device and + per-interface requests + qw_sign an identifier to be reported as "OS String" + proper + ============= =============================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/webusb +Date: Dec 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Description: + This group contains "WebUSB" extension handling attributes. + + ============= =============================================== + use flag turning "WebUSB" support on/off + bcdVersion bcd WebUSB specification version number + bVendorCode one-byte value used for custom per-device + landingPage UTF-8 encoded URL of the device's landing page + ============= =============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25e68be9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/acm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with acm function's instance "name". + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/acm.name/protocol +Date: Aug 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Description: + Reported bInterfaceProtocol for the ACM device. For legacy + reasons, this defaults to 1 (USB_CDC_ACM_PROTO_AT_V25TER). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..732101ca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ecm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname + - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult + - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr + - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr + - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem new file mode 100644 index 000000000..178c3d5fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/eem.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ========== ============================================= + ifname network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + ========== ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf8936ff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ffs.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: The purpose of this directory is to create and remove it. + + A corresponding USB function instance is created/removed. + + All attributes are read only: + + ============= ============================================ + ready 1 if the function is ready to be used, E.G. + if userspace has written descriptors and + strings to ep0, so the gadget can be + enabled - 0 otherwise. + ============= ============================================ + + All other parameters are set through FunctionFS. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748705c4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/hid.name +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Description: + The attributes: + + ============= ============================================ + protocol HID protocol to use + report_desc blob corresponding to HID report descriptors + except the data passed through /dev/hidg<N> + report_length HID report length + subclass HID device subclass to use + ============= ============================================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6c6ba5ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/Loopback.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + ======= ======================= + qlen depth of loopback queue + buflen buffer length + ======= ======================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc0328069 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name +Date: Oct 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + =========== ============================================== + stall Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints. + Disabled on some USB devices known not to work + correctly. You should set it to true. + num_buffers Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers + are 2..4. Available only if + CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set. + =========== ============================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name +Date: Oct 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + ============ ============================================== + file The path to the backing file for the LUN. + Required if LUN is not marked as removable. + ro Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be + read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation + is enabled as well as when it was impossible + to open "filename" in R/W mode. + removable Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as + being removable. + cdrom Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as + being a CD-ROM. + nofua Flag specifying that FUA flag + in SCSI WRITE(10,12) + forced_eject This write-only file is useful only when + the function is active. It causes the backing + file to be forcibly detached from the LUN, + regardless of whether the host has allowed it. + Any non-zero number of bytes written will + result in ejection. + ============ ============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6bd67bb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/midi.name +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Description: + The attributes: + + ================ ==================================== + index index value for the USB MIDI adapter + id ID string for the USB MIDI adapter + buflen MIDI buffer length + qlen USB read request queue length + in_ports number of MIDI input ports + out_ports number of MIDI output ports + interface_string USB AudioControl interface string + ================ ==================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d76a52e2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi2 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/midi2.name +Date: Jul 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Description: + The attributes: + + ============ =============================================== + process_ump Flag to process UMP Stream messages (0 or 1) + static_block Flag for static blocks (0 or 1) + iface_name MIDI interface name string + ============ =============================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/midi2.name/ep.number +Date: Jul 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Description: + This group contains a UMP Endpoint configuration. + A new Endpoint starts from 0, and can be up to 3. + + The attributes: + + ============= =============================================== + protocol_caps MIDI protocol capabilities (1, 2 or 3 for both) + protocol Default MIDI protocol (1 or 2) + ep_name UMP Endpoint name string + product_id Product ID string + manufacturer Manufacture ID (24 bit) + family Device family ID (16 bit) + model Device model ID (16 bit) + sw_revision Software Revision (32 bit) + ============= =============================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/midi2.name/ep.number/block.number +Date: Jul 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Description: + This group contains a UMP Function Block configuration. + A new block starts from 0, and can be up to 31. + + The attributes: + + ================= ============================================== + name Function Block name string + direction 1: input, 2: output, 3: bidirectional + first_group The first UMP Group number (0-15) + num_groups The number of groups in this FB (1-16) + midi1_first_group The first UMP Group number for MIDI 1.0 (0-15) + midi1_num_groups The number of groups for MIDI 1.0 (0-16) + ui_hint 0: unknown, 1: receiver, 2: sender, 3: both + midi_ci_version Supported MIDI-CI version number (8 bit) + is_midi1 Legacy MIDI 1.0 device (0, 1 or 2) + sysex8_streams Max number of SysEx8 streams (8 bit) + active Active FB flag (0 or 1) + ================= ============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fe723eff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ncm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6a9327ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/obex.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with obex function's instance "name". + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7037a358e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/phonet.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: ifname. + It contains the network interface name assigned during + network device registration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7aa731bac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/printer.name +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Description: + The attributes: + + ========== =========================================== + pnp_string Data to be passed to the host in pnp string + q_len Number of requests per endpoint + ========== =========================================== + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9416eda7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/rndis.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ========= ============================================= + ifname network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + class USB interface class, default is 02 (hex) + subclass USB interface subclass, default is 06 (hex) + protocol USB interface protocol, default is 00 (hex) + ========= ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial new file mode 100644 index 000000000..474d249f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/gser.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with gser function's instance "name". + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f3d31b60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/SourceSink.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + ============== ================================== + pattern 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none) + isoc_interval 1..16 + isoc_maxpacket 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss) + isoc_mult 0..2 (hs/ss only) + isoc_maxburst 0..15 (ss only) + buflen buffer length + bulk_qlen depth of queue for bulk + iso_qlen depth of queue for iso + ============== ================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0061b8643 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/geth.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ========== ============================================= + ifname network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + ========== ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-tcm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-tcm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a29ed2dd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-tcm @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/tcm.name +Date: Dec 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Description: + There are no attributes because all the configuration + is performed in the "target" subsystem of configfs. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64188a855 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac1.name +Date: June 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Description: + The attributes: + + ===================== ======================================= + c_chmask capture channel mask + c_srate list of capture sampling rates (comma-separated) + c_ssize capture sample size (bytes) + c_mute_present capture mute control enable + c_volume_present capture volume control enable + c_volume_min capture volume control min value + (in 1/256 dB) + c_volume_max capture volume control max value + (in 1/256 dB) + c_volume_res capture volume control resolution + (in 1/256 dB) + p_chmask playback channel mask + p_srate list of playback sampling rates (comma-separated) + p_ssize playback sample size (bytes) + p_mute_present playback mute control enable + p_volume_present playback volume control enable + p_volume_min playback volume control min value + (in 1/256 dB) + p_volume_max playback volume control max value + (in 1/256 dB) + p_volume_res playback volume control resolution + (in 1/256 dB) + req_number the number of pre-allocated requests + for both capture and playback + function_name name of the interface + p_it_name playback input terminal name + p_it_ch_name playback channels name + p_ot_name playback output terminal name + p_fu_vol_name playback mute/volume functional unit name + c_it_name capture input terminal name + c_it_ch_name capture channels name + c_ot_name capture output terminal name + c_fu_vol_name capture mute/volume functional unit name + ===================== ======================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1_legacy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1_legacy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a681d219 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1_legacy @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac1_legacy.name +Date: Sep 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Description: + The attributes: + + audio_buf_size - audio buffer size + req_buf_size - ISO OUT endpoint request buffer size + req_count - ISO OUT endpoint request count diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..133e995c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac2.name +Date: Sep 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Description: + The attributes: + + ===================== ======================================= + c_chmask capture channel mask + c_srate list of capture sampling rates (comma-separated) + c_ssize capture sample size (bytes) + c_hs_bint capture bInterval for HS/SS (1-4: fixed, 0: auto) + c_sync capture synchronization type + (async/adaptive) + c_mute_present capture mute control enable + c_volume_present capture volume control enable + c_volume_min capture volume control min value + (in 1/256 dB) + c_volume_max capture volume control max value + (in 1/256 dB) + c_volume_res capture volume control resolution + (in 1/256 dB) + fb_max maximum extra bandwidth in async mode + p_chmask playback channel mask + p_srate list of playback sampling rates (comma-separated) + p_ssize playback sample size (bytes) + p_hs_bint playback bInterval for HS/SS (1-4: fixed, 0: auto) + p_mute_present playback mute control enable + p_volume_present playback volume control enable + p_volume_min playback volume control min value + (in 1/256 dB) + p_volume_max playback volume control max value + (in 1/256 dB) + p_volume_res playback volume control resolution + (in 1/256 dB) + req_number the number of pre-allocated requests + for both capture and playback + function_name name of the interface + if_ctrl_name topology control name + clksrc_in_name input clock name + clksrc_out_name output clock name + p_it_name playback input terminal name + p_it_ch_name playback input first channel name + p_ot_name playback output terminal name + p_fu_vol_name playback mute/volume function unit name + c_it_name capture input terminal name + c_it_ch_name capture input first channel name + c_ot_name capture output terminal name + c_fu_vol_name capture mute/volume functional unit name + c_terminal_type code of the capture terminal type + p_terminal_type code of the playback terminal type + ===================== ======================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6720768d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: UVC function directory + + =================== ============================= + streaming_maxburst 0..15 (ss only) + streaming_maxpacket 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss) + streaming_interval 1..16 + function_name string [32] + =================== ============================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Control descriptors + + All attributes read only except enable_interrupt_ep: + + =================== ============================= + bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this + streaming interface + enable_interrupt_ep flag to enable the interrupt + endpoint for the VC interface + =================== ============================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/ss +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Super speed control class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/fs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Full speed control class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Output terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Default output terminal descriptors + + All attributes read only except bSourceID: + + ============== ============================================= + iTerminal index of string descriptor + bSourceID id of the terminal to which this terminal + is connected + bAssocTerminal id of the input terminal to which this output + terminal is associated + wTerminalType terminal type + bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal + ============== ============================================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Camera terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Default camera terminal descriptors + + All attributes read only except bmControls, which is read/write: + + ======================== ==================================== + bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are + supported for the video stream + wOcularFocalLength the value of Locular + wObjectiveFocalLengthMax the value of Lmin + wObjectiveFocalLengthMin the value of Lmax + iTerminal index of string descriptor + bAssocTerminal id of the output terminal to which + this terminal is connected + wTerminalType terminal type + bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal + ======================== ==================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Processing unit descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Default processing unit descriptors + + All attributes read only except bmControls, which is read/write: + + =============== ======================================== + iProcessing index of string descriptor + bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are + supported for the video stream + wMaxMultiplier maximum digital magnification x100 + bSourceID id of the terminal to which this unit is + connected + bUnitID a non-zero id of this unit + =============== ======================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/extensions +Date: Nov 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Description: Extension unit descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/extensions/name +Date: Nov 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Description: Extension Unit (XU) Descriptor + + bLength, bUnitID and iExtension are read-only. All others are + read-write. + + ================= ======================================== + bLength size of the descriptor in bytes + bUnitID non-zero ID of this unit + guidExtensionCode Vendor-specific code identifying the XU + bNumControls number of controls in this XU + bNrInPins number of input pins for this unit + baSourceID list of the IDs of the units or terminals + to which this XU is connected + bControlSize size of the bmControls field in bytes + bmControls list of bitmaps detailing which vendor + specific controls are supported + iExtension index of a string descriptor that describes + this extension unit + ================= ======================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Control header descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific control header descriptors + +dwClockFrequency +bcdUVC +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Streaming descriptors + + All attributes read only: + + ================ ============================= + bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this + streaming interface + ================ ============================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/ss +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Super speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/hs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: High speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/fs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Full speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Color matching descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Default color matching descriptors + + All attributes read/write: + + ======================== ====================================== + bMatrixCoefficients matrix used to compute luma and + chroma values from the color primaries + bTransferCharacteristics optoelectronic transfer + characteristic of the source picture, + also called the gamma function + bColorPrimaries color primaries and the reference + white + ======================== ====================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching/name +Date: Dec 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Description: Additional color matching descriptors + + All attributes read/write: + + ======================== ====================================== + bMatrixCoefficients matrix used to compute luma and + chroma values from the color primaries + bTransferCharacteristics optoelectronic transfer + characteristic of the source picture, + also called the gamma function + bColorPrimaries color primaries and the reference + white + ======================== ====================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: MJPEG format descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific MJPEG format descriptors + + All attributes read only, + except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex: + + =================== ===================================== + bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor; + only defined after parent header is + linked into the streaming class; + read-only + bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in + the streaming header + bmInterlaceFlags specifies interlace information, + read-only + bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bmFlags characteristics of this format, + read-only + bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream + =================== ===================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific MJPEG frame descriptors + + ========================= ===================================== + bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor; + only defined after parent format is + linked into the streaming header; + read-only + dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + ========================= ===================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Uncompressed format descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific uncompressed format descriptors + + ================== ======================================= + bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor; + only defined after parent header is + linked into the streaming class; + read-only + bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in + the streaming header + bmInterlaceFlags specifies interlace information, + read-only + bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream + bBitsPerPixel number of bits per pixel used to + specify color in the decoded video + frame + guidFormat globally unique id used to identify + stream-encoding format + ================== ======================================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific uncompressed frame descriptors + + ========================= ===================================== + bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor; + only defined after parent format is + linked into the streaming header; + read-only + dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + ========================= ===================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/framebased +Date: Sept 2024 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Description: Framebased format descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/framebased/name +Date: Sept 2024 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Description: Specific framebased format descriptors + + ================== ======================================= + bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor; + only defined after parent header is + linked into the streaming class; + read-only + bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in + the streaming header + bmInterlaceFlags specifies interlace information, + read-only + bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream + bBitsPerPixel number of bits per pixel used to + specify color in the decoded video + frame + guidFormat globally unique id used to identify + stream-encoding format + ================== ======================================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/framebased/name/name +Date: Sept 2024 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Description: Specific framebased frame descriptors + + ========================= ===================================== + bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor; + only defined after parent format is + linked into the streaming header; + read-only + dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwBytesPerLine Specifies the number of bytes per line + of video for packed fixed frame size + formats, allowing the receiver to + perform stride alignment of the video. + If the bVariableSize value (above) is + TRUE (1), or if the format does not + permit such alignment, this value shall + be set to zero (0). + dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + ========================= ===================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Streaming header descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific streaming header descriptors + + All attributes read only: + + ==================== ===================================== + bTriggerUsage how the host software will respond to + a hardware trigger interrupt event + bTriggerSupport flag specifying if hardware + triggering is supported + bStillCaptureMethod method of still image capture + supported + bTerminalLink id of the output terminal to which + the video endpoint of this interface + is connected + bmInfo capabilities of this video streaming + interface + ==================== ===================================== + +What: /sys/class/udc/udc.name/device/gadget/video4linux/video.name/function_name +Date: May 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Description: UVC configfs function instance name diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-alienware-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-alienware-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7f525d6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-alienware-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/alienware-wmi-<wmi_device_name>/system_description +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: Kurt Borja <kuurtb@gmail.com> +Description: + This file exposes the raw ``system_description`` number reported + by the WMAX device. + + Only present on devices with the AWCC interface. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/alienware-wmi.rst for + details. + + RO + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/alienware-wmi-<wmi_device_name>/hwmon_data +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: Kurt Borja <kuurtb@gmail.com> +Description: + This file exposes HWMON private data. + + Includes fan sensor count, temperature sensor count, internal + fan IDs and internal temp IDs. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/alienware-wmi.rst for + details. + + RO + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/alienware-wmi-<wmi_device_name>/pprof_data +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: Kurt Borja <kuurtb@gmail.com> +Description: + This file exposes Platform Profile private data. + + Includes internal mapping to platform profiles and thermal + profile IDs. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/alienware-wmi.rst for + details. + + RO + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/alienware-wmi-<wmi_device_name>/gpio_ctl/total_gpios +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: Kurt Borja <kuurtb@gmail.com> +Description: + Total number of GPIO pins reported by the device. + + RO + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/alienware-wmi-<wmi_device_name>/gpio_ctl/pinX +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: Kurt Borja <kuurtb@gmail.com> +Description: + This file controls GPIO pin X status. + + See Documentation/wmi/devices/alienware-wmi.rst for details. + + RW diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-amd-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-amd-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5621a66aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-amd-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/iommu<x>/mmio +Date: January 2025 +Contact: Dheeraj Kumar Srivastava <dheerajkumar.srivastava@amd.com> +Description: + This file provides read/write access for user input. Users specify the + MMIO register offset for iommu<x>, and the file outputs the corresponding + MMIO register value of iommu<x> + + Example:: + + $ echo "0x18" > /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/iommu00/mmio + $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/iommu00/mmio + + Output:: + + Offset:0x18 Value:0x000c22000003f48d + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/iommu<x>/capability +Date: January 2025 +Contact: Dheeraj Kumar Srivastava <dheerajkumar.srivastava@amd.com> +Description: + This file provides read/write access for user input. Users specify the + capability register offset for iommu<x>, and the file outputs the + corresponding capability register value of iommu<x>. + + Example:: + + $ echo "0x10" > /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/iommu00/capability + $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/iommu00/capability + + Output:: + + Offset:0x10 Value:0x00203040 + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/iommu<x>/cmdbuf +Date: January 2025 +Contact: Dheeraj Kumar Srivastava <dheerajkumar.srivastava@amd.com> +Description: + This file is a read-only output file containing iommu<x> command + buffer entries. + + Examples:: + + $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/iommu<x>/cmdbuf + + Output:: + + CMD Buffer Head Offset:339 Tail Offset:339 + 0: 00835001 10000001 00003c00 00000000 + 1: 00000000 30000005 fffff003 7fffffff + 2: 00835001 10000001 00003c01 00000000 + 3: 00000000 30000005 fffff003 7fffffff + 4: 00835001 10000001 00003c02 00000000 + 5: 00000000 30000005 fffff003 7fffffff + 6: 00835001 10000001 00003c03 00000000 + 7: 00000000 30000005 fffff003 7fffffff + 8: 00835001 10000001 00003c04 00000000 + 9: 00000000 30000005 fffff003 7fffffff + 10: 00835001 10000001 00003c05 00000000 + 11: 00000000 30000005 fffff003 7fffffff + [...] + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/devid +Date: January 2025 +Contact: Dheeraj Kumar Srivastava <dheerajkumar.srivastava@amd.com> +Description: + This file provides read/write access for user input. Users specify the + device ID, which can be used to dump IOMMU data structures such as the + interrupt remapping table and device table. + + Example: + + 1. + :: + + $ echo 0000:01:00.0 > /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/devid + $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/devid + + Output:: + + 0000:01:00.0 + + 2. + :: + + $ echo 01:00.0 > /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/devid + $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/devid + + Output:: + + 0000:01:00.0 + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/devtbl +Date: January 2025 +Contact: Dheeraj Kumar Srivastava <dheerajkumar.srivastava@amd.com> +Description: + This file is a read-only output file containing the device table entry + for the device ID provided in /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/devid. + + Example:: + + $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/devtbl + + Output:: + + DeviceId QWORD[3] QWORD[2] QWORD[1] QWORD[0] iommu + 0000:01:00.0 0000000000000000 20000001373b8013 0000000000000038 6000000114d7b603 iommu3 + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/irqtbl +Date: January 2025 +Contact: Dheeraj Kumar Srivastava <dheerajkumar.srivastava@amd.com> +Description: + This file is a read-only output file containing valid IRT table entries + for the device ID provided in /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/devid. + + Example:: + + $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/amd/irqtbl + + Output:: + + DeviceId 0000:01:00.0 + IRT[0000] 0000000000000020 0000000000000241 + IRT[0001] 0000000000000020 0000000000000841 + IRT[0002] 0000000000000020 0000000000002041 + IRT[0003] 0000000000000020 0000000000008041 + IRT[0004] 0000000000000020 0000000000020041 + IRT[0005] 0000000000000020 0000000000080041 + IRT[0006] 0000000000000020 0000000000200041 + IRT[0007] 0000000000000020 0000000000800041 + [...] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cdns-pcie b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cdns-pcie new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be963784c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cdns-pcie @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/cdns_pcie_<dev>/ltssm_status +Date: July 2026 +Contact: Hans Zhang <18255117159@163.com> +Description: (RO) Read will return the current PCIe LTSSM state in both + string and raw value.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c512f71bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/cec/*/error-inj +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org> +Description: + +The CEC Framework allows for CEC error injection commands through +debugfs. Drivers that support this will create an error-inj file +through which the error injection commands can be given. + +The basic syntax is as follows: + +Leading spaces/tabs are ignored. If the next character is a '#' or the +end of the line was reached, then the whole line is ignored. Otherwise +a command is expected. + +It is up to the driver to decide what commands to implement. The only +exception is that the command 'clear' without any arguments must be +implemented and that it will remove all current error injection +commands. + +This ensures that you can always do 'echo clear >error-inj' to clear any +error injections without having to know the details of the driver-specific +commands. + +Note that the output of 'error-inj' shall be valid as input to 'error-inj'. +So this must work:: + + $ cat error-inj >einj.txt + $ cat einj.txt >error-inj + +Other than these basic rules described above this ABI is not considered +stable and may change in the future. + +Drivers that implement this functionality must document the commands as +part of the CEC documentation and must keep that documentation up to date +when changes are made. + +The following CEC error injection implementations exist: + +- Documentation/userspace-api/media/cec/cec-pin-error-inj.rst diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a040c6f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/console_log +Date: September 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Description: + If the EC supports the CONSOLE_READ command type, this file + can be used to grab the EC logs. The kernel polls for the log + and keeps its own buffer but userspace should grab this and + write it out to some logs. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/panicinfo +Date: September 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Description: + This file dumps the EC panic information from the previous + reboot. This file will only exist if the PANIC_INFO command + type is supported by the EC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/pdinfo +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Description: + This file provides the port role, muxes and power debug + information for all the USB PD/type-C ports available. If + the are no ports available, this file will be just an empty + file. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/uptime +Date: June 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + A u32 providing the time since EC booted in ms. This is + is used for synchronizing the AP host time with the EC + log. An error is returned if the command is not supported + by the EC or there is a communication problem. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/last_resume_result +Date: June 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Some ECs have a feature where they will track transitions to + the (Intel) processor's SLP_S0 line, in order to detect cases + where a system failed to go into S0ix. When the system resumes, + an EC with this feature will return a summary of SLP_S0 + transitions that occurred. The last_resume_result file returns + the most recent response from the AP's resume message to the EC. + + The bottom 31 bits contain a count of the number of SLP_S0 + transitions that occurred since the suspend message was + received. Bit 31 is set if the EC attempted to wake the + system due to a timeout when watching for SLP_S0 transitions. + Callers can use this to detect a wake from the EC due to + S0ix timeouts. The result will be zero if no suspend + transitions have been attempted, or the EC does not support + this feature. + + Output will be in the format: "0x%08x\n". + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/suspend_timeout_ms +Date: August 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Description: + Some ECs have a feature where they will track transitions of + a hardware-controlled sleep line, such as Intel's SLP_S0 line, + in order to detect cases where a system failed to go into deep + sleep states. The suspend_timeout_ms file controls the amount of + time in milliseconds the EC will wait before declaring a sleep + timeout event and attempting to wake the system. + + Supply 0 to use the default value coded into EC firmware. Supply + 65535 (EC_HOST_SLEEP_TIMEOUT_INFINITE) to disable the EC sleep + failure detection mechanism. Values in between 0 and 65535 + indicate the number of milliseconds the EC should wait after a + sleep transition before declaring a timeout. This includes both + the duration after a sleep command was received but before the + hardware line changed, as well as the duration between when the + hardware line changed and the kernel sent an EC resume command. + + Output will be in the format: "%u\n". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cxl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2989d4da9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cxl @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/cxl/memX/inject_poison +Date: April, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.4 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) When a Device Physical Address (DPA) is written to this + attribute, the memdev driver sends an inject poison command to + the device for the specified address. The DPA must be 64-byte + aligned and the length of the injected poison is 64-bytes. If + successful, the device returns poison when the address is + accessed through the CXL.mem bus. Injecting poison adds the + address to the device's Poison List and the error source is set + to Injected. In addition, the device adds a poison creation + event to its internal Informational Event log, updates the + Event Status register, and if configured, interrupts the host. + It is not an error to inject poison into an address that + already has poison present and no error is returned. If the + device returns 'Inject Poison Limit Reached' an -EBUSY error + is returned to the user. The inject_poison attribute is only + visible for devices supporting the capability. + + TEST-ONLY INTERFACE: This interface is intended for testing + and validation purposes only. It is not a data repair mechanism + and should never be used on production systems or live data. + + DATA LOSS RISK: For CXL persistent memory (PMEM) devices, + poison injection can result in permanent data loss. Injected + poison may render data permanently inaccessible even after + clearing, as the clear operation writes zeros and does not + recover original data. + + SYSTEM STABILITY RISK: For volatile memory, poison injection + can cause kernel crashes, system instability, or unpredictable + behavior if the poisoned addresses are accessed by running code + or critical kernel structures. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/cxl/memX/clear_poison +Date: April, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.4 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) When a Device Physical Address (DPA) is written to this + attribute, the memdev driver sends a clear poison command to + the device for the specified address. Clearing poison removes + the address from the device's Poison List and writes 0 (zero) + for 64 bytes starting at address. It is not an error to clear + poison from an address that does not have poison set. If the + device cannot clear poison from the address, -ENXIO is returned. + The clear_poison attribute is only visible for devices + supporting the capability. + + TEST-ONLY INTERFACE: This interface is intended for testing + and validation purposes only. It is not a data repair mechanism + and should never be used on production systems or live data. + + CLEAR IS NOT DATA RECOVERY: This operation writes zeros to the + specified address range and removes the address from the poison + list. It does NOT recover or restore original data that may have + been present before poison injection. Any original data at the + cleared address is permanently lost and replaced with zeros. + + CLEAR IS NOT A REPAIR MECHANISM: This interface is for testing + purposes only and should not be used as a data repair tool. + Clearing poison is fundamentally different from data recovery + or error correction. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/cxl/regionX/inject_poison +Date: August, 2025 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) When a Host Physical Address (HPA) is written to this + attribute, the region driver translates it to a Device + Physical Address (DPA) and identifies the corresponding + memdev. It then sends an inject poison command to that memdev + at the translated DPA. Refer to the memdev ABI entry at: + /sys/kernel/debug/cxl/memX/inject_poison for the detailed + behavior. This attribute is only visible if all memdevs + participating in the region support both inject and clear + poison commands. + + TEST-ONLY INTERFACE: This interface is intended for testing + and validation purposes only. It is not a data repair mechanism + and should never be used on production systems or live data. + + DATA LOSS RISK: For CXL persistent memory (PMEM) devices, + poison injection can result in permanent data loss. Injected + poison may render data permanently inaccessible even after + clearing, as the clear operation writes zeros and does not + recover original data. + + SYSTEM STABILITY RISK: For volatile memory, poison injection + can cause kernel crashes, system instability, or unpredictable + behavior if the poisoned addresses are accessed by running code + or critical kernel structures. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/cxl/regionX/clear_poison +Date: August, 2025 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) When a Host Physical Address (HPA) is written to this + attribute, the region driver translates it to a Device + Physical Address (DPA) and identifies the corresponding + memdev. It then sends a clear poison command to that memdev + at the translated DPA. Refer to the memdev ABI entry at: + /sys/kernel/debug/cxl/memX/clear_poison for the detailed + behavior. This attribute is only visible if all memdevs + participating in the region support both inject and clear + poison commands. + + TEST-ONLY INTERFACE: This interface is intended for testing + and validation purposes only. It is not a data repair mechanism + and should never be used on production systems or live data. + + CLEAR IS NOT DATA RECOVERY: This operation writes zeros to the + specified address range and removes the address from the poison + list. It does NOT recover or restore original data that may have + been present before poison injection. Any original data at the + cleared address is permanently lost and replaced with zeros. + + CLEAR IS NOT A REPAIR MECHANISM: This interface is for testing + purposes only and should not be used as a data repair tool. + Clearing poison is fundamentally different from data recovery + or error correction. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/cxl/einj_types +Date: January, 2024 +KernelVersion: v6.9 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Prints the CXL protocol error types made available by + the platform in the format: + + 0x<error number> <error type> + + The possible error types are (as of ACPI v6.5): + + 0x1000 CXL.cache Protocol Correctable + 0x2000 CXL.cache Protocol Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x4000 CXL.cache Protocol Uncorrectable fatal + 0x8000 CXL.mem Protocol Correctable + 0x10000 CXL.mem Protocol Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x20000 CXL.mem Protocol Uncorrectable fatal + + The <error number> can be written to einj_inject to inject + <error type> into a chosen dport. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/cxl/$dport_dev/einj_inject +Date: January, 2024 +KernelVersion: v6.9 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Writing an integer to this file injects the corresponding + CXL protocol error into $dport_dev ($dport_dev will be a device + name from /sys/bus/pci/devices). The integer to type mapping for + injection can be found by reading from einj_types. If the dport + was enumerated in RCH mode, a CXL 1.1 error is injected, otherwise + a CXL 2.0 error is injected. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-dell-wmi-ddv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-dell-wmi-ddv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81cfc788b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-dell-wmi-ddv @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dell-wmi-ddv-<wmi_device_name>/fan_sensor_information +Date: September 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + This file contains the contents of the fan sensor information + buffer, which contains fan sensor entries and a terminating + character (0xFF). + + Each fan sensor entry contains: + + - fan type (single byte) + - fan speed in RPM (two bytes, little endian) + + See Documentation/wmi/devices/dell-wmi-ddv.rst for details. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dell-wmi-ddv-<wmi_device_name>/thermal_sensor_information +Date: September 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + This file contains the contents of the thermal sensor information + buffer, which contains thermal sensor entries and a terminating + character (0xFF). + + Each thermal sensor entry contains: + + - thermal type (single byte) + - current temperature (single byte) + - min. temperature (single byte) + - max. temperature (single byte) + - unknown field (single byte) + + See Documentation/wmi/devices/dell-wmi-ddv.rst for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-dcc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-dcc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27ed5919d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-dcc @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/.../ready +Date: December 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + This file is used to check the status of the dcc + hardware if it's ready to receive user configurations. + A 'Y' here indicates dcc is ready. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/.../trigger +Date: December 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + This is the debugfs interface for manual software + triggers. The trigger can be invoked by writing '1' + to the file. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/.../config_reset +Date: December 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + This file is used to reset the configuration of + a dcc driver to the default configuration. When '1' + is written to the file, all the previous addresses + stored in the driver gets removed and users need to + reconfigure addresses again. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/.../[list-number]/config +Date: December 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + This stores the addresses of the registers which + can be read in case of a hardware crash or manual + software triggers. The input addresses type + can be one of following dcc instructions: read, + write, read-write, and loop type. The lists need to + be configured sequentially and not in a overlapping + manner; e.g. users can jump to list x only after + list y is configured and enabled. The input format for + each type is as follows: + + i) Read instruction + + :: + + echo R <addr> <n> <bus> >/sys/kernel/debug/dcc/../[list-number]/config + + where: + + <addr> + The address to be read. + + <n> + The addresses word count, starting from address <1>. + Each word is 32 bits (4 bytes). If omitted, defaulted + to 1. + + <bus type> + The bus type, which can be either 'apb' or 'ahb'. + The default is 'ahb' if leaved out. + + ii) Write instruction + + :: + + echo W <addr> <n> <bus type> > /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/../[list-number]/config + + where: + + <addr> + The address to be written. + + <n> + The value to be written at <addr>. + + <bus type> + The bus type, which can be either 'apb' or 'ahb'. + + iii) Read-write instruction + + :: + + echo RW <addr> <n> <mask> > /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/../[list-number]/config + + where: + + <addr> + The address to be read and written. + + <n> + The value to be written at <addr>. + + <mask> + The value mask. + + iv) Loop instruction + + :: + + echo L <loop count> <address count> <address>... > /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/../[list-number]/config + + where: + + <loop count> + Number of iterations + + <address count> + total number of addresses to be written + + <address> + Space-separated list of addresses. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/.../[list-number]/enable +Date: December 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + This debugfs interface is used for enabling the + the dcc hardware. A file named "enable" is in the + directory list number where users can enable/disable + the specific list by writing boolean (1 or 0) to the + file. + + On enabling the dcc, all the addresses specified + by the user for the corresponding list is written + into dcc sram which is read by the dcc hardware + on manual or crash induced triggers. Lists must + be configured and enabled sequentially, e.g. list + 2 can only be enabled when list 1 have so. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b45b01654 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/ddcb_info +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: DDCB queue dump used for debugging queueing problems. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_regs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump of the current error registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid0 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID0 (unit id 0). + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid1 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID1. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid2 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID2. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_regs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump of the error registers before the last reset of + the card occurred. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid0 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID0 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid1 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID1 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid2 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID2 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/info +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Comprehensive summary of bitstream version and software + version. Used bitstream and bitstream clocking information. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/err_inject +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Possibility to inject error cases to ensure that the drivers + error handling code works well. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/vf<0..14>_jobtimeout_msec +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Default VF timeout 250ms. Testing might require 1000ms. + Using 0 will use the cards default value (whatever that is). + + The timeout depends on the max number of available cards + in the system and the maximum allowed queue size. + + The driver ensures that the settings are done just before + the VFs get enabled. Changing the timeouts in flight is not + possible. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/jobtimer +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump job timeout register values for PF and VFs. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time +Date: Dec 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump queue working time register values for PF and VFs. + Only available for PF. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3318a14f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -0,0 +1,323 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/addr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets the device address to be used for read or write through + PCI bar, or the device VA of a host mapped memory to be read or + written directly from the host. The latter option is allowed + only when the IOMMU is disabled. + The acceptable value is a string that starts with "0x" + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/clk_gate +Date: May 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: This setting is now deprecated as clock gating is handled solely by the f/w + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/command_buffers +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays a list with information about the currently allocated + command buffers + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/command_submission +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays a list with information about the currently active + command submissions + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/command_submission_jobs +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays a list with detailed information about each JOB (CB) of + each active command submission + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/data32 +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows the root user to read or write directly through the + device's PCI bar. Writing to this file generates a write + transaction while reading from the file generates a read + transaction. This custom interface is needed (instead of using + the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar + is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can + move the bar before and after the transaction. + + If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read + or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/data64 +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows the root user to read or write 64 bit data directly + through the device's PCI bar. Writing to this file generates a + write transaction while reading from the file generates a read + transaction. This custom interface is needed (instead of using + the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar + is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can + move the bar before and after the transaction. + + If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read + or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/data_dma +Date: Apr 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows the root user to read from the device's internal + memory (DRAM/SRAM) through a DMA engine. + This property is a binary blob that contains the result of the + DMA transfer. + This custom interface is needed (instead of using the generic + Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the amount of internal + memory is huge (>32GB) and reading it via the PCI bar will take + a very long time. + This interface doesn't support concurrency in the same device. + In GAUDI and GOYA, this action can cause undefined behavior + in case it is done while the device is executing user + workloads. + Only supported on GAUDI at this stage. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/device +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Enables the root user to set the device to specific state. + Valid values are "disable", "enable", "suspend", "resume". + User can read this property to see the valid values + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/device_release_watchdog_timeout +Date: Oct 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: ttayar@habana.ai +Description: The watchdog timeout value in seconds for a device release upon + certain error cases, after which the device is reset. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/dma_size +Date: Apr 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Specify the size of the DMA transaction when using DMA to read + from the device's internal memory. The value can not be larger + than 128MB. Writing to this value initiates the DMA transfer. + When the write is finished, the user can read the "data_dma" + blob + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/dump_razwi_events +Date: Aug 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: fkassabri@habana.ai +Description: Dumps all razwi events to dmesg if exist. + After reading the status register of an existing event + the routine will clear the status register. + Usage: cat dump_razwi_events + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/dump_security_violations +Date: Jan 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Dumps all security violations to dmesg. This will also ack + all security violations meanings those violations will not be + dumped next time user calls this API + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/engines +Date: Jul 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays the status registers values of the device engines and + their derived idle status + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/i2c_addr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets I2C device address for I2C transaction that is generated + by the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured + firmware + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/i2c_bus +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets I2C bus address for I2C transaction that is generated by + the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured + firmware + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/i2c_data +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Triggers an I2C transaction that is generated by the device's + CPU. Writing to this file generates a write transaction while + reading from the file generates a read transaction, Not available + when device is loaded with secured firmware + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/i2c_len +Date: Dec 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: obitton@habana.ai +Description: Sets I2C length in bytes for I2C transaction that is generated by + the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured + firmware + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/i2c_reg +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets I2C register id for I2C transaction that is generated by + the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured + firmware + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/led0 +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets the state of the first S/W led on the device, Not available + when device is loaded with secured firmware + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/led1 +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets the state of the second S/W led on the device, Not available + when device is loaded with secured firmware + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/led2 +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets the state of the third S/W led on the device, Not available + when device is loaded with secured firmware + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/memory_scrub +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: dhirschfeld@habana.ai +Description: Allows the root user to scrub the dram memory. The scrubbing + value can be set using the debugfs file memory_scrub_val. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/memory_scrub_val +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: dhirschfeld@habana.ai +Description: The value to which the dram will be set to when the user + scrubs the dram using 'memory_scrub' debugfs file and + the scrubbing value when using module param 'memory_scrub' + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/mmu +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays the hop values and physical address for a given ASID + and virtual address. The user should write the ASID and VA into + the file and then read the file to get the result. + e.g. to display info about VA 0x1000 for ASID 1 you need to do: + echo "1 0x1000" > /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/mmu + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/mmu_error +Date: Mar 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: fkassabri@habana.ai +Description: Check and display page fault or access violation mmu errors for + all MMUs specified in mmu_cap_mask. + e.g. to display error info for MMU hw cap bit 9, you need to do: + echo "0x200" > /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/mmu_error + cat /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/mmu_error + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/monitor_dump +Date: Mar 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: osharabi@habana.ai +Description: Allows the root user to dump monitors status from the device's + protected config space. + This property is a binary blob that contains the result of the + monitors registers dump. + This custom interface is needed (instead of using the generic + Linux user-space PCI mapping) because this space is protected + and cannot be accessed using PCI read. + This interface doesn't support concurrency in the same device. + Only supported on GAUDI. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/monitor_dump_trig +Date: Mar 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: osharabi@habana.ai +Description: Triggers dump of monitor data. The value to trigger the operation + must be 1. Triggering the monitor dump operation initiates dump of + current registers values of all monitors. + When the write is finished, the user can read the "monitor_dump" + blob + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/server_type +Date: Feb 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: trisin@habana.ai +Description: Exposes the device's server type, maps to enum hl_server_type. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/set_power_state +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets the PCI power state. Valid values are "1" for D0 and "2" + for D3Hot + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/skip_reset_on_timeout +Date: Jun 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: ynudelman@habana.ai +Description: Sets the skip reset on timeout option for the device. Value of + "0" means device will be reset in case some CS has timed out, + otherwise it will not be reset. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/state_dump +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: ynudelman@habana.ai +Description: Gets the state dump occurring on a CS timeout or failure. + State dump is used for debug and is created each time in case of + a problem in a CS execution, before reset. + Reading from the node returns the newest state dump available. + Writing an integer X discards X state dumps, so that the + next read would return X+1-st newest state dump. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/stop_on_err +Date: Mar 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets the stop-on_error option for the device engines. Value of + "0" is for disable, otherwise enable. + Relevant only for GOYA and GAUDI. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/timeout_locked +Date: Sep 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: obitton@habana.ai +Description: Sets the command submission timeout value in seconds. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/userptr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays a list with information about the current user + pointers (user virtual addresses) that are pinned and mapped + to DMA addresses + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/userptr_lookup +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows to search for specific user pointers (user virtual + addresses) that are pinned and mapped to DMA addresses, and see + their resolution to the specific dma address. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<parent_device>/vm +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays a list with information about all the active virtual + address mappings per ASID and all user mappings of HW blocks diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f1efbbad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/fw_counters +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Read returns the number of requests sent to the FW and the number of responses + received from the FW for each Acceleration Engine + Reported firmware counters:: + + <N>: Number of requests sent from Acceleration Engine N to FW and responses + Acceleration Engine N received from FW + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/heartbeat/config +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) Read returns value of the Heartbeat update period. + Write to the file changes this period value. + + This period should reflect planned polling interval of device + health status. High frequency Heartbeat monitoring wastes CPU cycles + but minimizes the customer’s system downtime. Also, if there are + large service requests that take some time to complete, high frequency + Heartbeat monitoring could result in false reports of unresponsiveness + and in those cases, period needs to be increased. + + This parameter is effective only for c3xxx, c62x, dh895xcc devices. + 4xxx has this value internally fixed to 200ms. + + Default value is set to 500. Minimal allowed value is 200. + All values are expressed in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/heartbeat/queries_failed +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Read returns the number of times the device became unresponsive. + + Attribute returns value of the counter which is incremented when + status query results negative. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/heartbeat/queries_sent +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Read returns the number of times the control process checked + if the device is responsive. + + Attribute returns value of the counter which is incremented on + every status query. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/heartbeat/status +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Read returns the device health status. + + Returns 0 when device is healthy or -1 when is unresponsive + or the query failed to send. + + The driver does not monitor for Heartbeat. It is left for a user + to poll the status periodically. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/pm_status +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Read returns power management information specific to the + QAT device. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/cnv_errors +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Read returns, for each Acceleration Engine (AE), the number + of errors and the type of the last error detected by the device + when performing verified compression. + Reported counters:: + + <N>: Number of Compress and Verify (CnV) errors and type + of the last CnV error detected by Acceleration + Engine N. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/heartbeat/inject_error +Date: March 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (WO) Write to inject an error that simulates an heartbeat + failure. This is to be used for testing purposes. + + After writing this file, the driver stops arbitration on a + random engine and disables the fetching of heartbeat counters. + If a workload is running on the device, a job submitted to the + accelerator might not get a response and a read of the + `heartbeat/status` attribute might report -1, i.e. device + unresponsive. + The error is unrecoverable thus the device must be restarted to + restore its functionality. + + This attribute is available only when the kernel is built with + CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_QAT_ERROR_INJECTION=y. + + A write of 1 enables error injection. + + The following example shows how to enable error injection:: + + # cd /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF> + # echo 1 > heartbeat/inject_error diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat_telemetry b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat_telemetry new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06097ee0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat_telemetry @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/telemetry/control +Date: March 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) Enables/disables the reporting of telemetry metrics. + + Allowed values to write: + ======================== + * 0: disable telemetry + * 1: enable telemetry + * 2, 3, 4: enable telemetry and calculate minimum, maximum + and average for each counter over 2, 3 or 4 samples + + Returned values: + ================ + * 1-4: telemetry is enabled and running + * 0: telemetry is disabled + + Example. + + Writing '3' to this file starts the collection of + telemetry metrics. Samples are collected every second and + stored in a circular buffer of size 3. These values are then + used to calculate the minimum, maximum and average for each + counter. After enabling, counters can be retrieved through + the ``device_data`` file:: + + echo 3 > /sys/kernel/debug/qat_4xxx_0000:6b:00.0/telemetry/control + + Writing '0' to this file stops the collection of telemetry + metrics:: + + echo 0 > /sys/kernel/debug/qat_4xxx_0000:6b:00.0/telemetry/control + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/telemetry/device_data +Date: March 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Reports device telemetry counters. + Reads report metrics about performance and utilization of + a QAT device: + + ======================= ======================================== + Field Description + ======================= ======================================== + sample_cnt number of acquisitions of telemetry data + from the device. Reads are performed + every 1000 ms. + pci_trans_cnt number of PCIe partial transactions + max_rd_lat maximum logged read latency [ns] (could + be any read operation) + rd_lat_acc_avg average read latency [ns] + max_gp_lat max get to put latency [ns] (only takes + samples for AE0) + gp_lat_acc_avg average get to put latency [ns] + bw_in PCIe, write bandwidth [Mbps] + bw_out PCIe, read bandwidth [Mbps] + re_acc_avg average ring empty time [ns] + at_page_req_lat_avg Address Translator(AT), average page + request latency [ns] + at_trans_lat_avg AT, average page translation latency [ns] + at_max_tlb_used AT, maximum uTLB used + util_cpr<N> utilization of Compression slice N [%] + exec_cpr<N> execution count of Compression slice N + util_xlt<N> utilization of Translator slice N [%] + exec_xlt<N> execution count of Translator slice N + util_dcpr<N> utilization of Decompression slice N [%] + exec_dcpr<N> execution count of Decompression slice N + util_cnv<N> utilization of Compression and verify slice N [%] + exec_cnv<N> execution count of Compression and verify slice N + util_dcprz<N> utilization of Decompression slice N [%] + exec_dcprz<N> execution count of Decompression slice N + util_pke<N> utilization of PKE N [%] + exec_pke<N> execution count of PKE N + util_ucs<N> utilization of UCS slice N [%] + exec_ucs<N> execution count of UCS slice N + util_wat<N> utilization of Wireless Authentication + slice N [%] + exec_wat<N> execution count of Wireless Authentication + slice N + util_wcp<N> utilization of Wireless Cipher slice N [%] + exec_wcp<N> execution count of Wireless Cipher slice N + util_cph<N> utilization of Cipher slice N [%] + exec_cph<N> execution count of Cipher slice N + util_ath<N> utilization of Authentication slice N [%] + exec_ath<N> execution count of Authentication slice N + cmdq_wait_cnv<N> wait time for cmdq N to get Compression and verify + slice ownership + cmdq_exec_cnv<N> Compression and verify slice execution time while + owned by cmdq N + cmdq_drain_cnv<N> time taken for cmdq N to release Compression and + verify slice ownership + cmdq_wait_dcprz<N> wait time for cmdq N to get Decompression + slice N ownership + cmdq_exec_dcprz<N> Decompression slice execution time while + owned by cmdq N + cmdq_drain_dcprz<N> time taken for cmdq N to release Decompression + slice ownership + cmdq_wait_pke<N> wait time for cmdq N to get PKE slice ownership + cmdq_exec_pke<N> PKE slice execution time while owned by cmdq N + cmdq_drain_pke<N> time taken for cmdq N to release PKE slice + ownership + cmdq_wait_ucs<N> wait time for cmdq N to get UCS slice ownership + cmdq_exec_ucs<N> UCS slice execution time while owned by cmdq N + cmdq_drain_ucs<N> time taken for cmdq N to release UCS slice + ownership + cmdq_wait_ath<N> wait time for cmdq N to get Authentication slice + ownership + cmdq_exec_ath<N> Authentication slice execution time while owned + by cmdq N + cmdq_drain_ath<N> time taken for cmdq N to release Authentication + slice ownership + ======================= ======================================== + + The telemetry report file can be read with the following command:: + + cat /sys/kernel/debug/qat_4xxx_0000:6b:00.0/telemetry/device_data + + If ``control`` is set to 1, only the current values of the + counters are displayed:: + + <counter_name> <current> + + If ``control`` is 2, 3 or 4, counters are displayed in the + following format:: + + <counter_name> <current> <min> <max> <avg> + + If a device lacks of a specific accelerator, the corresponding + attribute is not reported. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/telemetry/rp_<A/B/C/D>_data +Date: March 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) Selects up to 4 Ring Pairs (RP) to monitor, one per file, + and report telemetry counters related to each. + + Allowed values to write: + ======================== + * 0 to ``<num_rps - 1>``: + Ring pair to be monitored. The value of ``num_rps`` can be + retrieved through ``/sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/num_rps``. + See Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat. + + Reads report metrics about performance and utilization of + the selected RP: + + ======================= ======================================== + Field Description + ======================= ======================================== + sample_cnt number of acquisitions of telemetry data + from the device. Reads are performed + every 1000 ms + rp_num RP number associated with slot <A/B/C/D> + service_type service associated to the RP + pci_trans_cnt number of PCIe partial transactions + gp_lat_acc_avg average get to put latency [ns] + bw_in PCIe, write bandwidth [Mbps] + bw_out PCIe, read bandwidth [Mbps] + at_glob_devtlb_hit Message descriptor DevTLB hit rate + at_glob_devtlb_miss Message descriptor DevTLB miss rate + tl_at_payld_devtlb_hit Payload DevTLB hit rate + tl_at_payld_devtlb_miss Payload DevTLB miss rate + ======================= ======================================== + + Example. + + Writing the value '32' to the file ``rp_C_data`` starts the + collection of telemetry metrics for ring pair 32:: + + echo 32 > /sys/kernel/debug/qat_4xxx_0000:6b:00.0/telemetry/rp_C_data + + Once a ring pair is selected, statistics can be read accessing + the file:: + + cat /sys/kernel/debug/qat_4xxx_0000:6b:00.0/telemetry/rp_C_data + + If ``control`` is set to 1, only the current values of the + counters are displayed:: + + <counter_name> <current> + + If ``control`` is 2, 3 or 4, counters are displayed in the + following format:: + + <counter_name> <current> <min> <max> <avg> + + + On QAT GEN4 devices there are 64 RPs on a PF, so the allowed + values are 0..63. This number is absolute to the device. + If Virtual Functions (VF) are used, the ring pair number can + be derived from the Bus, Device, Function of the VF: + + ============ ====== ====== ====== ====== + PCI BDF/VF RP0 RP1 RP2 RP3 + ============ ====== ====== ====== ====== + 0000:6b:0.1 RP 0 RP 1 RP 2 RP 3 + 0000:6b:0.2 RP 4 RP 5 RP 6 RP 7 + 0000:6b:0.3 RP 8 RP 9 RP 10 RP 11 + 0000:6b:0.4 RP 12 RP 13 RP 14 RP 15 + 0000:6b:0.5 RP 16 RP 17 RP 18 RP 19 + 0000:6b:0.6 RP 20 RP 21 RP 22 RP 23 + 0000:6b:0.7 RP 24 RP 25 RP 26 RP 27 + 0000:6b:1.0 RP 28 RP 29 RP 30 RP 31 + 0000:6b:1.1 RP 32 RP 33 RP 34 RP 35 + 0000:6b:1.2 RP 36 RP 37 RP 38 RP 39 + 0000:6b:1.3 RP 40 RP 41 RP 42 RP 43 + 0000:6b:1.4 RP 44 RP 45 RP 46 RP 47 + 0000:6b:1.5 RP 48 RP 49 RP 50 RP 51 + 0000:6b:1.6 RP 52 RP 53 RP 54 RP 55 + 0000:6b:1.7 RP 56 RP 57 RP 58 RP 59 + 0000:6b:2.0 RP 60 RP 61 RP 62 RP 63 + ============ ====== ====== ====== ====== + + The mapping is only valid for the BDFs of VFs on the host. + + + The service provided on a ring-pair varies depending on the + configuration. The configuration for a given device can be + queried and set using ``cfg_services``. + See Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat for details. + + The following table reports how ring pairs are mapped to VFs + on the PF 0000:6b:0.0 configured for `sym;asym` or `asym;sym`: + + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + PCI BDF/VF RP0/service RP1/service RP2/service RP3/service + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + 0000:6b:0.1 RP 0 asym RP 1 sym RP 2 asym RP 3 sym + 0000:6b:0.2 RP 4 asym RP 5 sym RP 6 asym RP 7 sym + 0000:6b:0.3 RP 8 asym RP 9 sym RP10 asym RP11 sym + ... ... ... ... ... + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + + All VFs follow the same pattern. + + + The following table reports how ring pairs are mapped to VFs on + the PF 0000:6b:0.0 configured for `dc`: + + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + PCI BDF/VF RP0/service RP1/service RP2/service RP3/service + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + 0000:6b:0.1 RP 0 dc RP 1 dc RP 2 dc RP 3 dc + 0000:6b:0.2 RP 4 dc RP 5 dc RP 6 dc RP 7 dc + 0000:6b:0.3 RP 8 dc RP 9 dc RP10 dc RP11 dc + ... ... ... ... ... + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + + The mapping of a RP to a service can be retrieved using + ``rp2srv`` from sysfs. + See Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat for details. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-dwc-pcie b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-dwc-pcie new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92b76f52a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-dwc-pcie @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dwc_pcie_<dev>/rasdes_debug/lane_detect +Date: February 2025 +Contact: Shradha Todi <shradha.t@samsung.com> +Description: (RW) Write the lane number to be checked for detection. Read + will return whether PHY indicates receiver detection on the + selected lane. The default selected lane is Lane0. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dwc_pcie_<dev>/rasdes_debug/rx_valid +Date: February 2025 +Contact: Shradha Todi <shradha.t@samsung.com> +Description: (RW) Write the lane number to be checked as valid or invalid. + Read will return the status of PIPE RXVALID signal of the + selected lane. The default selected lane is Lane0. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dwc_pcie_<dev>/rasdes_err_inj/<error> +Date: February 2025 +Contact: Shradha Todi <shradha.t@samsung.com> +Description: The "rasdes_err_inj" is a directory which can be used to inject + errors into the system. The possible errors that can be injected + are: + + 1) tx_lcrc - TLP LCRC error injection TX Path + 2) b16_crc_dllp - 16b CRC error injection of ACK/NAK DLLP + 3) b16_crc_upd_fc - 16b CRC error injection of Update-FC DLLP + 4) tx_ecrc - TLP ECRC error injection TX Path + 5) fcrc_tlp - TLP's FCRC error injection TX Path + 6) parity_tsos - Parity error of TSOS + 7) parity_skpos - Parity error on SKPOS + 8) rx_lcrc - LCRC error injection RX Path + 9) rx_ecrc - ECRC error injection RX Path + 10) tlp_err_seq - TLPs SEQ# error + 11) ack_nak_dllp_seq - DLLPS ACK/NAK SEQ# error + 12) ack_nak_dllp - ACK/NAK DLLPs transmission block + 13) upd_fc_dllp - UpdateFC DLLPs transmission block + 14) nak_dllp - Always transmission for NAK DLLP + 15) inv_sync_hdr_sym - Invert SYNC header + 16) com_pad_ts1 - COM/PAD TS1 order set + 17) com_pad_ts2 - COM/PAD TS2 order set + 18) com_fts - COM/FTS FTS order set + 19) com_idl - COM/IDL E-idle order set + 20) end_edb - END/EDB symbol + 21) stp_sdp - STP/SDP symbol + 22) com_skp - COM/SKP SKP order set + 23) posted_tlp_hdr - Posted TLP Header credit value control + 24) non_post_tlp_hdr - Non-Posted TLP Header credit value control + 25) cmpl_tlp_hdr - Completion TLP Header credit value control + 26) posted_tlp_data - Posted TLP Data credit value control + 27) non_post_tlp_data - Non-Posted TLP Data credit value control + 28) cmpl_tlp_data - Completion TLP Data credit value control + 29) duplicate_tlp - Generates duplicate TLPs + 30) nullified_tlp - Generates Nullified TLPs + + (WO) Write to the attribute will prepare controller to inject + the respective error in the next transmission of data. + + Parameter required to write will change in the following ways: + + - Errors 9 and 10 are sequence errors. The write command: + + echo <count> <diff> > /sys/kernel/debug/dwc_pcie_<dev>/rasdes_err_inj/<error> + + <count> + Number of errors to be injected + <diff> + The difference to add or subtract from natural + sequence number to generate sequence error. + Allowed range from -4095 to 4095 + + - Errors 23 to 28 are credit value error insertions. The write + command: + + echo <count> <diff> <vc> > /sys/kernel/debug/dwc_pcie_<dev>/rasdes_err_inj/<error> + + <count> + Number of errors to be injected + <diff> + The difference to add or subtract from UpdateFC + credit value. Allowed range from -4095 to 4095 + <vc> + Target VC number + + - All other errors. The write command: + + echo <count> > /sys/kernel/debug/dwc_pcie_<dev>/rasdes_err_inj/<error> + + <count> + Number of errors to be injected + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dwc_pcie_<dev>/rasdes_event_counters/<event>/counter_enable +Date: February 2025 +Contact: Shradha Todi <shradha.t@samsung.com> +Description: The "rasdes_event_counters" is the directory which can be used + to collect statistical data about the number of times a certain + event has occurred in the controller. The list of possible + events are: + + 1) EBUF Overflow + 2) EBUF Underrun + 3) Decode Error + 4) Running Disparity Error + 5) SKP OS Parity Error + 6) SYNC Header Error + 7) Rx Valid De-assertion + 8) CTL SKP OS Parity Error + 9) 1st Retimer Parity Error + 10) 2nd Retimer Parity Error + 11) Margin CRC and Parity Error + 12) Detect EI Infer + 13) Receiver Error + 14) RX Recovery Req + 15) N_FTS Timeout + 16) Framing Error + 17) Deskew Error + 18) Framing Error In L0 + 19) Deskew Uncompleted Error + 20) Bad TLP + 21) LCRC Error + 22) Bad DLLP + 23) Replay Number Rollover + 24) Replay Timeout + 25) Rx Nak DLLP + 26) Tx Nak DLLP + 27) Retry TLP + 28) FC Timeout + 29) Poisoned TLP + 30) ECRC Error + 31) Unsupported Request + 32) Completer Abort + 33) Completion Timeout + 34) EBUF SKP Add + 35) EBUF SKP Del + + (RW) Write 1 to enable the event counter and write 0 to disable + the event counter. Read will return whether the counter is + currently enabled or disabled. Counter is disabled by default. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dwc_pcie_<dev>/rasdes_event_counters/<event>/counter_value +Date: February 2025 +Contact: Shradha Todi <shradha.t@samsung.com> +Description: (RO) Read will return the current value of the event counter. + To reset the counter, counter should be disabled first and then + enabled back using the "counter_enable" attribute. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dwc_pcie_<dev>/rasdes_event_counters/<event>/lane_select +Date: February 2025 +Contact: Shradha Todi <shradha.t@samsung.com> +Description: (RW) Some lanes in the event list are lane specific events. + These include events from 1 to 11, as well as, 34 and 35. Write + the lane number for which you wish the counter to be enabled, + disabled, or value dumped. Read will return the current + selected lane number. Lane0 is selected by default. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dwc_pcie_<dev>/ltssm_status +Date: February 2025 +Contact: Hans Zhang <18255117159@163.com> +Description: (RO) Read will return the current PCIe LTSSM state in both + string and raw value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab6099daa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io} +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de> +Description: + +General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether +the global lock should get used. +Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to +the EC here (XY -> GPE number from `/sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe`): +/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY + +The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here: +ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/ +should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers +or writing to them. + +CAUTION: + Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know + what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea. + This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may + not get switched on again after you did a wrong write. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a137f701 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/regs +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE cluster. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/cluster_ctrl +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Write the HPRE core selection in the cluster into this file, + and then we can read the debug information of the core. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/rdclr_en +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: HPRE cores debug registers read clear control. 1 means enable + register read clear, otherwise 0. Writing to this file has no + functional effect, only enable or disable counters clear after + reading of these registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/current_qm +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One HPRE controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function + has a QM. Select the QM which below qm refers to. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/alg_qos +Date: Jun 2021 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: The <bdf> is related the function for PF and VF. + HPRE driver supports to configure each function's QoS, the driver + supports to write <bdf> value to alg_qos in the host. Such as + "echo <bdf> value > alg_qos". The qos value is 1~1000, means + 1/1000~1000/1000 of total QoS. The driver reading alg_qos to + get related QoS in the host and VM, Such as "cat alg_qos". + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/regs +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/regs +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump debug registers from the QM. + Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only + has one debug register. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/dev_usage +Date: Mar 2026 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Query the real-time bandwidth usage of device. + Returns the bandwidth usage of each channel on the device. + The returned number is in percentage. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/current_q +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to + show its debug registers in above regs. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable + register read clear, otherwise 0. + Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or + disable counters clear after reading of these registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/err_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for + QM task completion. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/mb_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/status +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the status of the QM. + Two states: work, stop. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the qm register values. This + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/qm_state +Date: Jan 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the state of the device. + 0: busy, 1: idle. + Only available for PF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/dev_timeout +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Set the wait time when stop queue fails. Available for both PF + and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + 0: not wait(default), others value: wait dev_timeout * 20 microsecond. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/dev_state +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the stop queue status of the QM. The default value is 0, + if dev_timeout is set, when stop queue fails, the dev_state + will return non-zero value. Available for both PF and VF, + and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: HPRE debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the register values. This + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/recv_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of received requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_busy_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of requests sent + with returning busy. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_fail_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of completed but error requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/invalid_req_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/overtime_thrhld +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Set the threshold time for counting the request which is + processed longer than the threshold. + 0: disable(default), 1: 1 microsecond. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/over_thrhld_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of time out requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cap_regs +Date: Oct 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the values of the qm and hpre capability bit registers and + support the query of device specifications to facilitate fault locating. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-migration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-migration new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c01b2d38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-migration @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio/<device>/migration/hisi_acc/dev_data +Date: Jan 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Longfang Liu <liulongfang@huawei.com> +Description: Read the configuration data and some status data + required for device live migration. These data include device + status data, queue configuration data, some task configuration + data and device attribute data. The output format of the data + is defined by the live migration driver. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio/<device>/migration/hisi_acc/migf_data +Date: Jan 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Longfang Liu <liulongfang@huawei.com> +Description: Read the data from the last completed live migration. + This data includes the same device status data as in "dev_data". + The migf_data is the dev_data that is migrated. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio/<device>/migration/hisi_acc/cmd_state +Date: Jan 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Longfang Liu <liulongfang@huawei.com> +Description: Used to obtain the device command sending and receiving + channel status. Returns failure or success logs based on the + results. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..676e2dc2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/clear_enable +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading + the SEC debug registers. + 0: disable, 1: enable. + Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/current_qm +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One SEC controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function + has a QM. This file can be used to select the QM which below + qm refers to. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/alg_qos +Date: Jun 2021 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: The <bdf> is related the function for PF and VF. + SEC driver supports to configure each function's QoS, the driver + supports to write <bdf> value to alg_qos in the host. Such as + "echo <bdf> value > alg_qos". The qos value is 1~1000, means + 1/1000~1000/1000 of total QoS. The driver reading alg_qos to + get related QoS in the host and VM, Such as "cat alg_qos". + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/dev_usage +Date: Mar 2026 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Query the real-time bandwidth usage of device. + Returns the bandwidth usage of each channel on the device. + The returned number is in percentage. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of QM related debug registers. + Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only + has one debug register. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/current_q +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One QM of SEC may contain multiple queues. Select specific + queue to show its debug registers in above 'regs'. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading + the SEC's QM debug registers. + 0: disable, 1: enable. + Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/err_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for + QM task completion. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/mb_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/status +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the status of the QM. + Two states: work, stop. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the qm register values. This + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/qm_state +Date: Jan 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the state of the device. + 0: busy, 1: idle. + Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/dev_timeout +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Set the wait time when stop queue fails. Available for both PF + and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + 0: not wait(default), others value: wait dev_timeout * 20 microsecond. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/dev_state +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the stop queue status of the QM. The default value is 0, + if dev_timeout is set, when stop queue fails, the dev_state + will return non-zero value. Available for both PF and VF, + and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: SEC debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the register values. This + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/recv_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of received requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_busy_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of requests sent with returning busy. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/err_bd_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests + to be received. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/invalid_req_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/done_flag_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of completed but marked error requests + to be received. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/cap_regs +Date: Oct 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the values of the qm and sec capability bit registers and + support the query of device specifications to facilitate fault locating. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46bf47bf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/comp_core[01]/regs +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of compression cores related debug registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/decomp_core[0-5]/regs +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of decompression cores related debug registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/clear_enable +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Compression/decompression core debug registers read clear + control. 1 means enable register read clear, otherwise 0. + Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or + disable counters clear after reading of these registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/current_qm +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One ZIP controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function + has a QM. Select the QM which below qm refers to. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/alg_qos +Date: Jun 2021 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: The <bdf> is related the function for PF and VF. + ZIP driver supports to configure each function's QoS, the driver + supports to write <bdf> value to alg_qos in the host. Such as + "echo <bdf> value > alg_qos". The qos value is 1~1000, means + 1/1000~1000/1000 of total QoS. The driver reading alg_qos to + get related QoS in the host and VM, Such as "cat alg_qos". + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/dev_usage +Date: Mar 2026 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Query the real-time bandwidth usage of device. + Returns the bandwidth usage of each channel on the device. + The returned number is in percentage. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/regs +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of QM related debug registers. + Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only + has one debug register. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/current_q +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to + show its debug registers in above regs. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable + register read clear, otherwise 0. + Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or + disable counters clear after reading of these registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/err_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for + QM task completion. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/mb_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/status +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the status of the QM. + Two states: work, stop. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the qm registers value. This + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/qm_state +Date: Jan 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the state of the device. + 0: busy, 1: idle. + Only available for PF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/dev_timeout +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Set the wait time when stop queue fails. Available for both PF + and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + 0: not wait(default), others value: wait dev_timeout * 20 microsecond. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/dev_state +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the stop queue status of the QM. The default value is 0, + if dev_timeout is set, when stop queue fails, the dev_state + will return non-zero value. Available for both PF and VF, + and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: ZIP debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the registers value. this + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/recv_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of received requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_busy_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of requests received + with returning busy. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/err_bd_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests + to be received. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/cap_regs +Date: Oct 2024 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the values of the qm and zip capability bit registers and + support the query of device specifications to facilitate fault locating. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hyperv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hyperv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9185e1b06 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hyperv @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hyperv/<UUID>/fuzz_test_state +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Branden Bonaby <brandonbonaby94@gmail.com> +Description: Fuzz testing status of a vmbus device, whether its in an ON + state or a OFF state +Users: Debugging tools + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hyperv/<UUID>/delay/fuzz_test_buffer_interrupt_delay +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Branden Bonaby <brandonbonaby94@gmail.com> +Description: Fuzz testing buffer interrupt delay value between 0 - 1000 + microseconds (inclusive). +Users: Debugging tools + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hyperv/<UUID>/delay/fuzz_test_message_delay +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Branden Bonaby <brandonbonaby94@gmail.com> +Description: Fuzz testing message delay value between 0 - 1000 microseconds + (inclusive). +Users: Debugging tools diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7079c0b21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/cfg +Date: Sep 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com> +Description: + +cfg shows the return value of _CFG method in VPC2004 device. It tells machine +capability and what graphic component within the machine. + + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/status +Date: Sep 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com> +Description: + +status shows infos we can read and tells its meaning and value. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-iio-ad9467 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-iio-ad9467 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0352fca1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-iio-ad9467 @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iio/iio:deviceX/calibration_table_dump +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This dumps the calibration table that was filled during the + digital interface tuning process. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iio/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_test_mode_available +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List all the available test tones: + - off + - midscale_short + - pos_fullscale + - neg_fullscale + - checkerboard + - prbs23 + - prbs9 + - one_zero_toggle + - user + - bit_toggle + - sync + - one_bit_high + - mixed_bit_frequency + - ramp + + Note that depending on the actual device being used, some of the + above might not be available (and they won't be listed when + reading the file). + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iio/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_test_mode +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file will initiate one of available test tone on + channel Y. Reading it, shows which test is running. In cases + where an IIO backend is available and supports the test tone, + additional information about the data correctness is given. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-iio-backend b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-iio-backend new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01ab94469 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-iio-backend @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iio/iio:deviceX/backendY/name +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Name of Backend Y connected to device X. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iio/iio:deviceX/backendY/direct_reg_access +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directly access the registers of backend Y. Typical usage is: + + Reading address 0x50 + echo 0x50 > direct_reg_access + cat direct_reg_access + + Writing address 0x50 + echo 0x50 0x3 > direct_reg_access + //readback address 0x50 + cat direct_reg_access diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-intel-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-intel-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ab846450 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-intel-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/iommu_regset +Date: December 2023 +Contact: Jingqi Liu <Jingqi.liu@intel.com> +Description: + This file dumps all the register contents for each IOMMU device. + + Example in Kabylake: + + :: + + $ sudo cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/iommu_regset + + IOMMU: dmar0 Register Base Address: 26be37000 + + Name Offset Contents + VER 0x00 0x0000000000000010 + GCMD 0x18 0x0000000000000000 + GSTS 0x1c 0x00000000c7000000 + FSTS 0x34 0x0000000000000000 + FECTL 0x38 0x0000000000000000 + + [...] + + IOMMU: dmar1 Register Base Address: fed90000 + + Name Offset Contents + VER 0x00 0x0000000000000010 + GCMD 0x18 0x0000000000000000 + GSTS 0x1c 0x00000000c7000000 + FSTS 0x34 0x0000000000000000 + FECTL 0x38 0x0000000000000000 + + [...] + + IOMMU: dmar2 Register Base Address: fed91000 + + Name Offset Contents + VER 0x00 0x0000000000000010 + GCMD 0x18 0x0000000000000000 + GSTS 0x1c 0x00000000c7000000 + FSTS 0x34 0x0000000000000000 + FECTL 0x38 0x0000000000000000 + + [...] + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/ir_translation_struct +Date: December 2023 +Contact: Jingqi Liu <Jingqi.liu@intel.com> +Description: + This file dumps the table entries for Interrupt + remapping and Interrupt posting. + + Example in Kabylake: + + :: + + $ sudo cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/ir_translation_struct + + Remapped Interrupt supported on IOMMU: dmar0 + IR table address:100900000 + + Entry SrcID DstID Vct IRTE_high IRTE_low + 0 00:0a.0 00000080 24 0000000000040050 000000800024000d + 1 00:0a.0 00000001 ef 0000000000040050 0000000100ef000d + + Remapped Interrupt supported on IOMMU: dmar1 + IR table address:100300000 + Entry SrcID DstID Vct IRTE_high IRTE_low + 0 00:02.0 00000002 26 0000000000040010 000000020026000d + + [...] + + **** + + Posted Interrupt supported on IOMMU: dmar0 + IR table address:100900000 + Entry SrcID PDA_high PDA_low Vct IRTE_high IRTE_low + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/dmar_translation_struct +Date: December 2023 +Contact: Jingqi Liu <Jingqi.liu@intel.com> +Description: + This file dumps Intel IOMMU DMA remapping tables, such + as root table, context table, PASID directory and PASID + table entries in debugfs. For legacy mode, it doesn't + support PASID, and hence PASID field is defaulted to + '-1' and other PASID related fields are invalid. + + Example in Kabylake: + + :: + + $ sudo cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/dmar_translation_struct + + IOMMU dmar1: Root Table Address: 0x103027000 + B.D.F Root_entry + 00:02.0 0x0000000000000000:0x000000010303e001 + + Context_entry + 0x0000000000000102:0x000000010303f005 + + PASID PASID_table_entry + -1 0x0000000000000000:0x0000000000000000:0x0000000000000000 + + IOMMU dmar0: Root Table Address: 0x103028000 + B.D.F Root_entry + 00:0a.0 0x0000000000000000:0x00000001038a7001 + + Context_entry + 0x0000000000000000:0x0000000103220e7d + + PASID PASID_table_entry + 0 0x0000000000000000:0x0000000000800002:0x00000001038a5089 + + [...] + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/invalidation_queue +Date: December 2023 +Contact: Jingqi Liu <Jingqi.liu@intel.com> +Description: + This file exports invalidation queue internals of each + IOMMU device. + + Example in Kabylake: + + :: + + $ sudo cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/invalidation_queue + + Invalidation queue on IOMMU: dmar0 + Base: 0x10022e000 Head: 20 Tail: 20 + Index qw0 qw1 qw2 + 0 0000000000000014 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 + 1 0000000200000025 0000000100059c04 0000000000000000 + 2 0000000000000014 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 + + qw3 status + 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 + 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 + 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 + + [...] + + Invalidation queue on IOMMU: dmar1 + Base: 0x10026e000 Head: 32 Tail: 32 + Index qw0 qw1 status + 0 0000000000000004 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 + 1 0000000200000025 0000000100059804 0000000000000000 + 2 0000000000000011 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 + + [...] + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/dmar_perf_latency +Date: December 2023 +Contact: Jingqi Liu <Jingqi.liu@intel.com> +Description: + This file is used to control and show counts of + execution time ranges for various types per DMAR. + + Firstly, write a value to + /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/dmar_perf_latency + to enable sampling. + + The possible values are as follows: + + * 0 - disable sampling all latency data + + * 1 - enable sampling IOTLB invalidation latency data + + * 2 - enable sampling devTLB invalidation latency data + + * 3 - enable sampling intr entry cache invalidation latency data + + Next, read /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/dmar_perf_latency gives + a snapshot of sampling result of all enabled monitors. + + Examples in Kabylake: + + :: + + 1) Disable sampling all latency data: + + $ sudo echo 0 > /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/dmar_perf_latency + + 2) Enable sampling IOTLB invalidation latency data + + $ sudo echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/dmar_perf_latency + + $ sudo cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/dmar_perf_latency + + IOMMU: dmar0 Register Base Address: 26be37000 + <0.1us 0.1us-1us 1us-10us 10us-100us 100us-1ms + inv_iotlb 0 0 0 0 0 + + 1ms-10ms >=10ms min(us) max(us) average(us) + inv_iotlb 0 0 0 0 0 + + [...] + + IOMMU: dmar2 Register Base Address: fed91000 + <0.1us 0.1us-1us 1us-10us 10us-100us 100us-1ms + inv_iotlb 0 0 18 0 0 + + 1ms-10ms >=10ms min(us) max(us) average(us) + inv_iotlb 0 0 2 2 2 + + 3) Enable sampling devTLB invalidation latency data + + $ sudo echo 2 > /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/dmar_perf_latency + + $ sudo cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/dmar_perf_latency + + IOMMU: dmar0 Register Base Address: 26be37000 + <0.1us 0.1us-1us 1us-10us 10us-100us 100us-1ms + inv_devtlb 0 0 0 0 0 + + >=10ms min(us) max(us) average(us) + inv_devtlb 0 0 0 0 + + [...] + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/<bdf>/domain_translation_struct +Date: December 2023 +Contact: Jingqi Liu <Jingqi.liu@intel.com> +Description: + This file dumps a specified page table of Intel IOMMU + in legacy mode or scalable mode. + + For a device that only supports legacy mode, dump its + page table by the debugfs file in the debugfs device + directory. e.g. + /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/0000:00:02.0/domain_translation_struct. + + For a device that supports scalable mode, dump the + page table of specified pasid by the debugfs file in + the debugfs pasid directory. e.g. + /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/0000:00:02.0/1/domain_translation_struct. + + Examples in Kabylake: + + :: + + 1) Dump the page table of device "0000:00:02.0" that only supports legacy mode. + + $ sudo cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/0000:00:02.0/domain_translation_struct + + Device 0000:00:02.0 @0x1017f8000 + IOVA_PFN PML5E PML4E + 0x000000008d800 | 0x0000000000000000 0x00000001017f9003 + 0x000000008d801 | 0x0000000000000000 0x00000001017f9003 + 0x000000008d802 | 0x0000000000000000 0x00000001017f9003 + + PDPE PDE PTE + 0x00000001017fa003 0x00000001017fb003 0x000000008d800003 + 0x00000001017fa003 0x00000001017fb003 0x000000008d801003 + 0x00000001017fa003 0x00000001017fb003 0x000000008d802003 + + [...] + + 2) Dump the page table of device "0000:00:0a.0" with PASID "1" that + supports scalable mode. + + $ sudo cat /sys/kernel/debug/iommu/intel/0000:00:0a.0/1/domain_translation_struct + + Device 0000:00:0a.0 with pasid 1 @0x10c112000 + IOVA_PFN PML5E PML4E + 0x0000000000000 | 0x0000000000000000 0x000000010df93003 + 0x0000000000001 | 0x0000000000000000 0x000000010df93003 + 0x0000000000002 | 0x0000000000000000 0x000000010df93003 + + PDPE PDE PTE + 0x0000000106ae6003 0x0000000104b38003 0x0000000147c00803 + 0x0000000106ae6003 0x0000000104b38003 0x0000000147c01803 + 0x0000000106ae6003 0x0000000104b38003 0x0000000147c02803 + + [...] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet new file mode 100644 index 000000000..637d8587d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/input +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Read input from the shift registers, in hexadecimal. + Returns N+1 bytes, where N is the number of Moxtet connected + modules. The first byte is from the CPU board itself. + + Example:: + + 101214 + + == ======================================= + 10 CPU board with SD card + 12 2 = PCIe module, 1 = IRQ not active + 14 4 = Peridot module, 1 = IRQ not active + == ======================================= + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/output +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RW) Read last written value to the shift registers, in + hexadecimal, or write values to the shift registers, also + in hexadecimal. + + Example:: + + 0102 + + == ================================================ + 01 01 was last written, or is to be written, to the + first module's shift register + 02 the same for second module + == ================================================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-msi-wmi-platform b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-msi-wmi-platform new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71f999216 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-msi-wmi-platform @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/msi-wmi-platform-<wmi_device_name>/* +Date: April 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.10 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + This file allows to execute the associated WMI method with the same name. + + To start the execution, write a buffer containing the method arguments + at file offset 0. Partial writes or writes at a different offset are not + supported. + + The buffer returned by the WMI method can then be read from the file. + + See Documentation/wmi/devices/msi-wmi-platform.rst for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd76cc6d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/olpc-ec/cmd +Date: Dec 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: devel@lists.laptop.org +Description: + +A generic interface for executing OLPC Embedded Controller commands and +reading their responses. + +To execute a command, write data with the format: CC:N A A A A +CC is the (hex) command, N is the count of expected reply bytes, and A A A A +are optional (hex) arguments. + +To read the response (if any), read from the generic node after executing +a command. Hex reply bytes will be returned, *whether or not* they came from +the immediately previous command. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pcie-ptm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pcie-ptm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..602d41363 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pcie-ptm @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/pcie_ptm_*/local_clock +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org> +Description: + (RO) PTM local clock in nanoseconds. Applicable for both Root + Complex and Endpoint controllers. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/pcie_ptm_*/master_clock +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org> +Description: + (RO) PTM master clock in nanoseconds. Applicable only for + Endpoint controllers. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/pcie_ptm_*/t1 +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org> +Description: + (RO) PTM T1 timestamp in nanoseconds. Applicable only for + Endpoint controllers. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/pcie_ptm_*/t2 +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org> +Description: + (RO) PTM T2 timestamp in nanoseconds. Applicable only for + Root Complex controllers. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/pcie_ptm_*/t3 +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org> +Description: + (RO) PTM T3 timestamp in nanoseconds. Applicable only for + Root Complex controllers. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/pcie_ptm_*/t4 +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org> +Description: + (RO) PTM T4 timestamp in nanoseconds. Applicable only for + Endpoint controllers. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/pcie_ptm_*/context_update +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org> +Description: + (RW) Control the PTM context update mode. Applicable only for + Endpoint controllers. + + Following values are supported: + + * auto = PTM context auto update trigger for every 10ms + + * manual = PTM context manual update. Writing 'manual' to this + file triggers PTM context update (default) + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/pcie_ptm_*/context_valid +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org> +Description: + (RW) Control the PTM context validity (local clock timing). + Applicable only for Root Complex controllers. PTM context is + invalidated by hardware if the Root Complex enters low power + mode or changes link frequency. + + Following values are supported: + + * 0 = PTM context invalid (default) + + * 1 = PTM context valid diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f75a655c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/nx-crypto/* +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: + +These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in +arch/powerpc/crypto/nx. + +Error Detection +=============== + +errors: + A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The + only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP. + +last_error: + The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not + recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away). + +last_error_pid: + The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the + hcall. + +Device Use +========== + +aes_bytes: + The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's + supported modes. + +aes_ops: + The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha256_bytes: + The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256. + +sha256_ops: + The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha512_bytes: + The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512. + +sha512_ops: + The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee7179ab2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/instance_name +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: The name of the underlying SCMI instance <n> described by + all the debugfs accessors rooted at /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>, + expressed as the full name of the top DT SCMI node under which + this SCMI instance is rooted. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/atomic_threshold_us +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: An optional time value, expressed in microseconds, representing, + on this SCMI instance <n>, the threshold above which any SCMI + command, advertised to have an higher-than-threshold execution + latency, should not be considered for atomic mode of operation, + even if requested. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/type +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: A string representing the type of transport configured for this + SCMI instance <n>. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/is_atomic +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: A boolean stating if the transport configured on the underlying + SCMI instance <n> is capable of atomic mode of operation. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/max_rx_timeout_ms +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: Timeout in milliseconds allowed for SCMI synchronous replies + for the currently configured SCMI transport for instance <n>. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/max_msg_size +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: Max message size of allowed SCMI messages for the currently + configured SCMI transport for instance <n>. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/tx_max_msg +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: Max number of concurrently allowed in-flight SCMI messages for + the currently configured SCMI transport for instance <n> on the + TX channels. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/rx_max_msg +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: Max number of concurrently allowed in-flight SCMI messages for + the currently configured SCMI transport for instance <n> on the + RX channels. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi-raw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi-raw new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5847b96b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi-raw @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/message +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw synchronous message injection/snooping facility; write + a complete SCMI synchronous command message (header included) + in little-endian binary format to have it sent to the configured + backend SCMI server for instance <n>. + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived within the configured timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/message_async +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw asynchronous message injection/snooping facility; write + a complete SCMI asynchronous command message (header included) + in little-endian binary format to have it sent to the configured + backend SCMI server for instance <n>. + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived within the configured timeout. + Any additional delayed response received afterwards can be read + from this same entry too if it arrived within the configured + timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/message_poll +Date: June 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw message injection/snooping facility using polling mode; + write a complete SCMI command message (header included) in + little-endian binary format to have it sent to the configured + backend SCMI server for instance <n>, using polling mode on + the reception path. (if transport is polling capable) + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived within the configured timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/message_poll_async +Date: June 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw asynchronous message injection/snooping facility using + polling-mode; write a complete SCMI asynchronous command message + (header included) in little-endian binary format to have it sent + to the configured backend SCMI server for instance <n>, using + polling-mode on the reception path of the immediate part of the + asynchronous command. (if transport is polling capable) + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived within the configured timeout. + Any additional delayed response received afterwards can be read + from this same entry too if it arrived within the configured + timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/errors +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw message errors facility; any kind of timed-out or + generally unexpectedly received SCMI message, for instance <n>, + can be read from this entry. + Each read gives back one message at time (receiving an EOF at + each message boundary). +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/notification +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw notification snooping facility; any notification + emitted by the backend SCMI server, for instance <n>, can be + read from this entry. + Each read gives back one message at time (receiving an EOF at + each message boundary). +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/reset +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw stack reset facility; writing a value to this entry + causes the internal queues of any kind of received message, + still pending to be read out for instance <n>, to be immediately + flushed. + Can be used to reset and clean the SCMI Raw stack between to + different test-run. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/channels/<m>/message +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw synchronous message injection/snooping facility; write + a complete SCMI synchronous command message (header included) + in little-endian binary format to have it sent to the configured + backend SCMI server for instance <n> through the <m> transport + channel. + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived on channel <m> within the configured + timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). + Channel identifier <m> matches the SCMI protocol number which + has been associated with this transport channel in the DT + description, with base protocol number 0x10 being the default + channel for this instance. + Note that these per-channel entries rooted at <..>/channels + exist only if the transport is configured to have more than + one default channel. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/channels/<m>/message_async +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw asynchronous message injection/snooping facility; write + a complete SCMI asynchronous command message (header included) + in little-endian binary format to have it sent to the configured + backend SCMI server for instance <n> through the <m> transport + channel. + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived on channel <m> within the configured + timeout. + Any additional delayed response received afterwards can be read + from this same entry too if it arrived within the configured + timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). + Channel identifier <m> matches the SCMI protocol number which + has been associated with this transport channel in the DT + description, with base protocol number 0x10 being the default + channel for this instance. + Note that these per-channel entries rooted at <..>/channels + exist only if the transport is configured to have more than + one default channel. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/channels/<m>/message_poll +Date: June 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw message injection/snooping facility using polling mode; + write a complete SCMI command message (header included) in + little-endian binary format to have it sent to the configured + backend SCMI server for instance <n> through the <m> transport + channel, using polling mode on the reception path. + (if transport is polling capable) + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived on channel <m> within the configured + timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). + Channel identifier <m> matches the SCMI protocol number which + has been associated with this transport channel in the DT + description, with base protocol number 0x10 being the default + channel for this instance. + Note that these per-channel entries rooted at <..>/channels + exist only if the transport is configured to have more than + one default channel. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/channels/<m>/message_poll_async +Date: June 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw asynchronous message injection/snooping facility using + polling-mode; write a complete SCMI asynchronous command message + (header included) in little-endian binary format to have it sent + to the configured backend SCMI server for instance <n> through + the <m> transport channel, using polling mode on the reception + path of the immediate part of the asynchronous command. + (if transport is polling capable) + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived on channel <m> within the configured + timeout. + Any additional delayed response received afterwards can be read + from this same entry too if it arrived within the configured + timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). + Channel identifier <m> matches the SCMI protocol number which + has been associated with this transport channel in the DT + description, with base protocol number 0x10 being the default + channel for this instance. + Note that these per-channel entries rooted at <..>/channels + exist only if the transport is configured to have more than + one default channel. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-tpmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-tpmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c493a1403 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-tpmi @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/tpmi-<n>/pfs_dump +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: srinivas.pandruvada@linux.intel.com +Description: +The PFS (PM Feature Structure) table, shows details of each power +management feature. This includes: +tpmi_id, number of entries, entry size, offset, vsec offset, lock status +and disabled status. +Users: Debugging, any user space test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/tpmi-<n>/tpmi-id-<n>/mem_dump +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: srinivas.pandruvada@linux.intel.com +Description: +Shows the memory dump of the MMIO region for a TPMI ID. +Users: Debugging, any user space test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/tpmi-<n>/tpmi-id-<n>/mem_write +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: srinivas.pandruvada@linux.intel.com +Description: +Allows to write at any offset. It doesn't check for Read/Write access +as hardware will not allow to write at read-only memory. This write is +at offset multiples of 4. The format is instance,offset,contents. +Example: +echo 0,0x20,0xff > mem_write +echo 1,64,64 > mem_write +Users: Debugging, any user space test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/tpmi-<n>/plr/domain<n>/status +Date: Aug 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: Tero Kristo <tero.kristo@linux.intel.com> +Description: +Shows the currently active Performance Limit Reasons for die level and the +individual CPUs under the die. The contents of this file are sticky, and +clearing all the statuses can be done by writing "0\n" to this file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-vfio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-vfio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed2f29c3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-vfio @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio +Date: December 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: Longfang Liu <liulongfang@huawei.com> +Description: This debugfs file directory is used for debugging + of vfio devices, it's a common directory for all vfio devices. + Vfio core will create a device subdirectory under this + directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio/<device>/migration +Date: December 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: Longfang Liu <liulongfang@huawei.com> +Description: This debugfs file directory is used for debugging + of vfio devices that support live migration. + The debugfs of each vfio device that supports live migration + could be created under this directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio/<device>/migration/state +Date: December 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: Longfang Liu <liulongfang@huawei.com> +Description: Read the live migration status of the vfio device. + The contents of the state file reflects the migration state + relative to those defined in the vfio_device_mig_state enum + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio/<device>/migration/features +Date: Oct 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.18 +Contact: Cédric Le Goater <clg@redhat.com> +Description: Read the migration features of the vfio device. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio/<device>/pci +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@nvidia.com> +Description: This debugfs file directory is used for debugging + VFIO PCI devices. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio/<device>/pci/nointxmask +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@nvidia.com> +Description: Read the nointxmask policy latched for this device. This + policy governs whether the device may use PCI 2.3 style + INTx masking when supported, reporting a value of "N", or + requires APIC level INTx masking, reporting a value of "Y". + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio/<device>/pci/disable_idle_d3 +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@nvidia.com> +Description: Read the disable_idle_d3 policy latched for this device. This + policy governs whether the device PM runtime usage count is + kept elevated while the device is bound to the driver and + unused, reporting a value of "Y", or decremented to allow the + device to enter a low power state, reporting a value of "N". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..682e3c09e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/h1_gpio +Date: April 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + As part of Chrome OS's FAFT (Fully Automated Firmware Testing) + tests, we need to ensure that the H1 chip is properly setting + some GPIO lines. The h1_gpio attribute exposes the state + of the lines: + - ENTRY_TO_FACT_MODE in BIT(0) + - SPI_CHROME_SEL in BIT(1) + + Output will formatted with "0x%02x\n". + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw +Date: January 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Description: + Write and read raw mailbox commands to the EC. + + You can write a hexadecimal sentence to raw, and that series of + bytes will be sent to the EC. Then, you can read the bytes of + response by reading from raw. + + For writing, bytes 0-1 indicate the message type, one of enum + wilco_ec_msg_type. Byte 2+ consist of the data passed in the + request, starting at MBOX[0]. At least three bytes are required + for writing, two for the type and at least a single byte of + data. + + Example:: + + // Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date) + // Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with + // MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00] + $ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw + // View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is + // included after the raw hex. + // Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...] + $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw + 00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00 ..12/21/18.8... + + Note that the first 16 bytes of the received MBOX[] will be + printed, even if some of the data is junk, and skipping bytes + 17 to 32. It is up to you to know how many of the first bytes of + data are the actual response. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f58229084 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /dev/wmi/dell-smbios +Date: November 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com +Description: + Perform SMBIOS calls on supported Dell machines. + through the Dell ACPI-WMI interface. + + IOCTL's and buffer formats are defined in: + <uapi/linux/wmi.h> + + 1) To perform an SMBIOS call from userspace, you'll need to + first determine the minimum size of the calling interface + buffer for your machine. + Platforms that contain larger buffers can return larger + objects from the system firmware. + Commonly this size is either 4k or 32k. + + To determine the size of the buffer read() a u64 dword from + the WMI character device /dev/wmi/dell-smbios. + + 2) After you've determined the minimum size of the calling + interface buffer, you can allocate a structure that represents + the structure documented above. + + 3) In the 'length' object store the size of the buffer you + determined above and allocated. + + 4) In this buffer object, prepare as necessary for the SMBIOS + call you're interested in. Typically SMBIOS buffers have + "class", "select", and "input" defined to values that coincide + with the data you are interested in. + Documenting class/select/input values is outside of the scope + of this documentation. Check with the libsmbios project for + further documentation on these values. + + 6) Run the call by using ioctl() as described in the header. + + 7) The output will be returned in the buffer object. + + 8) Be sure to free up your allocated object. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a377b6c09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +What: /dev/kmsg +Date: Mai 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org> +Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access + to the kernel's printk buffer. + + Injecting messages: + + Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in + the kernel's printk buffer. + + The logged line can be prefixed with a <N> syslog prefix, which + carries the syslog priority and facility. The single decimal + prefix number is composed of the 3 lowest bits being the syslog + priority and the next 8 bits the syslog facility number. + + If no prefix is given, the priority number is the default kernel + log priority and the facility number is set to LOG_USER (1). It + is not possible to inject messages from userspace with the + facility number LOG_KERN (0), to make sure that the origin of + the messages can always be reliably determined. + + Accessing the buffer: + + Every read() from the opened device node receives one record + of the kernel's printk buffer. + + The first read() directly following an open() always returns + first message in the buffer; there is no kernel-internal + persistent state; many readers can concurrently open the device + and read from it, without affecting other readers. + + Every read() will receive the next available record. If no more + records are available read() will block, or if O_NONBLOCK is + used -EAGAIN returned. + + Messages in the record ring buffer get overwritten as whole, + there are never partial messages received by read(). + + In case messages get overwritten in the circular buffer while + the device is kept open, the next read() will return -EPIPE, + and the seek position be updated to the next available record. + Subsequent reads() will return available records again. + + Unlike the classic syslog() interface, the 64 bit record + sequence numbers allow to calculate the amount of lost + messages, in case the buffer gets overwritten. And they allow + to reconnect to the buffer and reconstruct the read position + if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader. + + The device supports seek with the following parameters: + + SEEK_SET, 0 + seek to the first entry in the buffer + SEEK_END, 0 + seek after the last entry in the buffer + SEEK_DATA, 0 + seek after the last record available at the time + the last SYSLOG_ACTION_CLEAR was issued. + + Other seek operations or offsets are not supported because of + the special behavior this device has. The device allows to read + or write only whole variable length messages (records) that are + stored in a ring buffer. + + Because of the non-standard behavior also the error values are + non-standard. -ESPIPE is returned for non-zero offset. -EINVAL + is returned for other operations, e.g. SEEK_CUR. This behavior + and values are historical and could not be modified without the + risk of breaking userspace. + + The output format consists of a prefix carrying the syslog + prefix including priority and facility, the 64 bit message + sequence number and the monotonic timestamp in microseconds, + and a flag field. All fields are separated by a ','. + + Future extensions might add more comma separated values before + the terminating ';'. Unknown fields and values should be + gracefully ignored. + + The human readable text string starts directly after the ';' + and is terminated by a '\n'. Untrusted values derived from + hardware or other facilities are printed, therefore + all non-printable characters and '\' itself in the log message + are escaped by "\x00" C-style hex encoding. + + A line starting with ' ', is a continuation line, adding + key/value pairs to the log message, which provide the machine + readable context of the message, for reliable processing in + userspace. + + Example:: + + 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored) + SUBSYSTEM=acpi + DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00 + 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10 + 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181 + + The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way: + + ============ ================= + b12:8 block dev_t + c127:3 char dev_t + n8 netdev ifindex + +sound:card0 subsystem:devname + ============ ================= + + The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a + fragment of a line. Note, that these hints about continuation + lines are not necessarily correct, and the stream could be + interleaved with unrelated messages, but merging the lines in + the output usually produces better human readable results. A + similar logic is used internally when messages are printed to + the console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall. + + By default, kernel tries to avoid fragments by concatenating + when it can and fragments are rare; however, when extended + console support is enabled, the in-kernel concatenation is + disabled and /dev/kmsg output will contain more fragments. If + the log consumer performs concatenation, the end result + should be the same. In the future, the in-kernel concatenation + may be removed entirely and /dev/kmsg users are recommended to + implement fragment handling. + +Users: dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/devlink-resource-mlxsw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/devlink-resource-mlxsw new file mode 100644 index 000000000..259ed2948 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/devlink-resource-mlxsw @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /kvd/ +Date: 08-Jan-2018 +KernelVersion: v4.16 +Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com +Description: The main database in the Spectrum device is a centralized + KVD database used for many of the tables used to configure + the chip including L2 FDB, L3 LPM, ECMP and more. The KVD + is divided into two sections, the first is hash-based table + and the second is a linear access table. The division + between the linear and hash-based sections is static and + require reload before the changes take effect. + +What: /kvd/linear +Date: 08-Jan-2018 +KernelVersion: v4.16 +Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com +Description: The linear section of the KVD is managed by software as a + flat memory accessed using an index. + +What: /kvd/hash_single +Date: 08-Jan-2018 +KernelVersion: v4.16 +Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com +Description: The hash based section of the KVD is managed by the switch + device. Used in case the key size is smaller or equal to + 64bit. + +What: /kvd/hash_double +Date: 08-Jan-2018 +KernelVersion: v4.16 +Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com +Description: The hash based section of the KVD is managed by the switch + device. Used in case the key is larger than 64 bit. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db3007bab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/security/evm +What: /sys/kernel/security/*/evm +Date: March 2011 +Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com> +Description: + EVM protects a file's security extended attributes(xattrs) + against integrity attacks. The initial method maintains an + HMAC-sha1 value across the extended attributes, storing the + value as the extended attribute 'security.evm'. + + EVM supports two classes of security.evm. The first is + an HMAC-sha1 generated locally with a + trusted/encrypted key stored in the Kernel Key + Retention System. The second is a digital signature + generated either locally or remotely using an + asymmetric key. These keys are loaded onto root's + keyring using keyctl, and EVM is then enabled by + echoing a value to <securityfs>/evm made up of the + following bits: + + === ================================================== + Bit Effect + === ================================================== + 0 Enable HMAC validation and creation + 1 Enable digital signature validation + 2 Permit modification of EVM-protected metadata at + runtime. Not supported if HMAC validation and + creation is enabled (deprecated). + 3 Require asymmetric signatures to be version 3 + 31 Disable further runtime modification of EVM policy + === ================================================== + + For example:: + + echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm + + will enable HMAC validation and creation + + :: + + echo 0x80000003 ><securityfs>/evm + + will enable HMAC and digital signature validation and + HMAC creation and disable all further modification of policy. + + :: + + echo 0x80000006 ><securityfs>/evm + + will enable digital signature validation, permit + modification of EVM-protected metadata and + disable all further modification of policy. This option is now + deprecated in favor of:: + + echo 0x80000002 ><securityfs>/evm + + as the outstanding issues that prevent the usage of EVM portable + signatures have been solved. + + Echoing a value is additive, the new value is added to the + existing initialization flags. + + For example, after:: + + echo 2 ><securityfs>/evm + + another echo can be performed:: + + echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm + + and the resulting value will be 3. + + Note that once an HMAC key has been loaded, it will no longer + be possible to enable metadata modification. Signaling that an + HMAC key has been loaded will clear the corresponding flag. + For example, if the current value is 6 (2 and 4 set):: + + echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm + + will set the new value to 3 (4 cleared). + + Loading an HMAC key is the only way to disable metadata + modification. + + Until key loading has been signaled EVM can not create + or validate the 'security.evm' xattr, but returns + INTEGRITY_UNKNOWN. Loading keys and signaling EVM + should be done as early as possible. Normally this is + done in the initramfs, which has already been measured + as part of the trusted boot. For more information on + creating and loading existing trusted/encrypted keys, + refer to: + Documentation/security/keys/trusted-encrypted.rst. Both + dracut (via 97masterkey and 98integrity) and systemd (via + core/ima-setup) have support for loading keys at boot + time. + +What: /sys/kernel/security/*/evm/evm_xattrs +Date: April 2018 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com> +Description: + Shows the set of extended attributes used to calculate or + validate the EVM signature, and allows additional attributes + to be added at runtime. Any signatures generated after + additional attributes are added (and on files possessing those + additional attributes) will only be valid if the same + additional attributes are configured on system boot. Writing + a single period (.) will lock the xattr list from any further + modification. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9689b2a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /dev/gpiochip[0-9]+ +Date: November 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: linux-gpio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The character device files /dev/gpiochip* are the interface + between GPIO chips and userspace. + + The ioctl(2)-based ABI is defined in + [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h> and documented in + Documentation/userspace-api/gpio/chardev.rst. + + The following file operations are supported: + + open(2) + Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR. + + ioctl(2) + Initiate various actions. + + See Documentation/userspace-api/gpio/chardev.rst + for a description of all ioctls. + + close(2) + Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated + with the file descriptor. + +Users: TBD diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19258471b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/security/*/ima/policy +Date: May 2008 +Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The Trusted Computing Group(TCG) runtime Integrity + Measurement Architecture(IMA) maintains a list of hash + values of executables and other sensitive system files + loaded into the run-time of this system. At runtime, + the policy can be constrained based on LSM specific data. + Policies are loaded into the securityfs file ima/policy + by opening the file, writing the rules one at a time and + then closing the file. The new policy takes effect after + the file ima/policy is closed. + + IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements + for local measurement appraisal. + + :: + + rule format: action [condition ...] + + action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | + audit | dont_audit | hash | dont_hash + condition:= base | lsm [option] + base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [fsname=] + [fs_subtype=] + [uid=] [euid=] [gid=] [egid=] + [fowner=] [fgroup=]] + lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=] + [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]] + option: [digest_type=] [template=] [permit_directio] + [appraise_type=] [appraise_flag=] + [appraise_algos=] [keyrings=] + base: + func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] + [FIRMWARE_CHECK] + [KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK] + [KEXEC_CMDLINE] [KEY_CHECK] [CRITICAL_DATA] + [SETXATTR_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK_REQPROT] + mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND] + [[^]MAY_EXEC] + fsmagic:= hex value + fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6) + uid:= decimal value + euid:= decimal value + gid:= decimal value + egid:= decimal value + fowner:= decimal value + fgroup:= decimal value + lsm: are LSM specific + option: + appraise_type:= [imasig] | [imasig|modsig] | [sigv3] + where 'imasig' is the original or the signature + format v2. + where 'modsig' is an appended signature, + where 'sigv3' is the signature format v3. + + appraise_flag:= [check_blacklist] (deprecated) + Setting the check_blacklist flag is no longer necessary. + All appraisal functions set it by default. + digest_type:= verity + Require fs-verity's file digest instead of the + regular IMA file hash. + keyrings:= list of keyrings + (eg, .builtin_trusted_keys|.ima). Only valid + when action is "measure" and func is KEY_CHECK. + template:= name of a defined IMA template type + (eg, ima-ng). Only valid when action is "measure". + pcr:= decimal value + label:= [selinux]|[kernel_info]|[data_label] + data_label:= a unique string used for grouping and limiting critical data. + For example, "selinux" to measure critical data for SELinux. + appraise_algos:= comma-separated list of hash algorithms + For example, "sha256,sha512" to only accept to appraise + files where the security.ima xattr was hashed with one + of these two algorithms. + + default policy: + # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0 + # SYSFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x62656572 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x62656572 + # DEBUGFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x64626720 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x64626720 + # TMPFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x01021994 + # RAMFS_MAGIC + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x858458f6 + # DEVPTS_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x1cd1 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x1cd1 + # BINFMTFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x42494e4d + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x42494e4d + # SECURITYFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x73636673 + # SELINUX_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0xf97cff8c + dont_appraise fsmagic=0xf97cff8c + # CGROUP_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x27e0eb + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x27e0eb + # NSFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x6e736673 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x6e736673 + + measure func=BPRM_CHECK + measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC + measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0 + measure func=MODULE_CHECK + measure func=FIRMWARE_CHECK + appraise fowner=0 + + The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check, + all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files + open for read by root in do_filp_open. The default appraisal + policy appraises all files owned by root. + + Examples of LSM specific definitions: + + SELinux:: + + dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t + dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t + dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t + dont_appraise obj_type=auditd_log_t + measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ + measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ + + Smack:: + + measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ + + Example of measure rules using alternate PCRs:: + + measure func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK pcr=4 + measure func=KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK pcr=5 + + Example of appraise rule allowing modsig appended signatures: + + appraise func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK appraise_type=imasig|modsig + + Example of measure rule using KEY_CHECK to measure all keys: + + measure func=KEY_CHECK + + Example of measure rule using KEY_CHECK to only measure + keys added to .builtin_trusted_keys or .ima keyring: + + measure func=KEY_CHECK keyrings=.builtin_trusted_keys|.ima + + Example of the special SETXATTR_CHECK appraise rule, that + restricts the hash algorithms allowed when writing to the + security.ima xattr of a file: + + appraise func=SETXATTR_CHECK appraise_algos=sha256,sha384,sha512 + + Example of a 'measure' rule requiring fs-verity's digests + with indication of type of digest in the measurement list. + + measure func=FILE_CHECK digest_type=verity \ + template=ima-ngv2 + + Example of 'measure' and 'appraise' rules requiring fs-verity + signatures (format version 3) stored in security.ima xattr. + + The 'measure' rule specifies the 'ima-sigv3' template option, + which includes the indication of type of digest and the file + signature in the measurement list. + + measure func=BPRM_CHECK digest_type=verity \ + template=ima-sigv3 + + + The 'appraise' rule specifies the type and signature format + version (sigv3) required. + + appraise func=BPRM_CHECK digest_type=verity \ + appraise_type=sigv3 + + Example of a regular IMA file hash 'appraise' rule requiring + signature version 3 format stored in security.ima xattr. + + appraise func=BPRM_CHECK appraise_type=sigv3 + + All of these policy rules could, for example, be constrained + either based on a filesystem's UUID (fsuuid) or based on LSM + labels. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9606aed33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: This folder contains the relevant debugfs files for the + hardware trace macro to use. CONFIG_PPC64_HARDWARE_TRACING + must be set. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/enable +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Write an integer containing the size in bytes of the memory + you want removed from each NUMA node to this file - it must be + aligned to the memblock size. This amount of RAM will be removed + from each NUMA node in the kernel mappings and the following + debugfs files will be created. Once memory is successfully + removed from each node, the following files are created. To + re-add memory to the kernel, echo 0 into this file (it will be + automatically onlined). + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id> +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: This directory contains information about the removed memory + from the specific NUMA node. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id>/size +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: This contains the size of the memory removed from the node. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id>/start +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: This contains the start address of the removed memory. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id>/trace +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: This is where the hardware trace macro will output the trace + it generates. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-current b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-current new file mode 100644 index 000000000..198b9fe1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-current @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /proc/*/attr/current +Contact: linux-security-module@vger.kernel.org, + selinux@vger.kernel.org, + apparmor@lists.ubuntu.com +Description: The current security information used by a Linux + security module (LSM) that is active on the system. + The details of permissions required to read from + this interface and hence obtain the security state + of the task identified is LSM dependent. + A process cannot write to this interface unless it + refers to itself. + The other details of permissions required to write to + this interface and hence change the security state of + the task identified are LSM dependent. + The format of the data used by this interface is LSM + dependent. + SELinux, Smack and AppArmor provide this interface. +Users: SELinux user-space + Smack user-space + AppArmor user-space diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-exec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-exec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34593866a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-exec @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /proc/*/attr/exec +Contact: linux-security-module@vger.kernel.org, + selinux@vger.kernel.org, + apparmor@lists.ubuntu.com +Description: The security information to be used on the process + by a Linux security module (LSM) active on the system + after a subsequent exec() call. + The details of permissions required to read from + this interface and hence obtain the security state + of the task identified is LSM dependent. + A process cannot write to this interface unless it + refers to itself. + The other details of permissions required to write to + this interface and hence change the security state of + the task identified are LSM dependent. + The format of the data used by this interface is LSM + dependent. + SELinux and AppArmor provide this interface. +Users: SELinux user-space + AppArmor user-space diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-prev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-prev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f990b3595 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-prev @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /proc/*/attr/prev +Contact: linux-security-module@vger.kernel.org, + selinux@vger.kernel.org, + apparmor@lists.ubuntu.com +Description: The security information used on the process by + a Linux security module (LSM) active on the system + prior to the most recent exec() call. + The details of permissions required to read from + this interface is LSM dependent. + A process cannot write to this interface unless it + refers to itself. + The other details of permissions required to write to + this interface are LSM dependent. + The format of the data used by this interface is LSM + dependent. + SELinux and AppArmor provide this interface. +Users: SELinux user-space + AppArmor user-space + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a719cf20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /proc/diskstats +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> +Description: + The /proc/diskstats file displays the I/O statistics + of block devices. Each line contains the following 14 + fields: + + == =================================== + 1 major number + 2 minor number + 3 device name + 4 reads completed successfully + 5 reads merged + 6 sectors read + 7 time spent reading (ms) + 8 writes completed + 9 writes merged + 10 sectors written + 11 time spent writing (ms) + 12 I/Os currently in progress + 13 time spent doing I/Os (ms) + 14 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms) + == =================================== + + Kernel 4.18+ appends four more fields for discard + tracking putting the total at 18: + + == =================================== + 15 discards completed successfully + 16 discards merged + 17 sectors discarded + 18 time spent discarding + == =================================== + + Kernel 5.5+ appends two more fields for flush requests: + + == ===================================== + 19 flush requests completed successfully + 20 time spent flushing + == ===================================== + + For more details refer to Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-nfsd-reply_cache_stats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-nfsd-reply_cache_stats new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57ed5f8e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-nfsd-reply_cache_stats @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /proc/fs/nfsd/reply_cache_stats +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Provides statistics for the NFS server duplicate reply + cache (DRC). The file contains one labeled field per + line. Each line has the form "field name:" followed by + whitespace and a decimal value. + + Fields: + + ======================= ====== ========================== + max entries u32 Upper bound on cache size + num entries u32 Current entry count + hash buckets u32 Number of hash buckets + mem usage s64 Bytes consumed by the DRC + cache hits s64 Requests answered from cache + cache misses s64 Requests not found in cache + not cached s64 Idempotent requests that + bypass the cache + payload misses s64 XID matched but request + checksum did not + longest chain len u32 Longest hash chain observed + cachesize at longest u32 Cache size when longest + chain was recorded + ======================= ====== ========================== + + Counter fields (cache hits, cache misses, not cached, + payload misses, mem usage) are maintained with per-cpu + counters and may briefly show stale values under + concurrent load. There is no way to reset these + counters; consumers should compute rates by sampling + over time. + + New fields may be appended in future kernels. Parsers + should match on field name, not line position. +Users: nfs-utils (https://git.linux-nfs.org/?p=steved/nfs-utils.git) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b446a7154 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +What: /proc/pid/smaps_rollup +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Daniel Colascione <dancol@google.com> +Description: + This file provides pre-summed memory information for a + process. The format is almost identical to /proc/pid/smaps, + except instead of an entry for each VMA in a process, + smaps_rollup has a single entry (tagged "[rollup]") + for which each field is the sum of the corresponding + fields from all the maps in /proc/pid/smaps. + Additionally, the fields Pss_Anon, Pss_File and Pss_Shmem + are not present in /proc/pid/smaps. These fields represent + the sum of the Pss field of each type (anon, file, shmem). + For more details, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst + and the procfs man page. + + Typical output looks like this:: + + 00100000-ff709000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 [rollup] + Size: 1192 kB + KernelPageSize: 4 kB + MMUPageSize: 4 kB + Rss: 884 kB + Pss: 385 kB + Pss_Dirty: 68 kB + Pss_Anon: 301 kB + Pss_File: 80 kB + Pss_Shmem: 4 kB + Shared_Clean: 696 kB + Shared_Dirty: 0 kB + Private_Clean: 120 kB + Private_Dirty: 68 kB + Referenced: 884 kB + Anonymous: 68 kB + LazyFree: 0 kB + AnonHugePages: 0 kB + ShmemPmdMapped: 0 kB + Shared_Hugetlb: 0 kB + Private_Hugetlb: 0 kB + Swap: 0 kB + SwapPss: 0 kB + Locked: 385 kB diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dfe2d9801 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +What: /sys/fs/pstore/... +What: /dev/pstore/... +Date: March 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: tony.luck@intel.com +Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage. + + Platforms that provide a mechanism to preserve some data + across system reboots can register with this driver to + provide a generic interface to show records captured in + the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part + of the console log is captured, but other interesting + data can also be saved:: + + # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore + + $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/ + total 0 + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1 + + Different users of this interface will result in different + filename prefixes. Currently two are defined: + + - "dmesg" - saved console log + - "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error + + Once the information in a file has been read, removing + the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage + device that it can reclaim the space for later reuse:: + + $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1 + + The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/ + will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store + soon after boot to free up space ready for the next + catastrophe. + + The 'kmsg_bytes' mount option changes the target amount of + data saved on each oops/panic. Pstore saves (possibly + multiple) files based on the record size of the underlying + persistent storage until at least this amount is reached. + Default is 10 Kbytes. + + Pstore only supports one backend at a time. If multiple + backends are available, the preferred backend may be + set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at + boot time. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/rtc-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/rtc-cdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cec099a27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/rtc-cdev @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /dev/rtcX +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The ioctl interface to drivers for real-time clocks (RTCs). + Following actions are supported: + + * RTC_RD_TIME, RTC_SET_TIME: Read or set the RTC time. Time + format is a Gregorian calendar date and 24 hour wall clock + time. + + * RTC_AIE_ON, RTC_AIE_OFF: Enable or disable the alarm interrupt + for RTCs that support alarms + + * RTC_ALM_READ, RTC_ALM_SET: Read or set the alarm time for + RTCs that support alarms. Can be set up to 24 hours in the + future. Requires a separate RTC_AIE_ON call to enable the + alarm interrupt. (Prefer to use RTC_WKALM_*) + + * RTC_WKALM_RD, RTC_WKALM_SET: For RTCs that support a more + powerful interface, which can issue alarms beyond 24 hours and + enable IRQs in the same request. + + * RTC_PIE_ON, RTC_PIE_OFF: Enable or disable the periodic + interrupt for RTCs that support periodic interrupts. + + * RTC_UIE_ON, RTC_UIE_OFF: Enable or disable the update + interrupt for RTCs that support it. + + * RTC_IRQP_READ, RTC_IRQP_SET: Read or set the frequency for + periodic interrupts for RTCs that support periodic interrupts. + Requires a separate RTC_PIE_ON call to enable the periodic + interrupts. + + * RTC_VL_READ: Read the voltage inputs status of the RTC when + supported. The value is a bit field of RTC_VL_*, giving the + status of the main and backup voltages. + + * RTC_VL_CLEAR: Clear the voltage status of the RTC. Some RTCs + need user interaction when the backup power provider is + replaced or charged to be able to clear the status. + + The ioctl() calls supported by the older /dev/rtc interface are + also supported by the newer RTC class framework. However, + because the chips and systems are not standardized, some PC/AT + functionality might not be provided. And in the same way, some + newer features -- including those enabled by ACPI -- are exposed + by the RTC class framework, but can't be supported by the older + driver. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/securityfs-secrets-coco b/Documentation/ABI/testing/securityfs-secrets-coco new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2b690915 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/securityfs-secrets-coco @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +What: security/secrets/coco +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Dov Murik <dovmurik@linux.ibm.com> +Description: + Exposes confidential computing (coco) EFI secrets to + userspace via securityfs. + + EFI can declare memory area used by confidential computing + platforms (such as AMD SEV and SEV-ES) for secret injection by + the Guest Owner during VM's launch. The secrets are encrypted + by the Guest Owner and decrypted inside the trusted enclave, + and therefore are not readable by the untrusted host. + + The efi_secret module exposes the secrets to userspace. Each + secret appears as a file under <securityfs>/secrets/coco, + where the filename is the GUID of the entry in the secrets + table. This module is loaded automatically by the EFI driver + if the EFI secret area is populated. + + Two operations are supported for the files: read and unlink. + Reading the file returns the content of secret entry. + Unlinking the file overwrites the secret data with zeroes and + removes the entry from the filesystem. A secret cannot be read + after it has been unlinked. + + For example, listing the available secrets:: + + # modprobe efi_secret + # ls -l /sys/kernel/security/secrets/coco + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 736870e5-84f0-4973-92ec-06879ce3da0b + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 83c83f7f-1356-4975-8b7e-d3a0b54312c6 + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 9553f55d-3da2-43ee-ab5d-ff17f78864d2 + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 e6f5a162-d67f-4750-a67c-5d065f2a9910 + + Reading the secret data by reading a file:: + + # cat /sys/kernel/security/secrets/coco/e6f5a162-d67f-4750-a67c-5d065f2a9910 + the-content-of-the-secret-data + + Wiping a secret by unlinking a file:: + + # rm /sys/kernel/security/secrets/coco/e6f5a162-d67f-4750-a67c-5d065f2a9910 + # ls -l /sys/kernel/security/secrets/coco + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 736870e5-84f0-4973-92ec-06879ce3da0b + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 83c83f7f-1356-4975-8b7e-d3a0b54312c6 + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 9553f55d-3da2-43ee-ab5d-ff17f78864d2 + + Note: The binary format of the secrets table injected by the + Guest Owner is described in + drivers/virt/coco/efi_secret/efi_secret.c under "Structure of + the EFI secret area". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c421b7284 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmc @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/amd_pmc/*/smu_fw_version +Date: October 2022 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> +Description: Reading this file reports the version of the firmware loaded to + System Management Unit (SMU) contained in AMD CPUs and + APUs. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/amd_pmc/*/smu_program +Date: October 2022 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> +Description: Reading this file reports the program corresponding to the SMU + firmware version. The program field is used to disambiguate two + APU/CPU models that can share the same firmware binary. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fc0e1c2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmf @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/*/cnqf_enable +Date: September 2022 +Contact: Shyam Sundar S K <Shyam-sundar.S-k@amd.com> +Description: Reading this file tells if the AMD Platform Management(PMF) + Cool n Quiet Framework(CnQF) feature is enabled or not. + + This feature is not enabled by default and gets only turned on + if OEM BIOS passes a "flag" to PMF ACPI function (index 11 or 12) + or in case the user writes "on". + + To turn off CnQF user can write "off" to the sysfs node. + Note: Systems that support auto mode will not have this sysfs file + available. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3daecac48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +What: /sys/class/ata_* +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the + system. This allows retrieving various information about ATA + objects. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_port +------------------------------- + +For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of the +port. The device parent is the ata host device. + + +What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/nr_pmp_links +What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/idle_irq +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + nr_pmp_links: (RO) If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is + connected, the number of links behind it. + + idle_irq: (RO) Number of IRQ received by the port while + idle [some ata HBA only]. + + +What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/port_no +Date: May, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.11 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + (RO) Host local port number. While registering host controller, + port numbers are tracked based upon number of ports available on + the controller. This attribute is needed by udev for composing + persistent links in /dev/disk/by-path. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_link +------------------------------- + +Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the topology, 15 +ata_link objects are created. + +If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is ata_port_id +of the port. If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is +ata_port_id of the parent port and Y the PM port. + + +What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/hw_sata_spd_limit +What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/sata_spd_limit +What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/sata_spd +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + hw_sata_spd_limit: (RO) Maximum speed supported by the + connected SATA device. + + sata_spd_limit: (RO) Maximum speed imposed by libata. + + sata_spd: (RO) Current speed of the link + eg. 1.5, 3 Gbps etc. + + +Files under /sys/class/ata_device +--------------------------------- + +Behind each link, up to two ata devices are created. +The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where: +- X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected, +- Y the port of the PM if any, and +- Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1], only 1 for SATA. + + +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/spdn_cnt +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/gscr +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/ering +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/id +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/pio_mode +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/xfer_mode +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/dma_mode +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/class +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + spdn_cnt: (RO) Number of times libata decided to lower the + speed of link due to errors. + + gscr: (RO) Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR + register. Valid registers are: + + 0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID, + 1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV, + 2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO, + 32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR, + 33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN, + 64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT, + 96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN, + 130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO + + Only valid if the device is a PM. + + ering: (RO) Formatted output of the error ring of the + device. + + id: (RO) Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as + described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17. Only valid if + the device is not a PM. + + pio_mode: (RO) PIO transfer mode used by the device. + Mostly used by PATA devices. + + xfer_mode: (RO) Current transfer mode. Mostly used by + PATA devices. + + dma_mode: (RO) DMA transfer mode used by the device. + Mostly used by PATA devices. + + class: (RO) Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, + "atapi" for packet device, "pmp" for PM, or + "none" if no device was found behind the link. + + +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/trim +Date: May, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + (RO) Shows the DSM TRIM mode currently used by the device. Valid + values are: + + unsupported: Drive does not support DSM TRIM + + unqueued: Drive supports unqueued DSM TRIM only + + queued: Drive supports queued DSM TRIM + + forced_unqueued: Drive's queued DSM support is known to + be buggy and only unqueued TRIM commands + are sent diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-auxdisplay-linedisp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-auxdisplay-linedisp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55f1b559e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-auxdisplay-linedisp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +What: /sys/.../message +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Description: + Controls the text message displayed on character line displays. + + Reading returns the current message with a trailing newline. + Writing updates the displayed message. Messages longer than the + display width will automatically scroll. Trailing newlines in + input are automatically trimmed. + + Writing an empty string clears the display. + + Example: + echo "Hello World" > message + cat message # Returns "Hello World\n" + +What: /sys/.../num_chars +Date: November 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.18 +Contact: Jean-François Lessard <jefflessard3@gmail.com> +Description: + Read-only attribute showing the character width capacity of + the line display device. Messages longer than this will scroll. + + Example: + cat num_chars # Returns "16\n" for 16-char display + +What: /sys/.../scroll_step_ms +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Description: + Controls the scrolling speed for messages longer than the display + width, specified in milliseconds per scroll step. + + Setting to 0 disables scrolling. Default is 500ms. + + Example: + echo "250" > scroll_step_ms # 4Hz scrolling + cat scroll_step_ms # Returns "250\n" + +What: /sys/.../map_seg7 +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Description: + Read/write binary blob representing the ASCII-to-7-segment + display conversion table used by the linedisp driver, as defined + by struct seg7_conversion_map in <linux/map_to_7segment.h>. + + Only visible on displays with 7-segment capability. + + This attribute is not human-readable. Writes must match the + struct size exactly, else -EINVAL is returned; reads return the + entire mapping as a binary blob. + + This interface and its implementation match existing conventions + used in segment-mapped display drivers since 2005. + + ABI note: This style of binary sysfs attribute *is an exception* + to current "one value per file, text only" sysfs rules, for + historical compatibility and driver uniformity. New drivers are + discouraged from introducing additional binary sysfs ABIs. + + Reference interface guidance: + - include/uapi/linux/map_to_7segment.h + +What: /sys/.../map_seg14 +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Description: + Read/write binary blob representing the ASCII-to-14-segment + display conversion table used by the linedisp driver, as defined + by struct seg14_conversion_map in <linux/map_to_14segment.h>. + + Only visible on displays with 14-segment capability. + + This attribute is not human-readable. Writes must match the + struct size exactly, else -EINVAL is returned; reads return the + entire mapping as a binary blob. + + This interface and its implementation match existing conventions + used by segment-mapped display drivers since 2005. + + ABI note: This style of binary sysfs attribute *is an exception* + to current "one value per file, text only" sysfs rules, for + historical compatibility and driver uniformity. New drivers are + discouraged from introducing additional binary sysfs ABIs. + + Reference interface guidance: + - include/uapi/linux/map_to_14segment.h diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5837765b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/block/etherd*/mac +Date: Apr, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.12 +Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org> +Description: + (RO) The ethernet address of the remote Ata over Ethernet (AoE) + device. + +What: /sys/block/etherd*/netif +Date: Apr, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.12 +Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org> +Description: + (RO) The names of the network interfaces on the localhost (comma + separated) through which we are communicating with the remote + AoE device. + +What: /sys/block/etherd*/state +Date: Apr, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.12 +Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org> +Description: + (RO) Device status. The state attribute is "up" when the device + is ready for I/O and "down" if detected but unusable. The + "down,closewait" state shows that the device is still open and + cannot come up again until it has been closed. The "up,kickme" + state means that the driver wants to send more commands to the + target but found out there were already the max number of + commands waiting for a response. It will retry again after being + kicked by the periodic timer handler routine. + +What: /sys/block/etherd*/firmware-version +Date: Apr, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.12 +Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org> +Description: + (RO) Version of the firmware in the target. + +What: /sys/block/etherd*/payload +Date: Dec, 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.10 +Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org> +Description: + (RO) The amount of user data transferred (in bytes) inside each AoE + command on the network, network headers excluded. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9344a657c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/unregister +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + A write to this file causes the backing device or cache to be + unregistered. If a backing device had dirty data in the cache, + writeback mode is automatically disabled and all dirty data is + flushed before the device is unregistered. Caches unregister + all associated backing devices before unregistering themselves. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/clear_stats +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Writing to this file resets all the statistics for the device. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a backing device that has cache, a symlink to + the bcache/ dir of that cache. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hits +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: integer number of full cache hits, + counted per bio. A partial cache hit counts as a miss. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_misses +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: integer number of cache misses. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hit_ratio +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: cache hits as a percentage. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/sequential_cutoff +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: Threshold past which sequential IO will + skip the cache. Read and written as bytes in human readable + units (i.e. echo 10M > sequntial_cutoff). + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bypassed +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Sum of all reads and writes that have bypassed the cache (due + to the sequential cutoff). Expressed as bytes in human + readable units. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: When on, writeback caching is enabled and + writes will be buffered in the cache. When off, caching is in + writethrough mode; reads and writes will be added to the + cache but no write buffering will take place. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_running +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: when off, dirty data will not be written + from the cache to the backing device. The cache will still be + used to buffer writes until it is mostly full, at which point + writes transparently revert to writethrough mode. Intended only + for benchmarking/testing. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_delay +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: In writeback mode, when dirty data is + written to the cache and the cache held no dirty data for that + backing device, writeback from cache to backing device starts + after this delay, expressed as an integer number of seconds. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_percent +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: If nonzero, writeback from cache to + backing device only takes place when more than this percentage + of the cache is used, allowing more write coalescing to take + place and reducing total number of writes sent to the backing + device. Integer between 0 and 40. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/synchronous +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, a boolean that allows synchronous mode to be + switched on and off. In synchronous mode all writes are ordered + such that the cache can reliably recover from unclean shutdown; + if disabled bcache will not generally wait for writes to + complete but if the cache is not shut down cleanly all data + will be discarded from the cache. Should not be turned off with + writeback caching enabled. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bucket_size +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, bucket size in human readable units, as set at + cache creation time; should match the erase block size of the + SSD for optimal performance. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/nbuckets +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, the number of usable buckets. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/tree_depth +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, height of the btree excluding leaf nodes (i.e. a + one node tree will have a depth of 0). + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_cache_size +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Number of btree buckets/nodes that are currently cached in + memory; cache dynamically grows and shrinks in response to + memory pressure from the rest of the system. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/written +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, total amount of data in human readable units + written to the cache, excluding all metadata. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_written +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, sum of all btree writes in human readable units. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d543cfa4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +What: /sys/block/*/device/sw_activity +Date: Jun, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.27 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Used by drivers which support software controlled activity + LEDs. + + It has the following valid values: + + == ======================================================== + 0 OFF - the LED is not activated on activity + 1 BLINK_ON - the LED blinks on every 10ms when activity is + detected. + 2 BLINK_OFF - the LED is on when idle, and blinks off + every 10ms when activity is detected. + == ======================================================== + + Note that the user must turn sw_activity OFF it they wish to + control the activity LED via the em_message file. + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/unload_heads +Date: Sep, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.28 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Hard disk shock protection + + Writing an integer value to this file will take the heads of the + respective drive off the platter and block all I/O operations + for the specified number of milliseconds. + + - If the device does not support the unload heads feature, + access is denied with -EOPNOTSUPP. + - The maximal value accepted for a timeout is 30000 + milliseconds. + - A previously set timeout can be cancelled and disk can resume + normal operation immediately by specifying a timeout of 0. + - Some hard drives only comply with an earlier version of the + ATA standard, but support the unload feature nonetheless. + There is no safe way Linux can detect these devices, so this + is not enabled by default. If it is known that your device + does support the unload feature, then you can tell the kernel + to enable it by writing -1. It can be disabled again by + writing -2. + - Values below -2 are rejected with -EINVAL + + For more information, see + Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/disk-shock-protection.rst + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/ncq_prio_enable +Date: Oct, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Write to the file to turn on or off the SATA NCQ (native + command queueing) priority support. By default this feature is + turned off. If the device does not support the SATA NCQ + priority feature, writing "1" to this file results in an error + (see ncq_prio_supported). + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/sas_ncq_prio_enable +Date: Oct, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This is the equivalent of the ncq_prio_enable attribute + file for SATA devices connected to a SAS host-bus-adapter + (HBA) implementing support for the SATA NCQ priority feature. + This file does not exist if the HBA driver does not implement + support for the SATA NCQ priority feature, regardless of the + device support for this feature (see sas_ncq_prio_supported). + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/ncq_prio_supported +Date: Aug, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.15 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Indicates if the device supports the SATA NCQ (native + command queueing) priority feature. + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/sas_ncq_prio_supported +Date: Aug, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.15 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) This is the equivalent of the ncq_prio_supported attribute + file for SATA devices connected to a SAS host-bus-adapter + (HBA) implementing support for the SATA NCQ priority feature. + This file does not exist if the HBA driver does not implement + support for the SATA NCQ priority feature, regardless of the + device support for this feature. + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/cdl_supported +Date: May, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Indicates if the device supports the command duration + limits feature found in some ATA and SCSI devices. + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/cdl_enable +Date: May, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) For a device supporting the command duration limits + feature, write to the file to turn on or off the feature. + By default this feature is turned off. + Writing "1" to this file enables the use of command duration + limits for read and write commands in the kernel and turns on + the feature on the device. Writing "0" disables the feature. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9f2339b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/name +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device name. + Read-only string containing mapped device name. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/uuid +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device UUID. + Read-only string containing DM-UUID or empty string + if DM-UUID is not set. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/suspended +Date: June 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device suspend state. + Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended. + Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/rq_based_seq_io_merge_deadline +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Allow control over how long a request that is a + reasonable merge candidate can be queued on the request + queue. The resolution of this deadline is in + microseconds (ranging from 1 to 100000 usecs). + Setting this attribute to 0 (the default) will disable + request-based DM's merge heuristic and associated extra + accounting. This attribute is not applicable to + bio-based DM devices so it will only ever report 0 for + them. + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/use_blk_mq +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Request-based Device-mapper blk-mq I/O path mode. + Contains the value 1 if the device is using blk-mq. + Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..627f4eb87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/autoclear +Date: Aug, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Shows if the device is in autoclear mode or not ( "1" or + "0"). Autoclear (if set) indicates that the loopback device will + self-distruct after last close. + +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/backing_file +Date: Aug, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The path of the backing file that the loop device maps its + data blocks to. + +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/offset +Date: Aug, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Start offset (in bytes). + +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/sizelimit +Date: Aug, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The size (in bytes) that the block device maps, starting + from the offset. + +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/partscan +Date: Aug, 2011 +KernelVersion: v3.10 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Shows if automatic partition scanning is enabled for the + device or not ("1" or "0"). This can be requested individually + per loop device during its setup by setting LO_FLAGS_PARTSCAN in + in the ioctl request. By default, no partition tables are + scanned. + +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/dio +Date: Aug, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Shows if direct IO is being used to access backing file or + not ("1 or "0"). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80b420b5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/unmap_device +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: To unmap a volume, "normal" or "force" has to be written to: + /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/unmap_device + + When "normal" is used, the operation will fail with EBUSY if any process + is using the device. When "force" is used, the device is also unmapped + when device is in use. All I/Os that are in progress will fail. + + Example:: + + # echo "normal" > /sys/block/rnbd0/rnbd/unmap_device + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/state +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: The file contains the current state of the block device. The state file + returns "open" when the device is successfully mapped from the server + and accepting I/O requests. When the connection to the server gets + disconnected in case of an error (e.g. link failure), the state file + returns "closed" and all I/O requests submitted to it will fail with -EIO. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/session +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RNBD uses RTRS session to transport the data between client and + server. The entry "session" contains the name of the session, that + was used to establish the RTRS session. It's the same name that + was passed as server parameter to the map_device entry. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/mapping_path +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains the path that was passed as "device_path" to the map_device + operation. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/access_mode +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains the device access mode: ro, rw or migration. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/resize +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Write the number of sectors to change the size of the disk. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/remap_device +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Remap the disconnected device if the session is not destroyed yet. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/nr_poll_queues +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains the number of poll-mode queues diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..beef30c04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +What: /sys/block/rssd*/status +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Asai Thambi S P <asamymuthupa@micron.com> +Description: This is a read-only file. Indicates the status of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ea9018a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/disksize +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The disksize file is read-write and specifies the disk size + which represents the limit on the *uncompressed* worth of data + that can be stored in this disk. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/initstate +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The initstate file is read-only and shows the initialization + state of the device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/reset +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The reset file is write-only and allows resetting the + device. The reset operation frees all the memory associated + with this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/comp_algorithm +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The comp_algorithm file is read-write and lets to show + available and selected compression algorithms, change + compression algorithm selection. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_max +Date: August 2014 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The mem_used_max file is write-only and is used to reset + the counter of maximum memory zram have consumed to store + compressed data. For resetting the value, you should write + "0". Otherwise, you could see -EINVAL. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_limit +Date: August 2014 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The mem_limit file is write-only and specifies the maximum + amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data. + The limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable + the limit. No limit is the initial state. Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compact +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The compact file is write-only and trigger compaction for + allocator zrm uses. The allocator moves some objects so that + it could free fragment space. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/io_stat +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The io_stat file is read-only and accumulates device's I/O + statistics not accounted by block layer. For example, + failed_reads, failed_writes, etc. File format is similar to + block layer statistics file format. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mm_stat +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The mm_stat file is read-only and represents device's mm + statistics (orig_data_size, compr_data_size, etc.) in a format + similar to block layer statistics file format. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/debug_stat +Date: July 2016 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The debug_stat file is read-only and represents various + device's debugging info useful for kernel developers. Its + format is not documented intentionally and may change + anytime without any notice. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/backing_dev +Date: June 2017 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The backing_dev file is read-write and set up backing + device for zram to write incompressible pages. + For using, user should enable CONFIG_ZRAM_WRITEBACK. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/idle +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + idle file is write-only and mark zram slot as idle. + If system has mounted debugfs, user can see which slots + are idle via /sys/kernel/debug/zram/zram<id>/block_state + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/writeback +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The writeback file is write-only and trigger idle and/or + huge page writeback to backing device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/bd_stat +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The bd_stat file is read-only and represents backing device's + statistics (bd_count, bd_reads, bd_writes) in a format + similar to block layer statistics file format. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/writeback_limit_enable +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The writeback_limit_enable file is read-write and specifies + eanbe of writeback_limit feature. "1" means eable the feature. + No limit "0" is the initial state. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/writeback_limit +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The writeback_limit file is read-write and specifies the maximum + amount of writeback ZRAM can do. The limit could be changed + in run time. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/recomp_algorithm +Date: November 2022 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <senozhatsky@chromium.org> +Description: + The recomp_algorithm file is read-write and allows to set + or show secondary compression algorithms. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/recompress +Date: November 2022 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <senozhatsky@chromium.org> +Description: + The recompress file is write-only and triggers re-compression + with secondary compression algorithms. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/algorithm_params +Date: August 2024 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <senozhatsky@chromium.org> +Description: + The algorithm_params file is write-only and is used to setup + compression algorithm parameters. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compressed_writeback +Date: December 2025 +Contact: Richard Chang <richardycc@google.com> +Description: + The compressed_writeback device attribute toggles compressed + writeback feature. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/writeback_batch_size +Date: November 2025 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <senozhatsky@chromium.org> +Description: + The writeback_batch_size device attribute sets the maximum + number of in-flight writeback operations. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f2b907a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../path +Date: December 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace + object associated with the device object. For example, + \_SB_.PCI0. + + This file is not present for device objects representing + fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep + buttons). + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../modalias +Date: July 2007 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + This attribute indicates the PNP IDs of the device object. + That is acpi:HHHHHHHH:[CCCCCCC:]. Where each HHHHHHHH or + CCCCCCCC contains device object's PNPID (_HID or _CID). + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hid +Date: April 2005 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + This attribute indicates the hardware ID (_HID) of the + device object. For example, PNP0103. + This file is present for device objects having the _HID + control method. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../description +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _STR control method, if present. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../adr +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _ADR control method, which is present for ACPI device + objects representing devices having standard enumeration + algorithms, such as PCI. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../uid +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _UID control method, if present. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../eject +Date: December 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + Writing 1 to this attribute will trigger hot removal of + this device object. This file exists for every device + object that has _EJ0 method. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../status +Date: Jan, 2014 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) Returns the ACPI device status: enabled, disabled or + functioning or present, if the method _STA is present. + + The return value is a decimal integer representing the device's + status bitmap: + + =========== ================================================== + Bit [0] Set if the device is present. + Bit [1] Set if the device is enabled and decoding its + resources. + Bit [2] Set if the device should be shown in the UI. + Bit [3] Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared + if device failed its diagnostics). + Bit [4] Set if the battery is present. + Bits [31:5] Reserved (must be cleared) + =========== ================================================== + + If bit [0] is clear, then bit 1 must also be clear (a device + that is not present cannot be enabled). + + Bit 0 can be clear (not present) with bit [3] set (device is + functional). This case is used to indicate a valid device for + which no device driver should be loaded. + + More special cases are covered in the ACPI specification. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hrv +Date: Apr, 2016 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) Allows users to read the hardware version of non-PCI + hardware, if the _HRV control method is present. It is mostly + useful for non-PCI devices because lspci can list the hardware + version for PCI devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7b54677c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/amba/devices/.../driver_override +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Antonios Motakis <a.motakis@virtualopensystems.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to + the device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo vfio-amba > driver_override) and may + be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device will + not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to opt-out of + driver binding using a driver_override name such as "none". + Only a single driver may be specified in the override, there is + no support for parsing delimiters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-auxiliary b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-auxiliary new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc8560796 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-auxiliary @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/.../irqs/ +Date: April, 2024 +Contact: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../irqs directory contains a variable set of + files, with each file is named as irq number similar to PCI PF + or VF's irq number located in msi_irqs directory. + These irq files are added and removed dynamically when an IRQ + is requested and freed respectively for the PCI SF. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e93d3ddca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../manuf +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + Each BCMA core has its manufacturer id. See + include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../id +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + There are a few types of BCMA cores, they can be identified by + id field. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../rev +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + BCMA cores of the same type can still slightly differ depending + on their revision. Use it for detailed programming. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../class +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + Each BCMA core is identified by few fields, including class it + belongs to. See include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cdx b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cdx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e84277531 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cdx @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +What: /sys/bus/cdx/rescan +Date: March 2023 +Contact: nipun.gupta@amd.com +Description: + Writing y/1/on to this file will cause rescan of the bus + and devices on the CDX bus. Any new devices are scanned and + added to the list of Linux devices and any devices removed are + also deleted from Linux. + + For example:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/cdx/rescan + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../vendor +Date: March 2023 +Contact: nipun.gupta@amd.com +Description: + Vendor ID for this CDX device, in hexadecimal. Vendor ID is + 16 bit identifier which is specific to the device manufacturer. + Combination of Vendor ID and Device ID identifies a device. + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../device +Date: March 2023 +Contact: nipun.gupta@amd.com +Description: + Device ID for this CDX device, in hexadecimal. Device ID is + 16 bit identifier to identify a device type within the range + of a device manufacturer. + Combination of Vendor ID and Device ID identifies a device. + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../subsystem_vendor +Date: July 2023 +Contact: puneet.gupta@amd.com +Description: + Subsystem Vendor ID for this CDX device, in hexadecimal. + Subsystem Vendor ID is 16 bit identifier specific to the + card manufacturer. + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../subsystem_device +Date: July 2023 +Contact: puneet.gupta@amd.com +Description: + Subsystem Device ID for this CDX device, in hexadecimal + Subsystem Device ID is 16 bit identifier specific to the + card manufacturer. + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../class +Date: July 2023 +Contact: puneet.gupta@amd.com +Description: + This file contains the class of the CDX device, in hexadecimal. + Class is 24 bit identifier specifies the functionality of the device. + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../revision +Date: July 2023 +Contact: puneet.gupta@amd.com +Description: + This file contains the revision field of the CDX device, in hexadecimal. + Revision is 8 bit revision identifier of the device. + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../enable +Date: October 2023 +Contact: abhijit.gangurde@amd.com +Description: + CDX bus should be disabled before updating the devices in FPGA. + Writing n/0/off will attempt to disable the CDX bus and. + writing y/1/on will attempt to enable the CDX bus. Reading this file + gives the current state of the bus, 1 for enabled and 0 for disabled. + + For example:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/cdx/.../enable + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../reset +Date: March 2023 +Contact: nipun.gupta@amd.com +Description: + Writing y/1/on to this file resets the CDX device or all devices + on the bus. On resetting the device, the corresponding driver is + notified twice, once before the device is being reset, and again + after the reset has been complete. + + For example:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/cdx/.../reset + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../remove +Date: March 2023 +Contact: tarak.reddy@amd.com +Description: + Writing y/1/on to this file removes the corresponding + device from the CDX bus. If the device is to be reconfigured + reconfigured in the Hardware, the device can be removed, so + that the device driver does not access the device while it is + being reconfigured. + + For example:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../remove + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../resource<N> +Date: July 2023 +Contact: puneet.gupta@amd.com +Description: + The resource binary file contains the content of the memory + regions. These files can be m'maped from userspace. + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../modalias +Date: July 2023 +Contact: nipun.gupta@amd.com +Description: + This attribute indicates the CDX ID of the device. + That is in the format: + cdx:vXXXXdXXXXsvXXXXsdXXXXcXXXXXX, + where: + + - vXXXX contains the vendor ID; + - dXXXX contains the device ID; + - svXXXX contains the subsystem vendor ID; + - sdXXXX contains the subsystem device ID; + - cXXXXXX contains the device class. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coreboot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coreboot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e8d6af24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coreboot @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coreboot +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Jack Rosenthal <jrosenth@chromium.org> +Description: + The coreboot bus provides a variety of virtual devices used to + access data structures created by the Coreboot BIOS. + +What: /sys/bus/coreboot/devices/cbmem-<id> +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Jack Rosenthal <jrosenth@chromium.org> +Description: + CBMEM is a downwards-growing memory region created by Coreboot, + and contains tagged data structures to be shared with payloads + in the boot process and the OS. Each CBMEM entry is given a + directory in /sys/bus/coreboot/devices based on its id. + A list of ids known to Coreboot can be found in the coreboot + source tree at + ``src/commonlib/bsd/include/commonlib/bsd/cbmem_id.h``. + +What: /sys/bus/coreboot/devices/cbmem-<id>/address +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Jack Rosenthal <jrosenth@chromium.org> +Description: + This is the physical memory address that the CBMEM entry's data + begins at, in hexadecimal (e.g., ``0x76ffe000``). + +What: /sys/bus/coreboot/devices/cbmem-<id>/size +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Jack Rosenthal <jrosenth@chromium.org> +Description: + This is the size of the CBMEM entry's data, in hexadecimal + (e.g., ``0x1234``). + +What: /sys/bus/coreboot/devices/cbmem-<id>/mem +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Jack Rosenthal <jrosenth@chromium.org> +Description: + A file exposing read/write access to the entry's data. Note + that this file does not support mmap(), as coreboot + does not guarantee that the data will be page-aligned. + + The mode of this file is 0600. While there shouldn't be + anything security-sensitive contained in CBMEM, read access + requires root privileges given this is exposing a small subset + of physical memory. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2aef7f5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/enable +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Enable/Disable the CTI hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/powered +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Indicate if the CTI hardware is powered. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/ctmid +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Display the associated CTM ID + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/nr_trigger_cons +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Number of devices connected to triggers on this CTI + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/name +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Name of connected device <N> + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_signals +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Input trigger signals from connected device <N> + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_types +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Functional types for the input trigger signals + from connected device <N> + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_signals +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Output trigger signals to connected device <N> + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_types +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Functional types for the output trigger signals + to connected device <N> + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/inout_sel +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Select the index for inen and outen registers. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/inen +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Read or write the CTIINEN register selected by inout_sel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/outen +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Read or write the CTIOUTEN register selected by inout_sel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/gate +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Read or write CTIGATE register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/asicctl +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Read or write ASICCTL register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/intack +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Write the INTACK register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/appset +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Set CTIAPPSET register to activate channel. Read back to + determine current value of register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/appclear +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Write APPCLEAR register to deactivate channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/apppulse +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Write APPPULSE to pulse a channel active for one clock + cycle. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/chinstatus +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Read current status of channel inputs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/choutstatus +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) read current status of channel outputs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/triginstatus +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) read current status of input trigger signals + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/trigoutstatus +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) read current status of output trigger signals. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_attach +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Attach a CTI input trigger to a CTM channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_detach +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Detach a CTI input trigger from a CTM channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_attach +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Attach a CTI output trigger to a CTM channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_detach +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Detach a CTI output trigger from a CTM channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_enable +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Enable CTIGATE for single channel (Write) or list enabled + channels through the gate (R). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_disable +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Disable CTIGATE for single channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_set +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Activate a single channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_clear +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Deactivate a single channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_pulse +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Pulse a single channel - activate for a single clock cycle. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_filtered +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) List of output triggers filtered across all connections. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trig_filter_enable +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Enable or disable trigger output signal filtering. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_inuse +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) show channels with at least one attached trigger signal. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_free +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) show channels with no attached trigger signals. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_sel +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Write channel number to select a channel to view, read to + see selected channel number. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_in +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Read to see input triggers connected to selected view + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_out +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Read to see output triggers connected to selected view + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_reset +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Clear all channel / trigger programming. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/label +Date: Aug 2025 +KernelVersion 6.18 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <quic_jinlmao@quicinc.com> +Description: (Read) Show hardware context information of device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-dummy-source b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-dummy-source new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8c589141 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-dummy-source @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/dummy_source<N>/enable_source +Date: Dec 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.14 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing of dummy source. A sink should be activated + before enabling the source. The path of coresight components linking + the source to the sink is configured and managed automatically by the + coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/dummy_source<N>/traceid +Date: Dec 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.14 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: (R) Show the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream + coming from this trace entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/dummy_source<N>/label +Date: Aug 2025 +KernelVersion 6.18 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <quic_jinlmao@quicinc.com> +Description: (Read) Show hardware context information of device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f30526949 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/enable_sink +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple + source for a single sink. + + ex:: + + echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the + formatter after a defined number of words have been stored + following the trigger event. The number of 32-bit words written + into the Trace RAM following the trigger event is equal to the + value stored in this register+1 (from ARM ETB-TRM). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/label +Date: Aug 2025 +KernelVersion 6.18 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <quic_jinlmao@quicinc.com> +Description: (Read) Show hardware context information of device. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rdp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Defines the depth, in words, of the trace RAM in powers of + 2. The value is read directly from HW register RDP, 0x004. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/sts +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB status register. The value + is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rrp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Read Pointer register + that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB + interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP, + 0x014. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rwp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Write Pointer register + that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from + the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly + from HW register RWP, 0x018. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/trg +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is + read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ctl +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Control register. The value + is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffsr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Status + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR, + 0x300. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffcr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Control + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR, + 0x304. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..245c322c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x @@ -0,0 +1,328 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_source +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry. + Enabling a source implies the source has been configured + properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to + work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_acctype +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies + characteristics about the address comparator being configure, + for example the access type, the kind of instruction to trace, + processor context ID to trigger on, etc. Individual fields in + the access type register may vary on the version of the trace + entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_range +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the range of + addresses to trigger on. Inclusion or exclusion is specified + in the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_single +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to trigger on, highly influenced by the configuration + options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_start +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to start tracing on, highly influenced by the + configuration options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_stop +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to stop tracing on, highly influenced by the + configuration options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Specifies the counter to work on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter event register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter value register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter reload value register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter reload event register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Specifies the index of the context ID register to be + selected. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_mask +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask to apply to all the context ID comparator. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_pid +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used with the ctxid_idx, specify with context ID to trigger + on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines which event triggers a trace. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/etmsr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Gives access to the ETM status register, which holds + programming information and status on certains events. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/fifofull_level +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Number of byte left in the fifo before considering it full. + Depending on the tracer's version, can also hold threshold for + data suppression. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mode +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Interface with the driver's 'mode' field, controlling + various aspect of the trace entity such as time stamping, + context ID size and cycle accurate tracing. Driver specific + and bound to change depending on the driver. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_addr_cmp +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible + on a trace unit, as specified by bit 3:0 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit, + as specified by bit 15:13 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_ctxid_cmp +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a + trace unit, as specified by bit 25:24 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/reset +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back + to its boot configuration. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_12_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 1 to state 2. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_13_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 1 to state 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_21_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 2 to state 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_23_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 2 to state 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_31_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 3 to state 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_32_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 3 to state 2. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/curr_seq_state +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Holds the current state of the sequencer. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/sync_freq +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Holds the trace synchronization frequency value - must be + programmed with the various implementation behavior in mind. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/timestamp_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines an event that requests the insertion of a timestamp + into the trace stream. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/traceid +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream + coming from this trace entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/trigger_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Define the event that controls the trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cpu +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Holds the cpu number this tracer is affined to. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/label +Date: Aug 2025 +KernelVersion 6.18 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <quic_jinlmao@quicinc.com> +Description: (Read) Show hardware context information of device. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmccr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Configuration Code register + (0x004). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmccer +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Configuration Code Extension + register (0x1e8). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmscr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM System Configuration + register (0x014). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmidr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM ID register (0x1e4). The + value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmcr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Main Control register (0x000). + The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtraceidr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace ID register (0x200). + The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmteevr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Enable Event register + (0x020). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtsscr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Start/Stop Control + register (0x018). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr1 +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Control #1 + register (0x024). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr2 +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Control #2 + register (0x01c). The value is read directly from the HW. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f19a6a5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x @@ -0,0 +1,532 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/enable_source +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry. + Enabling a source implies the source has been configured + properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cpu +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_pe_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_addr_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_cntr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of counters that are available for + tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ext_inp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numcidc +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numvmidc +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available + for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nrseqstate +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are + implemented. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_resource +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ss_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that + are available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/reset +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back + to its boot configuration. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mode +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls various modes supported by this ETM, for example + P0 instruction tracing, branch broadcast, cycle counting and + context ID tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/pe +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls which PE to trace. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the tracing of arbitrary events from bank 0 to 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event_instren +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the behavior of the events in bank 0 to 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event_ts +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the insertion of global timestamps in the trace + streams. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/syncfreq +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls how often trace synchronization requests occur. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cyc_threshold +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Sets the threshold value for cycle counting. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/bb_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls which regions in the memory map are enabled to + use branch broadcasting. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls instruction trace filtering. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/s_exlevel_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) In Secure state, each bit controls whether instruction + tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ns_exlevel_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) In non-secure state, each bit controls whether instruction + tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to + work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_instdatatype +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls what type of comparison the trace unit performs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_single +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used to setup single address comparator values. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_range +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used to setup address range comparator values. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which sequensor. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_state +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Use this to set, or read, the sequencer state. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer state to a specific state. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_reset_event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer to state 0 when a programmed event + occurs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntr_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which counter unit to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntrldvr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) This sets or returns the reload count value of the + specific counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntr_val +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) This sets or returns the current count value of the + specific counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntr_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the operation of the selected counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/res_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which resource selection unit to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/res_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the selection of the resources in the trace unit. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ctxid_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which context ID comparator to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ctxid_pid +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Get/Set the context ID comparator value to trigger on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ctxid_masks +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 context ID comparator value + registers (if implemented). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vmid_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which virtual machine ID comparator to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vmid_val +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Get/Set the virtual machine ID comparator value to + trigger on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vmid_masks +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 virtual machine ID comparator value + registers (if implemented). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_exlevel_s_ns +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Set the Exception Level matching bits for secure and + non-secure exception levels. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vinst_pe_cmp_start_stop +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Access the start stop control register for PE input + comparators. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_cmp_view +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the current settings for the selected address + comparator. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_idx +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select the single shot control register to access. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_ctrl +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Access the selected single shot control register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_status +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the current value of the selected single shot + status register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_pe_ctrl +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Access the selected single show PE comparator control + register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/label +Date: Aug 2025 +KernelVersion 6.18 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <quic_jinlmao@quicinc.com> +Description: (Read) Show hardware context information of device. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcoslsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304). + The value it taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdcr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register + (0x310). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register + (0x314). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trclsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register + (0xFB4). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcauthstatus +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register + (0xFB8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevid +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device ID Register + (0xFC8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevarch +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device Architecture Register + (offset 0xFBC). The value is taken directly read + from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevtype +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device Type Register + (0xFCC). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr0 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register + (0xFE0). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr1 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register + (0xFE4). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr2 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register + (0xFE8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr3 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register + (0xFEC). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcconfig +Date: February 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.07 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace configuration register + (0x010) as currently set by SW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trctraceid +Date: February 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.07 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace ID register (0x040). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr0 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr1 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr2 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address, + VMID, context ID and instruction address in the trace unit + (0x1E8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr3 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the value associated with various resources + available to the trace unit. See the Trace Macrocell + architecture specification for more details (0x1E8). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr4 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr5 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr8 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction + trace stream. (0x180). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr9 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit + can use (0x184). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr10 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit + can use (0x188). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr11 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the + trace unit can use (0x18C). The value is taken directly from + the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr12 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that + the trace unit can use (0x190). The value is taken directly + from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr13 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys + that the trace unit can use (0x194). The value is taken + directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ts_source +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> or Suzuki K Poulose <suzuki.poulose@arm.com> +Description: (Read) When FEAT_TRF is implemented, value of TRFCR_ELx.TS used for + trace session. Otherwise -1 indicates an unknown time source. Check + trcidr0.tssize to see if a global timestamp is available. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86938e9bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/funnel_ctrl +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enables the slave ports and defines the hold time of the + slave ports. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/priority +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines input port priority order. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/label +Date: Aug 2025 +KernelVersion 6.18 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <quic_jinlmao@quicinc.com> +Description: (Read) Show hardware context information of device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..848e2ffc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/enable_source +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace macrocell. + Enabling the trace macrocell implies it has been configured + properly and a sink has been identified for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/hwevent_enable +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Provides access to the HW event enable register, used in + conjunction with HW event bank select register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/hwevent_select +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Gives access to the HW event block select register + (STMHEBSR) in order to configure up to 256 channels. Used in + conjunction with "hwevent_enable" register as described above. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/port_enable +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Provides access to the stimulus port enable register + (STMSPER). Used in conjunction with "port_select" described + below. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/port_select +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used to determine which bank of stimulus port bit in + register STMSPER (see above) apply to. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/status +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) List various control and status registers. The specific + layout and content is driver specific. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/traceid +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream + coming from this trace entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/label +Date: Aug 2025 +KernelVersion 6.18 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <quic_jinlmao@quicinc.com> +Description: (Read) Show hardware context information of device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55e298b9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/trigger_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the + formatter after a defined number of words have been stored + following the trigger event. Additional interface for this + driver are expected to be added as it matures. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rsz +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Defines the size, in 32-bit words, of the local RAM buffer. + The value is read directly from HW register RSZ, 0x004. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/sts +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC status register. The value + is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rrp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Read Pointer register + that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB + interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP, + 0x014. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rwp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Write Pointer register + that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from + the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly + from HW register RWP, 0x018. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/trg +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is + read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ctl +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Control register. The value + is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffsr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Status + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR, + 0x300. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffcr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Control + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR, + 0x304. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/mode +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Mode register, which + indicate the mode the device has been configured to enact. The + The value is read directly from the MODE register, 0x028. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/devid +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the capabilities of the Coresight TMC. + The value is read directly from the DEVID register, 0xFC8, + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/buffer_size +Date: December 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Size of the trace buffer for TMC-ETR when used in SYSFS + mode. Writable only for TMC-ETR configurations. The value + should be aligned to the kernel pagesize. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/buf_modes_available +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Anshuman Khandual <anshuman.khandual@arm.com> +Description: (Read) Shows all supported Coresight TMC-ETR buffer modes available + for the users to configure explicitly. This file is available only + for TMC ETR devices. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/buf_mode_preferred +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Anshuman Khandual <anshuman.khandual@arm.com> +Description: (RW) Current Coresight TMC-ETR buffer mode selected. But user could + only provide a mode which is supported for a given ETR device. This + file is available only for TMC ETR devices. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/label +Date: Aug 2025 +KernelVersion 6.18 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <quic_jinlmao@quicinc.com> +Description: (Read) Show hardware context information of device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpda b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpda new file mode 100644 index 000000000..650431fea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpda @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpda-name>/trig_async_enable +Date: December 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.20 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com>, Jie Gan <jie.gan@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Enable/disable cross trigger synchronization sequence interface. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpda-name>/trig_flag_ts_enable +Date: December 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.20 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com>, Jie Gan <jie.gan@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Enable/disable cross trigger FLAG packet request interface. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpda-name>/trig_freq_enable +Date: December 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.20 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com>, Jie Gan <jie.gan@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Enable/disable cross trigger FREQ packet request interface. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpda-name>/freq_ts_enable +Date: December 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.20 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com>, Jie Gan <jie.gan@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Enable/disable the timestamp for all FREQ packets. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpda-name>/cmbchan_mode +Date: December 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.20 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com>, Jie Gan <jie.gan@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Configure the CMB/MCMB channel mode for all enabled ports. + Value 0 means raw channel mapping mode. Value 1 means channel pair marking mode. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpda-name>/global_flush_req +Date: December 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.20 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com>, Jie Gan <jie.gan@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set global (all ports) flush request bit. The bit remains set until a + global flush request sequence completes. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpda-name>/syncr_mode +Date: December 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.20 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com>, Jie Gan <jie.gan@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set mode the of the syncr counter. + mode 0 - COUNT[11:0] value represents the approximate number of bytes moved between two ASYNC packet requests + mode 1 - the bits COUNT[11:7] are used as a power of 2. for example, we could insert an async packet every 8K + data by writing a value 13 to the COUNT[11:7] field. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpda-name>/syncr_count +Date: December 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.20 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com>, Jie Gan <jie.gan@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set value the of the syncr counter. + Range: 0-4095 + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpda-name>/port_flush_req +Date: December 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.20 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com>, Jie Gan <jie.gan@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Configure the bit i to requests a flush operation of port i on the TPDA. + The requested bit(s) remain set until the flush request completes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpdm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpdm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc36ba32c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpdm @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/integration_test +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (Write) Run integration test for tpdm. Integration test + will generate test data for tpdm. It can help to make + sure that the trace path is enabled and the link configurations + are fine. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 1 or 2. + 1 : Generate 64 bits data + 2 : Generate 32 bits data + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/reset_dataset +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (Write) Reset the dataset of the tpdm. + + Accepts only one value - 1. + 1 : Reset the dataset of the tpdm + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_trig_type +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the trigger type of the DSB for tpdm. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Set the DSB trigger type to false + 1 : Set the DSB trigger type to true + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_trig_ts +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the trigger timestamp of the DSB for tpdm. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Set the DSB trigger type to false + 1 : Set the DSB trigger type to true + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_mode +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the programming mode of the DSB for tpdm. + + Accepts the value needs to be greater than 0. What data + bits do is listed below. + Bit[0:1] : Test mode control bit for choosing the inputs. + Bit[3] : Set to 0 for low performance mode. Set to 1 for high + performance mode. + Bit[4:8] : Select byte lane for high performance mode. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_edge/ctrl_idx +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the index number of the edge detection for the DSB + subunit TPDM. Since there are at most 256 edge detections, this + value ranges from 0 to 255. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_edge/ctrl_val +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + Write a data to control the edge detection corresponding to + the index number. Before writing data to this sysfs file, + "ctrl_idx" should be written first to configure the index + number of the edge detection which needs to be controlled. + + Accepts only one of the following values. + 0 - Rising edge detection + 1 - Falling edge detection + 2 - Rising and falling edge detection (toggle detection) + + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_edge/ctrl_mask +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + Write a data to mask the edge detection corresponding to the index + number. Before writing data to this sysfs file, "ctrl_idx" should + be written first to configure the index number of the edge detection + which needs to be masked. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_edge/edcr[0:15] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + Read a set of the edge control value of the DSB in TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_edge/edcmr[0:7] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + Read a set of the edge control mask of the DSB in TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_trig_patt/xpr[0:7] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the value of the trigger pattern for the DSB + subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_trig_patt/xpmr[0:7] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the mask of the trigger pattern for the DSB + subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_patt/tpr[0:7] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the value of the pattern for the DSB subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_patt/tpmr[0:7] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the mask of the pattern for the DSB subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_patt/enable_ts +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (Write) Set the pattern timestamp of DSB tpdm. Read + the pattern timestamp of DSB tpdm. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Disable DSB pattern timestamp. + 1 : Enable DSB pattern timestamp. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_patt/set_type +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (Write) Set the pattern type of DSB tpdm. Read + the pattern type of DSB tpdm. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Set the DSB pattern type to value. + 1 : Set the DSB pattern type to toggle. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_msr/msr[0:31] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the MSR(mux select register) for the DSB subunit + TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/cmb_mode +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: (Write) Set the data collection mode of CMB tpdm. Continuous + change creates CMB data set elements on every CMBCLK edge. + Trace-on-change creates CMB data set elements only when a new + data set element differs in value from the previous element + in a CMB data set. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Continuous CMB collection mode. + 1 : Trace-on-change CMB collection mode. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/cmb_trig_patt/xpr[0:1] +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the value of the trigger pattern for the CMB + subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/cmb_trig_patt/xpmr[0:1] +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the mask of the trigger pattern for the CMB + subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_patt/tpr[0:1] +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the value of the pattern for the CMB subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/dsb_patt/tpmr[0:1] +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the mask of the pattern for the CMB subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/cmb_patt/enable_ts +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (Write) Set the pattern timestamp of CMB tpdm. Read + the pattern timestamp of CMB tpdm. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Disable CMB pattern timestamp. + 1 : Enable CMB pattern timestamp. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/cmb_trig_ts +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the trigger timestamp of the CMB for tpdm. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Set the CMB trigger type to false + 1 : Set the CMB trigger type to true + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/cmb_ts_all +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Read or write the status of timestamp upon all interface. + Only value 0 and 1 can be written to this node. Set this node to 1 to request + timestamp to all trace packet. + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Disable the timestamp of all trace packets. + 1 : Enable the timestamp of all trace packets. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/cmb_msr/msr[0:31] +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the MSR(mux select register) for the CMB subunit + TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/mcmb_trig_lane +Date: Feb 2025 +KernelVersion 6.15 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get which lane participates in the output pattern + match cross trigger mechanism for the MCMB subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/mcmb_lanes_select +Date: Feb 2025 +KernelVersion 6.15 +Contact: Jinlong Mao <jinlong.mao@oss.qualcomm.com>, Tao Zhang <tao.zhang@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the enablement of the individual lane. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/label +Date: Aug 2025 +KernelVersion 6.18 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <quic_jinlmao@quicinc.com> +Description: (Read) Show hardware context information of device. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/traceid +Date: March 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Jie Gan <jie.gan@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + (R) Show the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream + coming from this TPDM. The trace ID is inherited from the + connected TPDA device and is fixed for the lifetime of the + device. Returns -EINVAL if the device has not been enabled yet. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-trbe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-trbe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a4b749ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-trbe @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/trbe<cpu>/align +Date: March 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Anshuman Khandual <anshuman.khandual@arm.com> +Description: (Read) Shows the TRBE write pointer alignment. This value + is fetched from the TRBIDR register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/trbe<cpu>/flag +Date: March 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Anshuman Khandual <anshuman.khandual@arm.com> +Description: (Read) Shows if TRBE updates in the memory are with access + and dirty flag updates as well. This value is fetched from + the TRBIDR register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/trbe<cpu>/label +Date: Aug 2025 +KernelVersion 6.18 +Contact: Mao Jinlong <quic_jinlmao@quicinc.com> +Description: (Read) Show hardware context information of device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-ultra_smb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-ultra_smb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f560918ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-ultra_smb @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/ultra_smb<N>/enable_sink +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Junhao He <hejunhao3@huawei.com> +Description: (RW) Add/remove a SMB device from a trace path. There can be + multiple sources for a single SMB device. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/ultra_smb<N>/mgmt/buf_size +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Junhao He <hejunhao3@huawei.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the buffer size of each UltraSoc SMB device. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/ultra_smb<N>/mgmt/buf_status +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Junhao He <hejunhao3@huawei.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the value of UltraSoc SMB status register. + BIT(0) is zero means buffer is empty. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/ultra_smb<N>/mgmt/read_pos +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Junhao He <hejunhao3@huawei.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the value of UltraSoc SMB Read Pointer register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/ultra_smb<N>/mgmt/write_pos +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Junhao He <hejunhao3@huawei.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the value of UltraSoc SMB Write Pointer register. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e7eddd8a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@ +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/cascade_counts_enable +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the cascading of Counts on Counter X. + + Valid attribute values are boolean. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/external_input_phase_clock_select +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Selects the external clock pin for phase counting mode of + Counter X. + + MTCLKA-MTCLKB: + MTCLKA and MTCLKB pins are selected for the external + phase clock. + + MTCLKC-MTCLKD: + MTCLKC and MTCLKD pins are selected for the external + phase clock. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/external_input_phase_clock_select_available +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Discrete set of available values for the respective device + configuration are listed in this file. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Count data of Count Y represented as a string. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/compare +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If the counter device supports compare registers -- registers + used to compare counter channels against a particular count -- + the compare count for channel Y is provided by this attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/capture +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Historical capture of the Count Y count data. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/ceiling +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Count value ceiling for Count Y. This is the upper limit for the + respective counter. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/floor +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Count value floor for Count Y. This is the lower limit for the + respective counter. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count_mode +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Count mode for channel Y. The ceiling and floor values for + Count Y are used by the count mode where required. The following + count modes are available: + + normal: + Counting is continuous in either direction. + + range limit: + An upper or lower limit is set, mimicking limit switches + in the mechanical counterpart. The upper limit is set to + the Count Y ceiling value, while the lower limit is set + to the Count Y floor value. The counter freezes at + count = ceiling when counting up, and at count = floor + when counting down. At either of these limits, the + counting is resumed only when the count direction is + reversed. + + non-recycle: + The counter is disabled whenever a counter overflow or + underflow takes place. The counter is re-enabled when a + new count value is loaded to the counter via a preset + operation or direct write. + + modulo-n: + A count value boundary is set between the Count Y floor + value and the Count Y ceiling value. The counter is + reset to the Count Y floor value at count = ceiling when + counting up, while the counter is set to the Count Y + ceiling value at count = floor when counting down; the + counter does not freeze at the boundary points, but + counts continuously throughout. + + interrupt on terminal count: + The output signal is initially low, and will remain low + until the counter reaches zero. The output signal then + goes high and remains high until a new preset value is + set. + + hardware retriggerable one-shot: + The output signal is initially high. The output signal + will go low by a trigger input signal, and will remain + low until the counter reaches zero. The output will then + go high and remain high until the next trigger. A + trigger results in loading the counter to the preset + value and setting the output signal low, thus starting + the one-shot pulse. + + rate generator: + The output signal is initially high. When the counter + has decremented to 1, the output signal goes low for one + clock pulse. The output signal then goes high again, the + counter is reloaded to the preset value, and the process + repeats in a periodic manner as such. + + square wave mode: + The output signal is initially high. + + If the initial count is even, the counter is decremented + by two on succeeding clock pulses. When the count + expires, the output signal changes value and the + counter is reloaded to the preset value. The process + repeats in periodic manner as such. + + If the initial count is odd, the initial count minus one + (an even number) is loaded and then is decremented by + two on succeeding clock pulses. One clock pulse after + the count expires, the output signal goes low and the + counter is reloaded to the preset value minus one. + Succeeding clock pulses decrement the count by two. When + the count expires, the output goes high again and the + counter is reloaded to the preset value minus one. The + process repeats in a periodic manner as such. + + software triggered strobe: + The output signal is initially high. When the count + expires, the output will go low for one clock pulse and + then go high again. The counting sequence is "triggered" + by setting the preset value. + + hardware triggered strobe: + The output signal is initially high. Counting is started + by a trigger input signal. When the count expires, the + output signal will go low for one clock pulse and then + go high again. A trigger results in loading the counter + to the preset value. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count_mode_available +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/error_noise_available +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/function_available +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler_available +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/signalZ_action_available +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Discrete set of available values for the respective Count Y + configuration are listed in this file. Values are delimited by + newline characters. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/direction +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the count direction of Count + Y. Two count directions are available: forward and backward. + + Some counter devices are able to determine the direction of + their counting. For example, quadrature encoding counters can + determine the direction of movement by evaluating the leading + phase of the respective A and B quadrature encoding signals. + This attribute exposes such count directions. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/enable +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Whether channel Y counter is enabled. Valid attribute values are + boolean. + + This attribute is intended to serve as a pause/unpause mechanism + for Count Y. Suppose a counter device is used to count the total + movement of a conveyor belt: this attribute allows an operator + to temporarily pause the counter, service the conveyor belt, + and then finally unpause the counter to continue where it had + left off. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/error_noise +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates whether excessive noise is + present at the channel Y counter inputs. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/function +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Count function mode of Count Y; count function evaluation is + triggered by conditions specified by the Count Y signalZ_action + attributes. The following count functions are available: + + increase: + Accumulated count is incremented. + + decrease: + Accumulated count is decremented. + + pulse-direction: + Rising edges on signal A updates the respective count. + The input level of signal B determines direction. + + quadrature x1 a: + If direction is forward, rising edges on quadrature pair + signal A updates the respective count; if the direction + is backward, falling edges on quadrature pair signal A + updates the respective count. Quadrature encoding + determines the direction. + + quadrature x1 b: + If direction is forward, rising edges on quadrature pair + signal B updates the respective count; if the direction + is backward, falling edges on quadrature pair signal B + updates the respective count. Quadrature encoding + determines the direction. + + quadrature x2 a: + Any state transition on quadrature pair signal A updates + the respective count. Quadrature encoding determines the + direction. + + quadrature x2 b: + Any state transition on quadrature pair signal B updates + the respective count. Quadrature encoding determines the + direction. + + quadrature x4: + Any state transition on either quadrature pair signals + updates the respective count. Quadrature encoding + determines the direction. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/name +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of + Count Y. If possible, this should match the name of the + respective channel as it appears in the device datasheet. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configure the prescaler value associated with Count Y. + On the FlexTimer, the counter clock source passes through a + prescaler (i.e. a counter). This acts like a clock + divider. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If the counter device supports preset registers -- registers + used to load counter channels to a set count upon device-defined + preset operation trigger events -- the preset count for channel + Y is provided by this attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset_enable +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Whether channel Y counter preset operation is enabled. Valid + attribute values are boolean. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/signalZ_action +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Action mode of Count Y for Signal Z. This attribute indicates + the condition of Signal Z that triggers the count function + evaluation for Count Y. The following action modes are + available: + + none: + Signal does not trigger the count function. In + Pulse-Direction count function mode, this Signal is + evaluated as Direction. + + rising edge: + Low state transitions to high state. + + falling edge: + High state transitions to low state. + + both edges: + Any state transition. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/num_overflows +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute indicates the number of overflows of count Y. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/cascade_counts_enable_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/external_input_phase_clock_select_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/capture_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/ceiling_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/compare_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count_mode_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/direction_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/enable_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/error_noise_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/floor_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/num_overflows_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset_enable_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/signalZ_action_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault_enable_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/filter_clock_prescaler_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/frequency_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/polarity_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode_component_id +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the component ID of the + respective extension or Synapse. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/spike_filter_ns +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If the counter device supports programmable spike filter this + attribute indicates the value in nanoseconds where noise pulses + shorter or equal to configured value are ignored. Value 0 means + filter is disabled. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/events_queue_size +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Size of the Counter events queue in number of struct + counter_event data structures. The number of elements will be + rounded-up to a power of 2. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/name +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of + the Counter. This should match the name of the device as it + appears in its respective datasheet. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/num_counts +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the total number of Counts + belonging to the Counter. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/num_signals +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the total number of Signals + belonging to the Counter. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates whether a differential + encoder cable fault (not connected or loose wires) is detected + for the respective channel of Signal Y. Valid attribute values + are boolean. Detection must first be enabled via the + corresponding cable_fault_enable attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault_enable +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Whether detection of differential encoder cable faults for the + respective channel of Signal Y is enabled. Valid attribute + values are boolean. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/filter_clock_prescaler +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Filter clock factor for input Signal Y. This prescaler value + affects the inputs of both quadrature pair signals. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Active level of index input Signal Y; irrelevant in + non-synchronous load mode. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity_available +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode_available +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Discrete set of available values for the respective Signal Y + configuration are listed in this file. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/polarity +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Active level of Signal Y. The following polarity values are + available: + + positive: + Signal high state considered active level (rising edge). + + negative: + Signal low state considered active level (falling edge). + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/name +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of + Signal Y. If possible, this should match the name of the + respective signal as it appears in the device datasheet. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/signal +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal level state of Signal Y. The following signal level + states are available: + + low: + Low level state. + + high: + High level state. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configure the counter associated with Signal Y for + non-synchronous or synchronous load mode. Synchronous load mode + cannot be selected in non-quadrature (Pulse-Direction) clock + mode. + + non-synchronous: + A logic low level is the active level at this index + input. The index function (as enabled via preset_enable) + is performed directly on the active level of the index + input. + + synchronous: + Intended for interfacing with encoder Index output in + quadrature clock mode. The active level is configured + via index_polarity. The index function (as enabled via + preset_enable) is performed synchronously with the + quadrature clock on the active level of the index input. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/frequency +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the signal Y frequency, in Hz. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4d5cfb63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../type +Date: March 2008 +Contact: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware. + This attribute is present for all subchannel types. + +What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias +Date: March 2008 +Contact: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the module alias as reported with uevents. + It is of the format css:t<type> and present for all + subchannel types. + +What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids +Date: December 2002 +Contact: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this + subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem + during subchannel recognition. + + Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. +Users: s390-tools, HAL + +What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom +Date: December 2002 +Contact: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the + channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O + layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily + in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem). + + Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. +Users: s390-tools, HAL + +What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../driver_override +Date: June 2019 +Contact: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: This file allows the driver for a device to be specified. When + specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written + to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the + device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo vfio-ccw > driver_override) and + may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device + will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to + opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as + "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override, + there is no support for parsing delimiters. + + Note that unlike the mechanism of the same name for pci, this + file does not allow to override basic matching rules. I.e., + the driver must still match the subchannel type of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7352dbd70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl @@ -0,0 +1,646 @@ +What: /sys/bus/cxl/flush +Date: January, 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.18 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) If userspace manually unbinds a port the kernel schedules + all descendant memdevs for unbind. Writing '1' to this attribute + flushes that work. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/firmware_version +Date: December, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.12 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) "FW Revision" string as reported by the Identify + Memory Device Output Payload in the CXL-2.0 + specification. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/payload_max +Date: December, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.12 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Maximum size (in bytes) of the mailbox command payload + registers. Linux caps this at 1MB if the device reports a + larger size. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/label_storage_size +Date: May, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.13 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Size (in bytes) of the Label Storage Area (LSA). + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/ram/size +Date: December, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.12 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) "Volatile Only Capacity" as bytes. Represents the + identically named field in the Identify Memory Device Output + Payload in the CXL-2.0 specification. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/ram/qos_class +Date: May, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.8 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) For CXL host platforms that support "QoS Telemetry" + this attribute conveys a comma delimited list of platform + specific cookies that identifies a QoS performance class + for the volatile partition of the CXL mem device. These + class-ids can be compared against a similar "qos_class" + published for a root decoder. While it is not required + that the endpoints map their local memory-class to a + matching platform class, mismatches are not recommended + and there are platform specific performance related + side-effects that may result. First class-id is displayed. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/pmem/size +Date: December, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.12 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) "Persistent Only Capacity" as bytes. Represents the + identically named field in the Identify Memory Device Output + Payload in the CXL-2.0 specification. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/pmem/qos_class +Date: May, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.8 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) For CXL host platforms that support "QoS Telemetry" + this attribute conveys a comma delimited list of platform + specific cookies that identifies a QoS performance class + for the persistent partition of the CXL mem device. These + class-ids can be compared against a similar "qos_class" + published for a root decoder. While it is not required + that the endpoints map their local memory-class to a + matching platform class, mismatches are not recommended + and there are platform specific performance related + side-effects that may result. First class-id is displayed. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/serial +Date: January, 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.18 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) 64-bit serial number per the PCIe Device Serial Number + capability. Mandatory for CXL devices, see CXL 2.0 8.1.12.2 + Memory Device PCIe Capabilities and Extended Capabilities. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/numa_node +Date: January, 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.18 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) If NUMA is enabled and the platform has affinitized the + host PCI device for this memory device, emit the CPU node + affinity for this device. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/security/state +Date: June, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Reading this file will display the CXL security state for + that device. Such states can be: 'disabled', 'sanitize', when + a sanitization is currently underway; or those available only + for persistent memory: 'locked', 'unlocked' or 'frozen'. This + sysfs entry is select/poll capable from userspace to notify + upon completion of a sanitize operation. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/security/sanitize +Date: June, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Write a boolean 'true' string value to this attribute to + sanitize the device to securely re-purpose or decommission it. + This is done by ensuring that all user data and meta-data, + whether it resides in persistent capacity, volatile capacity, + or the LSA, is made permanently unavailable by whatever means + is appropriate for the media type. This functionality requires + the device to be disabled, that is, not actively decoding any + HPA ranges. This permits avoiding explicit global CPU cache + management, relying instead for it to be done when a region + transitions between software programmed and hardware committed + states. If this file is not present, then there is no hardware + support for the operation. + + +What /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/security/erase +Date: June, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Write a boolean 'true' string value to this attribute to + secure erase user data by changing the media encryption keys for + all user data areas of the device. This functionality requires + the device to be disabled, that is, not actively decoding any + HPA ranges. This permits avoiding explicit global CPU cache + management, relying instead for it to be done when a region + transitions between software programmed and hardware committed + states. If this file is not present, then there is no hardware + support for the operation. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/firmware/ +Date: April, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Firmware uploader mechanism. The different files under + this directory can be used to upload and activate new + firmware for CXL devices. The interfaces under this are + documented in sysfs-class-firmware. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/*/devtype +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL device objects export the devtype attribute which + mirrors the same value communicated in the DEVTYPE environment + variable for uevents for devices on the "cxl" bus. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/*/modalias +Date: December, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.18 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL device objects export the modalias attribute which + mirrors the same value communicated in the MODALIAS environment + variable for uevents for devices on the "cxl" bus. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/portX/uport +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL port objects are enumerated from either a platform + firmware device (ACPI0017 and ACPI0016) or PCIe switch upstream + port with CXL component registers. The 'uport' symlink connects + the CXL portX object to the device that published the CXL port + capability. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/portX/parent_dport +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/endpointX/parent_dport +Date: January, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.3 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL port objects are instantiated for each upstream port in + a CXL/PCIe switch, and for each endpoint to map the + corresponding memory device into the CXL port hierarchy. When a + descendant CXL port (switch or endpoint) is enumerated it is + useful to know which 'dport' object in the parent CXL port + routes to this descendant. The 'parent_dport' symlink points to + the device representing the downstream port of a CXL switch that + routes to {port,endpoint}X. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/portX/dportY +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL port objects are enumerated from either a platform + firmware device (ACPI0017 and ACPI0016) or PCIe switch upstream + port with CXL component registers. The 'dportY' symlink + identifies one or more downstream ports that the upstream port + may target in its decode of CXL memory resources. The 'Y' + integer reflects the hardware port unique-id used in the + hardware decoder target list. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/portX/decoders_committed +Date: October, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.7 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) A memory device is considered active when any of its + decoders are in the "committed" state (See CXL 3.0 8.2.4.19.7 + CXL HDM Decoder n Control Register). Hotplug and destructive + operations like "sanitize" are blocked while device is actively + decoding a Host Physical Address range. Note that this number + may be elevated without any regionX objects active or even + enumerated, as this may be due to decoders established by + platform firmware or a previous kernel (kexec). + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL decoder objects are enumerated from either a platform + firmware description, or a CXL HDM decoder register set in a + PCIe device (see CXL 2.0 section 8.2.5.12 CXL HDM Decoder + Capability Structure). The 'X' in decoderX.Y represents the + cxl_port container of this decoder, and 'Y' represents the + instance id of a given decoder resource. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/start +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/size +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The 'start' and 'size' attributes together convey the + physical address base and number of bytes mapped in the + decoder's decode window. For decoders of devtype + "cxl_decoder_root" the address range is fixed. For decoders of + devtype "cxl_decoder_switch" the address is bounded by the + decode range of the cxl_port ancestor of the decoder's cxl_port, + and dynamically updates based on the active memory regions in + that address space. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/locked +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL HDM decoders have the capability to lock the + configuration until the next device reset. For decoders of + devtype "cxl_decoder_root" there is no standard facility to + unlock them. For decoders of devtype "cxl_decoder_switch" a + secondary bus reset, of the PCIe bridge that provides the bus + for this decoders uport, unlocks / resets the decoder. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/target_list +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Display a comma separated list of the current decoder + target configuration. The list is ordered by the current + configured interleave order of the decoder's dport instances. + Each entry in the list is a dport id. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/cap_pmem +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/cap_ram +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/cap_type2 +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/cap_type3 +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) When a CXL decoder is of devtype "cxl_decoder_root", it + represents a fixed memory window identified by platform + firmware. A fixed window may only support a subset of memory + types. The 'cap_*' attributes indicate whether persistent + memory, volatile memory, accelerator memory, and / or expander + memory may be mapped behind this decoder's memory window. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/target_type +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) When a CXL decoder is of devtype "cxl_decoder_switch", it + can optionally decode either accelerator memory (type-2) or + expander memory (type-3). The 'target_type' attribute indicates + the current setting which may dynamically change based on what + memory regions are activated in this decode hierarchy. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/endpointX/CDAT +Date: July, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) If this sysfs entry is not present no DOE mailbox was + found to support CDAT data. If it is present and the length of + the data is 0 reading the CDAT data failed. Otherwise the CDAT + data is reported. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/mode +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) When a CXL decoder is of devtype "cxl_decoder_endpoint" it + translates from a host physical address range, to a device + local address range. Device-local address ranges are further + split into a 'ram' (volatile memory) range and 'pmem' + (persistent memory) range. The 'mode' attribute emits one of + 'ram', 'pmem', or 'none'. The 'none' indicates the decoder is + not actively decoding, or no DPA allocation policy has been + set. + + 'mode' can be written, when the decoder is in the 'disabled' + state, with either 'ram' or 'pmem' to set the boundaries for the + next allocation. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/dpa_resource +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) When a CXL decoder is of devtype "cxl_decoder_endpoint", + and its 'dpa_size' attribute is non-zero, this attribute + indicates the device physical address (DPA) base address of the + allocation. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/dpa_size +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) When a CXL decoder is of devtype "cxl_decoder_endpoint" it + translates from a host physical address range, to a device local + address range. The range, base address plus length in bytes, of + DPA allocated to this decoder is conveyed in these 2 attributes. + Allocations can be mutated as long as the decoder is in the + disabled state. A write to 'dpa_size' releases the previous DPA + allocation and then attempts to allocate from the free capacity + in the device partition referred to by 'decoderX.Y/mode'. + Allocate and free requests can only be performed on the highest + instance number disabled decoder with non-zero size. I.e. + allocations are enforced to occur in increasing 'decoderX.Y/id' + order and frees are enforced to occur in decreasing + 'decoderX.Y/id' order. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/interleave_ways +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The number of targets across which this decoder's host + physical address (HPA) memory range is interleaved. The device + maps every Nth block of HPA (of size == + 'interleave_granularity') to consecutive DPA addresses. The + decoder's position in the interleave is determined by the + device's (endpoint or switch) switch ancestry. For root + decoders their interleave is specified by platform firmware and + they only specify a downstream target order for host bridges. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/interleave_granularity +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The number of consecutive bytes of host physical address + space this decoder claims at address N before the decode rotates + to the next target in the interleave at address N + + interleave_granularity (assuming N is aligned to + interleave_granularity). + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/create_pmem_region +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/create_ram_region +Date: May, 2022, January, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.0 (pmem), v6.3 (ram) +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Write a string in the form 'regionZ' to start the process + of defining a new persistent, or volatile memory region + (interleave-set) within the decode range bounded by root decoder + 'decoderX.Y'. The value written must match the current value + returned from reading this attribute. An atomic compare exchange + operation is done on write to assign the requested id to a + region and allocate the region-id for the next creation attempt. + EBUSY is returned if the region name written does not match the + current cached value. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/delete_region +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Write a string in the form 'regionZ' to delete that region, + provided it is currently idle / not bound to a driver. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/qos_class +Date: May, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) For CXL host platforms that support "QoS Telemetry" this + root-decoder-only attribute conveys a platform specific cookie + that identifies a QoS performance class for the CXL Window. + This class-id can be compared against a similar "qos_class" + published for each memory-type that an endpoint supports. While + it is not required that endpoints map their local memory-class + to a matching platform class, mismatches are not recommended and + there are platform specific side-effects that may result. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/uuid +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Write a unique identifier for the region. This field must + be set for persistent regions and it must not conflict with the + UUID of another region. For volatile ram regions this + attribute is a read-only empty string. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/interleave_granularity +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Set the number of consecutive bytes each device in the + interleave set will claim. The possible interleave granularity + values are determined by the CXL spec and the participating + devices. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/interleave_ways +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Configures the number of devices participating in the + region is set by writing this value. Each device will provide + 1/interleave_ways of storage for the region. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/size +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) System physical address space to be consumed by the region. + When written trigger the driver to allocate space out of the + parent root decoder's address space. When read the size of the + address space is reported and should match the span of the + region's resource attribute. Size shall be set after the + interleave configuration parameters. Once set it cannot be + changed, only freed by writing 0. The kernel makes no guarantees + that data is maintained over an address space freeing event, and + there is no guarantee that a free followed by an allocate + results in the same address being allocated. If extended linear + cache is present, the size indicates extended linear cache size + plus the CXL region size. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/extended_linear_cache_size +Date: October, 2025 +KernelVersion: v6.19 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The size of extended linear cache, if there is an extended + linear cache. Otherwise the attribute will not be visible. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/locked +Date: Mar, 2026 +KernelVersion: v7.1 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The CXL driver has the capability to lock a region based on + a BIOS or platform dependent configuration. Regions created as + locked are never permitted to be destroyed. Resets to participating + decoders will not result in a region destroy and will not free the + decoder resources. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/mode +Date: January, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.3 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The mode of a region is established at region creation time + and dictates the mode of the endpoint decoder that comprise the + region. For more details on the possible modes see + /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/mode + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/resource +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) A region is a contiguous partition of a CXL root decoder + address space. Region capacity is allocated by writing to the + size attribute, the resulting physical address space determined + by the driver is reflected here. It is therefore not useful to + read this before writing a value to the size attribute. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/target[0..N] +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Write an endpoint decoder object name to 'targetX' where X + is the intended position of the endpoint device in the region + interleave and N is the 'interleave_ways' setting for the + region. ENXIO is returned if the write results in an impossible + to map decode scenario, like the endpoint is unreachable at that + position relative to the root decoder interleave. EBUSY is + returned if the position in the region is already occupied, or + if the region is not in a state to accept interleave + configuration changes. EINVAL is returned if the object name is + not an endpoint decoder. Once all positions have been + successfully written a final validation for decode conflicts is + performed before activating the region. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/commit +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Write a boolean 'true' string value to this attribute to + trigger the region to transition from the software programmed + state to the actively decoding in hardware state. The commit + operation in addition to validating that the region is in proper + configured state, validates that the decoders are being + committed in spec mandated order (last committed decoder id + + 1), and checks that the hardware accepts the commit request. + Reading this value indicates whether the region is committed or + not. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/trigger_poison_list +Date: April, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.4 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) When a boolean 'true' is written to this attribute the + memdev driver retrieves the poison list from the device. The + list consists of addresses that are poisoned, or would result + in poison if accessed, and the source of the poison. This + attribute is only visible for devices supporting the + capability. The retrieved errors are logged as kernel + events when cxl_poison event tracing is enabled. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/accessY/read_bandwidth + /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/accessY/write_bandwidth +Date: Jan, 2024 +KernelVersion: v6.9 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The aggregated read or write bandwidth of the region. The + number is the accumulated read or write bandwidth of all CXL memory + devices that contributes to the region in MB/s. It is + identical data that should appear in + /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/accessY/initiators/read_bandwidth or + /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/accessY/initiators/write_bandwidth. + See Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node. access0 provides + the number to the closest initiator and access1 provides the + number to the closest CPU. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/accessY/read_latency + /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/accessY/write_latency +Date: Jan, 2024 +KernelVersion: v6.9 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The read or write latency of the region. The number is + the worst read or write latency of all CXL memory devices that + contributes to the region in nanoseconds. It is identical data + that should appear in + /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/accessY/initiators/read_latency or + /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/accessY/initiators/write_latency. + See Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node. access0 provides + the number to the closest initiator and access1 provides the + number to the closest CPU. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/nvdimm-bridge0/ndbusX/nmemY/cxl/dirty_shutdown +Date: Feb, 2025 +KernelVersion: v6.15 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The device dirty shutdown count value, which is the number + of times the device could have incurred in potential data loss. + The count is persistent across power loss and wraps back to 0 + upon overflow. If this file is not present, the device does not + have the necessary support for dirty tracking. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dax b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dax new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60703fffa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dax @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +What: /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y/align +Date: October, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RW) Provides a way to specify an alignment for a dax device. + Values allowed are constrained by the physical address ranges + that back the dax device, and also by arch requirements. + +What: /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y/mapping +Date: October, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (WO) Provides a way to allocate a mapping range under a dax + device. Specified in the format <start>-<end>. + +What: /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y/mapping[0..N]/start +What: /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y/mapping[0..N]/end +What: /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y/mapping[0..N]/page_offset +Date: October, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) A dax device may have multiple constituent discontiguous + address ranges. These are represented by the different + 'mappingX' subdirectories. The 'start' attribute indicates the + start physical address for the given range. The 'end' attribute + indicates the end physical address for the given range. The + 'page_offset' attribute indicates the offset of the current + range in the dax device. + +What: /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y/resource +Date: June, 2019 +KernelVersion: v5.3 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The resource attribute indicates the starting physical + address of a dax device. In case of a device with multiple + constituent ranges, it indicates the starting address of the + first range. + +What: /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y/size +Date: October, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RW) The size attribute indicates the total size of a dax + device. For creating subdivided dax devices, or for resizing + an existing device, the new size can be written to this as + part of the reconfiguration process. + +What: /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y/numa_node +Date: November, 2019 +KernelVersion: v5.5 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) If NUMA is enabled and the platform has affinitized the + backing device for this dax device, emit the CPU node + affinity for this device. + +What: /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y/target_node +Date: February, 2019 +KernelVersion: v5.1 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The target-node attribute is the Linux numa-node that a + device-dax instance may create when it is online. Prior to + being online the device's 'numa_node' property reflects the + closest online cpu node which is the typical expectation of a + device 'numa_node'. Once it is online it becomes its own + distinct numa node. + +What: $(readlink -f /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y)/../dax_region/available_size +Date: October, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The available_size attribute tracks available dax region + capacity. This only applies to volatile hmem devices, not pmem + devices, since pmem devices are defined by nvdimm namespace + boundaries. + +What: $(readlink -f /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y)/../dax_region/size +Date: July, 2017 +KernelVersion: v5.1 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The size attribute indicates the size of a given dax region + in bytes. + +What: $(readlink -f /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y)/../dax_region/align +Date: October, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The align attribute indicates alignment of the dax region. + Changes on align may not always be valid, when say certain + mappings were created with 2M and then we switch to 1G. This + validates all ranges against the new value being attempted, post + resizing. + +What: $(readlink -f /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y)/../dax_region/seed +Date: October, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The seed device is a concept for dynamic dax regions to be + able to split the region amongst multiple sub-instances. The + seed device, similar to libnvdimm seed devices, is a device + that starts with zero capacity allocated and unbound to a + driver. + +What: $(readlink -f /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y)/../dax_region/create +Date: October, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RW) The create interface to the dax region provides a way to + create a new unconfigured dax device under the given region, which + can then be configured (with a size etc.) and then probed. + +What: $(readlink -f /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y)/../dax_region/delete +Date: October, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (WO) The delete interface for a dax region provides for deletion + of any 0-sized and idle dax devices. + +What: $(readlink -f /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y)/../dax_region/id +Date: July, 2017 +KernelVersion: v5.1 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The id attribute indicates the region id of a dax region. + +What: /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y/memmap_on_memory +Date: January, 2024 +KernelVersion: v6.8 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RW) Control the memmap_on_memory setting if the dax device + were to be hotplugged as system memory. This determines whether + the 'altmap' for the hotplugged memory will be placed on the + device being hotplugged (memmap_on_memory=1) or if it will be + placed on regular memory (memmap_on_memory=0). This attribute + must be set before the device is handed over to the 'kmem' + driver (i.e. hotplugged into system-ram). Additionally, this + depends on CONFIG_MHP_MEMMAP_ON_MEMORY, and a globally enabled + memmap_on_memory parameter for memory_hotplug. This is + typically set on the kernel command line - + memory_hotplug.memmap_on_memory set to 'true' or 'force'." + +What: /sys/bus/dax/devices/daxX.Y/state +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RW) Controls the state of the memory region. + Applies to all memory blocks associated with the device. + Only applies to dax_kmem devices. + + Reading returns the current state; the writable states mirror + the per-block /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state ABI:: + + "unplugged": memory blocks are not present + "online": memory is online, zone chosen by the kernel + "online_kernel": memory is online in ZONE_NORMAL + "online_movable": memory is online in ZONE_MOVABLE + + "offline" (memory blocks are present but offline) may also be + reported - this happens when the device is bound while the + auto_online_blocks policy is "offline". It cannot be written, + as it's not useful and creates device destruction races. + + A device can only be onlined from the "unplugged" state, so a + device must be returned to "unplugged" before it can be onlined + into a different state. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0265ab17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/type +Date: Aug 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns type of DFL FIU of the device. Now DFL + supports 2 FIU types, 0 for FME, 1 for PORT. + + Format: 0x%x + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/feature_id +Date: Aug 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns feature identifier local to its DFL FIU + type. + + Format: 0x%x diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-emif b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-emif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..817d14126 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-emif @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/infX_cal_fail +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It indicates if the calibration failed on this + memory interface. "1" for calibration failure, "0" for OK. + Format: %u + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/infX_init_done +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It indicates if the initialization completed on + this memory interface. "1" for initialization complete, "0" + for not yet. + Format: %u + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/infX_clear +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Write-only. Writing "1" to this file will zero out all memory + data in this memory interface. Writing of other values is + invalid. + Format: %u diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-n3000-nios b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-n3000-nios new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5335d742b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-n3000-nios @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/fec_mode +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the FEC mode of the 25G links of the + ethernet retimers configured by Nios firmware. "rs" for Reed + Solomon FEC, "kr" for Fire Code FEC, "no" for NO FEC. + "not supported" if the FEC mode setting is not supported, this + happens when the Nios firmware version major < 3, or no link is + configured to 25G. + Format: string + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/retimer_A_mode +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the enumeration value of the working mode of + the retimer A configured by the Nios firmware. The value is + read out from shared registers filled by the Nios firmware. Now + the values could be: + + - "0": Reset + - "1": 4x10G + - "2": 4x25G + - "3": 2x25G + - "4": 2x25G+2x10G + - "5": 1x25G + + If the Nios firmware is updated in future to support more + retimer modes, more enumeration value is expected. + Format: 0x%x + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/retimer_B_mode +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the enumeration value of the working mode of + the retimer B configured by the Nios firmware. The value format + is the same as retimer_A_mode. + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/nios_fw_version +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the version of the Nios firmware in the + FPGA. Its format is "major.minor.patch". + Format: %x.%x.%x diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79b268319 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu> +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Performance Monitoring Unit (<pmu>) + + Each <pmu> directory, for a PMU device, is a name + optionally followed by an underscore and then either a + decimal or hexadecimal number. For example, cpu is a + PMU name without a suffix as is intel_bts, + uncore_imc_0 is a PMU name with a 0 numeric suffix, + ddr_pmu_87e1b0000000 is a PMU name with a hex + suffix. The hex suffix must be more than two + characters long to avoid ambiguity with PMUs like the + S390 cpum_cf. + + Tools can treat PMUs with the same name that differ by + suffix as instances of the same PMU for the sake of, + for example, opening an event. For example, the PMUs + uncore_imc_free_running_0 and + uncore_imc_free_running_1 have an event data_read; + opening the data_read event on a PMU specified as + uncore_imc_free_running should be treated as opening + the data_read event on PMU uncore_imc_free_running_0 + and PMU uncore_imc_free_running_1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-caps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-caps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5f506f7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-caps @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/caps +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Attribute group to describe the capabilities exposed + for a particular pmu. Each attribute of this group can + expose information specific to a PMU, say pmu_name, so that + userspace can understand some of the feature which the + platform specific PMU supports. + + One of the example available capability in supported platform + like Intel is pmu_name, which exposes underlying CPU name known + to the PMU driver. + + Example output in powerpc: + grep . /sys/bus/event_source/devices/cpu/caps/* + /sys/bus/event_source/devices/cpu/caps/pmu_name:POWER9 + + The "branch_counter_nr" in the supported platform exposes the + maximum number of counters which can be shown in the u64 counters + of PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_COUNTERS, while the "branch_counter_width" + exposes the width of each counter. Both of them can be used by + the perf tool to parse the logged counters in each branch. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63a32ddcb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/format +Date: April 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed + below:: + + event = "config:0-11" - event ID + evtype = "config:12-15" - event type + portid = "config:16-23" - event source + + For example:: + + fab_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + + It shows this fab_mmio_read is a fabric type (0x02) event with + 0x06 local event id for overall monitoring (portid=0xff). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/cpumask +Date: April 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. This file always returns cpu which the PMU is bound + for access to all fme pmu performance monitoring events. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/events +Date: April 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe performance monitoring + events specific to fme. Each attribute in this group describes + a single performance monitoring event supported by this fme pmu. + The name of the file is the name of the event. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events). + + All supported performance monitoring events are listed below. + + Basic events (evtype=0x00):: + + clock = "event=0x00,evtype=0x00,portid=0xff" + + Cache events (evtype=0x01):: + + cache_read_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_read_miss = "event=0x01,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_write_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_write_miss = "event=0x03,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_hold_request = "event=0x05,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_data_write_port_contention = + "event=0x06,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_tag_write_port_contention = + "event=0x07,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_tx_req_stall = "event=0x08,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_rx_req_stall = "event=0x09,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_eviction = "event=0x0a,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + + Fabric events (evtype=0x02):: + + fab_pcie0_read = "event=0x00,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_pcie0_write = "event=0x01,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_pcie1_read = "event=0x02,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_pcie1_write = "event=0x03,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_upi_read = "event=0x04,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_upi_write = "event=0x05,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_mmio_write = "event=0x07,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_port_pcie0_read = "event=0x00,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_pcie0_write = "event=0x01,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_pcie1_read = "event=0x02,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_pcie1_write = "event=0x03,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_upi_read = "event=0x04,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_upi_write = "event=0x05,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_mmio_write = "event=0x07,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + + VTD events (evtype=0x03):: + + vtd_port_read_transaction = "event=0x00,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_write_transaction = "event=0x01,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_devtlb_read_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_devtlb_write_hit = "event=0x03,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_devtlb_4k_fill = "event=0x04,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_devtlb_2m_fill = "event=0x05,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_devtlb_1g_fill = "event=0x06,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + + VTD SIP events (evtype=0x04):: + + vtd_sip_iotlb_4k_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_iotlb_2m_hit = "event=0x01,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_iotlb_1g_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_slpwc_l3_hit = "event=0x03,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_slpwc_l4_hit = "event=0x04,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_rcc_hit = "event=0x05,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_iotlb_4k_miss = "event=0x06,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_iotlb_2m_miss = "event=0x07,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_iotlb_1g_miss = "event=0x08,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_slpwc_l3_miss = "event=0x09,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_slpwc_l4_miss = "event=0x0a,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_rcc_miss = "event=0x0b,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dsa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dsa new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c7d13228 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dsa @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dsa*/format +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Tom Zanussi <tom.zanussi@linux.intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config or + perf_event_attr.config1 for the IDXD DSA pmu. (See also + ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute in this group defines a bit range in + perf_event_attr.config or perf_event_attr.config1. + All supported attributes are listed below (See the + IDXD DSA Spec for possible attribute values):: + + event_category = "config:0-3" - event category + event = "config:4-31" - event ID + + filter_wq = "config1:0-31" - workqueue filter + filter_tc = "config1:32-39" - traffic class filter + filter_pgsz = "config1:40-43" - page size filter + filter_sz = "config1:44-51" - transfer size filter + filter_eng = "config1:52-59" - engine filter + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dsa*/cpumask +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Tom Zanussi <tom.zanussi@linux.intel.com> +Description: Read-only. This file always returns the cpu to which the + IDXD DSA pmu is bound for access to all dsa pmu + performance monitoring events. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fe1b9487 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/ + /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-misses + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-references + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-misses + /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-frontend + /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-instructions + /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-backend + /sys/devices/cpu/events/instructions + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cpu-cycles + +Date: 2013/01/08 + +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> + +Description: Generic performance monitoring events + + A collection of performance monitoring events that may be + supported by many/most CPUs. These events can be monitored + using the 'perf(1)' tool. + + The contents of each file would look like: + + event=0xNNNN + + where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the + "raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's + "basename". + + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event> +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Per-pmu performance monitoring events specific to the running system + + Each file (except for some of those with a '.' in them, '.unit' + and '.scale') in the 'events' directory describes a single + performance monitoring event supported by the <pmu>. The name + of the file is the name of the event. + + As performance monitoring event names are case insensitive + in the perf tool, the perf tool only looks for all lower + case or all upper case event names in sysfs to avoid + scanning the directory. It is therefore required the + name of the event here is either completely lower or upper + case, with no mixed-case characters. Numbers, '.', '_', and + '-' are also allowed. + + File contents: + + <term>[=<value>][,<term>[=<value>]]... + + Where <term> is one of the terms listed under + /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/format/ and <value> is + a number is base-16 format with a '0x' prefix (lowercase only). + If a <term> is specified alone (without an assigned value), it + is implied that 0x1 is assigned to that <term>. + + Examples (each of these lines would be in a separate file): + + event=0x2abc + event=0x423,inv,cmask=0x3 + domain=0x1,offset=0x8,starting_index=0xffff + domain=0x1,offset=0x8,core=? + + Each of the assignments indicates a value to be assigned to a + particular set of bits (as defined by the format file + corresponding to the <term>) in the perf_event structure passed + to the perf_open syscall. + + In the case of the last example, a value replacing "?" would + need to be provided by the user selecting the particular event. + This is referred to as "event parameterization". Event + parameters have the format 'param=?'. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>.unit +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Perf event units + + A string specifying the English plural numerical unit that <event> + (once multiplied by <event>.scale) represents. + + Example: + + Joules + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>.scale +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Perf event scaling factors + + A string representing a floating point value expressed in + scientific notation to be multiplied by the event count + received from the kernel to match the unit specified in the + <event>.unit file. + + Example: + + 2.3283064365386962890625e-10 + + This is provided to avoid performing floating point arithmetic + in the kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df7ccc1b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format +Date: January 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com> +Description: + Attribute group to describe the magic bits that go into + perf_event_attr::config[012] for a particular pmu. + Each attribute of this group defines the 'hardware' bitmask + we want to export, so that userspace can deal with sane + name/value pairs. + + Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes + define overlapping bit ranges. For example:: + + attr1 = 'config:0-23' + attr2 = 'config:0-7' + attr3 = 'config:12-35' + + Example: 'config1:1,6-10,44' + Defines contents of attribute that occupies bits 1,6-10,44 of + perf_event_attr::config1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hisi_ptt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hisi_ptt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..111976656 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hisi_ptt @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: This directory contains files for tuning the PCIe link + parameters(events). Each file is named after the event + of the PCIe link. + + See Documentation/trace/hisi-ptt.rst for more information. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune/qos_tx_cpl +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (RW) Controls the weight of Tx completion TLPs, which influence + the proportion of outbound completion TLPs on the PCIe link. + The available tune data is [0, 1, 2]. Writing a negative value + will return an error, and out of range values will be converted + to 2. The value indicates a probable level of the event. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune/qos_tx_np +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (RW) Controls the weight of Tx non-posted TLPs, which influence + the proportion of outbound non-posted TLPs on the PCIe link. + The available tune data is [0, 1, 2]. Writing a negative value + will return an error, and out of range values will be converted + to 2. The value indicates a probable level of the event. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune/qos_tx_p +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (RW) Controls the weight of Tx posted TLPs, which influence the + proportion of outbound posted TLPs on the PCIe link. + The available tune data is [0, 1, 2]. Writing a negative value + will return an error, and out of range values will be converted + to 2. The value indicates a probable level of the event. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune/rx_alloc_buf_level +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (RW) Control the allocated buffer watermark for inbound packets. + The packets will be stored in the buffer first and then transmitted + either when the watermark reached or when timed out. + The available tune data is [0, 1, 2]. Writing a negative value + will return an error, and out of range values will be converted + to 2. The value indicates a probable level of the event. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune/tx_alloc_buf_level +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (RW) Control the allocated buffer watermark of outbound packets. + The packets will be stored in the buffer first and then transmitted + either when the watermark reached or when timed out. + The available tune data is [0, 1, 2]. Writing a negative value + will return an error, and out of range values will be converted + to 2. The value indicates a probable level of the event. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/root_port_filters +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: This directory contains the files providing the PCIe Root Port filters + information used for PTT trace. Each file is named after the supported + Root Port device name <domain>:<bus>:<device>.<function>. + + See the description of the "filter" in Documentation/trace/hisi-ptt.rst + for more information. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/root_port_filters/multiselect +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (Read) Indicates if this kind of filter can be selected at the same + time as others filters, or must be used on it's own. 1 indicates + the former case and 0 indicates the latter. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/root_port_filters/<bdf> +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (Read) Indicates the filter value of this Root Port filter, which + can be used to control the TLP headers to trace by the PTT trace. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/requester_filters +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: This directory contains the files providing the PCIe Requester filters + information used for PTT trace. Each file is named after the supported + Endpoint device name <domain>:<bus>:<device>.<function>. + + See the description of the "filter" in Documentation/trace/hisi-ptt.rst + for more information. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/requester_filters/multiselect +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (Read) Indicates if this kind of filter can be selected at the same + time as others filters, or must be used on it's own. 1 indicates + the former case and 0 indicates the latter. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/requester_filters/<bdf> +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (Read) Indicates the filter value of this Requester filter, which + can be used to control the TLP headers to trace by the PTT trace. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de390a010 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/format +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed + below:: + + chip = "config:16-31" + core = "config:16-31" + domain = "config:0-3" + lpar = "config:0-15" + offset = "config:32-63" + vcpu = "config:16-31" + + For example:: + + PM_PB_CYC = "domain=1,offset=0x80,chip=?,lpar=0x0" + + In this event, '?' after chip specifies that + this value will be provided by user while running this event. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Provides access to the binary "24x7 catalog" provided by the + hypervisor on POWER7 and 8 systems. This catalog lists events + available from the powerpc "hv_24x7" pmu. Its format is + documented here: + https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jmesmon/catalog-24x7/master/hv-24x7-catalog.h + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_length +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + A number equal to the length in bytes of the catalog. This is + also extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Exposes the "version" field of the 24x7 catalog. This is also + extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/sockets +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: read only + This sysfs interface exposes the number of sockets present in the + system. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/chipspersocket +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: read only + This sysfs interface exposes the number of chips per socket + present in the system. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/coresperchip +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: read only + This sysfs interface exposes the number of cores per chip + present in the system. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/cpumask +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: read only + This sysfs file exposes the cpumask which is designated to make + HCALLs to retrieve hv-24x7 pmu event counter data. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_descs/<event-name> +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Provides the description of a particular event as provided by + the firmware. If firmware does not provide a description, no + file will be created. + + Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for + events in the events/ dir. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_long_descs/<event-name> +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Provides the "long" description of a particular event as + provided by the firmware. If firmware does not provide a + description, no file will be created. + + Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for + events in the events/ dir. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40f7cd240 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/format +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed + below:: + + counter_info_version = "config:16-23" + length = "config:24-31" + partition_id = "config:32-63" + request = "config:0-31" + sibling_part_id = "config:32-63" + hw_chip_id = "config:32-63" + offset = "config:32-63" + phys_processor_idx = "config:32-63" + secondary_index = "config:0-15" + starting_index = "config:32-63" + + For example:: + + processor_core_utilization_instructions_completed = "request=0x94, + phys_processor_idx=?,counter_info_version=0x8, + length=8,offset=0x18" + + In this event, '?' after phys_processor_idx specifies this value + this value will be provided by user while running this event. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/collect_privileged +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + '0' if the hypervisor is configured to forbid access to event + counters being accumulated by other guests and to physical + domain event counters. + + '1' if that access is allowed. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/ga +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "GA" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/expanded +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "EXPANDED" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/lab +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "LAB" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + A number indicating the version of the gpci interface that the + hypervisor reports supporting. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/kernel_version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + A number indicating the latest version of the gpci interface + that the kernel is aware of. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_gpci/cpumask +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: read only + This sysfs file exposes the cpumask which is designated to make + HCALLs to retrieve hv-gpci pmu event counter data. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_gpci/interface/processor_bus_topology +Date: July 2023 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: admin read only + This sysfs file exposes the system topology information by making HCALL + H_GET_PERF_COUNTER_INFO. The HCALL is made with counter request value + PROCESSOR_BUS_TOPOLOGY(0xD0). + + * This sysfs file will be created only for power10 and above platforms. + + * User needs root privileges to read data from this sysfs file. + + * This sysfs file will be created, only when the HCALL returns "H_SUCCESS", + "H_AUTHORITY" or "H_PARAMETER" as the return type. + + HCALL with return error type "H_AUTHORITY" can be resolved during + runtime by setting "Enable Performance Information Collection" option. + + * The end user reading this sysfs file must decode the content as per + underlying platform/firmware. + + Possible error codes while reading this sysfs file: + + * "-EPERM" : Partition is not permitted to retrieve performance information, + required to set "Enable Performance Information Collection" option. + + * "-EIO" : Can't retrieve system information because of invalid buffer length/invalid address + or because of some hardware error. Refer to getPerfCountInfo documentation for + more information. + + * "-EFBIG" : System information exceeds PAGE_SIZE. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_gpci/interface/processor_config +Date: July 2023 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: admin read only + This sysfs file exposes the system topology information by making HCALL + H_GET_PERF_COUNTER_INFO. The HCALL is made with counter request value + PROCESSOR_CONFIG(0x90). + + * This sysfs file will be created only for power10 and above platforms. + + * User needs root privileges to read data from this sysfs file. + + * This sysfs file will be created, only when the HCALL returns "H_SUCCESS", + "H_AUTHORITY" or "H_PARAMETER" as the return type. + + HCALL with return error type "H_AUTHORITY" can be resolved during + runtime by setting "Enable Performance Information Collection" option. + + * The end user reading this sysfs file must decode the content as per + underlying platform/firmware. + + Possible error codes while reading this sysfs file: + + * "-EPERM" : Partition is not permitted to retrieve performance information, + required to set "Enable Performance Information Collection" option. + + * "-EIO" : Can't retrieve system information because of invalid buffer length/invalid address + or because of some hardware error. Refer to getPerfCountInfo documentation for + more information. + + * "-EFBIG" : System information exceeds PAGE_SIZE. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_gpci/interface/affinity_domain_via_virtual_processor +Date: July 2023 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: admin read only + This sysfs file exposes the system topology information by making HCALL + H_GET_PERF_COUNTER_INFO. The HCALL is made with counter request value + AFFINITY_DOMAIN_INFORMATION_BY_VIRTUAL_PROCESSOR(0xA0). + + * This sysfs file will be created only for power10 and above platforms. + + * User needs root privileges to read data from this sysfs file. + + * This sysfs file will be created, only when the HCALL returns "H_SUCCESS", + "H_AUTHORITY" or "H_PARAMETER" as the return type. + + HCALL with return error type "H_AUTHORITY" can be resolved during + runtime by setting "Enable Performance Information Collection" option. + + * The end user reading this sysfs file must decode the content as per + underlying platform/firmware. + + Possible error codes while reading this sysfs file: + + * "-EPERM" : Partition is not permitted to retrieve performance information, + required to set "Enable Performance Information Collection" option. + + * "-EIO" : Can't retrieve system information because of invalid buffer length/invalid address + or because of some hardware error. Refer to getPerfCountInfo documentation for + more information. + + * "-EFBIG" : System information exceeds PAGE_SIZE. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_gpci/interface/affinity_domain_via_domain +Date: July 2023 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: admin read only + This sysfs file exposes the system topology information by making HCALL + H_GET_PERF_COUNTER_INFO. The HCALL is made with counter request value + AFFINITY_DOMAIN_INFORMATION_BY_DOMAIN(0xB0). + + * This sysfs file will be created only for power10 and above platforms. + + * User needs root privileges to read data from this sysfs file. + + * This sysfs file will be created, only when the HCALL returns "H_SUCCESS", + "H_AUTHORITY" or "H_PARAMETER" as the return type. + + HCALL with return error type "H_AUTHORITY" can be resolved during + runtime by setting "Enable Performance Information Collection" option. + + * The end user reading this sysfs file must decode the content as per + underlying platform/firmware. + + Possible error codes while reading this sysfs file: + + * "-EPERM" : Partition is not permitted to retrieve performance information, + required to set "Enable Performance Information Collection" option. + + * "-EIO" : Can't retrieve system information because of invalid buffer length/invalid address + or because of some hardware error. Refer to getPerfCountInfo documentation for + more information. + + * "-EFBIG" : System information exceeds PAGE_SIZE. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_gpci/interface/affinity_domain_via_partition +Date: July 2023 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: admin read only + This sysfs file exposes the system topology information by making HCALL + H_GET_PERF_COUNTER_INFO. The HCALL is made with counter request value + AFFINITY_DOMAIN_INFORMATION_BY_PARTITION(0xB1). + + * This sysfs file will be created only for power10 and above platforms. + + * User needs root privileges to read data from this sysfs file. + + * This sysfs file will be created, only when the HCALL returns "H_SUCCESS", + "H_AUTHORITY" or "H_PARAMETER" as the return type. + + HCALL with return error type "H_AUTHORITY" can be resolved during + runtime by setting "Enable Performance Information Collection" option. + + * The end user reading this sysfs file must decode the content as per + underlying platform/firmware. + + Possible error codes while reading this sysfs file: + + * "-EPERM" : Partition is not permitted to retrieve performance information, + required to set "Enable Performance Information Collection" option. + + * "-EIO" : Can't retrieve system information because of invalid buffer length/invalid address + or because of some hardware error. Refer to getPerfCountInfo documentation for + more information. + + * "-EFBIG" : System information exceeds PAGE_SIZE. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7af49193 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dmar*/format +Date: Jan 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Kan Liang <kan.liang@linux.intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config, + perf_event_attr.config1 or perf_event_attr.config2 for + the IOMMU pmu. (See also + ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute in this group defines a bit range in + perf_event_attr.config, perf_event_attr.config1, + or perf_event_attr.config2. All supported attributes + are listed below (See the VT-d Spec 4.0 for possible + attribute values):: + + event = "config:0-27" - event ID + event_group = "config:28-31" - event group ID + + filter_requester_en = "config1:0" - Enable Requester ID filter + filter_domain_en = "config1:1" - Enable Domain ID filter + filter_pasid_en = "config1:2" - Enable PASID filter + filter_ats_en = "config1:3" - Enable Address Type filter + filter_page_table_en= "config1:4" - Enable Page Table Level filter + filter_requester_id = "config1:16-31" - Requester ID filter + filter_domain = "config1:32-47" - Domain ID filter + filter_pasid = "config2:0-21" - PASID filter + filter_ats = "config2:24-28" - Address Type filter + filter_page_table = "config2:32-36" - Page Table Level filter + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dmar*/cpumask +Date: Jan 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Kan Liang <kan.liang@linux.intel.com> +Description: Read-only. This file always returns the CPU to which the + IOMMU pmu is bound for access to all IOMMU pmu performance + monitoring events. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-rdpmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-rdpmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59ec18bbb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-rdpmc @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/cpu.../rdpmc +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org +Description: The /sys/bus/event_source/devices/cpu.../rdpmc attribute + is used to show/manage if rdpmc instruction can be + executed in user space. This attribute supports 3 numbers. + - rdpmc = 0 + user space rdpmc is globally disabled for all PMU + counters. + - rdpmc = 1 + user space rdpmc is globally enabled only in event mmap + ioctl called time window. If the mmap region is unmapped, + user space rdpmc is disabled again. + - rdpmc = 2 + user space rdpmc is globally enabled for all PMU + counters. + + In the Intel platforms supporting counter level's user + space rdpmc disable feature (CPUID.23H.EBX[2] = 1), the + meaning of 3 numbers is extended to + - rdpmc = 0 + global user space rdpmc and counter level's user space + rdpmc of all counters are both disabled. + - rdpmc = 1 + No changes on behavior of global user space rdpmc. + counter level's rdpmc of system-wide events is disabled + but counter level's rdpmc of non-system-wide events is + enabled. + - rdpmc = 2 + global user space rdpmc and counter level's user space + rdpmc of all counters are both enabled unconditionally. + + The default value of rdpmc is 1. + + Please notice: + - global user space rdpmc's behavior would change + immediately along with the rdpmc value's change, + but the behavior of counter level's user space rdpmc + won't take effect immediately until the event is + reactivated or recreated. + - The rdpmc attribute is global, even for x86 hybrid + platforms. For example, changing cpu_core/rdpmc will + also change cpu_atom/rdpmc. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-uncore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-uncore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b56e8f019 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-uncore @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/uncore_*/alias +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Read-only. An attribute to describe the alias name of + the uncore PMU if an alias exists on some platforms. + The 'perf(1)' tool should treat both names the same. + They both can be used to access the uncore PMU. + + Example: + + $ cat /sys/devices/uncore_cha_2/alias + uncore_type_0_2 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-vpa-dtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-vpa-dtl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b7c789a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-vpa-dtl @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/vpa_dtl/format +Date: February 2025 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev at lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. Supported attribute are listed + below:: + + event = "config:0-7" - event ID + + For example:: + + dtl_cede = "event=0x1" + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/vpa_dtl/events +Date: February 2025 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev at lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: (RO) Attribute group to describe performance monitoring events + for the Virtual Processor Dispatch Trace Log. Each attribute in + this group describes a single performance monitoring event + supported by vpa_dtl pmu. The name of the file is the name of + the event (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-vpa-pmu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-vpa-pmu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a116aee97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-vpa-pmu @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/vpa_pmu/format +Date: November 2024 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. Supported attribute are listed + below:: + + event = "config:0-31" - event ID + + For example:: + + l1_to_l2_lat = "event=0x1" + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/vpa_pmu/events +Date: November 2024 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe performance monitoring + events for the Virtual Processor Area events. Each attribute + in this group describes a single performance monitoring event + supported by vpa_pmu. The name of the file is the name of + the event (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a4f2091a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/ +Date: August 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces. + +Attributes: + + ctlr_create: + 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an + <ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a + fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any + per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's + 'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login + process. + + ctlr_destroy: + 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a + fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the + fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected + FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated + for this fcoe_ctlr_device and any structures associated + with it, this includes the scsi_host. + +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/ctlr_X +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus. + The FCoE Controller now has a three stage creation process. + 1) Write interface name to ctlr_create 2) Configure the FCoE + Controller (ctlr_X) 3) Enable the FCoE Controller to begin + discovery and login. The FCoE Controller is destroyed by + writing its name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file. + +Attributes: + + fcf_dev_loss_tmo: + Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing + this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all + FCFs discovered by this controller. + + mode: + Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible + modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller + is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is + initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted. + If a FCoE Controller is started in 'VN2VN' mode then + FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE + Controller only supports one mode at a time. + + enabled: + Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled. + 0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1 + to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller. + + lesb/link_fail: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count. + + lesb/vlink_fail: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link + failure count. + + lesb/miss_fka: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE + Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA). + + lesb/symb_err: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count. + + lesb/err_block: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count. + + lesb/fcs_error: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel + Services error count. + +Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0) + +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/fcf_X +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: 'FCoE FCF' instances on the fcoe bus. A FCF is a Fibre Channel + Forwarder, which is a FCoE switch that can accept FCoE + (Ethernet) packets, unpack them, and forward the embedded + Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take + outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to + be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment. + +Attributes: + + fabric_name: + Identifies the fabric that the FCF services. + + switch_name: + Identifies the FCF. + + priority: + The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same + fabric. + + selected: + 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use; + 0 indicates that the switch will not be used. + + fc_map: + The Fibre Channel MAP + + vfid: + The Virtual Fabric ID + + mac: + The FCF's MAC address + + fka_period: + The FIP Keep-Alive period + + fabric_state: The internal kernel state + + - "Unknown" - Initialization value + - "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric + - "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF + - "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system + + dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout period for this FCF. + +Notes: A device loss infrastructure similar to the FC Transport's + is present in fcoe_sysfs. It is nice to have so that a + link flapping adapter doesn't continually advance the count + used to identify the discovered FCF. FCFs will exist in a + "Disconnected" state until either the timer expires and the + FCF becomes "Deleted" or the FCF is rediscovered and becomes + "Connected." + + +Users: The first user of this interface will be the fcoeadm application, + which is commonly packaged in the fcoe-utils package. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76e0caa0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/rescan +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + Initiates a FSI master scan for all connected slave devices + on its links. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/break +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + Sends an FSI BREAK command on a master's communication + link to any connected slaves. A BREAK resets connected + device's logic and preps it to receive further commands + from the master. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/slave@00:00/term +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + Sends an FSI terminate command from the master to its + connected slave. A terminate resets the slave's state machines + that control access to the internally connected engines. In + addition the slave freezes its internal error register for + debugging purposes. This command is also needed to abort any + ongoing operation in case of an expired 'Master Time Out' + timer. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/slave@00:00/raw +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + Provides a means of reading/writing a 32 bit value from/to a + specified FSI bus address. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../cfam_reset +Date: Sept 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + Provides a means of resetting the cfam that is attached to the + FSI device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi-devices-sbefifo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi-devices-sbefifo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7393b4dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi-devices-sbefifo @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/fsi/devices/XX.XX.00:06/sbefifoX/timeout +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: eajames@linux.ibm.com +Description: + Indicates whether or not this SBE device has experienced a + timeout; i.e. the SBE did not respond within the time allotted + by the driver. A value of 1 indicates that a timeout has + occurred and no transfers have completed since the timeout. A + value of 0 indicates that no timeout has occurred, or if one + has, more recent transfers have completed successfully. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf3c6af6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/.../bind +Date: December 2016 +Contact: stuart.yoder@nxp.com +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause + the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at + this location. The format for the location is Object.Id + and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/. + + For example:: + + # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/bind + +What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/.../unbind +Date: December 2016 +Contact: stuart.yoder@nxp.com +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause the + driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at + this location. The format for the location is Object.Id + and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/. + + For example:: + + # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/unbind diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b1b282a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hsi +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com> +Description: + High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a + serial interface mainly used for connecting application + engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular + handsets. + The bus will be populated with devices (hsi_clients) representing + the protocols available in the system. Bus drivers implement + those protocols. + +What: /sys/bus/hsi/devices/.../modalias +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com> +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent + Format: hsi:<hsi_client device name> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-bq32k b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-bq32k new file mode 100644 index 000000000..398b258fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-bq32k @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../trickle_charge_bypass +Date: Jan 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com> +Description: Attribute for enable/disable the trickle charge bypass + The trickle_charge_bypass attribute allows the userspace to + enable/disable the Trickle charge FET bypass. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..288bc2fa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../device +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com> +Description: + show what device is attached + + ======= ====================== + NONE no device + USB USB device is attached + UART UART is attached + CHARGER Charger is attached + JIG JIG is attached + ======= ====================== + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com> +Description: + show or set the state of manual switch + + ======= ============================== + VAUDIO switch to VAUDIO path + UART switch to UART path + AUDIO switch to AUDIO path + DHOST switch to DHOST path + AUTO switch automatically by device + ======= ============================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a251b7f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../heading0_input +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Reports the current heading from the compass as a floating + point value in degrees. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../power_state +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Sets the power state of the device. 0 sets the device into + sleep mode, 1 wakes it up. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../calibration +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Sets the calibration on or off (1 = on, 0 = off). See the + chip data sheet. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b62230b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_hvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the controlling backlight device for high-voltage current + sink HVLED[n] (n = 1, 2) (0, 1). + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_lvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the controlling led device for low-voltage current sink + LVLED[n] (n = 1..5) (0..3). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-m24lr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-m24lr new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c51ce8d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-m24lr @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<primary-addr>/unlock +Date: 2025-07-04 +KernelVersion: 6.17 +Contact: Abd-Alrhman Masalkhi <abd.masalkhi@gmail.com> +Description: + Write-only attribute used to present a password and unlock + access to protected areas of the M24LR chip, including + configuration registers such as the Sector Security Status + (SSS) bytes. A valid password must be written to enable write + access to these regions via the I2C interface. + + Format: + - Hexadecimal string representing a 32-bit (4-byte) password + - Accepts 1 to 8 hex digits (e.g., "c", "1F", "a1b2c3d4") + - No "0x" prefix, whitespace, or trailing newline + - Case-insensitive + + Behavior: + - If the password matches the internal stored value, + access to protected memory/configuration is granted + - If the password does not match the internally stored value, + it will fail silently + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<primary-addr>/new_pass +Date: 2025-07-04 +KernelVersion: 6.17 +Contact: Abd-Alrhman Masalkhi <abd.masalkhi@gmail.com> +Description: + Write-only attribute used to update the password required to + unlock the M24LR chip. + + Format: + - Hexadecimal string representing a new 32-bit password + - Accepts 1 to 8 hex digits (e.g., "1A", "ffff", "c0ffee00") + - No "0x" prefix, whitespace, or trailing newline + - Case-insensitive + + Behavior: + - Overwrites the current password stored in the I2C password + register + - Requires the device to be unlocked before changing the + password + - If the device is locked, the write silently fails + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<primary-addr>/uid +Date: 2025-07-04 +KernelVersion: 6.17 +Contact: Abd-Alrhman Masalkhi <abd.masalkhi@gmail.com> +Description: + Read-only attribute that exposes the 8-byte unique identifier + programmed into the M24LR chip at the factory. + + Format: + - Lowercase hexadecimal string representing a 64-bit value + - 1 to 16 hex digits (e.g., "e00204f12345678") + - No "0x" prefix + - Includes a trailing newline + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<primary-addr>/total_sectors +Date: 2025-07-04 +KernelVersion: 6.17 +Contact: Abd-Alrhman Masalkhi <abd.masalkhi@gmail.com> +Description: + Read-only attribute that exposes the total number of EEPROM + sectors available in the M24LR chip. + + Format: + - 1 to 2 hex digits (e.g. "F") + - No "0x" prefix + - Includes a trailing newline + + Notes: + - Value is encoded by the chip and corresponds to the EEPROM + size (e.g., 3 = 4 kbit for M24LR04E-R) + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<primary-addr>/sss +Date: 2025-07-04 +KernelVersion: 6.17 +Contact: Abd-Alrhman Masalkhi <abd.masalkhi@gmail.com> +Description: + Read/write binary attribute representing the Sector Security + Status (SSS) bytes for all EEPROM sectors in STMicroelectronics + M24LR chips. + + Each EEPROM sector has one SSS byte, which controls I2C and + RF access through protection bits and optional password + authentication. + + Format: + - The file contains one byte per EEPROM sector + - Byte at offset N corresponds to sector N + - Binary access only; use tools like dd, Python, or C that + support byte-level I/O and offset control. + + Notes: + - The number of valid bytes in this file is equal to the + value exposed by 'total_sectors' file + - Write access requires prior password authentication in + I2C mode + - Refer to the M24LR datasheet for full SSS bit layout diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6c69eb80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/.../idle_state +Date: January 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: Robert Shearman <robert.shearman@att.com> +Description: + Value that exists only for mux devices that can be + written to control the behaviour of the multiplexer on + idle. Possible values: + + =========== =============================================== + -2 disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used + channel, which is useful when there is a device + with an address that conflicts with another + device on another mux on the same parent bus. + -1 leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal + setting in terms of I2C operations and is the + default mode. + 0..<nchans> set the mux to a predetermined channel, + which is useful if there is one channel that is + used almost always, and you want to reduce the + latency for normal operations after rare + transactions on other channels + =========== =============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-turris-omnia-mcu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-turris-omnia-mcu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35a8f6dae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-turris-omnia-mcu @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<mcu_device>/board_revision +Date: September 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RO) Contains board revision number. + + Only available if board information is burned in the MCU (older + revisions have board information burned in the ATSHA204-A chip). + + Format: %u. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<mcu_device>/first_mac_address +Date: September 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RO) Contains device first MAC address. Each Turris Omnia is + allocated 3 MAC addresses. The two additional addresses are + computed from the first one by incrementing it. + + Only available if board information is burned in the MCU (older + revisions have board information burned in the ATSHA204-A chip). + + Format: %pM. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<mcu_device>/front_button_mode +Date: September 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RW) The front button on the Turris Omnia router can be + configured either to change the intensity of all the LEDs on the + front panel, or to send the press event to the CPU as an + interrupt. + + This file switches between these two modes: + - ``mcu`` makes the button press event be handled by the MCU to + change the LEDs panel intensity. + - ``cpu`` makes the button press event be handled by the CPU. + + Format: %s. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<mcu_device>/front_button_poweron +Date: September 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RW) Newer versions of the microcontroller firmware of the + Turris Omnia router support powering off the router into true + low power mode. The router can be powered on by pressing the + front button. + + This file configures whether front button power on is enabled. + + This file is present only if the power off feature is supported + by the firmware. + + Format: %i. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<mcu_device>/fw_features +Date: September 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RO) Newer versions of the microcontroller firmware report the + features they support. These can be read from this file. If the + MCU firmware is too old, this file reads 0x0. + + Format: 0x%x. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<mcu_device>/fw_version_hash_application +Date: September 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RO) Contains the version hash (commit hash) of the application + part of the microcontroller firmware. + + Format: %s. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<mcu_device>/fw_version_hash_bootloader +Date: September 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RO) Contains the version hash (commit hash) of the bootloader + part of the microcontroller firmware. + + Format: %s. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<mcu_device>/mcu_type +Date: September 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RO) Contains the microcontroller type (STM32, GD32, MKL). + + Format: %s. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<mcu_device>/reset_selector +Date: September 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RO) Contains the selected factory reset level, determined by + how long the rear reset button was held by the user during board + reset. + + Format: %i. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<mcu_device>/serial_number +Date: September 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RO) Contains the 64-bit board serial number in hexadecimal + format. + + Only available if board information is burned in the MCU (older + revisions have board information burned in the ATSHA204-A chip). + + Format: %016X. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f5cf8b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id> +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An I3C bus. This directory will contain one sub-directory per + I3C device present on the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/current_master +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Expose the master that owns the bus (<bus-id>-<master-pid>) at + the time this file is read. Note that bus ownership can change + overtime, so there's no guarantee that when the read() call + returns, the value returned is still valid. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/mode +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + I3C bus mode. Can be "pure", "mixed-fast" or "mixed-slow". See + the I3C specification for a detailed description of what each + of these modes implies. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/i3c_scl_frequency +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The frequency (expressed in Hz) of the SCL signal when + operating in I3C SDR mode. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/i2c_scl_frequency +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The frequency (expressed in Hz) of the SCL signal when + operating in I2C mode. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/dynamic_address +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Dynamic address assigned to the master controller. This + address may change if the bus is re-initialized. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/bcr +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + BCR stands for Bus Characteristics Register and express the + device capabilities in term of speed, maximum read/write + length, etc. See the I3C specification for more details. + This entry describes the BCR of the master controller driving + the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/dcr +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + DCR stands for Device Characteristics Register and express the + device capabilities in term of exposed features. See the I3C + specification for more details. + This entry describes the DCR of the master controller driving + the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/pid +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + PID stands for Provisioned ID and is used to uniquely identify + a device on a bus. This PID contains information about the + vendor, the part and an instance ID so that several devices of + the same type can be connected on the same bus. + See the I3C specification for more details. + This entry describes the PID of the master controller driving + the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/hdrcap +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device. + Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated + by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl". + See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR + modes. + + This entry describes the HDRCAP of the master controller + driving the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/hotjoin +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + I3C’s Hot-Join mechanism allows an I3C Device to inform the + Active Controller that a newly-joined Target is present on the + I3C Bus and is ready to receive a Dynamic Address, in order to + become fully functional on the Bus. Hot-Join is used when the + Target is mounted on the same I3C bus and remains depowered + until needed or until the Target is physically inserted into the + I3C bus + + This entry allows to enable or disable Hot-join of the Current + Controller driving the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid> +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An I3C device present on I3C bus identified by <bus-id>. Note + that all devices are represented including the master driving + the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/dynamic_address +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Dynamic address assigned to device <bus-id>-<device-pid>. This + address may change if the bus is re-initialized. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/bcr +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + BCR stands for Bus Characteristics Register and express the + device capabilities in term of speed, maximum read/write + length, etc. See the I3C specification for more details. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/dcr +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + DCR stands for Device Characteristics Register and express the + device capabilities in term of exposed features. See the I3C + specification for more details. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/pid +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + PID stands for Provisioned ID and is used to uniquely identify + a device on a bus. This PID contains information about the + vendor, the part and an instance ID so that several devices of + the same type can be connected on the same bus. + See the I3C specification for more details. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/hdrcap +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device. + Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated + by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl". + + See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR + modes. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/<bus-id>-<device-pid> +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + These directories are just symbolic links to + /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/dev_nack_retry_count +KernelVersion: 6.18 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Expose the dev_nak_retry_count which controls the number of + automatic retries that will be performed by the controller when + the target device returns a NACK response. A value of 0 disables + the automatic retries. Exist only when I3C constroller supports + this retry on nack feature. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/do_daa +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Write-only attribute that triggers a Dynamic Address Assignment + (DAA) procedure which discovers new I3C devices on the bus. + Writing a boolean true value (1, y, yes, true, on) to this + attribute causes the master controller to perform DAA, which + includes broadcasting an ENTDAA (Enter Dynamic Address Assignment) + Common Command Code (CCC) on the bus. Writing a false value + returns -EINVAL. + + This is useful for discovering I3C devices that were not present + during initial bus initialization and are unable to issue + Hot-Join. Only devices without a currently assigned dynamic address + will respond to the ENTDAA broadcast and be assigned addresses. + + Note that this mechanism is distinct from Hot-Join, since this is + controller-initiated discovery, while Hot-Join is device-initiated + method to provoke controller discovery procedure. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4f559572 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -0,0 +1,2511 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware chip or device accessed by one communication port. + Corresponds to a grouping of sensor channels. X is the IIO + index of the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An event driven driver of data capture to an in kernel buffer. + May be provided by a device driver that also has an IIO device + based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or + provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g. + periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer). + + Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not + generalize well and hence are not documented in this file. + X is the IIO index of the trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory of attributes relating to the buffer for the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/name +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the physical chip / device for device X. + Typically a part number. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/label +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Optional symbolic label for a device. + This is useful for userspace to be able to better identify an + individual device. + + The contents of the label are free-form, but there are some + standardized uses: + + For proximity sensors which give the proximity (of a person) to + a certain wlan or wwan antenna the following standardized labels + are used: + + * "proximity-wifi" + * "proximity-lte" + * "proximity-wifi-lte" + * "proximity-wifi-left" + * "proximity-wifi-right" + + These are used to indicate to userspace that these proximity + sensors may be used to tune transmit power to ensure that + Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits are honored. + The "-left" and "-right" labels are for devices with multiple + antennas. + + In some laptops/tablets the standardized proximity sensor labels + instead indicate proximity to a specific part of the device: + + * "proximity-palmrest" indicates proximity to the keyboard's palmrest + * "proximity-palmrest-left" indicates proximity to the left part of the palmrest + * "proximity-palmrest-right" indicates proximity to the right part of the palmrest + * "proximity-lap" indicates the device is being used on someone's lap + + Note "proximity-lap" is special in that its value may be + calculated by firmware from other sensor readings, rather then + being a raw sensor reading. + + For accelerometers used in 2-in-1s with 360° (yoga-style) hinges, + which have an accelerometer in both their base and their display, + the following standardized labels are used: + + * "accel-base" + * "accel-display" + + For devices where an accelerometer is housed in the swivel camera subassembly + (for AR application), the following standardized label is used: + + * "accel-camera" + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/current_timestamp_clock +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + String identifying current posix clock used to timestamp + buffered samples and events for device X. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some devices have internal clocks. This parameter sets the + resulting sampling frequency. In many devices this + parameter has an effect on input filters etc. rather than + simply controlling when the input is sampled. As this + affects data ready triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs + direct access interfaces, it may be found in any of the + relevant directories. If it affects all of the above + then it is to be found in the base device directory. + + The stm32-timer-trigger has the additional characteristic that + a sampling_frequency of 0 is defined to stop sampling. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When the internal sampling clock can only take a specific set of + frequencies, we can specify the available values with: + + - a small discrete set of values like "0 2 4 6 8" + - a range with minimum, step and maximum frequencies like + "[min step max]" + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent ADC oversampling. Controls the sampling ratio + of the digital filter if available. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent values supported by the oversampling filter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) voltage measurement from + channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not + correspond to externally available input one of the named + versions may be used. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are millivolts. + + Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both + channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase + component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature + component. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) differential voltage measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non-differential readings are + separately available. Even though differential-only parts had + been merely required to have consistent channel labeling, this + ABI is preferred over the non-differential one for those chips. + Units after application of scale and offset are millivolts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltageY_rms_raw +KernelVersion: 6.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) Root Mean Square (RMS) voltage measurement from + channel Y. Units after application of scale and offset are + millivolts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_powerY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_powerY_active_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_powerY_reactive_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_powerY_apparent_raw +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) power measurement from + channel Y. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are milliwatts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_powerY_powerfactor +KernelVersion: 6.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Power factor measurement from channel Y. Power factor is the + ratio of active power to apparent power. The value is unitless. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw capacitance measurement from channel Y. Units after + application of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-capacitanceZ_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw differential capacitance measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are + separately available. In differential only parts, then all that + is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application + of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-capacitanceZ_zeropoint +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + For differential channels, this an offset that is applied + equally to both inputs. As the reading is of the difference + between the two inputs, this should not be applied to the _raw + reading by userspace (unlike _offset) and unlike calibbias + it does not affect the differential value measured because + the effect of _zeropoint cancels out across the two inputs + that make up the differential pair. It's purpose is to bring + the individual signals, before the differential is measured, + within the measurement range of the device. The naming is + chosen because if the separate inputs that make the + differential pair are drawn on a graph in their + _raw units, this is the value that the zero point on the + measurement axis represents. It is expressed with the + same scaling as _raw. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_ambient_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) temperature measurement. + If an axis is specified it generally means that the temperature + sensor is associated with one part of a compound device (e.g. + a gyroscope axis). The ambient and object modifiers distinguish + between ambient (reference) and distant temperature for contact- + less measurements. Units after application of scale and offset + are milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_input +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled temperature measurement in milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Acceleration in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned + but should match other such assignments on device). + Has all of the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. Units + after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_linear_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_linear_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_linear_z_raw +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + As per in_accel_X_raw attributes, but minus the + acceleration due to gravity. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_z_raw +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Gravity in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned + but should match other such assignments on device). + Units after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_deltaangl_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_deltaangl_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_deltaangl_z_raw +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Angular displacement between two consecutive samples on x, y or + z (may be arbitrarily assigned but should match other such + assignments on device). + In order to compute the total angular displacement during a + desired period of time, the application should sum-up the delta + angle samples acquired during that time. + Units after application of scale and offset are radians. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_deltavelocity_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_deltavelocity_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_deltavelocity_z_raw +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The linear velocity change between two consecutive samples on x, + y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned but should match other such + assignments on device). + In order to compute the total linear velocity change during a + desired period of time, the application should sum-up the delta + velocity samples acquired during that time. + Units after application of scale and offset are meters per + second. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglY_raw +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Angle of rotation. Units after application of scale and offset + are radians. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_y_raw +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Relative position in direction x or y on a pad (may be + arbitrarily assigned but should match other such assignments on + device). + Units after application of scale and offset are milli percents + from the pad's size in both directions. Should be calibrated by + the consumer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Angular velocity about axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned). Has all the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. + Units after application of scale and offset are radians per + second. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Inclination raw reading about axis x, y or z (may be + arbitrarily assigned). Data converted by application of offset + and scale to degrees. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Magnetic field along axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned). Data converted by application of offset + then scale to Gauss. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Highest value since some reset condition. These + attributes allow access to this and are otherwise + the direct equivalent of the <type>Y[_name]_raw attributes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_trough_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_trough_raw +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lowest value since some reset condition. These + attributes allow access to this and are otherwise + the direct equivalent of the <type>Y[_name]_raw attributes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_xyz_squared_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A computed peak value based on the sum squared magnitude of + the underlying value in the specified directions. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_raw +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after + application of scale and offset are kilopascal. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_input +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled pressure measurement from channel Y, in kilopascal. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_raw +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw humidity measurement of air. Units after application of + scale and offset are milli percent. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_input +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled humidity measurement in milli percent. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_Y_mean_raw +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Averaged raw measurement from channel Y. The number of values + used for averaging is device specific. The converting rules for + normal raw values also applies to the averaged raw values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage_i_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_offset +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, offset to be added to <type>[Y]_raw prior + to scaling by <type>[Y]_scale in order to obtain value in the + <type> units as specified in <type>[Y]_raw documentation. + Not present if the offset is always 0 or unknown. If Y or + axis <x|y|z> is not present, then the offset applies to all + in channels of <type>. + May be writable if a variable offset can be applied on the + device. Note that this is different to calibbias which + is for devices (or drivers) that apply offsets to compensate + for variation between different instances of the part, typically + adjusted by using some hardware supported calibration procedure. + Calibbias is applied internally, offset is applied in userspace + to the _raw output. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_q_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_deltaangl_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_deltavelocity_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_x_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_y_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_z_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_volumeflow_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_volumeflowY_scale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, scale to be applied to <type>Y[_name]_raw + post addition of <type>[Y][_name]_offset in order to obtain the + measured value in <type> units as specified in + <type>[Y][_name]_raw documentation. If shared across all in + channels then Y and <x|y|z> are not present and the value is + called <type>[Y][_name]_scale. The peak modifier means this + value is applied to <type>Y[_name]_peak_raw values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltageY_i_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltageY_q_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistance_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_calibbias +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production + inaccuracies). + icm42600: For this device values are real physical offsets + expressed in SI units (m/s^2 for accelerometers and rad/s + for gyroscope)/ + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_calibbias_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_calibbias_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_calibbias_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_calibbias_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibbias_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_calibbias_available +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Available values of calibbias. Maybe expressed as either of: + + - a small discrete set of values like "0 2 4 6 8" + - a range specified as "[min step max]" + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_convdelay +KernelVersion: 6.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Delay of start of conversion from common reference point shared + by all channels. Can be writable when used to compensate for + delay variation introduced by external filters feeding a + simultaneous sampling ADC. + + E.g., for the ad7606 ADC series, this value is intended as a + configurable time delay in seconds, to correct delay introduced + by an optional external filtering circuit. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_convdelay_available +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Available values of convdelay. Maybe expressed as: + + - a range specified as "[min step max]" + + If shared across all channels, <type>_convdelay_available + is used. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_both_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ir_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_calibscale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration scale factor (assumed to fix + production inaccuracies). If shared across all channels, + <type>_calibscale is used. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_calibscale_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_calibscale_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximityY_calibscale_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale_available +KernelVersion: 4.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Available values of calibscale. Maybe expressed as either of: + + - a small discrete set of values like "1 8 16" + - a range specified as "[min step max]" + + If shared across all channels, <type>_calibscale_available is used. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Gender of the user (e.g.: male, female) used by some pedometers + to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity + type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender_available +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available gender values (e.g.: male, female). + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibheight +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Height of the user (in meters) used by some pedometers + to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity + type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibweight +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Weight of the user (in kg). It is needed by some pedometers + to compute the calories burnt by the user. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a discrete set of scale values is available, they + are listed in this attribute. Unlike illumination, + multiplying intensity by intensity_scale does not + yield value with any standardized unit. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_hardwaregain +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied gain factor. If shared across all channels, + <type>_hardwaregain is used. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_hardwaregain_available +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available hardware applied gain factors. Shared across all + channels. + +What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a known or controllable low pass filter is applied + to the underlying data channel, then this parameter + gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. + +What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a known or controllable high pass filter is applied + to the underlying data channel, then this parameter + gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for + channel Y. The number must always be specified and + unique if the output corresponds to a single channel. + While DAC like devices typically use out_voltage, + a continuous frequency generating device, such as + a DDS or PLL should use out_altvoltage. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY&Z_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY&Z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for an aggregate of + channel Y, channel Z, etc. This interface is available in cases + where a single output sets the value for multiple channels + simultaneously. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the output powerdown mode. + DAC output stage is disconnected from the amplifier and + 500ohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 500Ohm resistor, + 1kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 1kOhm resistor, + 2.5kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 2.5kOhm resistor, + 3.85kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 3.85kOhm resistor, + 6kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 6kOhm resistor, + 7.7kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 7.7kOhm resistor, + 10kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 10kOhm resistor, + 16kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 16kOhm resistor, + 20kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 20kOhm resistor, + 32kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 32kOhm resistor, + 42kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 42kOhm resistor, + 90kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 90kOhm resistor, + 100kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 100kOhm resistor, + 125kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 125kOhm resistor, + 500kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 500kOhm resistor, + 640kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 640kOhm resistor, + three_state: left floating. + For a list of available output power down options read + outX_powerdown_mode_available. If Y is not present the + mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available output power down modes. + If Y is not present the mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing 1 causes output Y to enter the power down mode specified + by the corresponding outY_powerdown_mode. DAC output stage is + disconnected from the amplifier. Clearing returns to normal + operation. Y may be suppressed if all outputs are controlled + together. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Output frequency for channel Y in Hz. The number must always be + specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single + channel. + Some drivers have additional constraints: + ADF4371 has an integrated VCO with fundamendal output + frequency ranging from 4000000000 Hz 8000000000 Hz. + + out_altvoltage0_frequency: + A divide by 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or circuit generates + frequencies from 62500000 Hz to 8000000000 Hz. + out_altvoltage1_frequency: + This channel duplicates the channel 0 frequency + out_altvoltage2_frequency: + A frequency doubler generates frequencies from + 8000000000 Hz to 16000000000 Hz. + out_altvoltage3_frequency: + A frequency quadrupler generates frequencies from + 16000000000 Hz to 32000000000 Hz. + + Note: writes to one of the channels will affect the frequency of + all the other channels, since it involves changing the VCO + fundamental output frequency. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltageY_i_phase +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltageY_q_phase +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_phase +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_i_phase +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_q_phase +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Phase in radians of one frequency/clock output Y + (out_altvoltageY) relative to another frequency/clock output + (out_altvoltageZ) of the device X. The number must always be + specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set/get output current for channel Y. Units after application + of scale and offset are milliamps. + For some devices current channels are used to specify + current supplied to elements used in taking a measurement + of a different type. E.g. LED currents. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configuration of which hardware generated events are passed up + to user-space. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_pressure_thresh_rising_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold in the specified + (_rising|_falling) direction. If the direction is not specified, + then either the device will report an event which ever direction + a single threshold value is passed in (e.g. + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_value) or + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_rising_value and + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds + or neither. + + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary + depending on the exact set requested). So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled at a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the rate of + change (1st differential) in the specified (_rising|_falling) + direction. If the direction is not specified, then either the + device will report an event which ever direction a single + threshold value is passed in (e.g. + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_value) or + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_rising_value and + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both rate of + change thresholds or neither. + + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may + vary depending on the exact set requested). So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_adaptive_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_adaptive_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Adaptive thresholds are similar to normal fixed thresholds + but the value is expressed as an offset from a value which + provides a low frequency approximation of the channel itself. + Thus these detect if a rapid change occurs in the specified + direction which crosses tracking value + offset. + Tracking value calculation is devices specific. + +What: /sys/.../in_capacitanceY_adaptive_thresh_rising_timeout +What: /sys/.../in_capacitanceY_adaptive_thresh_falling_timeout +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When adaptive thresholds are used, the tracking signal + may adjust too slowly to step changes in the raw signal. + Thus these specify the time in seconds for which the + difference between the slow tracking signal and the raw + signal is allowed to remain out-of-range before a reset + event occurs in which the tracking signal is made equal + to the raw signal, allowing slow tracking to resume and the + adaptive threshold event detection to function as expected. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_mag_adaptive_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_adaptive_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_falling_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_pressure_thresh_rising_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en. + + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but + direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single + threshold value applies to both directions. + + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_peak_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_supply_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_temp_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity_scale +KernelVersion: 3.21 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the conversion factor from the standard units + to device specific units used to set the event trigger + threshold. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_either_hysteresis +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the hysteresis of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_(rising|falling)]_hysteresis. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but + direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single + hysteresis value applies to both directions. + + For falling events the hysteresis is added to the _value attribute for + this event to get the upper threshold for when the event goes back to + normal, for rising events the hysteresis is subtracted from the _value + attribute. E.g. if in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_value is set to 1200 + and in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_hysteresis is set to 50. The event + will get activated once in_voltage0_raw goes above 1200 and will become + deactivated again once the value falls below 1150. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_falling_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the + device is comparing against for the events enabled by + <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en. + + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, + but direction is not specified for this attribute, + then a single threshold value applies to both directions. + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_mag_adaptive_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_intensity0_thresh_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_either_period +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Period of time (in seconds) for which the condition must be + met before an event is generated. If direction is not + specified then this period applies to both directions. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a low pass filter can be applied to the event generation + this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz. + A value of zero disables the filter. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a high pass filter can be applied to the event generation + this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz. + A value of zero disables the filter. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Enables or disables activity events. Depending on direction + an event is generated when sensor ENTERS or LEAVES a given state. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Confidence value (in units as percentage) to be used + for deciding when an event should be generated. E.g for + running: If the confidence value reported by the sensor + is greater than in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value + then the sensor ENTERS running state. Conversely, if the + confidence value reported by the sensor is lower than + in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value then the sensor + is LEAVING running state. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Similar to in_accel_x_thresh[_rising|_falling]_en, but here the + magnitude of the channel is compared to the threshold, not its + signed value. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_raw_mag_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_mag_rising_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The value to which the magnitude of the channel is compared. If + number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of + this type. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_adaptive_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_adaptive_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_adaptive_rising_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Similar to in_accel_x_thresh[_rising|_falling]_en, but here the + magnitude of the channel is compared to the adaptive threshold. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_falling_en +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Similar to in_accel_mag[_y][_rising|_falling]_en, but the event + value is relative to a reference magnitude. The reference magnitude + includes the graviational acceleration. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_value +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_rising_value +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_falling_value +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_value +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_rising_value +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_falling_value +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The value to which the reference magnitude of the channel is + compared. If the axis is not specified, it applies to all channels + of this type. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_en +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the absolute + change in value. E.g. for steps: a step change event is + generated each time the user takes N steps, where N is set using + in_steps_change_value. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_value +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of change threshold that the + device is comparing against for the events enabled by + <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling|]_en. E.g. for steps: + if set to 3, a step change event will be generated every 3 + steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/trigger/current_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The name of the trigger source being used, as per string given + in /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerY/name. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/length +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of scans contained by the buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/enable +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Actually start the buffer capture up. Will start trigger + if first device and appropriate. + + Note that it might be impossible to configure other attributes, + (e.g.: events, scale, sampling rate) if they impact the currently + active buffer capture session. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be + captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer. + + Since kernel 5.11 the scan_elements attributes are merged into + the bufferY directory, to be configurable per buffer. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltaangl_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltaangl_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltaangl_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltavelocity_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltavelocity_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltavelocity_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_true_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_timestamp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_supply_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_incli_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_incli_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressureY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressure_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_quaternion_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_proximity_en +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scan element control for triggered data capture. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltaangl_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltavelocity_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_incli_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltage_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_supply_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_timestamp_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressureY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressure_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_quaternion_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_proximity_type +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer + and hence the form in which it is read from user-space. + Form is [be|le]:[f|s|u]bits/storagebits[>>shift]. + be or le specifies big or little endian. f means floating-point + (IEEE 754 binary format), s means signed (2's complement), u means + unsigned. bits is the number of bits of data and storagebits is the + space (after padding) that it occupies in the buffer; when using a + floating-point format, bits must be one of the width values defined + in the IEEE 754 standard for binary interchange formats (e.g. 16 + indicates the binary16 format for half-precision numbers). shift, + if specified, is the shift that needs to be applied prior to + masking out unused bits. Some devices put their data in the middle + of the transferred elements with additional information on both + sides. Note that some devices will have additional information in + the unused bits, so to get a clean value the bits value must be + used to mask the buffer output value appropriately. The storagebits + value also specifies the data alignment. So s48/64>>2 will be a + signed 48-bit integer stored in a 64-bit location aligned to a + 64-bit boundary. To obtain the clean value, shift right 2 and apply + a mask to zero the top 16 bits of the result. + For other storage combinations this attribute will be extended + appropriately. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If the type parameter can take one of a small set of values, + this attribute lists them. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_supply_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltaangl_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltaangl_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltaangl_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltavelocity_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltavelocity_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_deltavelocity_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_true_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_incli_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_incli_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_timestamp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressureY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressure_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_quaternion_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_proximity_index +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the position of this + scan element in the buffer. Note these are not dependent on + what is enabled and may not be contiguous. Thus for user-space + to establish the full layout these must be used in conjunction + with all _en attributes to establish which channels are present, + and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage + format. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_still_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_walking_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_jogging_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_running_input +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the confidence for an activity + expressed in units as percentage. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_quadrature_correction_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the amount of quadrature error + present in the device at a given time. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_accelY_power_mode +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the chip power mode. + low_noise: reduce noise level from ADC, + low_power: enable low current consumption. + For a list of available output power modes read + in_accel_power_mode_available. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energyY_active_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energyY_reactive_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energyY_apparent_raw +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the energy value reported by the + device (e.g.: human activity sensors report energy burnt by the + user). Units after application of scale are Joules. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_raw +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the measured distance to an object + or the distance covered by the user since the last reboot while + activated. Units after application of scale are meters. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/store_eeprom +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' stores the current device configuration into + on-chip EEPROM. After power-up or chip reset the device will + automatically load the saved configuration. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximityY_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Proximity measurement indicating that some + object is near the sensor, usually by observing + reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted. + + Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion + to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements + indicate closer objects, and vice versa. Units after + application of scale and offset are meters. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_mean_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_ir_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_clear_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Illuminance measurement, units after application of scale + and offset are lux. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_ir_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_both_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_uv_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_uva_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_uvb_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_duv_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unit-less light intensity. Modifiers both and ir indicate + that measurements contain visible and infrared light + components or just infrared light, respectively. Modifier + uv indicates that measurements contain ultraviolet light + components. Modifiers uva, uvb and duv indicate that + measurements contain A, B or deep (C) ultraviolet light + components respectively. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_uvindex_input +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + UV light intensity index measuring the human skin's response to + different wavelength of sunlight weighted according to the + standardised CIE Erythemal Action Spectrum. UV index values range + from 0 (low) to >=11 (extreme). + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_integration_time +KernelVersion: 3.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to get/set the integration time in + seconds. If shared across all channels of a given type, + <type>_integration_time is used. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_integration_time +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of seconds in which to compute speed. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_quaternion_raw +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw value of quaternion components using a format + x y z w. Here x, y, and z component represents the axis about + which a rotation will occur and w component represents the + amount of rotation. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_raw +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw value of rotation from true/magnetic north measured with + or without compensation from tilt sensors. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_raw +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw current measurement from channel Y. Units are in milliamps + after application of scale and offset. If no offset or scale is + present, output should be considered as processed with the + unit in milliamps. In special cases where the channel does not + correspond to externally available input one of the named + versions may be used. + + Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both + channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase + component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature + component. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altcurrentY_rms_raw +KernelVersion: 6.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) Root Mean Square (RMS) current + measurement from channel Y. Units after application of scale and + offset are milliamps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_quaternionaxis_raw +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw value of {x, y, z} components of the quaternion vector. These + components represent the axis about which a rotation occurs, and are + subject to the following constraints: + + - the quaternion vector is normalized, i.e. w^2 + x^2 + y^2 + z^2 = 1 + - the rotation angle is within the [-pi, pi] range, i.e. the w + component (which represents the amount of rotation) is non-negative + + These constraints allow the w value to be calculated from the other + components: w = sqrt(1 - (x^2 + y^2 + z^2)). + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_en +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Activates a device feature that runs in firmware/hardware. + E.g. for steps: the pedometer saves power while not used; + when activated, it will count the steps taken by the user in + firmware and export them through in_steps_input. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_input +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the number of steps taken by the user + since the last reboot while activated. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_raw +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the current speed value of the + user (which is the norm or magnitude of the velocity vector). + Units after application of scale are m/s. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_count +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the number of steps that must occur within + in_steps_filter_debounce_time for the pedometer to decide the + consumer is making steps. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_time +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies number of seconds in which we compute the steps + that occur in order to decide if the consumer is making steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/watermark +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan + elements to wait for. + + Poll will block until the watermark is reached. + + Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested + read amount or the low water mark is available. + + Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the + buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This + allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read + the available samples after the timeout expires and thus have a + maximum delay guarantee. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/data_available +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A read-only value indicating the bytes of data available in the + buffer. In the case of an output buffer, this indicates the + amount of empty space available to write data to. In the case of + an input buffer, this indicates the amount of data available for + reading. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_enabled +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A read-only boolean value that indicates if the hardware fifo is + currently enabled or disabled. If the device does not have a + hardware fifo this entry is not present. + The hardware fifo is enabled when the buffer is enabled if the + current hardware fifo watermark level is set and other current + device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples + data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo + will not enabled). + + If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware + fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will + flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non + blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the + device buffer will also force a flush. + + When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a + trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings + guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device + buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:device*/buffer/hwfifo_timeout +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A read/write property to provide capability to delay reporting of + samples till a timeout is reached. This allows host processors to + sleep, while the sensor is storing samples in its internal fifo. + The maximum timeout in seconds can be specified by setting + hwfifo_timeout.The current delay can be read by reading + hwfifo_timeout. A value of 0 means that there is no timeout. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only entry that contains a single integer specifying the + current watermark level for the hardware fifo. If the device + does not have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + The watermark level for the hardware fifo is set by the driver + based on the value set by the user in buffer/watermark but + taking into account hardware limitations (e.g. most hardware + buffers are limited to 32-64 samples, some hardware buffers + watermarks are fixed or have minimum levels). A value of 0 + means that the hardware watermark is unset. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_min +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level + for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not + have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one, + then the hardware watermark will remain unset. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_max +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level + for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not + have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this + one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_available +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A list of positive integers specifying the available watermark + levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it + is not present it means that all the values between + hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported. + + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than + hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this + list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the + hardware fifo watermark level. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_object_calibemissivity +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The emissivity ratio of the surface in the field of view of the + contactless temperature sensor. Emissivity varies from 0 to 1, + with 1 being the emissivity of a black body. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_oversampling_ratio +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_oversampling_ratio +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_oversampling_ratio +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied number of measurements for acquiring one + data point. The HW will do <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio + measurements and return the average value as output data. Each + value resulted from <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio measurements + is considered as one sample for <type>[_name]_sampling_frequency. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationY_co2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_ethanol_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationY_ethanol_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_h2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationY_h2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_o2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationY_o2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_voc_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationY_voc_raw +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) reading of a substance. Units + after application of scale and offset are percents. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistance_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistanceY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistance_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistanceY_raw +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) resistance reading. + Units after application of scale and offset are ohms. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_coverageY_raw +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) coverage reading. Used for sensors + that report fractional coverage as a percentage, such as leak + detectors where the value represents what portion of the sensing + element is wetted. Units after application of scale and offset are + percent. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_coverageY_scale +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scale to be applied to in_coverageY_raw to obtain coverage + in percent. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/heater_enable +KernelVersion: 4.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + '1' (enable) or '0' (disable) specifying the enable + of heater function. Same reading values apply. + + This ABI is especially applicable for humidity sensors + to heatup the device and get rid of any condensation + in some humidity environment + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_ph_raw +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) pH reading of a substance as a negative + base-10 logarithm of hydrodium ions in a litre of water. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_mount_matrix +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mounting matrix for IIO sensors. This is a rotation matrix which + informs userspace about sensor chip's placement relative to the + main hardware it is mounted on. + + Main hardware placement is defined according to the local + reference frame related to the physical quantity the sensor + measures. + + Given that the rotation matrix is defined in a board specific + way (platform data and / or device-tree), the main hardware + reference frame definition is left to the implementor's choice + (see below for a magnetometer example). + + Applications should apply this rotation matrix to samples so + that when main hardware reference frame is aligned onto local + reference frame, then sensor chip reference frame is also + perfectly aligned with it. + + Matrix is a 3x3 unitary matrix and typically looks like + [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Identity matrix + [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and main hardware + are perfectly aligned with each other. + + For example, a mounting matrix for a magnetometer sensor informs + userspace about sensor chip's ORIENTATION relative to the main + hardware. + + More specifically, main hardware orientation is defined with + respect to the LOCAL EARTH GEOMAGNETIC REFERENCE FRAME where : + + * Y is in the ground plane and positive towards magnetic North ; + * X is in the ground plane, perpendicular to the North axis and + positive towards the East ; + * Z is perpendicular to the ground plane and positive upwards. + + An implementor might consider that for a hand-held device, a + 'natural' orientation would be 'front facing camera at the top'. + The main hardware reference frame could then be described as : + + * Y is in the plane of the screen and is positive towards the + top of the screen ; + * X is in the plane of the screen, perpendicular to Y axis, and + positive towards the right hand side of the screen ; + * Z is perpendicular to the screen plane and positive out of the + screen. + + Another example for a quadrotor UAV might be : + + * Y is in the plane of the propellers and positive towards the + front-view camera; + * X is in the plane of the propellers, perpendicular to Y axis, + and positive towards the starboard side of the UAV ; + * Z is perpendicular to propellers plane and positive upwards. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_electricalconductivity_raw +KernelVersion: 4.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) electric conductivity reading. + Units after application of scale and offset are siemens per + meter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_raw +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Raw counter device counts from channel Y. For quadrature + counters, multiplication by an available [Y]_scale results in + the counts of a single quadrature signal phase from channel Y. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_indexY_raw +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Raw counter device index value from channel Y. This attribute + provides an absolute positional reference (e.g. a pulse once per + revolution) which may be used to home positional systems as + required. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_count_direction_available +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + A list of possible counting directions which are: + + - "up" : counter device is increasing. + - "down": counter device is decreasing. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_count_direction +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Raw counter device counters direction for channel Y. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_label +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_label +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Optional symbolic label to a device channel. + If a label is defined for this channel add that to the channel + specific attributes. This is useful for userspace to be able to + better identify an individual channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_phaseY_raw +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) phase difference reading from channel Y. + Units after application of scale and offset are radians. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm1_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm1_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm2p5_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm2p5_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm4_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm4_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm10_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm10_input +KernelVersion: 4.22 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mass concentration reading of particulate matter in ug / m3. + pmX consists of particles with aerodynamic diameter less or + equal to X micrometers. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_illuminance_period_available +Date: November 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List of valid periods (in seconds) for which the light intensity + must be above the threshold level before interrupt is asserted. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_filter_notch_center_frequency +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Center frequency in Hz for a notch filter. Used i.e. for line + noise suppression. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_thermocouple_type +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + One of the following thermocouple types: B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_calibambient +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_object_calibambient +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Calibrated ambient temperature for object temperature + calculation in milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_z_raw +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unscaled light intensity according to CIE 1931/DIN 5033 color space. + Units after application of scale are nano nanowatts per square meter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglY_label +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Optional symbolic label for channel Y. + For Intel hid hinge sensor, the label values are: + hinge, keyboard, screen. It means the three channels + each correspond respectively to hinge angle, keyboard angle, + and screen angle. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_hysteresis_relative +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_hysteresis_relative +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specify the percent for light sensor relative to the channel + absolute value that a data field should change before an event + is generated. Units are a percentage of the prior reading. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_auto_enable +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some sensors have the ability to apply auto calibration at + runtime. For example, it may be necessary to compensate for + contaminant build-up in a measurement chamber or optical + element deterioration that would otherwise lead to sensor drift. + + Writing 1 or 0 to this attribute will respectively activate or + deactivate this auto calibration function. + + Upon reading, the current status is returned. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_forced_value +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some sensors have the ability to apply a manual calibration using + a known measurement value, perhaps obtained from an external + reference device. + + Writing a value to this function will force such a calibration + change. For the scd30 the value should be from the range + [400 1 2000]. + + Note for the scd30 that a valid value may only be obtained once + it is has been written. Until then any read back of this value + should be ignored. As for the scd4x an error will be returned + immediately if the manual calibration has failed. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_forced_value_available +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Available range for the forced calibration value, expressed as: + + - a range specified as "[min step max]" + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_powerY_sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_sampling_frequency +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some devices have separate controls of sampling frequency for + individual channels. If multiple channels are enabled in a scan, + then the sampling_frequency of the scan may be computed from the + per channel sampling frequencies. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_singletap_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_doubletap_en +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Device generates an event on a single or double tap. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_singletap_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_doubletap_value +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the threshold value that the device is comparing + against to generate the tap gesture event. The lower + threshold value increases the sensitivity of tap detection. + Units and the exact meaning of value are device-specific. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_value_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available threshold values which can be used to + modify the sensitivity of the tap detection. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_singletap_reset_timeout +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_doubletap_reset_timeout +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the timeout value in seconds for the tap detector + to not to look for another tap event after the event as + occurred. Basically the minimum quiet time between the two + single-tap's or two double-tap's. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_reset_timeout_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available tap reset timeout values. Units in seconds. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_doubletap_tap2_min_delay +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the minimum quiet time in seconds between the two + taps of a double tap. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_doubletap_tap2_min_delay_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available delay values between two taps in the double + tap. Units in seconds. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_maxtomin_time +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the maximum time difference allowed between upper + and lower peak of tap to consider it as the valid tap event. + Units in seconds. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_maxtomin_time_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available time values between upper peak to lower + peak. Units in seconds. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_yaw_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_pitch_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_roll_raw +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) euler angles readings. Units after + application of scale are deg. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/serialnumber +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An example format is 16-bytes, 2-digits-per-byte, HEX-string + representing the sensor unique ID number. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/filter_type_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_filter_type_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns a list with the possible filter modes. Options + for the attribute: + + * "none" - Filter is disabled/bypassed. + * "sinc1" - The digital sinc1 filter. Fast 1st + conversion time. Poor noise performance. + * "sinc3" - The digital sinc3 filter. Moderate 1st + conversion time. Good noise performance. + * "sinc3+pf1" - Sinc3 + device specific Post Filter 1. + * "sinc3+pf2" - Sinc3 + device specific Post Filter 2. + * "sinc3+pf3" - Sinc3 + device specific Post Filter 3. + * "sinc3+pf4" - Sinc3 + device specific Post Filter 4. + * "sinc3+rej60" - Sinc3 + 60Hz rejection. + * "sinc3+sinc1" - Sinc3 + averaging by 8. Low 1st conversion + time. + * "sinc4" - Sinc 4. Excellent noise performance. Long + 1st conversion time. + * "sinc4+lp" - Sinc4 + Low Pass Filter. + * "sinc4+sinc1" - Sinc4 + averaging by 8. Low 1st conversion + time. + * "sinc4+rej60" - Sinc4 + 60Hz rejection. + * "sinc5" - The digital sinc5 filter. Excellent noise + performance + * "sinc5+avg" - Sinc5 + averaging by 4. + * "sinc5+pf1" - Sinc5 + device specific Post Filter 1. + * "sinc5+sinc1" - Sinc5 + Sinc1. + * "sinc5+sinc1+pf1" - Sinc5 + Sinc1 + device specific Post Filter 1. + * "sinc5+sinc1+pf2" - Sinc5 + Sinc1 + device specific Post Filter 2. + * "sinc5+sinc1+pf3" - Sinc5 + Sinc1 + device specific Post Filter 3. + * "sinc5+sinc1+pf4" - Sinc5 + Sinc1 + device specific Post Filter 4. + * "wideband" - filter with wideband low ripple passband + and sharp transition band. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/filter_type +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_filter_type +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies which filter type apply to the channel. The possible + values are given by the filter_type_available attribute. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity_thresh_either_runningperiod +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A running period of time (in seconds) for which + in_proximity_thresh_either_runningcount amount of conditions + must occur before an event is generated. If direction is not + specified then this period applies to both directions. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity_thresh_either_runningcount +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of conditions that must occur, during a running + period, before an event is generated. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_colortemp_raw +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Represents light color temperature, which measures light color + temperature in Kelvin. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_chromaticity_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_chromaticity_y_raw +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The x and y light color coordinate on the CIE 1931 chromaticity + diagram. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_altvoltageY_mag_either_label +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_altvoltageY_mag_rising_label +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_altvoltageY_thresh_falling_label +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_altvoltageY_thresh_rising_label +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvelY_mag_rising_label +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_anglY_thresh_rising_label +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_phaseY_mag_rising_label +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Optional symbolic label to a device channel event. + If a label is defined for this event add that to the event + specific attributes. This is useful for userspace to be able to + better identify an individual event. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_wait_timeout +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Enable tap gesture confirmation with timeout. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_wait_dur +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Timeout value in seconds for tap gesture confirmation. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_wait_dur_available +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List of available timeout value for tap gesture confirmation. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_shunt_resistor +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_current_shunt_resistor +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_power_shunt_resistor +KernelVersion: 6.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The value of current sense resistor in Ohms. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_attention_input +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Value representing the user's attention to the system expressed + in units as percentage. This usually means if the user is + looking at the screen or not. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_value_available +KernelVersion: 6.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List of available threshold values for acceleration event + generation. Applies to all event types on in_accel channels. + Units after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. + Expressed as: + + - a range specified as "[min step max]" + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_period_available +KernelVersion: 6.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List of available periods for accelerometer event detection in + seconds, expressed as: + + - a range specified as "[min step max]" + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_volumeflow_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_volumeflowY_raw +KernelVersion: 7.3 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) volumetric flow rate reading from the channel. + To convert to standard units (cubic metres per second, m^3/s) + apply the channel's _scale (and _offset, when present). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47e34f865 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "adxl372-devX-peak" +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The adxl372 accelerometer kernel module provides an additional trigger, + which sets the device in a mode in which it will record only the peak acceleration + sensed over the set period of time in the events sysfs. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99847a913 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmc150_accel-any-motion-devX" +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The BMC150 accelerometer kernel module provides an additional trigger, + which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer + only when there is any motion. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ad9739a b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ad9739a new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed59299e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ad9739a @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_operating_mode +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + DAC operating mode. One of the following modes can be selected: + + * normal: This is DAC normal mode. + * mixed-mode: In this mode the output is effectively chopped at + the DAC sample rate. This has the effect of + reducing the power of the fundamental signal while + increasing the power of the images centered around + the DAC sample rate, thus improving the output + power of these images. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_operating_mode_available +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Available operating modes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad-sigma-delta b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad-sigma-delta new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5a8a579f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad-sigma-delta @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_sys_calibration +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute, if available, initiates the system calibration procedure. This is done on a + single channel at a time. Write '1' to start the calibration. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_sys_calibration_mode_available +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute, if available, returns a list with the possible calibration modes. + There are two available options: + "zero_scale" - calibrate to zero scale + "full_scale" - calibrate to full scale + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_sys_calibration_mode +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute, if available, sets up the calibration mode used in the system calibration + procedure. Reading returns the current calibration mode. + Writing sets the system calibration mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad4130 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad4130 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3fad2742 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad4130 @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_filter_mode_available +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns a list with the possible filter modes. + + This ABI is only kept for backwards compatibility and the values + returned are identical to filter_type_available attribute + documented in Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio. Please, + use filter_type_available like ABI to provide filter options for + new drivers. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_filter_mode +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This ABI is only kept for backwards compatibility and the values + returned are identical to in_voltageY-voltageZ_filter_type + attribute documented in Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio. + Please, use in_voltageY-voltageZ_filter_type for new drivers. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7192 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7192 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d44eb5f87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7192 @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/ac_excitation_en +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute, if available, is used to enable the AC + excitation mode found on some converters. In ac excitation mode, + the polarity of the excitation voltage is reversed on + alternate cycles, to eliminate DC errors. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bridge_switch_en +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute, if available, is used to close or open the + bridge power down switch found on some converters. + In bridge applications, such as strain gauges and load cells, + the bridge itself consumes the majority of the current in the + system. To minimize the current consumption of the system, + the bridge can be disconnected (when it is not being used) + using the bridge_switch_en attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage2-voltage2_shorted_raw +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Measure voltage from AIN2 pin connected to AIN(+) + and AIN(-) shorted. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7280a b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7280a new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83b7efe6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7280a @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_balance_switch_en +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Used to enable an output for balancing cells for time + controlled via in_voltage_Y-voltageZ_balance_switch_timer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_balance_switch_timer +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Time in seconds for which balance switch will be turned on. + Multiple of 71.5 seconds. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c2a07f7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltageY_invert +Date: October 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + The DAC is used to find the peak level of an alternating + voltage input signal by a binary search using the output + of a comparator wired to an interrupt pin. Like so:: + + _ + | \ + input +------>-------|+ \ + | \ + .-------. | }---. + | | | / | + | dac|-->--|- / | + | | |_/ | + | | | + | | | + | irq|------<-------' + | | + '-------' + + The boolean invert attribute (0/1) should be set when the + input signal is centered around the maximum value of the + dac instead of zero. The envelope detector will search + from below in this case and will also invert the result. + + The edge/level of the interrupt is also switched to its + opposite value. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltageY_compare_interval +Date: October 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + Number of milliseconds to wait for the comparator in each + step of the binary search for the input peak level. Needs + to relate to the frequency of the input signal. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b01150af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_sensing_mode +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2.0 +Contact: source@cogentembedded.com +Description: + Program sensor type for threshold detector inputs. + Could be either "GND-Open" or "Supply-Open" mode. Y is a + threshold detector input channel. Channels 0..7, 8..15, 16..23 + and 24..31 has common sensor types. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_value +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2.0 +Contact: source@cogentembedded.com +Description: + Channel Y low voltage threshold. If sensor input voltage goes lower then + this value then the threshold falling event is pushed. + Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the low voltage threshold + is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes. + Channels 0..31 have common low threshold values, but could have different + sensing_modes. + + The low voltage threshold range is between 2..21V. + Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and + can not be odd. + + If falling threshold results hysteresis to odd value then rising + threshold is automatically subtracted by one. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_value +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2.0 +Contact: source@cogentembedded.com +Description: + Channel Y high voltage threshold. If sensor input voltage goes higher then + this value then the threshold rising event is pushed. + Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the high voltage threshold + is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes. + + Channels 0..31 have common high threshold values, but could have different + sensing_modes. + + The high voltage threshold range is between 3..22V. + Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and + can not be odd. + + If rising threshold results hysteresis to odd value then falling + threshold is automatically appended by one. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max11410 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max11410 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a53c6b37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max11410 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_filterY_notch_en +Date: September 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Enable or disable a notch filter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_filterY_notch_center +Date: September 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Center frequency of the notch filter in Hz. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-mcp3564 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-mcp3564 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b168aa44b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-mcp3564 @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/boost_current_gain +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to set the gain of the biasing current + circuit of the Delta-Sigma modulator. The different BOOST + settings are applied to the entire modulator circuit, including + the voltage reference buffers. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/boost_current_gain_available +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns a list with the possible gain values for + the current biasing circuit of the Delta-Sigma modulator. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/auto_zeroing_mux_enable +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to enable the analog input multiplexer + auto-zeroing algorithm (the input multiplexer and the ADC + include an offset cancellation algorithm that cancels the offset + contribution of the ADC). When the offset cancellation algorithm + is enabled, ADC takes two conversions, one with the differential + input as VIN+/VIN-, one with VIN+/VIN- inverted. In this case the + conversion time is multiplied by two compared to the default + case where the algorithm is disabled. This technique allows the + cancellation of the ADC offset error and the achievement of + ultra-low offset without any digital calibration. The resulting + offset is the residue of the difference between the two + conversions, which is on the order of magnitude of the noise + floor. This offset is effectively canceled at every conversion, + so the residual offset error temperature drift is extremely low. + Write '1' to enable it, write '0' to disable it. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/auto_zeroing_ref_enable +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to enable the chopping algorithm for the + internal voltage reference buffer. This setting has no effect + when external voltage reference is selected. + Internal voltage reference buffer injects a certain quantity of + 1/f noise into the system that can be modulated with the + incoming input signals and can limit the SNR performance at + higher Oversampling Ratio values (over 256). To overcome this + limitation, the buffer includes an auto-zeroing algorithm that + greatly reduces (cancels out) the 1/f noise and cancels the + offset value of the reference buffer. As a result, the SNR of + the system is not affected by this 1/f noise component of the + reference buffer, even at maximum oversampling ratio values. + Write '1' to enable it, write '0' to disable it. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-mt6360 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-mt6360 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5a7b1c7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-mt6360 @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage0_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 USBID ADC which connected to connector ID pin. + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage1_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 VBUS ADC with lower accuracy(+-75mA) + higher measure range(1~22mV) + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage2_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 VBUS ADC with higher accuracy(+-30mA) + lower measure range(1~9.76V) + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage3_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 VSYS ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage4_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 VBAT ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current5_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 IBUS ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uA + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current6_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 IBAT ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uA + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current7_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 CHG_VDDP ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp8_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 IC junction temperature + Calculating with scale and offset returns temperature in degree + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage9_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 VREF_TS ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage10_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 TS ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-pac1934 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-pac1934 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..625b7f867 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-pac1934 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_shunt_resistorY +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The value of the shunt resistor may be known only at runtime + and set by a client application. This attribute allows to + set its value in micro-ohms. X is the IIO index of the device. + Y is the channel number. The value is used to calculate + current, power and accumulated energy. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1975c7a1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_polarity +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com +Description: + The STM32 ADC can be configured to use external trigger sources + (e.g. timers, pwm or exti gpio). Then, it can be tuned to start + conversions on external trigger by either: + + - "rising-edge" + - "falling-edge" + - "both-edges". + + Reading returns current trigger polarity. + + Writing value before enabling conversions sets trigger polarity. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_polarity_available +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com +Description: + List all available trigger_polarity settings. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-bno055 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-bno055 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f32b1644e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-bno055 @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_raw_range +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) range for acceleration readings. Unit after + application of scale is m/s^2. Note that this doesn't affects + the scale (which should be used when changing the maximum and + minimum readable value affects also the reading scaling factor). + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_raw_range +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Range for angular velocity readings in radians per second. Note + that this does not affects the scale (which should be used when + changing the maximum and minimum readable value affects also the + reading scaling factor). + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_raw_range_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List of allowed values for in_accel_raw_range attribute + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_raw_range_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List of allowed values for in_anglvel_raw_range attribute + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_calibration_fast_enable +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Can be 1 or 0. Enables/disables the "Fast Magnetometer + Calibration" HW function. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fusion_enable +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Can be 1 or 0. Enables/disables the "sensor fusion" (a.k.a. + NDOF) HW function. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_data +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the binary calibration data blob for the IMU sensors. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_calibration_auto_status +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the autocalibration status for the accelerometer sensor. + Can be 0 (calibration non even enabled) or 1 to 5 where the greater + the number, the better the calibration status. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_calibration_auto_status +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the autocalibration status for the gyroscope sensor. + Can be 0 (calibration non even enabled) or 1 to 5 where the greater + the number, the better the calibration status. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_calibration_auto_status +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the autocalibration status for the magnetometer sensor. + Can be 0 (calibration non even enabled) or 1 to 5 where the greater + the number, the better the calibration status. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sys_calibration_auto_status +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the status for the IMU overall autocalibration. + Can be 0 (calibration non even enabled) or 1 to 5 where the greater + the number, the better the calibration status. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cdc-ad7746 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cdc-ad7746 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02ca8941d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cdc-ad7746 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitableY_calibbias_calibration +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitableY_calibscale_calibration +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Write 1 to trigger a calibration of the calibbias or + calibscale. For calibscale, a full scale capacitance should + be connected to the capacitance input and a + calibscale_calibration then started. For calibbias see + the device datasheet section on "capacitive system offset + calibration". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sgp40 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sgp40 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a95547e87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sgp40 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_temp_raw +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Andreas Klinger <ak@it-klinger.de> +Description: + Set the temperature. This value is sent to the sensor for + temperature compensation. + Default value: 25000 (25 °C) + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_humidityrelative_raw +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Andreas Klinger <ak@it-klinger.de> +Description: + Set the relative humidity. This value is sent to the sensor for + humidity compensation. + Default value: 50000 (50 % relative humidity) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sunrise-co2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sunrise-co2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee7aeb117 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sunrise-co2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_calibration_factory +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Jacopo Mondi <jacopo@jmondi.org> +Description: + Writing '1' triggers a 'Factory' calibration cycle. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_calibration_background +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Jacopo Mondi <jacopo@jmondi.org> +Description: + Writing '1' triggers a 'Background' calibration cycle. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/error_status_available +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Jacopo Mondi <jacopo@jmondi.org> +Description: + Reading returns the list of possible chip error status. + Available options are: + - 'error_fatal': Analog front-end initialization error + - 'error_i2c': Read/write to non-existing register + - 'error_algorithm': Corrupted parameters + - 'error_calibration': Calibration has failed + - 'error_self_diagnostic': Internal interface failure + - 'error_out_of_range': Measured concentration out of scale + - 'error_memory': Error during memory operations + - 'error_no_measurement': Cleared at first measurement + - 'error_low_voltage': Sensor regulated voltage too low + - 'error_measurement_timeout': Unable to complete measurement + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/error_status +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Jacopo Mondi <jacopo@jmondi.org> +Description: + Reading returns the current chip error status. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d512f8656 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_VOC_short_raw +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> +Description: + Get the raw calibration VOC value from the sensor. + This value has little application outside of calibration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3de1dfc98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibrate +Date: July 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' either perform a FOC (Fast Online Calibration) or + enter calibration mode. + Writing '0` exits calibration mode. It is a NOP for FOC enabled + sensors. + The corresponding calibration offsets can be read from `*_calibbias` + entries. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/id +Date: September 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is exposed by the CrOS EC sensors driver and + represents the sensor ID as exposed by the EC. This ID is used + by the Android sensor service hardware abstraction layer (sensor + HAL) through the Android container on ChromeOS. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac new file mode 100644 index 000000000..810eaac55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_toggle_en +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Toggle enable. Write 1 to enable toggle or 0 to disable it. This + is useful when one wants to change the DAC output codes. For + autonomous toggling, the way it should be done is: + + - disable toggle operation; + - change out_currentY_rawN, where N is the integer value of the symbol; + - enable toggle operation. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_rawN +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute has the same meaning as out_currentY_raw. It is + specific to toggle enabled channels and refers to the DAC output + code in INPUT_N (_rawN), where N is the integer value of the symbol. + The same scale and offset as in out_currentY_raw applies. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_symbol +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Performs a SW switch to a predefined output symbol. This attribute + is specific to toggle enabled channels and allows switching between + multiple predefined symbols. Each symbol corresponds to a different + output, denoted as out_currentY_rawN, where N is the integer value + of the symbol. Writing an integer value N will select out_currentY_rawN. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_toggle_en +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Toggle enable. Write 1 to enable toggle or 0 to disable it. This + is useful when one wants to change the DAC output codes. For + autonomous toggling, the way it should be done is: + + - disable toggle operation; + - change out_voltageY_rawN, where N is the integer value of the symbol; + - enable toggle operation. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_rawN +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute has the same meaning as out_currentY_raw. It is + specific to toggle enabled channels and refers to the DAC output + code in INPUT_N (_rawN), where N is the integer value of the symbol. + The same scale and offset as in out_currentY_raw applies. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_symbol +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Performs a SW switch to a predefined output symbol. This attribute + is specific to toggle enabled channels and allows switching between + multiple predefined symbols. Each symbol corresponds to a different + output, denoted as out_voltageY_rawN, where N is the integer value + of the symbol. Writing an integer value N will select out_voltageY_rawN. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ad5766 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ad5766 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fbcba15b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ad5766 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_enable +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Dither enable. Write 1 to enable dither or 0 to disable it. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_invert +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Inverts the dither applied to the selected DAC channel. Dither is not + inverted by default. Write "1" to invert dither. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_scale_available +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Returns possible scalings available for the current channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_scale +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scales the dither before it is applied to the selected channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_source +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Selects dither source applied to the selected channel. Write "0" to + select N0 source, write "1" to select N1 source. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-dpot-dac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-dpot-dac new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580e93f37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-dpot-dac @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw_available +Date: October 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + The range of available values represented as the minimum value, + the step and the maximum value, all enclosed in square brackets. + Example: [0 1 256] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ltc2688 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ltc2688 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae95a5477 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ltc2688 @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_en +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Dither enable. Write 1 to enable dither or 0 to disable it. This is useful + for changing the dither parameters. They way it should be done is: + + - disable dither operation; + - change dither parameters (eg: frequency, phase...); + - enabled dither operation + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_raw +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This raw, unscaled value refers to the dither signal amplitude. + The same scale as in out_voltageY_raw applies. However, the + offset might be different as it's always 0 for this attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_raw_available +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Available range for dither raw amplitude values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_offset +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Offset applied to out_voltageY_dither_raw. Read only attribute + always set to 0. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_frequency +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sets the dither signal frequency. Units are in Hz. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_frequency_available +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Returns the available values for the dither frequency. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_phase +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sets the dither signal phase. Units are in Radians. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_phase_available +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Returns the available values for the dither phase. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91439d6d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_spi_clk_freq +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: arnaud.pouliquen@st.com +Description: + For audio purpose only. + + Used by audio driver to set/get the spi input frequency. + + This is mandatory if DFSDM is slave on SPI bus, to + provide information on the SPI clock frequency during runtime + Notice that the SPI frequency should be a multiple of sample + frequency to ensure the precision. + + if DFSDM input is SPI master: + + Reading SPI clkout frequency, + error on writing + + If DFSDM input is SPI Slave: + + Reading returns value previously set. + Writing value before starting conversions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dae94aa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_max_range +Date: January 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Show or set the maximum range between the sensor and the + first object echoed in meters. Default value is 6.020. + This setting limits the time the driver is waiting for a + echo. + + Showing the range of available values is represented as the + minimum value, the step and the maximum value, all enclosed + in square brackets. + + Example:: + + [0.043 0.043 11.008] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dma-buffer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dma-buffer new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d526e6571 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dma-buffer @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length_align_bytes +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + DMA buffers tend to have a alignment requirement for the + buffers. If this alignment requirement is not met samples might + be dropped from the buffer. + + This property reports the alignment requirements in bytes. + This means that the buffer size in bytes needs to be a integer + multiple of the number reported by this file. + + The alignment requirements in number of sample sets will depend + on the enabled channels and the bytes per channel. This means + that the alignment requirement in samples sets might change + depending on which and how many channels are enabled. Whereas + the alignment requirement reported in bytes by this property + will remain static and does not depend on which channels are + enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-filter-admv8818 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-filter-admv8818 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c431f0a13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-filter-admv8818 @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/filter_mode_available +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading this returns the valid values that can be written to the + filter_mode attribute: + + - auto -> Adjust bandpass filter to track changes in input clock rate. + - manual -> disable/unregister the clock rate notifier / input clock tracking. + - bypass -> bypass low pass filter, high pass filter and disable/unregister + the clock rate notifier + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/filter_mode +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute configures the filter mode. + Reading returns the actual mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-flow b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-flow new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fece2ecfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-flow @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_volumeflow_medium +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_volumeflowY_medium +KernelVersion: 7.3 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The calibration medium the flow sensor uses to convert its + raw reading into a volumetric flow rate. Liquid flow sensors + are factory-calibrated per medium, so the selected medium has + to match the fluid actually flowing through the sensor for the + reported flow rate to be correct. + + Reading returns the currently active medium; writing one of the + strings listed in in_volumeflow_medium_available selects it. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_volumeflow_medium_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_volumeflowY_medium_available +KernelVersion: 7.3 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Space separated list of the calibration media supported by the + device, e.g. "water ipa". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46075aee7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_resolution +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Stores channel Y frequency resolution/channel spacing in Hz for PLL + devices. The given value directly influences the operating mode when + fractional-N synthesis is required, as it derives values for + configurable modulus parameters used in the calculation of the output + frequency. It is assumed that the algorithm used to compute the various + dividers is able to generate proper values for multiples of the channel + spacing. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d065cda7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_feedback_clk_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_reference_clk_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_a_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_b_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_test_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/vcxo_clk_present +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. + + '1' means that the clock in question is present. + + '0' means that the clock is missing. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the + pllY is locked. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sync_dividers +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' triggers the clock distribution synchronization + functionality. All dividers are reset and the channels start + with their predefined phase offsets (out_altvoltageY_phase). + Writing this file has the effect as driving the external + /SYNC pin low. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76987a119 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_refin_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sets channel Y REFin frequency in Hz. In some clock chained + applications, the reference frequency used by the PLL may + change during runtime. This attribute allows the user to + adjust the reference frequency accordingly. + The value written has no effect until out_altvoltageY_frequency + is updated. Consider to use out_altvoltageY_powerdown to power + down the PLL and its RFOut buffers during REFin changes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fe6935d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_name +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns the datasheet name for channel Y:: + + out_altvoltage0_name: RF8x + out_altvoltage1_name: RFAUX8x + out_altvoltage2_name: RF16x + out_altvoltage3_name: RF32x + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1013 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1013 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9cf8cd0dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1013 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0-altvoltage1_i_calibphase +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write unscaled value for the Local Oscillatior path quadrature I phase shift. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0-altvoltage1_q_calibphase +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write unscaled value for the Local Oscillatior path quadrature Q phase shift. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_i_calibbias +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the Local Oscillatior Feedthrough Offset Calibration I Positive + side. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_q_calibbias +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the Local Oscillatior Feedthrough Offset Calibration Q Positive side. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage1_i_calibbias +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write raw value for the Local Oscillatior Feedthrough Offset Calibration I Negative + side. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage1_q_calibbias +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write raw value for the Local Oscillatior Feedthrough Offset Calibration Q Negative + side. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1014 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1014 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..395010a0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1014 @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_i_calibscale_coarse +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the digital attenuator gain (IF_I) with coarse steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_q_calibscale_coarse +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the digital attenuator gain (IF_Q) with coarse steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_i_calibscale_fine +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the digital attenuator gain (IF_I) with fine steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_q_calibscale_fine +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the digital attenuator gain (IF_Q) with fine steps. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e98209c91 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmg160-any-motion-devX" +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The BMG160 gyro kernel module provides an additional trigger, + which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer + only when there is any motion. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8e04b41d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw +Date: May 2016 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get measured values from the ADC for these stages. Y is the + specific stage number corresponding to datasheet stage names + as follows: + + == ========== + 1 LED2 + 2 ALED2/LED3 + 3 LED1 + 4 ALED1/LED4 + == ========== + + Note that channels 5 and 6 represent LED2-ALED2 and LED1-ALED1 + respectively which simply helper channels containing the + calculated difference in the value of stage 1 - 2 and 3 - 4. + The values are expressed in 24-bit twos complement. + The LED current for the stage is controlled via + out_currentY_raw. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_offset +Date: May 2016 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get and set the offset cancellation DAC setting for these + stages. The values are expressed in 5-bit sign-magnitude. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_resistance +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_capacitance +Date: May 2016 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get and set the resistance and the capacitance settings for the + Transimpedance Amplifier during the associated stage. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb0d7e75d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw_available +KernelVersion: 5.3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Controls the heater device within the humidity sensor to get + rid of excess condensation. + + In some devices, this is just a switch in which case 0 = OFF, + and 1 = ON. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e86747c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933 @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_start +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 3.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Frequency sweep start frequency in Hz. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_increment +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 3.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Frequency increment in Hz (step size) between consecutive + frequency points along the sweep. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_points +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 3.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of frequency points (steps) in the frequency sweep. + This value, in conjunction with the + out_altvoltageY_frequency_start and the + out_altvoltageY_frequency_increment, determines the frequency + sweep range for the sweep operation. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_settling_cycles +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 3.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of output excitation cycles (settling time cycles) + that are allowed to pass through the unknown impedance, + after each frequency increment, and before the ADC is triggered + to perform a conversion sequence of the response signal. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ina2xx-adc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ina2xx-adc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8dbca1131 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ina2xx-adc @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_allow_async_readout +Date: December 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + By default (value '0'), the capture thread checks for the Conversion + Ready Flag to being set prior to committing a new value to the sample + buffer. This synchronizes the in-chip conversion rate with the + in-driver readout rate at the cost of an additional register read. + + Writing '1' will remove the polling for the Conversion Ready Flags to + save the additional i2c transaction, which will improve the bandwidth + available for reading data. However, samples can be occasionally skipped + or repeated, depending on the beat between the capture and conversion + rates. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-inv_icm42600 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-inv_icm42600 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7eeacfb76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-inv_icm42600 @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_power_mode +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Accelerometer power mode. Setting this attribute will set the + requested power mode to use if the ODR support it. If ODR + support only 1 mode, power mode will be enforced. + Reading this attribute will return the current accelerometer + power mode if the sensor is on, or the requested value if the + sensor is off. The value between real and requested value can + be different for ODR supporting only 1 mode. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_power_mode_available +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List of available accelerometer power modes that can be set in + in_accel_power_mode attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d009cfbbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_agc_gain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_agc_gain_bias +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This sensor has an automatic gain control (agc) loop + which sets the analog signal levels at an optimum + level by controlling programmable gain amplifiers. The + criteria for optimal gain is determined by the sensor. + + Return the actual gain value as an integer in [0; 65536] + range when read from. + + The agc gain read when measuring crosstalk shall be + written into in_proximity0_agc_gain_bias. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_a +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_b +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_a +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_b +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The sensor is able to perform correction of distance + measurements due to changing temperature and ambient + light conditions. It can be programmed to correct for + a second order error polynomial. + + Phase data has to be collected when temperature and + ambient light are modulated independently. + + Then a least squares curve fit to a second order + polynomial has to be generated from the data. The + resultant curves have the form ax^2 + bx + c. + + From those two curves, a and b coefficients shall be + stored in in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_a and + in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_b for temperature and + in in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_a and + in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_b for ambient light. + + Those values must be integer in [0; 8355840] range. + + Finally, the c constant is set by the sensor + internally. + + The value stored in sensor is displayed when read from. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..220206a20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/proximity_on_chip_ambient_infrared_suppression +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + From ISL29018 Data Sheet (FN6619.4, Oct 8, 2012) regarding the + infrared suppression: + + Scheme 0, makes full n (4, 8, 12, 16) bits (unsigned) proximity + detection. The range of Scheme 0 proximity count is from 0 to + 2^n. Logic 1 of this bit, Scheme 1, makes n-1 (3, 7, 11, 15) + bits (2's complementary) proximity_less_ambient detection. The + range of Scheme 1 proximity count is from -2^(n-1) to 2^(n-1). + The sign bit is extended for resolutions less than 16. While + Scheme 0 has wider dynamic range, Scheme 1 proximity detection + is less affected by the ambient IR noise variation. + + == ============================================= + 0 Sensing IR from LED and ambient + 1 Sensing IR from LED with ambient IR rejection + == ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c476d48d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Event generated when channel passes one of the four thresholds + in each direction (rising|falling) and a zone change occurs. + The corresponding light zone can be read from + in_illuminance0_zone. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_threshY_hysteresis +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the hysteresis for thresholds Y, that is, + threshY_hysteresis = threshY_raising - threshY_falling + +What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_raising_value +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en (0..255), where Y in 0..3. + + Note that threshY_falling must be less than or equal to + threshY_raising. + + These thresholds correspond to the eight zone-boundary + registers (boundaryY_{low,high}) and define the five light + zones. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_zone +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the current light zone (0..4) as defined by the + in_illuminance0_threshY_{falling,rising} thresholds. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_currentZ_raw +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the output current for channel out_currentY when in zone + Z (0..255), where Y in 0..2 and Z in 0..4. + + These values correspond to the ALS-mapper target registers for + ALS-mapper Y + 1. + + Note that out_currentY_raw provides the current for the + current zone. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f130cdb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ir_small_raw +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unit-less infrared intensity. The intensity is measured from 1 + dark photodiode. "small" indicate the surface area capturing + infrared. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ir_large_raw +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unit-less infrared intensity. The intensity is measured from 4 + dark photodiodes. "large" indicate the surface area capturing + infrared. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_large_raw +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unit-less light intensity with more diodes. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2583 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2583 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2e19964e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2583 @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance_calibrate +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This property causes an internal calibration of the als gain trim + value which is later used in calculating illuminance in lux. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance_lux_table +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This property gets/sets the table of coefficients + used in calculating illuminance in lux. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance_input_target +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This property is the known externally illuminance (in lux). + It is used in the process of calibrating the device accuracy. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2772 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2772 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2798b258 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2772 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance0_calibrate +KernelVersion: 3.3-rc1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Causes an internal calibration of the als gain trim + value which is later used in calculating illuminance in lux. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_proximity0_calibrate +KernelVersion: 3.3-rc1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Causes a recalculation and adjustment to the + proximity_thresh_rising_value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f099ef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/meas_conf +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/meas_conf_available +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Current configuration and available configurations + for the bias current. + + ============ ============================================ + normal Normal measurement configurations (default) + positivebias Positive bias configuration + negativebias Negative bias configuration + disabled Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic + sensor and enables temperature sensor. + ============ ============================================ + + Note: + The effect of this configuration may vary + according to the device. For exact documentation + check the device's datasheet. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d47e548e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/battery_low +KernelVersion: 4.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the + battery level supplied to sensor is below 2.25V. + This ABI is available for tsys02d, htu21, ms8607 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb53737aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix + is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like + [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be + easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their + positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix + [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly + aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-potentiometer-mcp4531 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-potentiometer-mcp4531 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a91fbe39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-potentiometer-mcp4531 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistance_raw_available +Date: October 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + The range of available values represented as the minimum value, + the step and the maximum value, all enclosed in square brackets. + Example: [0 1 256] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b9d1cc9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_nearlevel +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Near level for proximity sensors. This is a single integer + value that tells user space when an object should be + considered close to the device. If the value read from the + sensor is above or equal to the value in this file an object + should typically be considered near. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Proximity sensors sometimes have a controllable amplifier + on the signal from which time of flight measurements are + taken. + The appropriate values to take is dependent on both the + sensor and its operating environment: + * as3935 (0-31 range) + 18 = indoors (default) + 14 = outdoors diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e5c40775 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> +Description: + Get the current distance in meters of storm (1km steps) + 1000-40000 = distance in meters + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/noise_level_tripped +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> +Description: + When 1 the noise level is over the trip level and not reporting + valid data diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-resolver-ad2s1210 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-resolver-ad2s1210 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f92c79342 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-resolver-ad2s1210 @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_altvoltage0_mag_rising_reset_max +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns the current Degradation of Signal Reset Maximum + Threshold value in millivolts. Writing sets the value. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_altvoltage0_mag_rising_reset_max_available +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns the allowable voltage range for + in_altvoltage0_mag_rising_reset_max. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_altvoltage0_mag_rising_reset_min +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns the current Degradation of Signal Reset Minimum + Threshold value in millivolts. Writing sets the value. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_altvoltage0_mag_rising_reset_min_available +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns the allowable voltage range for + in_altvoltage0_mag_rising_reset_min. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06e1c2725 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/start_cleaning +Date: December 2018 +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing 1 starts sensor self cleaning. Internal fan accelerates + to its maximum speed and keeps spinning for about 10 seconds in + order to blow out accumulated dust. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/cleaning_period +Date: January 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sensor is capable of triggering self cleaning periodically. + Period can be changed by writing a new value here. Upon reading + the current one is returned. Units are seconds. + + Writing 0 disables periodical self cleaning entirely. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/cleaning_period_available +Date: January 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The range of available values in seconds represented as the + minimum value, the step and the maximum value, all enclosed in + square brackets. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ac775901 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310 @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity3_comb_raw +Date: February 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: Daniel Campello <campello@chromium.org> +Description: + Proximity measurement indicating that some object is + near the combined sensor. The combined sensor presents + proximity measurements constructed by hardware by + combining measurements taken from a given set of + physical sensors. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9324 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9324 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8342770e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9324 @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity<id>_setup +Date: November 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + SX9324 has 3 inputs, CS0, CS1 and CS2. Hardware layout + defines if the input is + + + not connected (HZ), + + grounded (GD), + + connected to an antenna where it can act as a base + (DS - data shield), or measured input (MI). + + The sensor rotates measurement across 4 phases + (PH0, PH1, PH2, PH3), where the inputs are configured + and then measured. + + By default, during the first phase, [PH0], CS0 is measured, + while CS1 and CS2 are used as shields. + `cat in_proximity0_setup` returns "MI,DS,DS". + [PH1], CS1 is measured, CS0 and CS2 are shield: + `cat in_proximity1_setup` returns "DS,MI,DS". + [PH2], CS2 is measured, CS0 and CS1 are shield: + `cat in_proximity1_setup` returns "DS,DS,MI". + [PH3], CS1 and CS2 are measured (combo mode): + `cat in_proximity1_setup` returns "DS,MI,MI". + + Note, these are the chip default. Hardware layout will most + likely dictate different output. The entry is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-thermocouple b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-thermocouple new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01259df29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-thermocouple @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_ovuv +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Overvoltage or Undervoltage Input Fault. The internal circuitry + is protected from excessive voltages applied to the thermocouple + cables. The device can also detect if such a condition occurs. + + Reading returns '1' if input voltage is negative or greater + than VDD, otherwise '0'. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_oc +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Open-circuit fault. The detection of open-circuit faults, + such as those caused by broken thermocouple wires. + Reading returns '1' if fault, '0' otherwise. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05074c4a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/master_mode_available +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Reading returns the list possible master modes which are: + + + - "reset" + The UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is + used as trigger output (TRGO). + - "enable" + The Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used + as trigger output. + - "update" + The update event is selected as trigger output. + For instance a master timer can then be used + as a prescaler for a slave timer. + - "compare_pulse" + The trigger output send a positive pulse + when the CC1IF flag is to be set. + - "OC1REF" + OC1REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC2REF" + OC2REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC3REF" + OC3REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC4REF" + OC4REF signal is used as trigger output. + + Additional modes (on TRGO2 only): + + - "OC5REF" + OC5REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC6REF" + OC6REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "compare_pulse_OC4REF": + OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses. + - "compare_pulse_OC6REF": + OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses. + - "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r": + OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses. + - "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_f": + OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate + pulses. + - "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_r": + OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses. + - "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_f": + OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate + pulses. + + :: + + +-----------+ +-------------+ +---------+ + | Prescaler +-> | Counter | +-> | Master | TRGO(2) + +-----------+ +--+--------+-+ |-> | Control +--> + | | || +---------+ + +--v--------+-+ OCxREF || +---------+ + | Chx compare +----------> | Output | ChX + +-----------+-+ | | Control +--> + . | | +---------+ + . | | . + +-----------v-+ OC6REF | . + | Ch6 compare +---------+> + +-------------+ + + Example with: "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":: + + X + X X + X . . X + X . . X + X . . X + count X . . . . X + . . . . + . . . . + +---------------+ + OC4REF | . . | + +-+ . . +-+ + . +---+ . + OC6REF . | | . + +-------+ +-------+ + +-+ +-+ + TRGO2 | | | | + +-+ +---+ +---------+ + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/master_mode +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Reading returns the current master modes. + Writing set the master mode + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_preset +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Reading returns the current preset value. + Writing sets the preset value. + When counting up the counter starts from 0 and fires an + event when reach preset value. + When counting down the counter start from preset value + and fire event when reach 0. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_enable_mode_available +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Reading returns the list possible enable modes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_enable_mode +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Configure the device counter enable modes, in all case + counting direction is set by in_count0_count_direction + attribute and the counter is clocked by the internal clock. + + always: + Counter is always ON. + + gated: + Counting is enabled when connected trigger signal + level is high else counting is disabled. + + triggered: + Counting is enabled on rising edge of the connected + trigger, and remains enabled for the duration of this + selected mode. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_trigger_mode_available +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Reading returns the list possible trigger modes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_trigger_mode +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Configure the device counter trigger mode + counting direction is set by in_count0_count_direction + attribute and the counter is clocked by the connected trigger + rising edges. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04ac62305 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_now +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This file is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone trigger + driver. Writing this file with any value triggers an event + driven driver, associated with this trigger, to capture data + into an in kernel buffer. This approach can be valuable during + automated testing or in situations, where other trigger methods + are not applicable. For example no RTC or spare GPIOs. + X is the IIO index of the trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The name attribute holds a description string for the current + trigger. In order to associate the trigger with an IIO device + one should write this name string to + /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceY/trigger/current_trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio_sysfs_trigger/add_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone + driver and it is used to activate the creation of a new trigger. + In order to achieve this, one should write a positive integer + into the associated file, which will serve as the id of the + trigger. If the trigger with the specified id is already present + in the system, an invalid argument message will be returned. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio_sysfs_trigger/remove_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to unregister and delete a previously + created trigger from the list of available triggers. In order to + achieve this, one should write a positive integer into the + associated file, representing the id of the trigger that needs + to be removed. If the trigger can't be found, an invalid + argument message will be returned to the user. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..491ead804 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_conversion_mode +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the hardware conversion mode used. The three + available modes are "normal", "high-speed" and "low-power", + where the last is the default mode. + + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_conversion_mode +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the hardware conversion mode used within DAC. + The two available modes are "high-power" and "low-power", + where "low-power" mode is the default mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7b2278fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/masters/* +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure output ports for STP masters. Writing -1 + disables a master; any + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_port +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RO) Output port type: + + == ========================= + 0 not present, + 1 MSU (Memory Storage Unit) + 2 CTP (Common Trace Port) + 4 PTI (MIPI PTI). + == ========================= + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_drop +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Data retention policy setting: keep (0) or drop (1) + incoming data while output port is in reset. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_null +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) STP NULL packet generation: enabled (1) or disabled (0). + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_flush +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Force flush data from byte packing buffer for the output + port. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_reset +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RO) Output port is in reset (1). + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_smcfreq +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) STP sync packet frequency for the port. Specifies the + number of clocks between mainenance packets. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a74252e58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/wrap +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer wrapping. 1 == wrapping enabled. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/mode +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure MSC operating mode: + + - "single", for contiguous buffer mode (high-order alloc); + - "multi", for multiblock mode; + - "ExI", for DCI handler mode; + - "debug", for debug mode; + - any of the currently loaded buffer sinks. + + If operating mode changes, existing buffer is deallocated, + provided there are no active users and tracing is not enabled, + otherwise the write will fail. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/nr_pages +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer size for "single" or "multi" modes. + + In single mode, this is a single number of pages, has to be + power of 2. In multiblock mode, this is a comma-separated list + of numbers of pages for each window to be allocated. Number of + windows is not limited. + + Writing to this file deallocates existing buffer (provided + there are no active users and tracing is not enabled) and then + allocates a new one. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/win_switch +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Trigger window switch for the MSC's buffer, in + multi-window mode. In "multi" mode, accepts writes of "1", thereby + triggering a window switch for the buffer. Returns an error in any + other operating mode or attempts to write something other than "1". + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/stop_on_full +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure whether trace stops when the last available window + becomes full (1/y/Y) or wraps around and continues until the next + window becomes available again (0/n/N). + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df0b24fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/mode +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure PTI output width. Currently supported values + are 4, 8, 12, 16. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/freerunning_clock +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) 0: PTI trace clock acts as a strobe which only toggles + when there is trace data to send. 1: PTI trace clock is a + free-running clock. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/clock_divider +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure PTI port clock divider: + - 0: Intel TH clock rate, + - 1: 1/2 Intel TH clock rate, + - 2: 1/4 Intel TH clock rate, + - 3: 1/8 Intel TH clock rate. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1f667104 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-<device><id>/active +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Writes of 1 or 0 enable or disable trace output to this + output device. Reads return current status. Requires that the + correstponding output port driver be loaded. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/port +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RO) Port number, corresponding to this output device on the + switch (GTH) or "unassigned" if the corresponding output + port driver is not loaded. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77947c509 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: Hardware chip or device hosting the MEN chameleon bus + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/revision +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's revision number + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/minor +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's minor number + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/model +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's model number + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/name +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's name diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38be04dfc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/ +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/ +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This folder contains statistics about global and per + MDIO bus address statistics. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/transfers +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../transfers +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of transfers for this MDIO bus. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/errors +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/errors +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of transfer errors for this MDIO bus. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/writes +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/writes +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of write transactions for this MDIO bus. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/reads +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/reads +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of read transactions for this MDIO bus. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/transfers_<addr> +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/transfers_<addr> +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of transfers for this MDIO bus address. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/errors_<addr> +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/errors_<addr> +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of transfer errors for this MDIO bus address. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/writes_<addr> +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/writes_<addr> +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of write transactions for this MDIO bus address. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/reads_<addr> +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/reads_<addr> +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of read transactions for this MDIO bus address. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7057e5741 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/bus/media/devices/.../model +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> + linux-media@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the device model name in UTF-8. The device version is + is not be appended to the model name. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e9a105fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../modalias +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> + linux-mei@linux.intel.com +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent + Format: mei:<mei device name>:<device uuid>:<protocol version> + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../name +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client device name + Format: string + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../uuid +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client device uuid + Format: xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../version +Date: Aug 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client protocol version + Format: %d + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../max_conn +Date: Nov 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client maximum number of connections + Format: %d + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../fixed +Date: Nov 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client fixed address, if any + Format: %d + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../vtag +Date: Nov 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.9 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client vtag support status + Format: %d + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../max_len +Date: Nov 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client maximum message length + Format: %d diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..519f028d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mmc @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mmc/devices/.../rev +Date: October 2017 +Contact: Jin Qian <jinqian@android.com> +Description: Extended CSD revision number diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38cc03e40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/description +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Provides information about the physical location of the + device. Hardware attached via USB, for instance, + might return <1-1.1:1.0> +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/interface +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the type of peripheral interface the device uses. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + If the network interface controller is attached via USB, a dci + directory is created that allows applications to read and + write the controller's DCI registers. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/arb_address +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to set an arbitrary DCI register address an + application wants to read from or write to. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/arb_value +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to read and write the DCI register whose address + is stored in arb_address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_hi +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MAC address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_lo +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MAC address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_mi +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MAC address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_filter +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MEP filter address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash0 +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash1 +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash2 +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash3 +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/ni_state +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the current network interface state. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/node_address +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the current node address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/node_position +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the current node position. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/packet_bandwidth +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the configured packet bandwidth. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/sync_ep +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Triggers the controller's synchronization process for a certain + endpoint. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/ +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + For every channel of the device a directory is created, whose + name is dictated by the HDM. This enables an application to + collect information about the channel's capabilities and + configure it. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/available_datatypes +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the data types the channel can transport. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/available_directions +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the directions the channel is capable of. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/number_of_packet_buffers +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the number of packet buffers the channel can + handle. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/number_of_stream_buffers +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the number of streaming buffers the channel can + handle. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/size_of_packet_buffer +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the size of a packet buffer the channel can + handle. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/size_of_stream_buffer +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the size of a streaming buffer the channel can + handle. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_number_of_buffers +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured number of buffers of + the channel. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_buffer_size +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured buffer size of the channel. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_direction +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured direction of the channel. + The following strings will be accepted:: + + 'tx', + 'rx' +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_datatype +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured data type of the channel. + The following strings will be accepted:: + + 'control', + 'async', + 'sync', + 'isoc_avp' +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_subbuffer_size +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured subbuffer size of + the channel. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_packets_per_xact +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured number of packets per + transaction of the channel. This is only applicable when + connected via USB. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/channel_starving +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates whether channel ran out of buffers. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/drivers/most_core/components +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to retrieve a list of registered components. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/drivers/most_core/links +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to retrieve a list of established links. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32dccc00d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_description +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Moxtet module description. Format: string + +What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_id +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Moxtet module ID. Format: %x + +What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_name +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Moxtet module name. Format: string diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed483a11c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +For all of the nmem device attributes under ``nfit/*``, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware +Interface Table (NFIT)' section in the ACPI specification +(http://www.uefi.org/specifications) for more details. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/serial +Date: Jun, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Serial number of the NVDIMM (non-volatile dual in-line + memory module), assigned by the module vendor. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/handle +Date: Apr, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The address (given by the _ADR object) of the device on its + parent bus of the NVDIMM device containing the NVDIMM region. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/device +Date: Apr, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.1 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Device id for the NVDIMM, assigned by the module vendor. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/rev_id +Date: Jun, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Revision of the NVDIMM, assigned by the module vendor. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/phys_id +Date: Apr, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Handle (i.e., instance number) for the SMBIOS (system + management BIOS) Memory Device structure describing the NVDIMM + containing the NVDIMM region. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/flags +Date: Jun, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The flags in the NFIT memory device sub-structure indicate + the state of the data on the nvdimm relative to its energy + source or last "flush to persistence". + + The attribute is a translation of the 'NVDIMM State Flags' field + in section 5.2.25.3 'NVDIMM Region Mapping' Structure of the + ACPI specification 6.2. + + The health states are "save_fail", "restore_fail", "flush_fail", + "not_armed", "smart_event", "map_fail" and "smart_notify". + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/format +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/format1 +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/formats +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The interface codes indicate support for persistent memory + mapped directly into system physical address space and / or a + block aperture access mechanism to the NVDIMM media. + The 'formats' attribute displays the number of supported + interfaces. + + This layout is compatible with existing libndctl binaries that + only expect one code per-dimm as they will ignore + nmemX/nfit/formats and nmemX/nfit/formatN. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/vendor +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Vendor id of the NVDIMM. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/dsm_mask +Date: May, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The bitmask indicates the supported device specific control + functions relative to the NVDIMM command family supported by the + device + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/family +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Displays the NVDIMM family command sets. Values + 0, 1, 2 and 3 correspond to NVDIMM_FAMILY_INTEL, + NVDIMM_FAMILY_HPE1, NVDIMM_FAMILY_HPE2 and NVDIMM_FAMILY_MSFT + respectively. + + See the specifications for these command families here: + http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_DSM_Interface-V1.6.pdf + https://github.com/HewlettPackard/hpe-nvm/blob/master/Documentation/ + https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt604741" + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/id +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) ACPI specification 6.2 section 5.2.25.9, defines an + identifier for an NVDIMM, which reflects the id attribute. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_vendor +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Sub-system vendor id of the NVDIMM non-volatile memory + subsystem controller. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_rev_id +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Sub-system revision id of the NVDIMM non-volatile memory subsystem + controller, assigned by the non-volatile memory subsystem + controller vendor. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_device +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) Sub-system device id for the NVDIMM non-volatile memory + subsystem controller, assigned by the non-volatile memory + subsystem controller vendor. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/revision +Date: Jun, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) ACPI NFIT table revision number. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/scrub +Date: Sep, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.9 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RW) This shows the number of full Address Range Scrubs (ARS) + that have been completed since driver load time. Userspace can + wait on this using select/poll etc. A '+' at the end indicates + an ARS is in progress + + Writing a value of 1 triggers an ARS scan. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/hw_error_scrub +Date: Sep, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.9 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RW) Provides a way to toggle the behavior between just adding + the address (cache line) where the MCE happened to the poison + list and doing a full scrub. The former (selective insertion of + the address) is done unconditionally. + + This attribute can have the following values written to it: + + '0': Switch to the default mode where an exception will only + insert the address of the memory error into the poison and + badblocks lists. + '1': Enable a full scrub to happen if an exception for a memory + error is received. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/dsm_mask +Date: Jun, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.13 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) The bitmask indicates the supported bus specific control + functions. See the section named 'NVDIMM Root Device _DSMs' in + the ACPI specification. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/firmware_activate_noidle +Date: Apr, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RW) The Intel platform implementation of firmware activate + support exposes an option let the platform force idle devices in + the system over the activation event, or trust that the OS will + do it. The safe default is to let the platform force idle + devices since the kernel is already in a suspend state, and on + the chance that a driver does not properly quiesce bus-mastering + after a suspend callback the platform will handle it. However, + the activation might abort if, for example, platform firmware + determines that the activation time exceeds the max PCI-E + completion timeout. Since the platform does not know whether the + OS is running the activation from a suspend context it aborts, + but if the system owner trusts driver suspend callback to be + sufficient then 'firmware_activation_noidle' can be + enabled to bypass the activation abort. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/regionX/nfit/range_index +Date: Jun, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) A unique number provided by the BIOS to identify an address + range. Used by NVDIMM Region Mapping Structure to uniquely refer + to this structure. Value of 0 is reserved and not used as an + index. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46dafd848 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +What: nvdimm +Date: July 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> +Description: + +The libnvdimm sub-system implements a common sysfs interface for +platform nvdimm resources. See Documentation/driver-api/nvdimm/. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/nmemX/format +Date: February 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Kajol Jain <kjain@linux.ibm.com> +Description: (RO) Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. Supported attribute is listed + below:: + + event = "config:0-4" - event ID + + For example:: + + ctl_res_cnt = "event=0x1" + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/nmemX/events +Date: February 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Kajol Jain <kjain@linux.ibm.com> +Description: (RO) Attribute group to describe performance monitoring events + for the nvdimm memory device. Each attribute in this group + describes a single performance monitoring event supported by + this nvdimm pmu. The name of the file is the name of the event. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events). A + listing of the events supported by a given nvdimm provider type + can be found in Documentation/driver-api/nvdimm/$provider. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/nmemX/cpumask +Date: February 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Kajol Jain <kjain@linux.ibm.com> +Description: (RO) This sysfs file exposes the cpumask which is designated to + to retrieve nvdimm pmu event counter data. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/cxl/id +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> +Description: (RO) Show the id (serial) of the device, formatted as an + unsigned 64-bit decimal value. This is CXL specific. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/cxl/provider +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the CXL bridge device that ties to a CXL memory device + to this NVDIMM device. I.e. the parent of the device returned is + a /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX instance. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af31e5a22 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/bus/tee/devices/optee-ta-<uuid>/ +Date: May 2020 +KernelVersion 5.8 +Contact: op-tee@lists.trustedfirmware.org +Description: + OP-TEE bus provides reference to registered drivers under this directory. The <uuid> + matches Trusted Application (TA) driver and corresponding TA in secure OS. Drivers + are free to create needed API under optee-ta-<uuid> directory. + +What: /sys/bus/tee/devices/optee-ta-<uuid>/need_supplicant +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: op-tee@lists.trustedfirmware.org +Description: + Allows to distinguish whether an OP-TEE based TA/device requires user-space + tee-supplicant to function properly or not. This attribute will be present for + devices which depend on tee-supplicant to be running. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34ee8c59a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/flags +Date: Apr, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, nvdimm@lists.linux.dev, +Description: + (RO) Report flags indicating various states of a + papr-pmem NVDIMM device. Each flag maps to a one or + more bits set in the dimm-health-bitmap retrieved in + response to H_SCM_HEALTH hcall. The details of the bit + flags returned in response to this hcall is available + at 'Documentation/arch/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst' . Below are + the flags reported in this sysfs file: + + * "not_armed" + Indicates that NVDIMM contents will not + survive a power cycle. + * "flush_fail" + Indicates that NVDIMM contents + couldn't be flushed during last + shut-down event. + * "restore_fail" + Indicates that NVDIMM contents + couldn't be restored during NVDIMM + initialization. + * "encrypted" + NVDIMM contents are encrypted. + * "smart_notify" + There is health event for the NVDIMM. + * "scrubbed" + Indicating that contents of the + NVDIMM have been scrubbed. + * "locked" + Indicating that NVDIMM contents can't + be modified until next power cycle. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/perf_stats +Date: May, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, nvdimm@lists.linux.dev, +Description: + (RO) Report various performance stats related to papr-scm NVDIMM + device. This attribute is only available for NVDIMM devices + that support reporting NVDIMM performance stats. Each stat is + reported on a new line with each line composed of a + stat-identifier followed by it value. Below are currently known + dimm performance stats which are reported: + + * "CtlResCt" : Controller Reset Count + * "CtlResTm" : Controller Reset Elapsed Time + * "PonSecs " : Power-on Seconds + * "MemLife " : Life Remaining + * "CritRscU" : Critical Resource Utilization + * "HostLCnt" : Host Load Count + * "HostSCnt" : Host Store Count + * "HostSDur" : Host Store Duration + * "HostLDur" : Host Load Duration + * "MedRCnt " : Media Read Count + * "MedWCnt " : Media Write Count + * "MedRDur " : Media Read Duration + * "MedWDur " : Media Write Duration + * "CchRHCnt" : Cache Read Hit Count + * "CchWHCnt" : Cache Write Hit Count + * "FastWCnt" : Fast Write Count + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/health_bitmap_inject +Date: Jan, 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.17 +Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, nvdimm@lists.linux.dev, +Description: + (RO) Reports the health bitmap inject bitmap that is applied to + bitmap received from PowerVM via the H_SCM_HEALTH. This is used + to forcibly set specific bits returned from Hcall. These is then + used to simulate various health or shutdown states for an nvdimm + and are set by user-space tools like ndctl by issuing a PAPR DSM. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55ea1db74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci @@ -0,0 +1,704 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../bind +What: /sys/devices/pciX/.../bind +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause + the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at + this location. This is useful for overriding default + bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F. + That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as + found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:: + + # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind + + (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind +What: /sys/devices/pciX/.../unbind +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause the + driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at + this location. This may be useful when overriding default + bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F. + That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as + found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:: + + # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind + + (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id +What: /sys/devices/pciX/.../new_id +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to + dynamically add a new device ID to a PCI device driver. + This may allow the driver to support more hardware than + was included in the driver's static device ID support + table at compile time. The format for the device ID is: + VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM PPPP. That is Vendor ID, + Device ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, + Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID + and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional. + Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe + for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:: + + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id +What: /sys/devices/pciX/.../remove_id +Date: February 2009 +Contact: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID + that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry. + The format for the device ID is: + VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM. That is Vendor ID, Device + ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, Class, + and Class Mask. The Vendor ID and Device ID fields are + required, the rest are optional. After successfully + removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the + device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't + match the driver to the device. For example:: + + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id + +What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of all PCI buses in the system, and + re-discover previously removed devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_bus +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a zero value to this attribute disallows MSI and + MSI-X for any future drivers of the device. If the device + is a bridge, MSI and MSI-X will be disallowed for future + drivers of all child devices under the bridge. Drivers + must be reloaded for the new setting to take effect. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/ +Date: September, 2011 +Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set + of files, with each file being named after a corresponding msi + irq vector allocated to that device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N> +Date: September 2011 +Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> +Description: + This attribute indicates the mode that the irq vector named by + the file is in (msi vs. msix) + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../irq +Date: August 2021 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + If a driver has enabled MSI (not MSI-X), "irq" contains the + IRQ of the first MSI vector. Otherwise "irq" contains the + IRQ of the legacy INTx interrupt. + + "irq" being set to 0 indicates that the device isn't + capable of generating legacy INTx interrupts. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../pci_bus/.../rescan +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of the bus and all child buses, + and re-discover devices removed earlier from this + part of the device tree. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of the device's parent bus and all + child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier + from this part of the device tree. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset_method +Date: August 2021 +Contact: Amey Narkhede <ameynarkhede03@gmail.com> +Description: + Some devices allow an individual function to be reset + without affecting other functions in the same slot. + + For devices that have this support, a file named + reset_method is present in sysfs. Reading this file + gives names of the supported and enabled reset methods and + their ordering. Writing a space-separated list of names of + reset methods sets the reset methods and ordering to be + used when resetting the device. Writing an empty string + disables the ability to reset the device. Writing + "default" enables all supported reset methods in the + default ordering. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset +Date: July 2009 +Contact: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com> +Description: + Some devices allow an individual function to be reset + without affecting other functions in the same device. + For devices that have this support, a file named reset + will be present in sysfs. Writing 1 to this file + will perform reset. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset_subordinate +Date: October 2024 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This is visible only for bridge devices. If you want to reset + all devices attached through the subordinate bus of a specific + bridge device, writing 1 to this will try to do it. This will + affect all devices attached to the system through this bridge + similar to writing 1 to their individual "reset" file, so use + with caution. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../vpd +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Ben Hutchings <bwh@kernel.org> +Description: + A file named vpd in a device directory will be a + binary file containing the Vital Product Data for the + device. It should follow the VPD format defined in + PCI Specification 2.1 or 2.2, but users should consider + that some devices may have incorrectly formatted data. + If the underlying VPD has a writable section then the + corresponding section of this file will be writable. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfn<N> +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com> +Description: + This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV + capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the + Virtual Function whose index is N (0...MaxVFs-1). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../dep_link +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com> +Description: + This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV + capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it, + and this device has vendor specific dependencies with others. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of + Physical Function this device depends on. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../physfn +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com> +Description: + This symbolic link appears when a device is a Virtual Function. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the + Physical Function this device associates with. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../modalias +Date: May 2005 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + This attribute indicates the PCI ID of the device object. + + That is in the format: + pci:vXXXXXXXXdXXXXXXXXsvXXXXXXXXsdXXXXXXXXbcXXscXXiXX, + where: + + - vXXXXXXXX contains the vendor ID; + - dXXXXXXXX contains the device ID; + - svXXXXXXXX contains the sub-vendor ID; + - sdXXXXXXXX contains the subsystem device ID; + - bcXX contains the device class; + - scXX contains the device subclass; + - iXX contains the device class programming interface. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/slots/.../module +Date: June 2009 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver + module that manages the hotplug slot. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given name (SMBIOS type 41 string or ACPI _DSM string) of + the PCI device. The attribute will be created only + if the firmware has given a name to the PCI device. + ACPI _DSM string name will be given priority if the + system firmware provides SMBIOS type 41 string also. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned name of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware given instance + number of the PCI device. Depending on the platform this can + be for example the SMBIOS type 41 device type instance or the + user-defined ID (UID) on s390. The attribute will be created + only if the firmware has given an instance number to the PCI + device and that number is guaranteed to uniquely identify the + device in the system. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI + device that can help in understanding the firmware + intended order of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../acpi_index +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given instance (ACPI _DSM instance number) of the PCI device. + The attribute will be created only if the firmware has given + an instance number to the PCI device. ACPI _DSM instance number + will be given priority if the system firmware provides SMBIOS + type 41 device type instance also. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned instance number of the PCI + device that can help in understanding the firmware + intended order of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../d3cold_allowed +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com> +Description: + d3cold_allowed is bit to control whether the corresponding PCI + device can be put into D3Cold state. If it is cleared, the + device will never be put into D3Cold state. If it is set, the + device may be put into D3Cold state if other requirements are + satisfied too. Reading this attribute will show the current + value of d3cold_allowed bit. Writing this attribute will set + the value of d3cold_allowed bit. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_totalvfs +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com> +Description: + This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV. + Userspace applications can read this file to determine the + maximum number of Virtual Functions (VFs) a PCIe physical + function (PF) can support. Typically, this is the value reported + in the PF's SR-IOV extended capability structure's TotalVFs + element. Drivers have the ability at probe time to reduce the + value read from this file via the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs() + function. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_numvfs +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com> +Description: + This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV. + Userspace applications can read and write to this file to + determine and control the enablement or disablement of Virtual + Functions (VFs) on the physical function (PF). A read of this + file will return the number of VFs that are enabled on this PF. + A number written to this file will enable the specified + number of VFs. A userspace application would typically read the + file and check that the value is zero, and then write the number + of VFs that should be enabled on the PF; the value written + should be less than or equal to the value in the sriov_totalvfs + file. A userspace application wanting to disable the VFs would + write a zero to this file. The core ensures that valid values + are written to this file, and returns errors when values are not + valid. For example, writing a 2 to this file when sriov_numvfs + is not 0 and not 2 already will return an error. Writing a 10 + when the value of sriov_totalvfs is 8 will return an error. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../driver_override +Date: April 2014 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard static and dynamic ID matching. When + specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written + to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the + device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo pci-stub > driver_override) and + may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device + will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to + opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as + "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override, + there is no support for parsing delimiters. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../numa_node +Date: Oct 2014 +Contact: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com> +Description: + This file contains the NUMA node to which the PCI device is + attached, or -1 if the node is unknown. The initial value + comes from an ACPI _PXM method or a similar firmware + source. If that is missing or incorrect, this file can be + written to override the node. In that case, please report + a firmware bug to the system vendor. Writing to this file + taints the kernel with TAINT_FIRMWARE_WORKAROUND, which + reduces the supportability of your system. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../revision +Date: November 2016 +Contact: Emil Velikov <emil.l.velikov@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the revision field of the PCI device. + The value comes from device config space. The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_drivers_autoprobe +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Bodong Wang<bodong@mellanox.com> +Description: + This file is associated with the PF of a device that + supports SR-IOV. It determines whether newly-enabled VFs + are immediately bound to a driver. It initially contains + 1, which means the kernel automatically binds VFs to a + compatible driver immediately after they are enabled. If + an application writes 0 to the file before enabling VFs, + the kernel will not bind VFs to a driver. + + A typical use case is to write 0 to this file, then enable + VFs, then assign the newly-created VFs to virtual machines. + Note that changing this file does not affect already- + enabled VFs. In this scenario, the user must first disable + the VFs, write 0 to sriov_drivers_autoprobe, then re-enable + the VFs. + + This is similar to /sys/bus/pci/drivers_autoprobe, but + affects only the VFs associated with a specific PF. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/size +Date: November 2017 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: + If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this + file contains the total amount of memory that the device + provides (in decimal). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/available +Date: November 2017 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: + If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this + file contains the amount of memory that has not been + allocated (in decimal). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/published +Date: November 2017 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: + If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this + file contains a '1' if the memory has been published for + use outside the driver that owns the device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/allocate +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: + This file allows mapping p2pmem into userspace. For each + mmap() call on this file, the kernel will allocate a chunk + of Peer-to-Peer memory for use in Peer-to-Peer transactions. + This memory can be used in O_DIRECT calls to NVMe backed + files for Peer-to-Peer copies. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/clkpm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l0s_aspm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_aspm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_1_aspm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_2_aspm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_1_pcipm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_2_pcipm +Date: October 2019 +Contact: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> +Description: If ASPM is supported for an endpoint, these files can be + used to disable or enable the individual power management + states. Write y/1/on to enable, n/0/off to disable. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../power_state +Date: November 2020 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + This file contains the current PCI power state of the device. + The value comes from the PCI kernel device state and can be one + of: "unknown", "error", "D0", D1", "D2", "D3hot", "D3cold". + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_vf_total_msix +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> +Description: + This file is associated with a SR-IOV physical function (PF). + It contains the total number of MSI-X vectors available for + assignment to all virtual functions (VFs) associated with PF. + The value will be zero if the device doesn't support this + functionality. For supported devices, the value will be + constant and won't be changed after MSI-X vectors assignment. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_vf_msix_count +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> +Description: + This file is associated with a SR-IOV virtual function (VF). + It allows configuration of the number of MSI-X vectors for + the VF. This allows devices that have a global pool of MSI-X + vectors to optimally divide them between VFs based on VF usage. + + The values accepted are: + * > 0 - this number will be reported as the Table Size in the + VF's MSI-X capability + * < 0 - not valid + * = 0 - will reset to the device default value + + The file is writable if the PF is bound to a driver that + implements ->sriov_set_msix_vec_count(). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../resourceN_resize +Date: September 2022 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + These files provide an interface to PCIe Resizable BAR support. + A file is created for each BAR resource (N) supported by the + PCIe Resizable BAR extended capability of the device. Reading + each file exposes the bitmap of available resource sizes: + + # cat resource1_resize + 00000000000001c0 + + The bitmap represents supported resource sizes for the BAR, + where bit0 = 1MB, bit1 = 2MB, bit2 = 4MB, etc. In the above + example the device supports 64MB, 128MB, and 256MB BAR sizes. + + When writing the file, the user provides the bit position of + the desired resource size, for example: + + # echo 7 > resource1_resize + + This indicates to set the size value corresponding to bit 7, + 128MB. The resulting size is 2 ^ (bit# + 20). This definition + matches the PCIe specification of this capability. + + In order to make use of resource resizing, all PCI drivers must + be unbound from the device and peer devices under the same + parent bridge may need to be soft removed. In the case of + VGA devices, writing a resize value will remove low level + console drivers from the device. Raw users of pci-sysfs + resourceN attributes must be terminated prior to resizing. + Success of the resizing operation is not guaranteed. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../leds/*:enclosure:*/brightness +What: /sys/class/leds/*:enclosure:*/brightness +Date: August 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.12 +Description: + LED indications on PCIe storage enclosures which are controlled + through the NPEM interface (Native PCIe Enclosure Management, + PCIe r6.1 sec 6.28) are accessible as led class devices, both + below /sys/class/leds and below NPEM-capable PCI devices. + + Although these led class devices could be manipulated manually, + in practice they are typically manipulated automatically by an + application such as ledmon(8). + + The name of a led class device is as follows: + <bdf>:enclosure:<indication> + where: + + - <bdf> is the domain, bus, device and function number + (e.g. 10000:02:05.0) + - <indication> is a short description of the LED indication + + Valid indications per PCIe r6.1 table 6-27 are: + + - ok (drive is functioning normally) + - locate (drive is being identified by an admin) + - fail (drive is not functioning properly) + - rebuild (drive is part of an array that is rebuilding) + - pfa (drive is predicted to fail soon) + - hotspare (drive is marked to be used as a replacement) + - ica (drive is part of an array that is degraded) + - ifa (drive is part of an array that is failed) + - idt (drive is not the right type for the connector) + - disabled (drive is disabled, removal is safe) + - specific0 to specific7 (enclosure-specific indications) + + Broadly, the indications fall into one of these categories: + + - to signify drive state (ok, locate, fail, idt, disabled) + - to signify drive role or state in a software RAID array + (rebuild, pfa, hotspare, ica, ifa) + - to signify any other role or state (specific0 to specific7) + + Mandatory indications per PCIe r6.1 sec 7.9.19.2 comprise: + ok, locate, fail, rebuild. All others are optional. + A led class device is only visible if the corresponding + indication is supported by the device. + + To manipulate the indications, write 0 (LED_OFF) or 1 (LED_ON) + to the "brightness" file. Note that manipulating an indication + may implicitly manipulate other indications at the vendor's + discretion. E.g. when the user lights up the "ok" indication, + the vendor may choose to automatically turn off the "fail" + indication. The current state of an indication can be + retrieved by reading its "brightness" file. + + The PCIe Base Specification allows vendors leeway to choose + different colors or blinking patterns for the indications, + but they typically follow the IBPI standard. E.g. the "locate" + indication is usually presented as one or two LEDs blinking at + 4 Hz frequency: + https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Blinking_Pattern_Interpretation + + PCI Firmware Specification r3.3 sec 4.7 defines a DSM interface + to facilitate shared access by operating system and platform + firmware to a device's NPEM registers. The kernel will use + this DSM interface where available, instead of accessing NPEM + registers directly. The DSM interface does not support the + enclosure-specific indications "specific0" to "specific7", + hence the corresponding led class devices are unavailable if + the DSM interface is used. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../doe_features +Date: March 2025 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + This directory contains a list of the supported Data Object + Exchange (DOE) features. The features are the file name. + The contents of each file is the raw Vendor ID and data + object feature values. + + The value comes from the device and specifies the vendor and + data object type supported. The lower (RHS of the colon) is + the data object type in hex. The upper (LHS of the colon) + is the vendor ID. + + As all DOE devices must support the DOE discovery feature, + if DOE is supported you will at least see the doe_discovery + file, with this contents: + + # cat doe_features/doe_discovery + 0001:00 + + If the device supports other features you will see other + files as well. For example if CMA/SPDM and secure CMA/SPDM + are supported the doe_features directory will look like + this: + + # ls doe_features + 0001:01 0001:02 doe_discovery + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../serial_number +Date: December 2025 +Contact: Matthew Wood <thepacketgeek@gmail.com> +Description: + This is visible only for PCI devices that support the serial + number extended capability. The file is read only and due to + the possible sensitivity of accessible serial numbers, admin + only. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../tsm/ +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + This directory only appears if a physical device function + supports authentication (PCIe CMA-SPDM), interface security + (PCIe TDISP), and is accepted for secure operation by the + platform TSM driver. This attribute directory appears + dynamically after the platform TSM driver loads. So, only after + the /sys/class/tsm/tsm0 device arrives can tools assume that + devices without a tsm/ attribute directory will never have one; + before that, the security capabilities of the device relative to + the platform TSM are unknown. See + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-tsm. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../tsm/connect +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RW) Write the name of a TSM (TEE Security Manager) device from + /sys/class/tsm to this file to establish a connection with the + device. This typically includes an SPDM (DMTF Security + Protocols and Data Models) session over PCIe DOE (Data Object + Exchange) and may also include PCIe IDE (Integrity and Data + Encryption) establishment. Reads from this attribute return the + name of the connected TSM or the empty string if not + connected. A TSM device signals its readiness to accept PCI + connection via a KOBJ_CHANGE event. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../tsm/disconnect +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (WO) Write the name of the TSM device that was specified + to 'connect' to teardown the connection. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../tsm/dsm +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: (RO) Return PCI device name of this device's DSM (Device + Security Manager). When a device is in the connected state it + indicates that the platform TSM (TEE Security Manager) has made + a secure-session connection with a device's DSM. A DSM is always + physical function 0 and when the device supports TDISP (TEE + Device Interface Security Protocol) its managed functions also + populate this tsm/dsm attribute. The managed functions of a DSM + are SR-IOV (Single Root I/O Virtualization) virtual functions, + non-zero functions of a multi-function device, or downstream + endpoints depending on whether the DSM is an SR-IOV physical + function, function0 of a multi-function device, or an upstream + PCIe switch port. This is a "link" TSM attribute, see + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-tsm. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../tsm/bound +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: (RO) Return the device name of the TSM when the device is in a + TDISP (TEE Device Interface Security Protocol) operational state + (LOCKED, RUN, or ERROR, not UNLOCKED). Bound devices consume + platform TSM resources and depend on the device's configuration + (e.g. BME (Bus Master Enable) and MSE (Memory Space Enable) + among other settings) to remain stable for the duration of the + bound state. This attribute is only visible for devices that + support TDISP operation, and it is only populated after + successful connect and TSM bind. The TSM bind operation is + initiated by VFIO/IOMMUFD. This is a "link" TSM attribute, see + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-tsm. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../authenticated +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When the device's tsm/ directory is present device + authentication (PCIe CMA-SPDM) and link encryption (PCIe IDE) + are handled by the platform TSM (TEE Security Manager). When the + tsm/ directory is not present this attribute reflects only the + native CMA-SPDM authentication state with the kernel's + certificate store. + + If the attribute is not present, it indicates that + authentication is unsupported by the device, or the TSM has no + available authentication methods for the device. + + When present and the tsm/ attribute directory is present, the + authenticated attribute is an alias for the device 'connect' + state. See the 'tsm/connect' attribute for more details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ed284523 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +PCIe Device AER statistics +-------------------------- + +These attributes show up under all the devices that are AER capable. These +statistical counters indicate the errors "as seen/reported by the device". +Note that this may mean that if an endpoint is causing problems, the AER +counters may increment at its link partner (e.g. root port) because the +errors may be "seen" / reported by the link partner and not the +problematic endpoint itself (which may report all counters as 0 as it never +saw any problems). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_correctable +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: List of correctable errors seen and reported by this + PCI device using ERR_COR. Note that since multiple errors may + be reported using a single ERR_COR message, thus + TOTAL_ERR_COR at the end of the file may not match the actual + total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:: + + localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_correctable + Receiver Error 2 + Bad TLP 0 + Bad DLLP 0 + RELAY_NUM Rollover 0 + Replay Timer Timeout 0 + Advisory Non-Fatal 0 + Corrected Internal Error 0 + Header Log Overflow 0 + TOTAL_ERR_COR 2 + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_fatal +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: List of uncorrectable fatal errors seen and reported by this + PCI device using ERR_FATAL. Note that since multiple errors may + be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus + TOTAL_ERR_FATAL at the end of the file may not match the actual + total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:: + + localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_fatal + Undefined 0 + Data Link Protocol 0 + Surprise Down Error 0 + Poisoned TLP 0 + Flow Control Protocol 0 + Completion Timeout 0 + Completer Abort 0 + Unexpected Completion 0 + Receiver Overflow 0 + Malformed TLP 0 + ECRC 0 + Unsupported Request 0 + ACS Violation 0 + Uncorrectable Internal Error 0 + MC Blocked TLP 0 + AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0 + TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0 + TOTAL_ERR_FATAL 0 + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_nonfatal +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: List of uncorrectable nonfatal errors seen and reported by this + PCI device using ERR_NONFATAL. Note that since multiple errors + may be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus + TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL at the end of the file may not match the + actual total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:: + + localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_nonfatal + Undefined 0 + Data Link Protocol 0 + Surprise Down Error 0 + Poisoned TLP 0 + Flow Control Protocol 0 + Completion Timeout 0 + Completer Abort 0 + Unexpected Completion 0 + Receiver Overflow 0 + Malformed TLP 0 + ECRC 0 + Unsupported Request 0 + ACS Violation 0 + Uncorrectable Internal Error 0 + MC Blocked TLP 0 + AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0 + TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0 + TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL 0 + +PCIe Rootport AER statistics +---------------------------- + +These attributes show up under only the rootports (or root complex event +collectors) that are AER capable. These indicate the number of error messages as +"reported to" the rootport. Please note that the rootports also transmit +(internally) the ERR_* messages for errors seen by the internal rootport PCI +device, so these counters include them and are thus cumulative of all the error +messages on the PCI hierarchy originating at that root port. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_rootport_total_err_cor +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: Total number of ERR_COR messages reported to rootport. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_rootport_total_err_fatal +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: Total number of ERR_FATAL messages reported to rootport. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_rootport_total_err_nonfatal +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: Total number of ERR_NONFATAL messages reported to rootport. + +PCIe AER ratelimits +------------------- + +These attributes show up under all the devices that are AER capable. +They represent configurable ratelimits of logs per error type. + +See Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.rst for more info on ratelimits. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer/correctable_ratelimit_interval_ms +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: Writing 0 disables AER correctable error log ratelimiting. + Writing a positive value sets the ratelimit interval in ms. + Default is DEFAULT_RATELIMIT_INTERVAL (5000 ms). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer/correctable_ratelimit_burst +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: Ratelimit burst for correctable error logs. Writing a value + changes the number of errors (burst) allowed per interval + before ratelimiting. Reading gets the current ratelimit + burst. Default is DEFAULT_RATELIMIT_BURST (10). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer/nonfatal_ratelimit_interval_ms +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: Writing 0 disables AER non-fatal uncorrectable error log + ratelimiting. Writing a positive value sets the ratelimit + interval in ms. Default is DEFAULT_RATELIMIT_INTERVAL + (5000 ms). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer/nonfatal_ratelimit_burst +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: Ratelimit burst for non-fatal uncorrectable error logs. + Writing a value changes the number of errors (burst) + allowed per interval before ratelimiting. Reading gets the + current ratelimit burst. Default is DEFAULT_RATELIMIT_BURST + (10). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-avs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-avs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebff3fa12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-avs @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/avs/fw_version +Date: February 2024 +Contact: Cezary Rojewski <cezary.rojewski@intel.com> +Description: + Version of AudioDSP firmware ASoC avs driver is communicating + with. + + Format: %d.%d.%d.%d, type:major:minor:build. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f85db86d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/fw_version +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Cezary Rojewski <cezary.rojewski@intel.com> +Description: + Version of AudioDSP firmware ASoC catpt driver is + communicating with. + + Format: %d.%d.%d.%d, type:major:minor:build. + +What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/fw_info +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Cezary Rojewski <cezary.rojewski@intel.com> +Description: + Detailed AudioDSP firmware build information including + build hash and log-providers hash. This information is + obtained during initial handshake with firmware. + Format: %s. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92a94e106 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/model +Date: March 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 model for logical drive + Y of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/rev +Date: March 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 revision for logical + drive Y of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/unique_id +Date: March 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 83 serial number for logical + drive Y of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/vendor +Date: March 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 vendor for logical drive + Y of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/block:cciss!cXdY +Date: March 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: A symbolic link to /sys/block/cciss!cXdY + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/rescan +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Kicks of a rescan of the controller to discover logical + drive topology changes. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/lunid +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the 8-byte LUN ID used to address logical + drive Y of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/raid_level +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the RAID level of logical drive Y of + controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/usage_count +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y + of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/resettable +Date: February 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Value of 1 indicates the controller can honor the reset_devices + kernel parameter. Value of 0 indicates reset_devices cannot be + honored. This is to allow, for example, kexec tools to be able + to warn the user if they designate an unresettable device as + a dump device, as kdump requires resetting the device in order + to work reliably. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/transport_mode +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Value of "simple" indicates that the controller has been placed + in "simple mode". Value of "performant" indicates that the + controller has been placed in "performant mode". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-pvpanic b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-pvpanic new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ec03cd36 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-pvpanic @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/*/QEMU0001:00/capability for MMIO + /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pvpanic-pci/0000:00:0*.0/capability for PCI +Date: Jan 2021 +Contact: zhenwei pi <pizhenwei@bytedance.com> +Description: + Read-only attribute. Capabilities of pvpanic device which + are supported by QEMU. + + Format: %x. + + Detailed bit definition refers to section <Bit Definition> + from pvpanic device specification: + https://git.qemu.org/?p=qemu.git;a=blob_plain;f=docs/specs/pvpanic.txt + +What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/*/QEMU0001:00/events + /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pvpanic-pci/0000:00:0*.0/events for PCI +Date: Jan 2021 +Contact: zhenwei pi <pizhenwei@bytedance.com> +Description: + RW attribute. Set/get which features in-use. This attribute + is used to enable/disable feature(s) of pvpanic device. + Notice that this value should be a subset of capability. + + Format: %x. + + Also refer to pvpanic device specification. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-btintel_pcie b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-btintel_pcie new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cceec6ac9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-btintel_pcie @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/vendor_reset +Date: 22-Jul-2026 +KernelVersion: 6.17 +Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org +Description: This read-write attribute allows userspace to trigger a + Product Level Device Reset (PLDR) on Intel PCIe Bluetooth + controllers. Reading the attribute displays the supported + reset type. Writing integer 0 triggers PLDR. Any other + input is rejected with -EINVAL. + + PLDR resets the entire on-chip platform shared between + Bluetooth and WiFi. This means any driver attached to + the WiFi device that shares hardware with this Bluetooth + device will be released, the platform will be reset, and + both the Bluetooth and WiFi devices will be re-probed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c90d97a80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ehci_hcd/.../companion + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbN/../companion +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.21 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + PCI-based EHCI USB controllers (i.e., high-speed USB-2.0 + controllers) are often implemented along with a set of + "companion" full/low-speed USB-1.1 controllers. When a + high-speed device is plugged in, the connection is routed + to the EHCI controller; when a full- or low-speed device + is plugged in, the connection is routed to the companion + controller. + + Sometimes you want to force a high-speed device to connect + at full speed, which can be accomplished by forcing the + connection to be routed to the companion controller. + That's what this file does. Writing a port number to the + file causes connections on that port to be routed to the + companion controller, and writing the negative of a port + number returns the port to normal operation. + + For example: To force the high-speed device attached to + port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed:: + + echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion + + To return the port to high-speed operation:: + + echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion + + Reading the file gives the list of ports currently forced + to the companion controller. + + Note: Some EHCI controllers do not have companions; they + may contain an internal "transaction translator" or they + may be attached directly to a "rate-matching hub". This + mechanism will not work with such controllers. Also, it + cannot be used to force a port on a high-speed hub to + connect at full speed. + + Note: When this file was first added, it appeared in a + different sysfs directory. The location given above is + correct for 2.6.35 (and probably several earlier kernel + versions as well). + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d08f28dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/janz-cmodio/.../modulbus_number +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com> +Description: + Value representing the HEX switch S2 of the janz carrier board CMOD-IO or CAN-PCI2 + + Read-only: value of the configuration switch (0..15) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..991765d84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc +Date: June 2017 +Contact: Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com> +Description: + xHCI compatible USB host controllers (i.e. super-speed + USB3 controllers) are often implemented with the Debug + Capability (DbC). It can present a debug device which + is fully compliant with the USB framework and provides + the equivalent of a very high performance full-duplex + serial link for debug purpose. + + The DbC debug device shares a root port with xHCI host. + When the DbC is enabled, the root port will be assigned + to the Debug Capability. Otherwise, it will be assigned + to xHCI. + + Writing "enable" to this attribute will enable the DbC + functionality and the shared root port will be assigned + to the DbC device. Writing "disable" to this attribute + will disable the DbC functionality and the shared root + port will roll back to the xHCI. + + Reading this attribute gives the state of the DbC. It + can be one of the following states: disabled, enabled, + initialized, connected, configured or suspended. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_idVendor +Date: March 2023 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This dbc_idVendor attribute lets us change the idVendor field + presented in the USB device descriptor by this xhci debug + device. + Value can only be changed while debug capability (DbC) is in + disabled state to prevent USB device descriptor change while + connected to a USB host. + The default value is 0x1d6b (Linux Foundation). + It can be any 16-bit integer. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_idProduct +Date: March 2023 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This dbc_idProduct attribute lets us change the idProduct field + presented in the USB device descriptor by this xhci debug + device. + Value can only be changed while debug capability (DbC) is in + disabled state to prevent USB device descriptor change while + connected to a USB host. + The default value is 0x0010. It can be any 16-bit integer. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_bcdDevice +Date: March 2023 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This dbc_bcdDevice attribute lets us change the bcdDevice field + presented in the USB device descriptor by this xhci debug + device. + Value can only be changed while debug capability (DbC) is in + disabled state to prevent USB device descriptor change while + connected to a USB host. + The default value is 0x0010. (device rev 0.10) + It can be any 16-bit integer. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_bInterfaceProtocol +Date: March 2023 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This attribute lets us change the bInterfaceProtocol field + presented in the USB Interface descriptor by the xhci debug + device. + Value can only be changed while debug capability (DbC) is in + disabled state to prevent USB descriptor change while + connected to a USB host. + The default value is 1 (GNU Remote Debug command). + Other permissible value is 0 which is for vendor defined debug + target. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_poll_interval_ms +Date: February 2024 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This attribute adjust the polling interval used to check for + DbC events. Unit is milliseconds. Accepted values range from 0 + up to 5000. The default value is 64 ms. + This polling interval is used while DbC is enabled but has no + active data transfers. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_serial +Date: January 2026 +Contact: Łukasz Bartosik <ukaszb@chromium.org> +Description: + The dbc_serial attribute allows to change the serial number + string descriptor presented by the debug device when a host + requests a string descriptor with iSerialNumber index. + Index is found in the iSerialNumber field in the device + descriptor. + Value can only be changed while debug capability (DbC) is in + disabled state to prevent USB device descriptor change while + connected to a USB host. + The default value is "0001". + The field length can be from 1 to 126 characters. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_product +Date: January 2026 +Contact: Łukasz Bartosik <ukaszb@chromium.org> +Description: + The dbc_product attribute allows to change the product string + descriptor presented by the debug device when a host requests + a string descriptor with iProduct index. + Index is found in the iProduct field in the device descriptor. + Value can only be changed while debug capability (DbC) is in + disabled state to prevent USB device descriptor change while + connected to a USB host. + The default value is "Linux USB Debug Target". + The field length can be from 1 to 126 characters. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_manufacturer +Date: January 2026 +Contact: Łukasz Bartosik <ukaszb@chromium.org> +Description: + The dbc_manufacturer attribute allows to change the manufacturer + string descriptor presented by the debug device when a host + requests a string descriptor with iManufacturer index. + Value can only be changed while debug capability (DbC) is in + disabled state to prevent USB device descriptor change while + connected to a USB host. + The default value is "Linux Foundation". + The field length can be from 1 to 126 characters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-peci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-peci new file mode 100644 index 000000000..87454ec5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-peci @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/bus/peci/rescan +Date: July 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Iwona Winiarska <iwona.winiarska@intel.com> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + initiate scan for PECI devices on all PECI controllers + in the system. + +What: /sys/bus/peci/devices/<controller_id>-<device_addr>/remove +Date: July 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Iwona Winiarska <iwona.winiarska@intel.com> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + remove the PECI device and any of its children. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4dfe7355 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../driver_override +Date: April 2014 +Contact: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind + to the device. The override is specified by writing a string + to the driver_override file (echo vfio-platform > \ + driver_override) and may be cleared with an empty string + (echo > driver_override). This returns the device to standard + matching rules binding. Writing to driver_override does not + automatically unbind the device from its current driver or make + any attempt to automatically load the specified driver. If no + driver with a matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, + the device will not bind to any driver. This also allows + devices to opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override + name such as "none". Only a single driver may be specified in + the override, there is no support for parsing delimiters. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../numa_node +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com> +Description: + This file contains the NUMA node to which the platform device + is attached. It won't be visible if the node is unknown. The + value comes from an ACPI _PXM method or a similar firmware + source. Initial users for this file would be devices like + arm smmu which are populated by arm64 acpi_iort. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../msi_irqs/ +Date: August 2021 +Contact: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set + of files, with each file being named after a corresponding msi + irq vector allocated to that device. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N> +Date: August 2021 +Contact: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com> +Description: + This attribute will show "msi" if <N> is a valid msi irq + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../modalias +Description: + Same as MODALIAS in the uevent at device creation. + + A platform device that it is exposed via devicetree uses: + + - of:N`of node name`T`type` + + Other platform devices use, instead: + + - platform:`driver name` diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-ampere-smpro b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-ampere-smpro new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fead760dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-ampere-smpro @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_[core|mem|pcie|other]_[ce|ue] +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) Contains the 48-byte Ampere (Vendor-Specific) Error Record printed + in hex format according to the table below: + + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Offset | Field | Size (byte) | Description | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 00 | Error Type | 1 | See :ref:`the table below <smpro-error-types>` for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 01 | Subtype | 1 | See :ref:`the table below <smpro-error-types>` for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 02 | Instance | 2 | See :ref:`the table below <smpro-error-types>` for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 04 | Error status | 4 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 08 | Error Address | 8 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 16 | Error Misc 0 | 8 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 24 | Error Misc 1 | 8 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 32 | Error Misc 2 | 8 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 40 | Error Misc 3 | 8 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + + The table below defines the value of error types, their subtype, subcomponent and instance: + + .. _smpro-error-types: + + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | Error Group | Error Type | Sub type | Sub component | Instance | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | CPM (core) | 0 | 0 | Snoop-Logic | CPM # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | CPM (core) | 0 | 2 | Armv8 Core 1 | CPM # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 1 | ERR1 | MCU # \| SLOT << 11 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 2 | ERR2 | MCU # \| SLOT << 11 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 3 | ERR3 | MCU # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 4 | ERR4 | MCU # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 5 | ERR5 | MCU # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 6 | ERR6 | MCU # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 7 | Link Error | MCU # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | Mesh (other) | 2 | 0 | Cross Point | X \| (Y << 5) \| NS <<11 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | Mesh (other) | 2 | 1 | Home Node(IO) | X \| (Y << 5) \| NS <<11 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | Mesh (other) | 2 | 2 | Home Node(Mem) | X \| (Y << 5) \| NS <<11 \| device<<12 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | Mesh (other) | 2 | 4 | CCIX Node | X \| (Y << 5) \| NS <<11 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | 2P Link (other) | 3 | 0 | N/A | Altra 2P Link # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 0 | ERR0 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 1 | ERR1 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 2 | ERR2 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 3 | ERR3 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 4 | ERR4 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 5 | ERR5 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 6 | ERR6 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 7 | ERR7 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 8 | ERR8 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 9 | ERR9 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 10 | ERR10 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 11 | ERR11 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 12 | ERR12 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 13-21 | ERR13 | RC # + 1 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TCU | 100 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU0 | 0 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU1 | 1 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU2 | 2 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU3 | 3 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU4 | 4 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU5 | 5 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU6 | 6 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU7 | 7 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU8 | 8 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU9 | 9 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PCIe AER (pcie) | 7 | Root | 0 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PCIe AER (pcie) | 7 | Device | 1 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PCIe RC (pcie) | 8 | RCA HB | 0 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PCIe RC (pcie) | 8 | RCB HB | 1 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PCIe RC (pcie) | 8 | RASDP | 8 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | OCM (other) | 9 | ERR0 | 0 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | OCM (other) | 9 | ERR1 | 1 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | OCM (other) | 9 | ERR2 | 2 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMpro (other) | 10 | ERR0 | 0 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMpro (other) | 10 | ERR1 | 1 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMpro (other) | 10 | MPA_ERR | 2 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PMpro (other) | 11 | ERR0 | 0 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PMpro (other) | 11 | ERR1 | 1 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PMpro (other) | 11 | MPA_ERR | 2 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + + Example:: + + # cat error_other_ue + 880807001e004010401040101500000001004010401040100c0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 + + The detail of each sysfs entries is as below: + + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Error | Sysfs entry | Description (when triggered) | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Core's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_core_ce | Core has CE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Core's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_core_ue | Core has UE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Memory's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_mem_ce | Memory has CE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Memory's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_mem_ue | Memory has UE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | PCIe's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_pcie_ce | any PCIe controller has CE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | PCIe's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_pcie_ue | any PCIe controller has UE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Other's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_other_ce | any other CE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Other's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_other_ue | any other UE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + + UE: Uncorrect-able Error + CE: Correct-able Error + + For details, see section `3.3 Ampere (Vendor-Specific) Error Record Formats, + Altra Family RAS Supplement`. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_[core|mem|pcie|other]_[ce|ue] +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) Return the overflow status of each type HW error reported: + + - 0 : No overflow + - 1 : There is an overflow and the oldest HW errors are dropped + + The detail of each sysfs entries is as below: + + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Overflow | Sysfs entry | Description | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Core's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_core_ce | Core CE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Core's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_core_ue | Core UE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Memory's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_mem_ce | Memory CE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Memory's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_mem_ue | Memory UE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | PCIe's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_pcie_ce | any PCIe controller CE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | PCIe's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_pcie_ue | any PCIe controller UE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Other's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_other_ce| any other CE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Other's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_other_ue| other UE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + + where: + + - UE: Uncorrect-able Error + - CE: Correct-able Error + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/[error|warn]_[smpro|pmpro] +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) Contains the internal firmware error/warning printed as hex format. + + The detail of each sysfs entries is as below: + + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + | Error | Sysfs entry | Description | + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + | SMpro error | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_smpro | system has SMpro error | + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + | SMpro warning | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/warn_smpro | system has SMpro warning | + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + | PMpro error | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_pmpro | system has PMpro error | + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + | PMpro warning | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/warn_pmpro | system has PMpro warning | + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + + For details, see section `5.10 RAS Internal Error Register Definitions, + Altra Family Soc BMC Interface Specification`. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_[vrd_warn_fault|vrd_hot|dimm_hot|dimm_2x_refresh] +KernelVersion: 6.1 (event_[vrd_warn_fault|vrd_hot|dimm_hot]), 6.4 (event_dimm_2x_refresh) +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) Contains the detail information in case of VRD/DIMM warning/hot events + in hex format as below:: + + AAAA + + where: + + - ``AAAA``: The event detail information data + + The detail of each sysfs entries is as below: + + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + | Event | Sysfs entry | Description | + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + | VRD HOT | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_vrd_hot | VRD Hot | + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + | VR Warn/Fault | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_vrd_warn_fault | VR Warning or Fault | + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + | DIMM HOT | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_dimm_hot | DIMM Hot | + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + | DIMM 2X | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_dimm_2x_refresh| DIMM 2x refresh rate| + | REFRESH RATE | | event in high temp | + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + + For more details, see section `5.7 GPI Status Registers and 5.9 Memory Error Register Definitions, + Altra Family Soc BMC Interface Specification`. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_dimm[0-15]_syndrome +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) The sysfs returns the 2-byte DIMM failure syndrome data for slot + 0-15 if it failed to initialize. + + For more details, see section `5.11 Boot Stage Register Definitions, + Altra Family Soc BMC Interface Specification`. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-misc.*/boot_progress +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) Contains the boot stages information in hex as format below:: + + AABBCCCCCCCC + + where: + + - ``AA`` : The boot stages + + - 00: SMpro firmware booting + - 01: PMpro firmware booting + - 02: ATF BL1 firmware booting + - 03: DDR initialization + - 04: DDR training report status + - 05: ATF BL2 firmware booting + - 06: ATF BL31 firmware booting + - 07: ATF BL32 firmware booting + - 08: UEFI firmware booting + - 09: OS booting + + - ``BB`` : Boot status + + - 00: Not started + - 01: Started + - 02: Completed without error + - 03: Failed. + + - ``CCCCCCCC``: Boot status information defined for each boot stages + + For details, see section `5.11 Boot Stage Register Definitions` + and section `6. Processor Boot Progress Codes, Altra Family Soc BMC + Interface Specification`. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-misc*/soc_power_limit +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RW) Contains the desired SoC power limit in Watt. + Writes to this sysfs set the desired SoC power limit (W). + Reads from this register return the current SoC power limit (W). + The value ranges: + + - Minimum: 120 W + - Maximum: Socket TDP power diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-occ-hwmon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-occ-hwmon new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b24d7ab02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-occ-hwmon @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/occ-hwmon.X/ffdc +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: eajames@linux.ibm.com +Description: + Contains the First Failure Data Capture from the SBEFIFO + hardware, if there is any from a previous transfer. Otherwise, + the file is empty. The data is cleared when it's been + completely read by a user. As the name suggests, only the data + from the first error is saved, until it's cleared upon read. The OCC hwmon driver, running on + a Baseboard Management Controller (BMC), communicates with + POWER9 and up processors over the Self-Boot Engine (SBE) FIFO. + In many error conditions, the SBEFIFO will return error data + indicating the type of error and system state, etc. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-drivers-amd_x3d_vcache b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-drivers-amd_x3d_vcache new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac3431736 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-drivers-amd_x3d_vcache @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/amd_x3d_vcache/AMDI0101:00/amd_x3d_mode +Date: November 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Basavaraj Natikar <Basavaraj.Natikar@amd.com> +Description: (RW) AMD 3D V-Cache optimizer allows users to switch CPU core + rankings dynamically. + + This file switches between these two modes: + - "frequency" cores within the faster CCD are prioritized before + those in the slower CCD. + - "cache" cores within the larger L3 CCD are prioritized before + those in the smaller L3 CCD. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-onboard-usb-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-onboard-usb-dev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b06a48c3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-onboard-usb-dev @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/<dev>/always_powered_in_suspend +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Matthias Kaehlcke <matthias@kaehlcke.net> + linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Controls whether the USB hub remains always powered + during system suspend or not. This attribute is not + available for non-hub devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8b6728da --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii> +Description: + For each RapidIO device, the RapidIO subsystem creates files in + an individual subdirectory with the following name format of + device_name "nn:d:iiii", where: + + ==== ======================================================== + nn two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the + device resides + d device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch + iiii four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for + switches + ==== ======================================================== + + For example, below is a list of device directories that + represents a typical RapidIO network with one switch, one host, + and two agent endpoints, as it is seen by the enumerating host + (with destID = 1):: + + /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000 + /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002 + /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001 + + NOTE: + An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a + sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1 + is not shown in the list. + +Attributes Common for All RapidIO Devices +----------------------------------------- + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/did +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns the device identifier + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/vid +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns the device vendor identifier + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/device_rev +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns the device revision level + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/asm_did +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns identifier for the assembly containing the device + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/asm_rev +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns revision level of the assembly containing the + device + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/asm_vid +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns vendor identifier of the assembly containing the + device + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/destid +Date: Mar, 2011 +KernelVersion: v2.6.3 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns device destination ID assigned by the enumeration + routine + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/lprev +Date: Mar, 2011 +KernelVersion: v2.6.39 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns name of previous device (switch) on the path to the + device that that owns this attribute + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/modalias +Date: Jul, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.11 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns the device modalias + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/config +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RW) Binary attribute to read from and write to the device + configuration registers using the RapidIO maintenance + transactions. This attribute is similar in behaviour to the + "config" attribute of PCI devices and provides an access to the + RapidIO device registers using standard file read and write + operations. + +RapidIO Switch Device Attributes +-------------------------------- + +RapidIO switches have additional attributes in sysfs. RapidIO subsystem supports +common and device-specific sysfs attributes for switches. Because switches are +integrated into the RapidIO subsystem, it offers a method to create +device-specific sysfs attributes by specifying a callback function that may be +set by the switch initialization routine during enumeration or discovery +process. + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<s>:<iiii>/routes +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) reports switch routing information in "destID port" format. + This attribute reports only valid routing table entries, one + line for each entry. + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<s>:<iiii>/destid +Date: Mar, 2011 +KernelVersion: v2.6.3 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) device destination ID of the associated device that defines + a route to the switch + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<s>:<iiii>/hopcount +Date: Mar, 2011 +KernelVersion: v2.6.39 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) number of hops on the path to the switch + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<s>:<iiii>/lnext +Date: Mar, 2011 +KernelVersion: v2.6.39 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns names of devices linked to the switch except one of + a device linked to the ingress port (reported as "lprev"). This + is an array names with number of lines equal to number of ports + in switch. If a switch port has no attached device, returns + "null" instead of a device name. + +Device-specific Switch Attributes +--------------------------------- + +IDT_GEN2- + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<s>:<iiii>/errlog +Date: Oct, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) reads contents of device error log until it is empty. + +RapidIO Bus Attributes +---------------------- + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/scan +Date: May, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.11 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (WO) Allows to trigger enumeration discovery process from user + space. To initiate an enumeration or discovery process on + specific mport device, a user needs to write mport_ID (not + RapidIO destination ID) into this file. The mport_ID is a + sequential number (0 ... RIO_MAX_MPORTS) assigned to the mport + device. For example, for a machine with a single RapidIO + controller, mport_ID for that controller always will be 0. To + initiate RapidIO enumeration/discovery on all available mports a + user must write '-1' (or RIO_MPORT_ANY) into this attribute + file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..417a2fe21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rbd/add +Date: Oct, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (WO) Add rbd block device. + + Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [<snap name>] + + Example:: + + $ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add + + The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image + read/write. A <dev-id> will be assigned for any registered block + device. If snapshot is used, it will be mapped read-only. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove +Date: Oct, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (WO) Remove rbd block device. + + Usage: <dev-id> [force] + + Example:: + + $ echo 2 > /sys/bus/rbd/remove + + Optional "force" argument which when passed will wait for + running requests and then unmap the image. Requests sent to the + driver after initiating the removal will be failed. (August + 2016, since 4.9.) + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major +Date: Dec, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (WO) Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major + parameter set to true. + + Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/add. If present, this + should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use + /sys/bus/rbd/add if /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major is available + will fail for backwards compatibility reasons. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major +Date: Dec, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (WO) Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major + parameter set to true. + + Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/remove. If present, this + should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use + /sys/bus/rbd/remove if /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major is + available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/supported_features +Date: Mar, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (RO) Displays the features supported by the rbd module so that + userspace can generate meaningful error messages and spell out + unsupported features that need to be disabled. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/size +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/major +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/client_id +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/name +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/refresh +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/current_snap +Date: Oct, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + + ============== ================================================ + size (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block + device. + + major (RO) The block device major number. + + client_id (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned + for this specific session. + + pool (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd + image resides. An rbd image name is unique + within its pool. + + name (RO) The name of the rbd image. + + refresh (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image + header data and set all relevant data structures + accordingly. + + current_snap (RO) The current snapshot for which the device + is mapped. + ============== ================================================ + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool_id +Date: Jul, 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.6 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (RO) The unique identifier for the rbd image's pool. This is a + permanent attribute of the pool. A pool's id will never change. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/image_id +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/features +Date: Oct, 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.7 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + ========= =============================================== + image_id (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd + image format 1 this is empty.) + + features (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits + for this image. + ========= =============================================== + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/parent +Date: Nov, 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.8 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (RO) Information identifying the chain of parent images in a + layered rbd image. Entries are separated by empty lines. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/minor +Date: Dec, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (RO) The block device minor number. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/snap_id +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/config_info +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/cluster_fsid +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/client_addr +Date: Aug, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.9 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + ============ ================================================ + snap_id (RO) The current snapshot's id. + + config_info (RO) The string written into + /sys/bus/rbd/add{,_single_major}. + + cluster_fsid (RO) The ceph cluster UUID. + + client_addr (RO) The ceph unique client + entity_addr_t (address + nonce). The format is + <address>:<port>/<nonce>: '1.2.3.4:1234/5678' or + '[1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8]:1234/5678'. + ============ ================================================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..990fcc420 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified with a (textual) name, + which is maximum 32 bytes long (defined as RPMSG_NAME_SIZE in + rpmsg.h). + + This sysfs entry contains the name of this channel. + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../src +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity (a kernel driver). + + This sysfs entry contains the src (local) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if no driver exists for this + channel). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../dst +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity. + + This sysfs entry contains the dst (remote) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if the kernel driver that + is attached to this channel is exposing a service to the + remote processor. This make it a local rpmsg server, + and it is listening for inbound messages that may be sent + from any remote rpmsg client; it is not bound to a single + remote entity). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../announce +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see + /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local + ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg + address. + + A channel is first created when an entity, whether local + or remote, starts listening on it for messages (and is thus + called an rpmsg server). + + When that happens, a "name service" announcement is sent + to the other processor, in order to let it know about the + creation of the channel (this way remote clients know they + can start sending messages). + + This sysfs entry tells us whether the channel is a local + server channel that is announced (values are either + true or false). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../driver_override +Date: April 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see + /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local + ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg + address. + + The listening entity (or client) which communicates with a + remote processor is referred as rpmsg driver. The rpmsg device + and rpmsg driver are matched based on rpmsg device name and + rpmsg driver ID table. + + This sysfs entry allows the rpmsg driver for a rpmsg device + to be specified which will override standard OF, ID table + and name matching. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50e80238f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/active +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + On reading represents the current state of the bus. If it + contains a "0" the bus is stopped and connected devices are + expected to not do anything because their watchdog triggered. + When the file contains a "1" the bus is operated and periodically + does a push-pull cycle to write and read data from the + connected devices. + + When writing a "0" or "1" the bus moves to the described state. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_add +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Write-only file. Write + + <type> <inbytes> <outbytes> <statustype> + + to add a new device dynamically. <type> is the name that is used to match + to a driver (similar to the platform bus). <inbytes> and <outbytes> define + the length of the input and output shift register in bytes respectively. + + <statustype> defines the 4 bit device type that is check to identify connection + problems. + + The new device is added to the end of the existing chain. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_remove +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Write-only file. A single write removes the last device in the siox chain. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/poll_interval_ns +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Defines the interval between two poll cycles in nano seconds. + Note this is rounded to jiffies on writing. On reading the current value + is returned. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/connected +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value. "0" means the Yth device on siox bus X isn't "connected" i.e. + communication with it is not ensured. "1" signals a working connection. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/inbytes +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value reporting the inbytes value provided to siox-X/device_add + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/status_errors +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Counts the number of time intervals when the read status byte doesn't yield the + expected value. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/type +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value reporting the type value provided to siox-X/device_add. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/watchdog +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value reporting if the watchdog of the siox device is + active. "0" means the watchdog is not active and the device is expected to + be operational. "1" means the watchdog keeps the device in reset. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/watchdog_errors +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value reporting the number to time intervals when the + watchdog was active. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/outbytes +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value reporting the outbytes value provided to siox-X/device_add. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2342911f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/revision + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/clk_stop_modes + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/clk_freq + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/clk_gears + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/default_col + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/default_frame_rate + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/default_row + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/dynamic_shape + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/err_threshold + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/max_clk_freq + +Date: April 2020 + +Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com> + Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com> + Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +Description: SoundWire Master-N DisCo properties. + These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification + for SoundWire. They define various properties of the Master + and are used by the bus to configure the Master. clk_stop_modes + is a bitmask for simplifications and combines the + clock-stop-mode0 and clock-stop-mode1 properties. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fbf55834d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../status + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../device_number + +Date: September 2020 + +Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com> + Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com> + Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +Description: SoundWire Slave status + + These properties report the Slave status, e.g. if it + is UNATTACHED or not, and in the latter case show the + device_number. This status information is useful to + detect devices exposed by platform firmware but not + physically present on the bus, and conversely devices + not exposed in platform firmware but enumerated. + +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/mipi_revision + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/wake_capable + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/test_mode_capable + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/clk_stop_mode1 + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/simple_clk_stop_capable + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/clk_stop_timeout + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/ch_prep_timeout + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/reset_behave + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/high_PHY_capable + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/paging_support + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/bank_delay_support + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/p15_behave + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/master_count + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/source_ports + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/sink_ports + +Date: May 2020 + +Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com> + Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com> + Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +Description: SoundWire Slave DisCo properties. + These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification + for SoundWire. They define various properties of the + SoundWire Slave and are used by the bus to configure + the Slave + + +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/max_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/min_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/words + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/BRA_flow_controlled + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/simple_ch_prep_sm + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/imp_def_interrupts + +Date: May 2020 + +Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com> + Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com> + Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +Description: SoundWire Slave Data Port-0 DisCo properties. + These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification + for the SoundWire. They define various properties of the + Data port 0 are used by the bus to configure the Data Port 0. + + +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/max_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/min_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/words + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/type + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/max_grouping + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/simple_ch_prep_sm + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/ch_prep_timeout + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/imp_def_interrupts + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/min_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/max_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/channels + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/ch_combinations + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/max_async_buffer + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/block_pack_mode + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/port_encoding + + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/max_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/min_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/words + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/type + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/max_grouping + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/simple_ch_prep_sm + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/ch_prep_timeout + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/imp_def_interrupts + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/min_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/max_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/channels + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/ch_combinations + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/max_async_buffer + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/block_pack_mode + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/port_encoding + +Date: May 2020 + +Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com> + Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com> + Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +Description: SoundWire Slave Data Source/Sink Port-N DisCo properties. + These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification + for SoundWire. They define various properties of the + Source/Sink Data port N and are used by the bus to configure + the Data Port N. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-spi-devices-spi-nor b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-spi-devices-spi-nor new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ed5582dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-spi-devices-spi-nor @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../spi-nor/jedec_id +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: (RO) The JEDEC ID of the SPI NOR flash as reported by the + flash device. + + The attribute is not present if the flash doesn't support + the "Read JEDEC ID" command (9Fh). This is the case for + non-JEDEC compliant flashes. + +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../spi-nor/manufacturer +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: (RO) Manufacturer of the SPI NOR flash. + + The attribute is not present if the flash device isn't + known to the kernel and is only probed by its SFDP + tables. + +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../spi-nor/partname +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: (RO) Part name of the SPI NOR flash. + + The attribute is optional. User space should not rely on + it to be present or even correct. Instead, user space + should read the jedec_id attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../spi-nor/sfdp +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: (RO) This attribute is only present if the SPI NOR flash + device supports the "Read SFDP" command (5Ah). + + If present, it contains the complete SFDP (serial flash + discoverable parameters) binary data of the flash. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-surface_aggregator-tabletsw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-surface_aggregator-tabletsw new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74cd9d754 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-surface_aggregator-tabletsw @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +What: /sys/bus/surface_aggregator/devices/01:0e:01:00:01/state +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Maximilian Luz <luzmaximilian@gmail.com> +Description: + This attribute returns a string with the current type-cover + or device posture, as indicated by the embedded controller. + Currently returned posture states are: + + - "disconnected": The type-cover has been disconnected. + + - "closed": The type-cover has been folded closed and lies on + top of the display. + + - "laptop": The type-cover is open and in laptop-mode, i.e., + ready for normal use. + + - "folded-canvas": The type-cover has been folded back + part-ways, but does not lie flush with the back side of the + device. In general, this means that the kick-stand is used + and extended atop of the cover. + + - "folded-back": The type cover has been fully folded back and + lies flush with the back side of the device. + + - "<unknown>": The current state is unknown to the driver, for + example due to newer as-of-yet unsupported hardware. + + New states may be introduced with new hardware. Users therefore + must not rely on this list of states being exhaustive and + gracefully handle unknown states. + +What: /sys/bus/surface_aggregator/devices/01:26:01:00:01/state +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Maximilian Luz <luzmaximilian@gmail.com> +Description: + This attribute returns a string with the current device posture, as indicated by the embedded controller. Currently + returned posture states are: + + - "closed": The lid of the device is closed. + + - "laptop": The lid of the device is opened and the device + operates as a normal laptop. + + - "slate": The screen covers the keyboard or has been flipped + back and the device operates mainly based on touch input. + + - "tablet": The device operates as tablet and exclusively + relies on touch input (or external peripherals). + + - "<unknown>": The current state is unknown to the driver, for + example due to newer as-of-yet unsupported hardware. + + New states may be introduced with new hardware. Users therefore + must not rely on this list of states being exhaustive and + gracefully handle unknown states. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..221b6c75e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt @@ -0,0 +1,370 @@ +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/boot_acl +Date: Jun 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Holds a comma separated list of device unique_ids that + are allowed to be connected automatically during system + startup (e.g boot devices). The list always contains + maximum supported number of unique_ids where unused + entries are empty. This allows the userspace software + to determine how many entries the controller supports. + If there are multiple controllers, each controller has + its own ACL list and size may be different between the + controllers. + + System BIOS may have an option "Preboot ACL" or similar + that needs to be selected before this list is taken into + consideration. + + Software always updates a full list in each write. + + If a device is authorized automatically during boot its + boot attribute is set to 1. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/deauthorization +Date: May 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute tells whether the system supports + de-authorization of devices. Value of 1 means user can + de-authorize PCIe tunnel by writing 0 to authorized + attribute under each device. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/iommu_dma_protection +Date: Mar 2019 +KernelVersion: 4.21 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute tells whether the system uses IOMMU + for DMA protection. Value of 1 means IOMMU is used 0 means + it is not (DMA protection is solely based on Thunderbolt + security levels). + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/security +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute holds current Thunderbolt security level + set by the system BIOS. Possible values are: + + ======= ================================================== + none All devices are automatically authorized + user Devices are only authorized based on writing + appropriate value to the authorized attribute + secure Require devices that support secure connect at + minimum. User needs to authorize each device. + dponly Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No + PCIe tunnels are created. + usbonly Automatically tunnel USB controller of the + connected Thunderbolt dock (and Display Port). All + PCIe links downstream of the dock are removed. + nopcie USB4 system where PCIe tunneling is disabled from + the BIOS. + ======= ================================================== + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../authorized +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute is used to authorize Thunderbolt devices + after they have been connected. If the device is not + authorized, no PCIe devices are available to the system. + + Contents of this attribute will be 0 when the device is not + yet authorized. + + Possible values are supported: + + == =================================================== + 0 The device will be de-authorized (only supported if + deauthorization attribute under domain contains 1) + 1 The device will be authorized and connected + == =================================================== + + When key attribute contains 32 byte hex string the possible + values are: + + == ======================================================== + 0 The device will be de-authorized (only supported if + deauthorization attribute under domain contains 1) + 1 The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and + the device is authorized. + 2 Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the + challenge response from device is valid, the device is + authorized. In case of failure errno will be ENOKEY if + the device did not contain a key at all, and + EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match. + == ======================================================== + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../boot +Date: Jun 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute contains 1 if Thunderbolt device was already + authorized on boot and 0 otherwise. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../generation +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Christian Kellner <christian@kellner.me> +Description: This attribute contains the generation of the Thunderbolt + controller associated with the device. It will contain 4 + for USB4. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../key +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: When a devices supports Thunderbolt secure connect it will + have this attribute. Writing 32 byte hex string changes + authorization to use the secure connection method instead. + Writing an empty string clears the key and regular connection + method can be used again. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../device +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute contains id of this device extracted from + the device DROM. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../device_name +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute contains name of this device extracted from + the device DROM. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../maxhopid +Date: Jul 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Only set for XDomains. The maximum HopID the other host + supports as its input HopID. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../rx_speed +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute reports the device RX speed per lane. + All RX lanes run at the same speed. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../rx_lanes +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute reports number of RX lanes the device is + using simultaneously through its upstream port. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../tx_speed +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute reports the TX speed per lane. + All TX lanes run at the same speed. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../tx_lanes +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute reports number of TX lanes the device is + using simultaneously through its upstream port. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../vendor +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute contains vendor id of this device extracted + from the device DROM. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../vendor_name +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute contains vendor name of this device extracted + from the device DROM. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../unique_id +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute contains unique_id string of this device. + This is either read from hardware registers (UUID on + newer hardware) or based on UID from the device DROM. + Can be used to uniquely identify particular device. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_version +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: If the device has upgradeable firmware the version + number is available here. Format: %x.%x, major.minor. + If the device is in safe mode reading the file returns + -ENODATA instead as the NVM version is not available. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_authenticate +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: When new NVM image is written to the non-active NVM + area (through non_activeX NVMem device), the + authentication procedure is started by writing to + this file. + If everything goes well, the device is + restarted with the new NVM firmware. If the image + verification fails an error code is returned instead. + + This file will accept writing values "1", "2" or "3". + + - Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage + area and authenticate the image in one action. + - Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image + and flush it to the storage area. + - Writing "3" will authenticate the image that is + currently written in the storage area. This is only + supported with USB4 devices and retimers. + + When read holds status of the last authentication + operation if an error occurred during the process. This + is directly the status value from the DMA configuration + based mailbox before the device is power cycled. Writing + 0 here clears the status. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_authenticate_on_disconnect +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@outlook.com> +Description: For supported devices, automatically authenticate the new Thunderbolt + image when the device is disconnected from the host system. + + This file will accept writing values "1" or "2" + + - Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage + area and prepare the device for authentication on disconnect. + - Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image + and flush it to the storage area. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/key +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This contains name of the property directory the XDomain + service exposes. This entry describes the protocol in + question. Following directories are already reserved by + the Apple XDomain specification: + + ======== =============================================== + network IP/ethernet over Thunderbolt + targetdm Target disk mode protocol over Thunderbolt + extdisp External display mode protocol over Thunderbolt + ======== =============================================== + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/modalias +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent for + the XDomain service. Format: tbtsvc:kSpNvNrN + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcid +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This contains XDomain protocol identifier the XDomain + service supports. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcvers +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This contains XDomain protocol version the XDomain + service supports. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcrevs +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This contains XDomain software version the XDomain + service supports. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcstns +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This contains XDomain service specific settings as + bitmask. Format: %x + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/usb4_portX/connector +Date: April 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Symlink to the USB Type-C connector. This link is only + created when USB Type-C Connector Class is enabled, + and only if the system firmware is capable of + describing the connection between a port and its + connector. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/usb4_portX/link +Date: Sep 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Returns the current link mode. Possible values are + "usb4", "tbt" and "none". + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/usb4_portX/offline +Date: Sep 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Rajmohan Mani <rajmohan.mani@intel.com> +Description: Writing 1 to this attribute puts the USB4 port into + offline mode. Only allowed when there is nothing + connected to the port (link attribute returns "none"). + Once the port is in offline mode it does not receive any + hotplug events. This is used to update NVM firmware of + on-board retimers. Writing 0 puts the port back to + online mode. + + This attribute is only visible if the platform supports + powering on retimers when there is no cable connected. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/usb4_portX/rescan +Date: Sep 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Rajmohan Mani <rajmohan.mani@intel.com> +Description: When the USB4 port is in offline mode writing 1 to this + attribute forces rescan of the sideband for on-board + retimers. Each retimer appear under the USB4 port as if + the USB4 link was up. These retimers act in the same way + as if the cable was connected so upgrading their NVM + firmware can be done the usual way. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/device +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Retimer device identifier read from the hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/nvm_authenticate +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: When new NVM image is written to the non-active NVM + area (through non_activeX NVMem device), the + authentication procedure is started by writing 1 to + this file. If everything goes well, the device is + restarted with the new NVM firmware. If the image + verification fails an error code is returned instead. + + When read holds status of the last authentication + operation if an error occurred during the process. + Format: %x. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/nvm_version +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Holds retimer NVM version number. Format: %x.%x, major.minor. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/vendor +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Retimer vendor identifier read from the hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..205d9c91e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../active +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows if the mode is active or not. The attribute can be used + for entering/exiting the mode. Entering/exiting modes is + supported as synchronous operation so write(2) to the attribute + does not return until the enter/exit mode operation has + finished. The attribute is notified when the mode is + entered/exited so poll(2) on the attribute wakes up. + Entering/exiting a mode will also generate uevent KOBJ_CHANGE. + + Valid values are boolean. + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../description +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows description of the mode. The description is optional for + the drivers, just like with the Billboard Devices. + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../mode +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The index number of the mode returned by Discover Modes USB + Power Delivery command. Depending on the alternate mode, the + mode index may be significant. + + With some alternate modes (SVIDs), the mode index is assigned + for specific functionality in the specification for that + alternate mode. + + With other alternate modes, the mode index values are not + assigned, and can not be therefore used for identification. When + the mode index is not assigned, identifying the alternate mode + must be done with either mode VDO or the description. + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../svid +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The Standard or Vendor ID (SVID) assigned by USB-IF for this + alternate mode. + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../vdo +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the VDO in hexadecimal returned by Discover Modes command + for this mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..baf4bf6d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -0,0 +1,607 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<INTERFACE>/authorized +Date: August 2015 +Description: + This allows to authorize (1) or deauthorize (0) + individual interfaces instead a whole device + in contrast to the device authorization. + If a deauthorized interface will be authorized + so the driver probing must be triggered manually + by writing INTERFACE to /sys/bus/usb/drivers_probe + This allows to avoid side-effects with drivers + that need multiple interfaces. + + A deauthorized interface cannot be probed or claimed. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/interface_authorized_default +Date: August 2015 +Description: + This is used as value that determines if interfaces + would be authorized by default. + The value can be 1 or 0. It's by default 1. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + Authorized devices are available for use by device + drivers, non-authorized one are not. By default, wired + USB devices are authorized. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id +Date: October 2011 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to + dynamically add a new device ID to a USB device driver. + This may allow the driver to support more hardware than + was included in the driver's static device ID support + table at compile time. The format for the device ID is: + idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct + The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the + rest is optional. The `Ref*` tuple can be used to tell the + driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as + it is used for the reference device. + Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe + for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:: + + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + + Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from + an already supported device (0458:704c):: + + # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + + Reading from this file will list all dynamically added + device IDs in the same format, with one entry per + line. For example:: + + # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + 8086 10f5 + dead beef 06 + f00d cafe + + The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to + sysfs restrictions. + +What: /sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/.../new_id +Date: October 2011 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + For serial USB drivers, this attribute appears under the + extra bus folder "usb-serial" in sysfs; apart from that + difference, all descriptions from the entry + "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" apply. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id +Date: November 2009 +Contact: CHENG Renquan <rqcheng@smu.edu.sg> +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID + that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry. + The format for the device ID is: + idVendor idProduct. After successfully + removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the + device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't + match the driver to the device. For example: + # echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id + + Reading from this file will list the dynamically added + device IDs, exactly like reading from the entry + "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_hardware_lpm +Date: September 2011 +Contact: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com> +Description: + If CONFIG_PM is set and a USB 2.0 lpm-capable device is plugged + in to a xHCI host which support link PM, it will perform a LPM + test; if the test is passed and host supports USB2 hardware LPM + (xHCI 1.0 feature), USB2 hardware LPM will be enabled for the + device and the USB device directory will contain a file named + power/usb2_hardware_lpm. The file holds a string value (enable + or disable) indicating whether or not USB2 hardware LPM is + enabled for the device. Developer can write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to + the file to enable/disable the feature. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u1 + /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u2 +Date: November 2015 +Contact: Kevin Strasser <kevin.strasser@linux.intel.com> + Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com> +Description: + If CONFIG_PM is set and a USB 3.0 lpm-capable device is plugged + in to a xHCI host which supports link PM, it will check if U1 + and U2 exit latencies have been set in the BOS descriptor; if + the check is passed and the host supports USB3 hardware LPM, + USB3 hardware LPM will be enabled for the device and the USB + device directory will contain two files named + power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u1 and power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u2. These + files hold a string value (enable or disable) indicating whether + or not USB3 hardware LPM U1 or U2 is enabled for the device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../ltm_capable +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 3.0 devices may optionally support Latency Tolerance + Messaging (LTM). They indicate their support by setting a bit + in the bmAttributes field of their SuperSpeed BOS descriptors. + If that bit is set for the device, ltm_capable will read "yes". + If the device doesn't support LTM, the file will read "no". + The file will be present for all speeds of USB devices, and will + always read "no" for USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<INTERFACE>/wireless_status +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Bastien Nocera <hadess@hadess.net> +Description: + Some USB devices use a USB receiver dongle to communicate + wirelessly with their device using proprietary protocols. This + attribute allows user-space to know whether the device is + connected to its receiver dongle, and, for example, consider + the device to be absent when choosing whether to show the + device's battery, show a headset in a list of outputs, or show + an on-screen keyboard if the only wireless keyboard is + turned off. + This attribute is not to be used to replace protocol specific + statuses available in WWAN, WLAN/Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, etc. + If the device does not use a receiver dongle with a wireless + device, then this attribute will not exist. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X> +Date: August 2012 +Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X> + is usb port device's sysfs directory. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/connect_type +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com> +Description: + Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI. + This attribute is to expose these information to user space. + The file will read "hotplug", "hardwired" and "not used" if the + information is available, and "unknown" otherwise. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/location +Date: October 2018 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Some platforms provide usb port physical location through + firmware. This is used by the kernel to pair up logical ports + mapping to the same physical connector. The attribute exposes the + raw location value as a hex integer. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/quirks +Date: May 2018 +Contact: Nicolas Boichat <drinkcat@chromium.org> +Description: + In some cases, we care about time-to-active for devices + connected on a specific port (e.g. non-standard USB port like + pogo pins), where the device to be connected is known in + advance, and behaves well according to the specification. + This attribute is a bit-field that controls the behavior of + a specific port: + + - Bit 0 of this field selects the "old" enumeration scheme, + as it is considerably faster (it only causes one USB reset + instead of 2). + + The old enumeration scheme can also be selected globally + using /sys/module/usbcore/parameters/old_scheme_first, but + it is often not desirable as the new scheme was introduced to + increase compatibility with more devices. + - Bit 1 reduces TRSTRCY to the 10 ms that are required by the + USB 2.0 specification, instead of the 50 ms that are normally + used to help make enumeration work better on some high speed + devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/over_current_count +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Richard Leitner <richard.leitner@skidata.com> +Description: + Most hubs are able to detect over-current situations on their + ports and report them to the kernel. This attribute is to expose + the number of over-current situation occurred on a specific port + to user space. This file will contain an unsigned 32 bit value + which wraps to 0 after its maximum is reached. This file supports + poll() for monitoring changes to this value in user space. + + Any time this value changes the corresponding hub device will send a + udev event with the following attributes:: + + OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X> + OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute] + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/usb3_lpm_permit +Date: November 2015 +Contact: Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Some USB3.0 devices are not friendly to USB3 LPM. usb3_lpm_permit + attribute allows enabling/disabling usb3 lpm of a port. It takes + effect both before and after a usb device is enumerated. Supported + values are "0" if both u1 and u2 are NOT permitted, "u1" if only u1 + is permitted, "u2" if only u2 is permitted, "u1_u2" if both u1 and + u2 are permitted. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/connector +Date: December 2021 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Link to the USB Type-C connector when available. This link is + only created when USB Type-C Connector Class is enabled, and + only if the system firmware is capable of describing the + connection between a port and its connector. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/disable +Date: June 2022 +Contact: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de> +Description: + This file controls the state of a USB port, including + Vbus power output (but only on hubs that support + power switching -- most hubs don't support it). If + a port is disabled, the port is unusable: Devices + attached to the port will not be detected, initialized, + or enumerated. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/early_stop +Date: Sep 2022 +Contact: Ray Chi <raychi@google.com> +Description: + Some USB hosts have some watchdog mechanisms so that the device + may enter ramdump if it takes a long time during port initialization. + This attribute allows each port just has two attempts so that the + port initialization will be failed quickly. In addition, if a port + which is marked with early_stop has failed to initialize, it will ignore + all future connections until this attribute is clear. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/state +Date: June 2023 +Contact: Roy Luo <royluo@google.com> +Description: + Indicates current state of the USB device attached to the port. + Valid states are: 'not-attached', 'attached', 'powered', + 'reconnecting', 'unauthenticated', 'default', 'addressed', + 'configured', and 'suspended'. This file supports poll() to + monitor the state change from user space. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_l1_timeout +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 2.0 devices may support hardware link power management (LPM) + L1 sleep state. The usb2_lpm_l1_timeout attribute allows + tuning the timeout for L1 inactivity timer (LPM timer), e.g. + needed inactivity time before host requests the device to go to L1 sleep. + Useful for power management tuning. + Supported values are 0 - 65535 microseconds. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_besl +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 2.0 devices that support hardware link power management (LPM) + L1 sleep state now use a best effort service latency value (BESL) to + indicate the best effort to resumption of service to the device after the + initiation of the resume event. + If the device does not have a preferred besl value then the host can select + one instead. This usb2_lpm_besl attribute allows to tune the host selected besl + value in order to tune power saving and service latency. + + Supported values are 0 - 15. + More information on how besl values map to microseconds can be found in + USB 2.0 ECN Errata for Link Power Management, section 4.10 + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../rx_lanes +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Number of rx lanes the device is using. + USB 3.2 adds Dual-lane support, 2 rx and 2 tx lanes over Type-C. + Inter-Chip SSIC devices support asymmetric lanes up to 4 lanes per + direction. Devices before USB 3.2 are single lane (rx_lanes = 1) + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../tx_lanes +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Number of tx lanes the device is using. + USB 3.2 adds Dual-lane support, 2 rx and 2 tx -lanes over Type-C. + Inter-Chip SSIC devices support asymmetric lanes up to 4 lanes per + direction. Devices before USB 3.2 are single lane (tx_lanes = 1) + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../typec +Date: November 2023 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Symlink to the USB Type-C partner device. USB Type-C partner + represents the component that communicates over the + Configuration Channel (CC signal on USB Type-C connectors and + cables) with the local port. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bAlternateSetting +Description: + The current interface alternate setting number, in decimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bcdDevice +Description: + The device's release number, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bConfigurationValue +Description: + While a USB device typically have just one configuration + setting, some devices support multiple configurations. + + This value shows the current configuration, in decimal. + + Changing its value will change the device's configuration + to another setting. + + The number of configurations supported by a device is at: + + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bNumConfigurations + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bDeviceClass +Description: + Class code of the device, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bDeviceProtocol +Description: + Protocol code of the device, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bDeviceSubClass +Description: + Subclass code of the device, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bInterfaceClass +Description: + Class code of the interface, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bInterfaceNumber +Description: + Interface number, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bInterfaceProtocol +Description: + Protocol code of the interface, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bInterfaceSubClass +Description: + Subclass code of the interface, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bmAttributes +Description: + Attributes of the current configuration, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bMaxPacketSize0 +Description: + Maximum endpoint 0 packet size, in decimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bMaxPower +Description: + Maximum power consumption of the active configuration of + the device, in miliamperes. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bNumConfigurations +Description: + Number of the possible configurations of the device, in + decimal. The current configuration is controlled via: + + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bConfigurationValue + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bNumEndpoints +Description: + Number of endpoints used on this interface, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bNumInterfaces +Description: + Number of interfaces on this device, in decimal. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/busnum +Description: + Number of the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/configuration +Description: + Contents of the string descriptor associated with the + current configuration. It may include the firmware version + of a device and/or its serial number. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/descriptors +Description: + Contains the interface descriptors, in binary. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bos_descriptors +Date: March 2024 +Contact: Elbert Mai <code@elbertmai.com> +Description: + Binary file containing the cached binary device object store (BOS) + of the device. This consists of the BOS descriptor followed by the + set of device capability descriptors. All descriptors read from + this file are in bus-endian format. Note that the kernel will not + request the BOS from a device if its bcdUSB is less than 0x0201. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/idProduct +Description: + Product ID, in hexadecimal. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/idVendor +Description: + Vendor ID, in hexadecimal. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/devspec +Description: + Displays the Device Tree Open Firmware node of the interface. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/avoid_reset_quirk +Description: + Most devices have this set to zero. + + If the value is 1, enable a USB quirk that prevents this + device to use reset. + + (read/write) + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/devnum +Description: + USB interface device number, in decimal. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/devpath +Description: + String containing the USB interface device path. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/manufacturer +Description: + Vendor specific string containing the name of the + manufacturer of the device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/maxchild +Description: + Number of ports of an USB hub + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/persist +Description: + Keeps the device even if it gets disconnected. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/product +Description: + Vendor specific string containing the name of the + device's product. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/speed +Description: + Shows the device's max speed, according to the USB version, + in Mbps. + Can be: + + ======= ==================== + Unknown speed unknown + 1.5 Low speed + 15 Full speed + 480 High Speed + 5000 Super Speed + 10000 Super Speed+ + 20000 Super Speed+ Gen 2x2 + ======= ==================== + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/supports_autosuspend +Description: + Returns 1 if the device doesn't support autosuspend. + Otherwise, returns 0. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/urbnum +Description: + Number of URBs submitted for the whole device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/version +Description: + String containing the USB device version, as encoded + at the BCD descriptor. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/power/autosuspend +Description: + Time in milliseconds for the device to autosuspend. If the + value is negative, then autosuspend is prevented. + + (read/write) + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/power/active_duration +Description: + The total time the device has not been suspended. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/power/connected_duration +Description: + The total time (in msec) that the device has been connected. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/power/level +Description: + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/bEndpointAddress +Description: + The address of the endpoint described by this descriptor, + in hexadecimal. The endpoint direction on this bitmapped field + is also shown at: + + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/direction + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/bInterval +Description: + The interval of the endpoint as described on its descriptor, + in hexadecimal. The actual interval depends on the version + of the USB. Also shown in time units at + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/interval. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/bLength +Description: + Number of bytes of the endpoint descriptor, in hexadecimal. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/bmAttributes +Description: + Attributes which apply to the endpoint as described on its + descriptor, in hexadecimal. The endpoint type on this + bitmapped field is also shown at: + + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/type + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/direction +Description: + Direction of the endpoint. Can be: + + - both (on control endpoints) + - in + - out + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/interval +Description: + Interval for polling endpoint for data transfers, in + milisseconds or microseconds. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/type +Description: + Descriptor type. Can be: + + - Control + - Isoc + - Bulk + - Interrupt + - unknown + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/wMaxPacketSize +Description: + Maximum packet size this endpoint is capable of + sending or receiving, in hexadecimal. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f86e4223 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../powered +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls whether the device's display will powered. + A value of 0 is off and a non-zero value is on. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_msb +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_lsb +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls the devices display mode. + For a 6 character display the values are + + MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and + + for an 8 character display the values are + + MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls the way the device interprets its text buffer. + raw: each character controls its segment manually + hex: each character is between 0-15 + ascii: each character is between '0'-'9' and 'A'-'F'. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../text +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: The text (or data) for the device to display + +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../decimals +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls the decimal places on the device. + To set the nth decimal place, give this field + the value of ``10 ** n``. Assume this field has + the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set, + to set the mth place (where m is not already set), + change this fields value to ``k + 10 ** m``. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee0046dc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Link Layer Validation Device is a standard device for testing of Super +Speed Link Layer tests. These nodes are available in sysfs only when lvs +driver is bound with root hub device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../get_dev_desc +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Get Device Descriptor" + for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.06. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u1_timeout +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Set "U1 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer + Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 + and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u2_timeout +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Set "U2 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer + Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 + and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../hot_reset +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Reset" for Link Layer Validation + device. It is needed for TD.7.29, TD.7.31, TD.7.34 and TD.7.35. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_entry +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "U3 entry" for Link Layer + Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.35 and TD.7.36. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_exit +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "U3 exit" for Link Layer + Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.36. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../enable_compliance +Date: July 2017 +Description: + Write to this node to set the port to compliance mode to test + with Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.34. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../warm_reset +Date: July 2017 +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Warm Reset" for Link Layer Validation + device. It may be needed to properly reset an xHCI 1.1 host port if + compliance mode needed to be explicitly enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vdpa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vdpa new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c833b516 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vdpa @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +What: /sys/bus/vdpa/drivers_autoprobe +Date: March 2020 +Contact: virtualization@lists.linux.dev +Description: + This file determines whether new devices are immediately bound + to a driver after the creation. It initially contains 1, which + means the kernel automatically binds devices to a compatible + driver immediately after they are created. + + Writing "0" to this file disable this feature, any other string + enable it. + +What: /sys/bus/vdpa/driver_probe +Date: March 2020 +Contact: virtualization@lists.linux.dev +Description: + Writing a device name to this file will cause the kernel binds + devices to a compatible driver. + + This can be useful when /sys/bus/vdpa/drivers_autoprobe is + disabled. + +What: /sys/bus/vdpa/drivers/.../bind +Date: March 2020 +Contact: virtualization@lists.linux.dev +Description: + Writing a device name to this file will cause the driver to + attempt to bind to the device. This is useful for overriding + default bindings. + +What: /sys/bus/vdpa/drivers/.../unbind +Date: March 2020 +Contact: virtualization@lists.linux.dev +Description: + Writing a device name to this file will cause the driver to + attempt to unbind from the device. This may be useful when + overriding default bindings. + +What: /sys/bus/vdpa/devices/.../driver_override +Date: November 2021 +Contact: virtualization@lists.linux.dev +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to + the device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo vhost-vdpa > driver_override) and may + be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device will + not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to opt-out of + driver binding using a driver_override name such as "none". + Only a single driver may be specified in the override, there is + no support for parsing delimiters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59fc80426 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +What: /sys/.../<device>/mdev_supported_types/ +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + This directory contains list of directories of currently + supported mediated device types and their details for + <device>. Supported type attributes are defined by the + vendor driver who registers with Mediated device framework. + Each supported type is a directory whose name is created + by adding the device driver string as a prefix to the + string provided by the vendor driver. + +What: /sys/.../<device>/mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/ +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + This directory gives details of supported type, like name, + description, available_instances, device_api etc. + 'device_api' and 'available_instances' are mandatory + attributes to be provided by vendor driver. 'name', + 'description' and other vendor driver specific attributes + are optional. + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/create +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Writing UUID to this file will create mediated device of + type <type-id> for parent device <device>. This is a + write-only file. + For example:: + + # echo "83b8f4f2-509f-382f-3c1e-e6bfe0fa1001" > \ + /sys/devices/foo/mdev_supported_types/foo-1/create + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/devices/ +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + This directory contains symbolic links pointing to mdev + devices sysfs entries which are created of this <type-id>. + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/available_instances +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Reading this attribute will show the number of mediated + devices of type <type-id> that can be created. This is a + readonly file. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in creating mediated + device of that type. Userspace application should check + the number of available instances could be created before + creating mediated device of this type. + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/device_api +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Reading this attribute will show VFIO device API supported + by this type. For example, "vfio-pci" for a PCI device, + "vfio-platform" for platform device. + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/name +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Reading this attribute will show human readable name of the + mediated device that will get created of type <type-id>. + This is optional attribute. For example: "Grid M60-0Q" +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the name of + a particular <type-id> that can help in understanding the + type of mediated device. + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/description +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Reading this attribute will show description of the type of + mediated device that will get created of type <type-id>. + This is optional attribute. For example: + "2 heads, 512M FB, 2560x1600 maximum resolution" +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the details of + a particular <type-id> that can help in understanding the + features provided by that type of mediated device. + +What: /sys/.../<device>/<UUID>/ +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + This directory represents device directory of mediated + device. It contains all the attributes related to mediated + device. + +What: /sys/.../<device>/<UUID>/mdev_type +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + This is symbolic link pointing to supported type, <type-id> + directory of which this mediated device is created. + +What: /sys/.../<device>/<UUID>/remove +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Writing '1' to this file destroys the mediated device. The + vendor driver can fail the remove() callback if that device + is active and the vendor driver doesn't support hot unplug. + Example:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/mdev/devices/<UUID>/remove diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91e6c0659 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/.../driver_override +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard static and dynamic ID matching. When + specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written + to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the + device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo uio_hv_generic > driver_override) and + may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device + will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to + opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as + "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override, + there is no support for parsing delimiters. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d71a219c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/.../driver_override +Date: February 2024 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard ID table matching. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind + to the device. + The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo wmi-event-dummy > driver_override). + The override may be cleared with an empty string (echo > \ + driver_override) which returns the device to standard matching + rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to automatically + load the specified driver. If no driver with a matching name is + currently loaded in the kernel, the device will not bind to any + driver. + This also allows devices to opt-out of driver binding using a + driver_override name such as "none". Only a single driver may be + specified in the override, there is no support for parsing delimiters. + +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/.../modalias +Date: November 20:15 +Contact: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> +Description: + This file contains the MODALIAS value emitted by uevent for a + given WMI device. + + Format: wmi:XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX. + +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/.../guid +Date: November 2015 +Contact: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> +Description: + This file contains the GUID used to match WMI devices to + compatible WMI drivers. This GUID is not necessarily unique + inside a given machine, it is solely used to identify the + interface exposed by a given WMI device. + +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/.../object_id +Date: November 2015 +Contact: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> +Description: + This file contains the WMI object ID used internally to construct + the ACPI method names used by non-event WMI devices. It contains + two ASCII letters. + +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/.../notify_id +Date: November 2015 +Contact: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> +Description: + This file contains the WMI notify ID used internally to map ACPI + events to WMI event devices. It contains two ASCII letters. + +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/.../instance_count +Date: November 2015 +Contact: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> +Description: + This file contains the number of WMI object instances being + present on a given WMI device. It contains a non-negative + number. + +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/.../expensive +Date: November 2015 +Contact: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> +Description: + This file contains a boolean flag signaling if interacting with + the given WMI device will consume significant CPU resources. + The WMI driver core will take care of enabling/disabling such + WMI devices. + +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/.../setable +Date: May 2017 +Contact: Darren Hart (VMware) <dvhart@infradead.org> +Description: + This file contains a boolean flags signaling the data block + associated with the given WMI device is writable. If the + given WMI device is not associated with a data block, then + this file will not exist. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7b8cf6e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +What: /sys/class/c2port/ +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and + directories that will provide a unified interface to + the C2 port interface. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th + C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to + manage and control its C2 port. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access + to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent + till this entry is set to 0. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID + of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the + access to the on-board flash of the connected micro. + No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show + the on-board flash block size of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show + the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export + the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute + the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected + micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset" + command on the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID + of the connected micro. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df0f7828c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency +Date: March 2012 +contact: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency only exists + when the user sets cfq to /sys/block/<device>/scheduler. + It contains an estimated latency time for the cfq. cfq will + use it to calculate the time slice used for every task. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class new file mode 100644 index 000000000..906735faa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/class/ +Date: February 2006 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of + subdirectories describing individual classes of devices + in the kernel. The individual directories will consist + of either subdirectories, or symlinks to other + directories. + + All programs that use this directory tree must be able + to handle both subdirectories or symlinks in order to + work properly. + +Users: + udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c453646b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/scale +Date: July 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Daniel Thompson <daniel.thompson@linaro.org> +Description: + Description of the scale of the brightness curve. + + The human eye senses brightness approximately logarithmically, + hence linear changes in brightness are perceived as being + non-linear. To achieve a linear perception of brightness changes + controls like sliders need to apply a logarithmic mapping for + backlights with a linear brightness curve. + + Possible values of the attribute are: + + unknown + The scale of the brightness curve is unknown. + + linear + The brightness changes linearly with each step. Brightness + controls should apply a logarithmic mapping for a linear + perception. + + non-linear + The brightness changes non-linearly with each step. Brightness + controls should use a linear mapping for a linear perception. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level +Date: Apr, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> +Description: + (RO) Get conversion value of the light sensor. + + The value is automatically updated every 80 ms when the + light sensor is enabled. + + The value range is device-driver specific: + + For ADP8870: + + It returns integer between 0 (dark) and 8000 (max ambient + brightness). + + For ADP8860: + + It returns a 13-bits integer. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone +Date: Apr, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>, + device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org + +Description: + (RW) Read or write the specific brightness level at which the + backlight operates. + + The value meaning is device-driver specific: + + For ADP8860: + + == ========================== + 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA + 1 Level 1: daylight + 2 Level 2: bright + 3 Level 3: dark + == ========================== + + For ADP8870: + + == ========================== + 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA + 1 Level 1: daylight + 2 Level 2: bright + 3 Level 3: office + 4 Level 4: indoor + 5 Level 5: dark + == ========================== + + Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level + operation. + + It can be enabled by writing the value stored in + /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to + /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_max +Date: Sep, 2009 +KernelVersion: v2.6.32 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the maximum brightness for <ambient light zone> + on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127. This file + will also show the brightness level stored for this + <ambient light zone>. + + The <ambient light zone> is device-driver specific: + + For ADP5520 and ADP5501, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_max + office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_max + dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_max + =========== ================================================ + + For ADP8860, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + l1_daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max + l2_office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_max + l3_dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_max + =========== ================================================ + + For ADP8870, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + l1_daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max + l2_bright /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_max + l3_office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_max + l4_indoor /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_max + l5_dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_max + =========== ================================================ + + See also: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_dim +Date: Sep, 2009 +KernelVersion: v2.6.32 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the dim brightness for <ambient light zone> + on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127, typically + set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled. + This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for + this <ambient light zone>. + + The <ambient light zone> is device-driver specific: + + For ADP5520 and ADP5501, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_dim + office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_dim + dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_dim + =========== ================================================ + + For ADP8860, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + l1_daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_dim + l2_office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_dim + l3_dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_dim + =========== ================================================ + + For ADP8870, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + l1_daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_dim + l2_bright /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_dim + l3_office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_dim + l4_indoor /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_dim + l5_dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_dim + =========== ================================================ + + See also: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8251e78ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the ALS output channel used as input in + ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where: + + == ========================== + 0 out_current0 (backlight 0) + 1 out_current1 (backlight 1) + == ========================== + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the id of this backlight (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where: + + == ================ + 0 exponential mode + 1 linear mode + == ================ + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where: + + ===== =========================== + bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 PWM-input enabled + ===== =========================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm3639 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm3639 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7e92a82e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm3639 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +sysfs interface for Texas Instruments lm3639 backlight + flash led driver chip +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/bled_mode +Date: Oct, 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.10 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: + (WO) Write to the backlight mapping mode. The backlight current + can be mapped for either exponential (value "0") or linear + mapping modes (default). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d2abd88a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/ +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> +Description: + +Provide a place in sysfs for the backing_dev_info object. This allows +setting and retrieving various BDI specific variables. + +The <bdi> identifier can be either of the following: + +MAJOR:MINOR + + Device number for block devices, or value of st_dev on + non-block filesystems which provide their own BDI, such as NFS + and FUSE. + +MAJOR:MINOR-fuseblk + + Value of st_dev on fuseblk filesystems. + +default + + The default backing dev, used for non-block device backed + filesystems which do not provide their own BDI. + +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/read_ahead_kb +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> +Description: + Size of the read-ahead window in kilobytes + + (read-write) +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/min_ratio +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> +Description: + Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the + total write-back cache that relates to its current average + writeout speed in relation to the other devices. + + The 'min_ratio' parameter allows assigning a minimum + percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device. + For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS. + + (read-write) + +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/min_ratio_fine +Date: November 2022 +Contact: Stefan Roesch <shr@devkernel.io> +Description: + Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the + total write-back cache that relates to its current average + writeout speed in relation to the other devices. + + The 'min_ratio_fine' parameter allows assigning a minimum reserve + of the write-back cache to a particular device. The value is + expressed as part of 1 million. For example, this is useful for + providing a minimum QoS. + + (read-write) + +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/max_ratio +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> +Description: + Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the + given percentage of the write-back cache. This is useful in + situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or + most of the write-back cache. For example in case of an NFS + mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot + be trusted to play fair. + + (read-write) + +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/max_ratio_fine +Date: November 2022 +Contact: Stefan Roesch <shr@devkernel.io> +Description: + Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the + given value of the write-back cache. The value is given as part + of 1 million. This is useful in situations where we want to avoid + one device taking all or most of the write-back cache. For example + in case of an NFS mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount + which cannot be trusted to play fair. + + (read-write) + +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/min_bytes +Date: October 2022 +Contact: Stefan Roesch <shr@devkernel.io> +Description: + Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the + total write-back cache that relates to its current average + writeout speed in relation to the other devices. + + The 'min_bytes' parameter allows assigning a minimum + percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device + expressed in bytes. + For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS. + + (read-write) + +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/max_bytes +Date: October 2022 +Contact: Stefan Roesch <shr@devkernel.io> +Description: + Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the + given 'max_bytes' of the write-back cache. This is useful in + situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or + most of the write-back cache. For example in case of an NFS + mount that is prone to get stuck, a FUSE mount which cannot be + trusted to play fair, or a nbd device. + + (read-write) + +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/strict_limit +Date: October 2022 +Contact: Stefan Roesch <shr@devkernel.io> +Description: + Forces per-BDI checks for the share of given device in the write-back + cache even before the global background dirty limit is reached. This + is useful in situations where the global limit is much higher than + affordable for given relatively slow (or untrusted) device. Turning + strictlimit on has no visible effect if max_ratio is equal to 100%. + + (read-write) +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/stable_pages_required +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> +Description: + If set, the backing device requires that all pages comprising a write + request must not be changed until writeout is complete. + + (read-only) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bf145d32 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_size +Date: Jul, 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>, + Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + (RO) Size of the barrier-synchronization register (BSR) + register in bytes. + +What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_length +Date: Jul, 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>, + Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + (RO) The length of memory region that can be mapped in bytes. + +What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_stride +Date: Jul, 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>, + Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + (RO) The stride or the interval at which the allocated BSR bytes + repeat within the mapping. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fa5be6cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/flashinfo +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + Show the EC flash information. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/kb_wake_angle +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Description: + Control the keyboard wake lid angle. Values are between + 0 and 360. This file will also show the keyboard wake lid + angle by querying the hardware. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/reboot +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + Tell the EC to reboot in various ways. Options are: + + - "cancel": Cancel a pending reboot. + - "ro": Jump to RO without rebooting. + - "rw": Jump to RW without rebooting. + - "cold": Cold reboot. + - "disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot. + - "hibernate": Hibernate the EC. + - "at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/version +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + Show the information about the EC software and hardware. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/cros_ec/usbpdmuxinfo +Date: February 2025 +Description: + Show PD mux status for each typec port with following flags: + - "USB": USB connected + - "DP": DP connected + - "POLARITY": CC line Polarity inverted + - "HPD_IRQ": Hot Plug Detect interrupt is asserted + - "HPD_LVL": Hot Plug Detect level is asserted + - "SAFE": DP is in safe mode + - "TBT": TBT enabled + - "USB4": USB4 enabled + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/cros_ec/ap_mode_entry +Date: February 2025 +Description: + Show if the AP mode entry EC feature is supported. + It indicates whether the EC waits for direction from the AP + to enter Type-C altmodes or USB4 mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57a037791 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/brightness +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + Writing to this file adjusts the overall brightness of + the lightbar, separate from any color intensity. The + valid range is 0 (off) to 255 (maximum brightness). + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/interval_msec +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + The lightbar is controlled by an embedded controller (EC), + which also manages the keyboard, battery charging, fans, + and other system hardware. To prevent unprivileged users + from interfering with the other EC functions, the rate at + which the lightbar control files can be read or written is + limited. + + Reading this file will return the number of milliseconds + that must elapse between accessing any of the lightbar + functions through this interface. Going faster will simply + block until the necessary interval has lapsed. The interval + applies uniformly to all accesses of any kind by any user. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/led_rgb +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + This allows you to control each LED segment. If the + lightbar is already running one of the automatic + sequences, you probably won’t see anything change because + your color setting will be almost immediately replaced. + To get useful results, you should stop the lightbar + sequence first. + + The values written to this file are sets of four integers, + indicating LED, RED, GREEN, BLUE. The LED number is 0 to 3 + to select a single segment, or 4 to set all four segments + to the same value at once. The RED, GREEN, and BLUE + numbers should be in the range 0 (off) to 255 (maximum). + You can update more than one segment at a time by writing + more than one set of four integers. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/program +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + This allows you to upload and run custom lightbar sequences. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/sequence +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + The Pixel lightbar has a number of built-in sequences + that it displays under various conditions, such as at + power on, shut down, or while running. Reading from this + file displays the current sequence that the lightbar is + displaying. Writing to this file allows you to change the + sequence. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/userspace_control +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + This allows you to take the control of the lightbar. This + prevents the kernel from going through its normal + sequences. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/version +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + Show the information about the lightbar version. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38c5aaaaa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/vbc/vboot_context +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Description: + Read/write the verified boot context data included on a + small nvram space on some EC implementations. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df8ba88b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../ +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq objects. + This allows accessing various devfreq specific variables. + The name of devfreq object denoted as ... is same as the + name of device using devfreq. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../name +Date: November 2019 +Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../name shows the name of device + of the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor show or set the name of the + governor used by the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq shows the current + frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. Same as + target_freq when get_cur_freq() is not implemented by + devfreq driver. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rajagopal Venkat <rajagopal.venkat@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq shows the next governor + predicted target frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat +Date: October 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + This ABI shows or clears the statistics of devfreq behavior + on a specific device. It shows the time spent in each state + and the number of transitions between states. + In order to activate this ABI, the devfreq target device + driver should provide the list of available frequencies + with its profile. If need to reset the statistics of devfreq + behavior on a specific device, enter 0(zero) to 'trans_stat' + as following:: + + echo 0 > /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat + + If the transition table is bigger than PAGE_SIZE, reading + this will return an -EFBIG error. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies shows + the available frequencies of the corresponding devfreq object. + This is a snapshot of available frequencies and not limited + by the min/max frequency restrictions. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors shows + currently available governors in the system. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq +Date: January 2013 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq shows and stores + the minimum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if + the user does not care. min_freq overrides the + frequency requested by governors. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq +Date: January 2013 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq shows and stores + the maximum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if + the user does not care. max_freq overrides the + frequency requested by governors and min_freq. + The max_freq overrides min_freq because max_freq may be + used to throttle devices to avoid overheating. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval shows and sets + the requested polling interval of the corresponding devfreq + object. The values are represented in ms. If the value is + less than 1 jiffy, it is considered to be 0, which means + no polling. This value is meaningless if the governor is + not polling. + + A list of governors that support the node: + - simple_ondmenad + - tegra_actmon + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq shows and + sets the requested frequency for the devfreq object if + userspace governor is in effect. + + A list of governors that support the node: + - userspace + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> +Description: + This ABI shows and stores the kind of work timer by users. + This work timer is used by devfreq workqueue in order to + monitor the device status such as utilization. The user + can change the work timer on runtime according to their demand + as following:: + + echo deferrable > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer + echo delayed > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer + + A list of governors that support the node: + - simple_ondemand + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../related_cpus +Date: June 2025 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: The list of CPUs whose performance is closely related to the + frequency of this devfreq domain. + + This file is only present if a specific devfreq device is + closely associated with a subset of CPUs. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dbe48495e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event<x>/ +Date: January 2017 +Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq-event objects. + This allows accessing various devfreq-event specific variables. + The name of devfreq-event object denoted as 'event<x>' which + includes the unique number of 'x' for each devfreq-event object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event<x>/name +Date: January 2017 +Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq-event/event<x>/name attribute contains + the name of the devfreq-event object. This attribute is + read-only. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event<x>/enable_count +Date: January 2017 +Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq-event/event<x>/enable_count attribute + contains the reference count to enable the devfreq-event + object. If the device is enabled, the value of attribute is + greater than zero. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a21ce515 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../ +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the device link objects in the + kernel at any given time. The name of a device link directory, + denoted as ... above, is of the form <supplier>--<consumer> + where <supplier> is the supplier bus:device name and <consumer> + is the consumer bus:device name. + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../auto_remove_on +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file indicates if the device link will ever be + automatically removed by the driver core when the consumer and + supplier devices themselves are still present. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + - 'consumer unbind' + - 'supplier unbind' + - 'never' + + 'consumer unbind' means the device link will be removed when + the consumer's driver is unbound from the consumer device. + + 'supplier unbind' means the device link will be removed when + the supplier's driver is unbound from the supplier device. + + 'never' means the device link will not be automatically removed + when as long as the supplier and consumer devices themselves + are still present. + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../consumer +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file is a symlink to the consumer device's sysfs directory. + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../runtime_pm +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file indicates if the device link has any impact on the + runtime power management behavior of the consumer and supplier + devices. For example: Making sure the supplier doesn't enter + runtime suspend while the consumer is active. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + === ======================================== + '0' Does not affect runtime power management + '1' Affects runtime power management + === ======================================== + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../status +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file indicates the status of the device link. The status + of a device link is affected by whether the supplier and + consumer devices have been bound to their corresponding + drivers. The status of a device link also affects the binding + and unbinding of the supplier and consumer devices with their + drivers and also affects whether the software state of the + supplier device is synced with the hardware state of the + supplier device after boot up. + See also: sysfs-devices-state_synced. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + - 'not tracked' + - 'dormant' + - 'available' + - 'consumer probing' + - 'active' + - 'supplier unbinding' + - 'unknown' + + 'not tracked' means this device link does not track the status + and has no impact on the binding, unbinding and syncing the + hardware and software device state. + + 'dormant' means the supplier and the consumer devices have not + bound to their driver. + + 'available' means the supplier has bound to its driver and is + available to supply resources to the consumer device. + + 'consumer probing' means the consumer device is currently + trying to bind to its driver. + + 'active' means the supplier and consumer devices have both + bound successfully to their drivers. + + 'supplier unbinding' means the supplier devices is currently in + the process of unbinding from its driver. + + 'unknown' means the state of the device link is not any of the + above. If this is ever the value, there's a bug in the kernel. + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../supplier +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file is a symlink to the supplier device's sysfs directory. + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../sync_state_only +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file indicates if the device link is limited to only + affecting the syncing of the hardware and software state of the + supplier device. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + === ================================ + '0' + '1' Affects runtime power management + === ================================ + + '0' means the device link can affect other device behaviors + like binding/unbinding, suspend/resume, runtime power + management, etc. + + '1' means the device link will only affect the syncing of + hardware and software state of the supplier device after boot + up and doesn't not affect other behaviors of the devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-drm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-drm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d23fed5e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-drm @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/class/drm/.../boot_display +Date: January 2026 +Contact: Linux DRI developers <dri-devel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + This file indicates that displays connected to the device were + used to display the boot sequence. If a display connected to + the device was used to display the boot sequence the file will + be present and contain "1". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8e705375 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../ +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the extcon objects. + This allows accessing extcon specific variables. + The name of extcon object denoted as ... is the name given + with extcon_dev_register. + + One extcon device denotes a single external connector + port. An external connector may have multiple cables + attached simultaneously. Many of docks, cradles, and + accessory cables have such capability. For example, + the 30-pin port of Nuri board (/arch/arm/mach-exynos) + may have both HDMI and Charger attached, or analog audio, + video, and USB cables attached simultaneously. + + If there are cables mutually exclusive with each other, + such binary relations may be expressed with extcon_dev's + mutually_exclusive array. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../name shows the name of the extcon + object. If the extcon object has an optional callback + "show_name" defined, the callback will provide the name with + this sysfs node. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../state shows and stores the cable + attach/detach information of the corresponding extcon object. + If the extcon object has an optional callback "show_state" + defined, the showing function is overridden with the optional + callback. + + If the default callback for showing function is used, the + format is like this:: + + # cat state + USB_OTG=1 + HDMI=0 + TA=1 + EAR_JACK=0 + # + + In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA + cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached. + + In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex + state number starting with 0x:: + + # echo 0xHEX > state + + This updates the whole state of the extcon device. + Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the + mutually_exclusive conditions if they exist. + + It is recommended to use this "global" state interface if + you need to set the value atomically. The later state + interface associated with each cable cannot update + multiple cable states of an extcon device simultaneously. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.X/name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.X/name shows the name of cable + "X" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.X/state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.X/state shows and stores the + state of cable "X" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon + device. The state value is either 0 (detached) or 1 + (attached). + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../mutually_exclusive/... +Date: December 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example, + if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is + {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is:: + + # ls mutually_exclusive/ + 0x3 + 0x5 + 0xc + # + + Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon + device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive + directory show the mutually-exclusive sets, not the contents + of the files. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3057a6d3b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/class/fc/fc_udev_device/appid_store +Date: Aug 2021 +Contact: Muneendra Kumar <muneendra.kumar@broadconm.com> +Description: + This interface allows an admin to set an FC application + identifier in the blkcg associated with a cgroup id. The + identifier is typically a UUID that is associated with + an application or logical entity such as a virtual + machine or container group. The application or logical + entity utilizes a block device via the cgroup id. + FC adapter drivers may query the identifier and tag FC + traffic based on the identifier. FC host and FC fabric + entities can utilize the application id and FC traffic + tag to identify traffic sources. + + The interface expects a string "<cgroupid>:<appid>" where: + <cgroupid> is inode of the cgroup in hexadecimal + <appid> is user provided string upto 128 characters + in length. + + If an appid_store is done for a cgroup id that already + has an appid set, the new value will override the + previous value. + + If an admin wants to remove an FC application identifier + from a cgroup, an appid_store should be done with the + following string: "<cgroupid>:" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_host new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a696cbd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_host @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/class/fc_host/hostX/statistics/fpin_cn_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of congestion notification + events recorded by the F_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. + +What: /sys/class/fc_host/hostX/statistics/fpin_li_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of link integrity error + events recorded by the F_Port/Nx_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. + +What: /sys/class/fc_host/hostX/statistics/fpin_dn_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of delivery related errors + recorded by the F_Port/Nx_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_remote_ports b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_remote_ports new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55a951529 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_remote_ports @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/class/fc_remote_ports/rport-X:Y-Z/statistics/fpin_cn_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of congestion notification + events recorded by the F_Port/Nx_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. + +What: /sys/class/fc_remote_ports/rport-X:Y-Z/statistics/fpin_li_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of link integrity error + events recorded by the F_Port/Nx_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. + +What: /sys/class/fc_remote_ports/rport-X:Y-Z/statistics/fpin_dn_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of delivery related errors + recorded by the F_Port/Nx_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fba87a55f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../data +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russ.weight@linux.dev> +Description: The data sysfs file is used for firmware-fallback and for + firmware uploads. Cat a firmware image to this sysfs file + after you echo 1 to the loading sysfs file. When the firmware + image write is complete, echo 0 to the loading sysfs file. This + sequence will signal the completion of the firmware write and + signal the lower-level driver that the firmware data is + available. + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../cancel +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russ.weight@linux.dev> +Description: Write-only. For firmware uploads, write a "1" to this file to + request that the transfer of firmware data to the lower-level + device be canceled. This request will be rejected (EBUSY) if + the update cannot be canceled (e.g. a FLASH write is in + progress) or (ENODEV) if there is no firmware update in progress. + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../error +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russ.weight@linux.dev> +Description: Read-only. Returns a string describing a failed firmware + upload. This string will be in the form of <STATUS>:<ERROR>, + where <STATUS> will be one of the status strings described + for the status sysfs file and <ERROR> will be one of the + following: "hw-error", "timeout", "user-abort", "device-busy", + "invalid-file-size", "read-write-error", "flash-wearout". The + error sysfs file is only meaningful when the current firmware + upload status is "idle". If this file is read while a firmware + transfer is in progress, then the read will fail with EBUSY. + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../loading +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russ.weight@linux.dev> +Description: The loading sysfs file is used for both firmware-fallback and + for firmware uploads. Echo 1 onto the loading file to indicate + you are writing a firmware file to the data sysfs node. Echo + -1 onto this file to abort the data write or echo 0 onto this + file to indicate that the write is complete. For firmware + uploads, the zero value also triggers the transfer of the + firmware data to the lower-level device driver. + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../remaining_size +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russ.weight@linux.dev> +Description: Read-only. For firmware upload, this file contains the size + of the firmware data that remains to be transferred to the + lower-level device driver. The size value is initialized to + the full size of the firmware image that was previously + written to the data sysfs file. This value is periodically + updated during the "transferring" phase of the firmware + upload. + Format: "%u". + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../status +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russ.weight@linux.dev> +Description: Read-only. Returns a string describing the current status of + a firmware upload. The string will be one of the following: + idle, "receiving", "preparing", "transferring", "programming". + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../timeout +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russ.weight@linux.dev> +Description: This file supports the timeout mechanism for firmware + fallback. This file has no affect on firmware uploads. For + more information on timeouts please see the documentation + for firmware fallback. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware-attributes b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware-attributes new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2713efa50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware-attributes @@ -0,0 +1,494 @@ +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/*/ +Date: February 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Divya Bharathi <Divya.Bharathi@Dell.com>, + Prasanth KSR <prasanth.ksr@dell.com> + Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com +Description: + A sysfs interface for systems management software to enable + configuration capability on supported systems. This directory + exposes interfaces for interacting with configuration options. + + Unless otherwise specified in an attribute description all attributes are optional + and will accept UTF-8 input. + + type: + A file that can be read to obtain the type of attribute. + This attribute is mandatory. + + The following are known types: + + - enumeration: a set of pre-defined valid values + - integer: a range of numerical values + - string + + HP specific types + ----------------- + - ordered-list - a set of ordered list valid values + + + All attribute types support the following values: + + current_value: + A file that can be read to obtain the current + value of the <attr>. + + This file can also be written to in order to update the value of a + <attr> + + This attribute is mandatory. + + default_value: + A file that can be read to obtain the default + value of the <attr> + + display_name: + A file that can be read to obtain a user friendly + description of the at <attr> + + display_name_language_code: + A file that can be read to obtain + the IETF language tag corresponding to the + "display_name" of the <attr> + + "enumeration"-type specific properties: + + possible_values: + A file that can be read to obtain the possible + values of the <attr>. Values are separated using + semi-colon (``;``). + + "integer"-type specific properties: + + min_value: + A file that can be read to obtain the lower + bound value of the <attr> + + max_value: + A file that can be read to obtain the upper + bound value of the <attr> + + scalar_increment: + A file that can be read to obtain the scalar value used for + increments of current_value this attribute accepts. + + "string"-type specific properties: + + max_length: + A file that can be read to obtain the maximum + length value of the <attr> + + min_length: + A file that can be read to obtain the minimum + length value of the <attr> + + Dell specific class extensions + ------------------------------ + + On Dell systems the following additional attributes are available: + + dell_modifier: + A file that can be read to obtain attribute-level + dependency rule. It says an attribute X will become read-only or + suppressed, if/if-not attribute Y is configured. + + modifier rules can be in following format:: + + [ReadOnlyIf:<attribute>=<value>] + [ReadOnlyIfNot:<attribute>=<value>] + [SuppressIf:<attribute>=<value>] + [SuppressIfNot:<attribute>=<value>] + + For example:: + + AutoOnFri/dell_modifier has value, + [SuppressIfNot:AutoOn=SelectDays] + + This means AutoOnFri will be suppressed in BIOS setup if AutoOn + attribute is not "SelectDays" and its value will not be effective + through sysfs until this rule is met. + + Enumeration attributes also support the following: + + dell_value_modifier: + A file that can be read to obtain value-level dependency. + This file is similar to dell_modifier but here, an + attribute's current value will be forcefully changed based + dependent attributes value. + + dell_value_modifier rules can be in following format:: + + <value>[ForceIf:<attribute>=<value>] + <value>[ForceIfNot:<attribute>=<value>] + + For example:: + + LegacyOrom/dell_value_modifier has value: + Disabled[ForceIf:SecureBoot=Enabled] + + This means LegacyOrom's current value will be forced to + "Disabled" in BIOS setup if SecureBoot is Enabled and its + value will not be effective through sysfs until this rule is + met. + + HP specific class extensions + ------------------------------ + + On HP systems the following additional attributes are available: + + "ordered-list"-type specific properties: + + elements: + A file that can be read to obtain the possible + list of values of the <attr>. Values are separated using + semi-colon (``;``) and listed according to their priority. + An element listed first has the highest priority. Writing + the list in a different order to current_value alters + the priority order for the particular attribute. + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/authentication/ +Date: February 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Divya Bharathi <Divya.Bharathi@Dell.com>, + Prasanth KSR <prasanth.ksr@dell.com> + Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com +Description: + Devices support various authentication mechanisms which can be exposed + as a separate configuration object. + + For example a "BIOS Admin" password and "System" Password can be set, + reset or cleared using these attributes. + + - An "Admin" password is used for preventing modification to the BIOS + settings. + - A "System" password is required to boot a machine. + + Change in any of these two authentication methods will also generate an + uevent KOBJ_CHANGE. + + is_enabled: + A file that can be read to obtain a 0/1 flag to see if + <attr> authentication is enabled. + This attribute is mandatory. + + role: + The type of authentication used. + This attribute is mandatory. + + Known types: + bios-admin: + Representing BIOS administrator password + power-on: + Representing a password required to use + the system + system-mgmt: + Representing System Management password. + See Lenovo extensions section for details + HDD: + Representing HDD password + See Lenovo extensions section for details + NVMe: + Representing NVMe password + See Lenovo extensions section for details + + mechanism: + The means of authentication. This attribute is mandatory. + Supported types are "password" or "certificate". + + max_password_length: + A file that can be read to obtain the + maximum length of the Password + + min_password_length: + A file that can be read to obtain the + minimum length of the Password + + current_password: + A write only value used for privileged access such as + setting attributes when a system or admin password is set + or resetting to a new password + + This attribute is mandatory when mechanism == "password". + + new_password: + A write only value that when used in tandem with + current_password will reset a system or admin password. + + Note, password management is session specific. If Admin password is set, + same password must be written into current_password file (required for + password-validation) and must be cleared once the session is over. + For example:: + + echo "password" > current_password + echo "disabled" > TouchScreen/current_value + echo "" > current_password + + Drivers may emit a CHANGE uevent when a password is set or unset + userspace may check it again. + + On Dell, Lenovo and HP systems, if Admin password is set, then all BIOS attributes + require password validation. + On Lenovo systems if you change the Admin password the new password is not active until + the next boot. + + Lenovo specific class extensions + -------------------------------- + + On Lenovo systems the following additional settings are available: + + role: system-mgmt This gives the same authority as the bios-admin password to control + security related features. The authorities allocated can be set via + the BIOS menu SMP Access Control Policy + + role: HDD & NVMe This password is used to unlock access to the drive at boot. Note see + 'level' and 'index' extensions below. + + lenovo_encoding: + The encoding method that is used. This can be either "ascii" + or "scancode". Default is set to "ascii" + + lenovo_kbdlang: + The keyboard language method that is used. This is generally a + two char code (e.g. "us", "fr", "gr") and may vary per platform. + Default is set to "us" + + level: + Available for HDD and NVMe authentication to set 'user' or 'master' + privilege level. + If only the user password is configured then this should be used to + unlock the drive at boot. If both master and user passwords are set + then either can be used. If a master password is set a user password + is required. + This attribute defaults to 'user' level + + index: + Used with HDD and NVME authentication to set the drive index + that is being referenced (e.g hdd1, hdd2 etc) + This attribute defaults to device 1. + + certificate, signature, save_signature: + These attributes are used for certificate based authentication. This is + used in conjunction with a signing server as an alternative to password + based authentication. + The user writes to the attribute(s) with a BASE64 encoded string obtained + from the signing server. + The attributes can be displayed to check the stored value. + + Some usage examples: + + Installing a certificate to enable feature:: + + echo "supervisor password" > authentication/Admin/current_password + echo "signed certificate" > authentication/Admin/certificate + + Updating the installed certificate:: + + echo "signature" > authentication/Admin/signature + echo "signed certificate" > authentication/Admin/certificate + + Removing the installed certificate:: + + echo "signature" > authentication/Admin/signature + echo "" > authentication/Admin/certificate + + Changing a BIOS setting:: + + echo "signature" > authentication/Admin/signature + echo "save signature" > authentication/Admin/save_signature + echo Enable > attribute/PasswordBeep/current_value + + You cannot enable certificate authentication if a supervisor password + has not been set. + Clearing the certificate results in no bios-admin authentication method + being configured allowing anyone to make changes. + After any of these operations the system must reboot for the changes to + take effect. + Admin and System certificates are supported from 2025 systems onward. + + certificate_thumbprint: + Read only attribute used to display the MD5, SHA1 and SHA256 thumbprints + for the certificate installed in the BIOS. + + certificate_to_password: + Write only attribute used to switch from certificate based authentication + back to password based. + Usage:: + + echo "signature" > authentication/Admin/signature + echo "password" > authentication/Admin/certificate_to_password + + HP specific class extensions + -------------------------------- + + On HP systems the following additional settings are available: + + role: enhanced-bios-auth: + This role is specific to Secure Platform Management (SPM) attribute. + It requires configuring an endorsement (kek) and signing certificate (sk). + + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/pending_reboot +Date: February 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Divya Bharathi <Divya.Bharathi@Dell.com>, + Prasanth KSR <prasanth.ksr@dell.com> + Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com +Description: + A read-only attribute reads 1 if a reboot is necessary to apply + pending BIOS attribute changes. Also, an uevent_KOBJ_CHANGE is + generated when it changes to 1. + + == ========================================= + 0 All BIOS attributes setting are current + 1 A reboot is necessary to get pending BIOS + attribute changes applied + == ========================================= + + Note, userspace applications need to follow below steps for efficient + BIOS management, + + 1. Check if admin password is set. If yes, follow session method for + password management as briefed under authentication section above. + 2. Before setting any attribute, check if it has any modifiers + or value_modifiers. If yes, incorporate them and then modify + attribute. + + Drivers may emit a CHANGE uevent when this value changes and userspace + may check it again. + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/reset_bios +Date: February 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Divya Bharathi <Divya.Bharathi@Dell.com>, + Prasanth KSR <prasanth.ksr@dell.com> + Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com +Description: + This attribute can be used to reset the BIOS Configuration. + Specifically, it tells which type of reset BIOS configuration is being + requested on the host. + + Reading from it returns a list of supported options encoded as: + + - 'builtinsafe' (Built in safe configuration profile) + - 'lastknowngood' (Last known good saved configuration profile) + - 'factory' (Default factory settings configuration profile) + - 'custom' (Custom saved configuration profile) + + The currently selected option is printed in square brackets as + shown below:: + + # echo "factory" > /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/device/attributes/reset_bios + # cat /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/device/attributes/reset_bios + builtinsafe lastknowngood [factory] custom + + Note that any changes to this attribute requires a reboot + for changes to take effect. + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/save_settings +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: Mark Pearson <mpearson-lenovo@squebb.ca> +Description: + On Lenovo platforms there is a limitation in the number of times an attribute can be + saved. This is an architectural limitation and it limits the number of attributes + that can be modified to 48. + A solution for this is instead of the attribute being saved after every modification, + to allow a user to bulk set the attributes, and then trigger a final save. This allows + unlimited attributes. + + Read the attribute to check what save mode is enabled (single or bulk). + E.g: + # cat /sys/class/firmware-attributes/thinklmi/attributes/save_settings + single + + Write the attribute with 'bulk' to enable bulk save mode. + Write the attribute with 'single' to enable saving, after every attribute set. + The default setting is single mode. + E.g: + # echo bulk > /sys/class/firmware-attributes/thinklmi/attributes/save_settings + + When in bulk mode write 'save' to trigger a save of all currently modified attributes. + Note, once a save has been triggered, in bulk mode, attributes can no longer be set and + will return a permissions error. This is to prevent users hitting the 48+ save limitation + (which requires entering the BIOS to clear the error condition) + E.g: + # echo save > /sys/class/firmware-attributes/thinklmi/attributes/save_settings + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/debug_cmd +Date: July 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: Mark Pearson <markpearson@lenovo.com> +Description: + This write only attribute can be used to send debug commands to the BIOS. + This should only be used when recommended by the BIOS vendor. Vendors may + use it to enable extra debug attributes or BIOS features for testing purposes. + + Note that any changes to this attribute requires a reboot for changes to take effect. + + + HP specific class extensions - Secure Platform Manager (SPM) + -------------------------------- + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/authentication/SPM/kek +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "Jorge Lopez" <jorge.lopez2@hp.com> +Description: + 'kek' Key-Encryption-Key is a write-only file that can be used to configure the + RSA public key that will be used by the BIOS to verify + signatures when setting the signing key. When written, + the bytes should correspond to the KEK certificate + (x509 .DER format containing an OU). The size of the + certificate must be less than or equal to 4095 bytes. + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/authentication/SPM/sk +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "Jorge Lopez" <jorge.lopez2@hp.com> +Description: + 'sk' Signature Key is a write-only file that can be used to configure the RSA + public key that will be used by the BIOS to verify signatures + when configuring BIOS settings and security features. When + written, the bytes should correspond to the modulus of the + public key. The exponent is assumed to be 0x10001. + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/authentication/SPM/status +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "Jorge Lopez" <jorge.lopez2@hp.com> +Description: + 'status' is a read-only file that returns ASCII text in JSON format reporting + the status information. + + "State": "not provisioned | provisioned | provisioning in progress", + "Version": "Major.Minor", + "Nonce": <16-bit unsigned number display in base 10>, + "FeaturesInUse": <16-bit unsigned number display in base 10>, + "EndorsementKeyMod": "<256 bytes in base64>", + "SigningKeyMod": "<256 bytes in base64>" + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/Sure_Start/audit_log_entries +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "Jorge Lopez" <jorge.lopez2@hp.com> +Description: + 'audit_log_entries' is a read-only file that returns the events in the log. + + Audit log entry format + + Byte 0-15: Requested Audit Log entry (Each Audit log is 16 bytes) + Byte 16-127: Unused + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/Sure_Start/audit_log_entry_count +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "Jorge Lopez" <jorge.lopez2@hp.com> +Description: + 'audit_log_entry_count' is a read-only file that returns the number of existing + audit log events available to be read. Values are separated using comma. (``,``) + + [No of entries],[log entry size],[Max number of entries supported] + + log entry size identifies audit log size for the current BIOS version. + The current size is 16 bytes but it can be up to 128 bytes long in future BIOS + versions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-bridge b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-bridge new file mode 100644 index 000000000..312ae2c57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-bridge @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/class/fpga_bridge/<bridge>/name +Date: January 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com> +Description: Name of low level FPGA bridge driver. + +What: /sys/class/fpga_bridge/<bridge>/state +Date: January 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com> +Description: Show bridge state as "enabled" or "disabled" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d78689c35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/name +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com> +Description: Name of low level fpga manager driver. + +What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/state +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com> +Description: Read fpga manager state as a string. + The intent is to provide enough detail that if something goes + wrong during FPGA programming (something that the driver can't + fix) then userspace can know, i.e. if the firmware request + fails, that could be due to not being able to find the firmware + file. + + This is a superset of FPGA states and fpga manager driver + states. The fpga manager driver is walking through these steps + to get the FPGA into a known operating state. It's a sequence, + though some steps may get skipped. Valid FPGA states will vary + by manufacturer; this is a superset. + + * unknown = can't determine state + * power off = FPGA power is off + * power up = FPGA reports power is up + * reset = FPGA held in reset state + * firmware request = firmware class request in progress + * firmware request error = firmware request failed + * write init = preparing FPGA for programming + * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for programming + * write = FPGA ready to receive image data + * write error = Error while programming + * write complete = Doing post programming steps + * write complete error = Error while doing post programming + * operating = FPGA is programmed and operating + +What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/status +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read fpga manager status as a string. + If FPGA programming operation fails, it could be caused by crc + error or incompatible bitstream image. The intent of this + interface is to provide more detailed information for FPGA + programming errors to userspace. This is a list of strings for + the supported status. + + * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by + reconfiguration hardware. + e.g. start reconfiguration + with errors not cleared + * reconfig CRC error - CRC error detected by + reconfiguration hardware. + * reconfig incompatible image - reconfiguration image is + incompatible with hardware + * reconfig IP protocol error - protocol errors detected by + reconfiguration hardware + * reconfig fifo overflow error - FIFO overflow detected by + reconfiguration hardware diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc7ec644a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/class/fpga_region/<region>/compat_id +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: FPGA region id for compatibility check, e.g. compatibility + of the FPGA reconfiguration hardware and image. This value + is defined or calculated by the layer that is creating the + FPGA region. This interface returns the compat_id value or + just error code -ENOENT in case compat_id is not used. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9650f3a7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/class/gnss/gnss<N>/type +Date: May 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> +Description: + The GNSS receiver type. The currently identified types reflect + the protocol(s) supported by the receiver: + + ====== =========== + "NMEA" NMEA 0183 + "SiRF" SiRF Binary + "UBX" UBX + ====== =========== + + Note that also non-"NMEA" type receivers typically support a + subset of NMEA 0183 with vendor extensions (e.g. to allow + switching to a vendor protocol). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hwmon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hwmon new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b185bdfc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hwmon @@ -0,0 +1,1089 @@ +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/name +Description: + The chip name. + This should be a short, lowercase string, not containing + whitespace, dashes, or the wildcard character '*'. + This attribute represents the chip name. It is the only + mandatory attribute. + I2C devices get this attribute created automatically. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/label +Description: + A descriptive label that allows to uniquely identify a + device within the system. + The contents of the label are free-form. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/update_interval +Description: + The interval at which the chip will update readings. + Unit: millisecond + + RW + + Some devices have a variable update rate or interval. + This attribute can be used to change it to the desired value. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/update_interval_us +Description: + The interval at which the chip will update readings, + expressed in microseconds. + Unit: microsecond + + RW + + Some devices have a variable update rate or interval and + require finer-than-millisecond control. + This attribute can be used to change it to the desired value. + Drivers implementing this attribute should also implement + update_interval for millisecond-based userspace interfaces. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_min +Description: + Voltage min value. + + Unit: millivolt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_lcrit +Description: + Voltage critical min value. + + Unit: millivolt + + RW + + If voltage drops to or below this limit, the system may + take drastic action such as power down or reset. At the very + least, it should report a fault. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_max +Description: + Voltage max value. + + Unit: millivolt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_crit +Description: + Voltage critical max value. + + Unit: millivolt + + RW + + If voltage reaches or exceeds this limit, the system may + take drastic action such as power down or reset. At the very + least, it should report a fault. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_input +Description: + Voltage input value. + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + + Voltage measured on the chip pin. + + Actual voltage depends on the scaling resistors on the + motherboard, as recommended in the chip datasheet. + + This varies by chip and by motherboard. + Because of this variation, values are generally NOT scaled + by the chip driver, and must be done by the application. + However, some drivers (notably lm87 and via686a) + do scale, because of internal resistors built into a chip. + These drivers will output the actual voltage. Rule of + thumb: drivers should report the voltage values at the + "pins" of the chip. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_average +Description: + Average voltage + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_lowest +Description: + Historical minimum voltage + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_highest +Description: + Historical maximum voltage + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_reset_history +Description: + Reset inX_lowest and inX_highest + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/in_reset_history +Description: + Reset inX_lowest and inX_highest for all sensors + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_label +Description: + Suggested voltage channel label. + + Text string + + Should only be created if the driver has hints about what + this voltage channel is being used for, and user-space + doesn't. In all other cases, the label is provided by + user-space. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_fault +Description: + Reports a voltage hard failure (eg: shorted component) + + - 1: Failed + - 0: Ok + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/cpuY_vid +Description: + CPU core reference voltage. + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + + Not always correct. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/vrm +Description: + Voltage Regulator Module version number. + + RW (but changing it should no more be necessary) + + Originally the VRM standard version multiplied by 10, but now + an arbitrary number, as not all standards have a version + number. + + Affects the way the driver calculates the CPU core reference + voltage from the vid pins. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_rated_min +Description: + Minimum rated voltage. + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_rated_max +Description: + Maximum rated voltage. + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_min +Description: + Fan minimum value + + Unit: revolution/min (RPM) + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_max +Description: + Fan maximum value + + Unit: revolution/min (RPM) + + Only rarely supported by the hardware. + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_input +Description: + Fan input value. + + Unit: revolution/min (RPM) + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_div +Description: + Fan divisor. + + Integer value in powers of two (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128). + + RW + + Some chips only support values 1, 2, 4 and 8. + Note that this is actually an internal clock divisor, which + affects the measurable speed range, not the read value. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_pulses +Description: + Number of tachometer pulses per fan revolution. + + Integer value, typically between 1 and 4. + + RW + + This value is a characteristic of the fan connected to the + device's input, so it has to be set in accordance with the fan + model. + + Should only be created if the chip has a register to configure + the number of pulses. In the absence of such a register (and + thus attribute) the value assumed by all devices is 2 pulses + per fan revolution. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_target +Description: + Desired fan speed + + Unit: revolution/min (RPM) + + RW + + Only makes sense if the chip supports closed-loop fan speed + control based on the measured fan speed. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_label +Description: + Suggested fan channel label. + + Text string + + Should only be created if the driver has hints about what + this fan channel is being used for, and user-space doesn't. + In all other cases, the label is provided by user-space. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_fault +Description: + Reports if a fan has reported failure. + + - 1: Failed + - 0: Ok + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY +Description: + Pulse width modulation fan control. + + Integer value in the range 0 to 255 + + RW + + 255 is max or 100%. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_enable +Description: + Fan speed control method: + + - 0: no fan speed control (i.e. fan at full speed) + - 1: manual fan speed control enabled (using `pwmY`) + - 2+: automatic fan speed control enabled + + Check individual chip documentation files for automatic mode + details. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_mode +Description: + - 0: DC mode (direct current) + - 1: PWM mode (pulse-width modulation) + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_freq +Description: + Base PWM frequency in Hz. + + Only possibly available when pwmN_mode is PWM, but not always + present even then. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_auto_channels_temp +Description: + Select which temperature channels affect this PWM output in + auto mode. + + Bitfield, 1 is temp1, 2 is temp2, 4 is temp3 etc... + Which values are possible depend on the chip used. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_auto_pointZ_pwm +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_auto_pointZ_temp +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_auto_pointZ_temp_hyst +Description: + Define the PWM vs temperature curve. + + Number of trip points is chip-dependent. Use this for chips + which associate trip points to PWM output channels. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_auto_pointZ_pwm +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_auto_pointZ_temp +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_auto_pointZ_temp_hyst +Description: + Define the PWM vs temperature curve. + + Number of trip points is chip-dependent. Use this for chips + which associate trip points to temperature channels. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_type +Description: + Sensor type selection. + + Integers 1 to 6 + + RW + + - 1: CPU embedded diode + - 2: 3904 transistor + - 3: thermal diode + - 4: thermistor + - 5: AMD AMDSI + - 6: Intel PECI + + Not all types are supported by all chips + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_max +Description: + Temperature max value. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius (or millivolt, see below) + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_max_alarm +Description: + Maximum temperature alarm flag. + + - 0: OK + - 1: temperature has reached tempY_max + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_min +Description: + Temperature min value. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_min_alarm +Description: + Minimum temperature alarm flag. + + - 0: OK + - 1: temperature has reached tempY_min + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_max_hyst +Description: + Temperature hysteresis value for max limit. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Must be reported as an absolute temperature, NOT a delta + from the max value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_min_hyst +Description: + Temperature hysteresis value for min limit. + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Must be reported as an absolute temperature, NOT a delta + from the min value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_input +Description: + Temperature input value. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_crit +Description: + Temperature critical max value, typically greater than + corresponding temp_max values. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_crit_alarm +Description: + Critical high temperature alarm flag. + + - 0: OK + - 1: temperature has reached tempY_crit + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_crit_hyst +Description: + Temperature hysteresis value for critical limit. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Must be reported as an absolute temperature, NOT a delta + from the critical value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_emergency +Description: + Temperature emergency max value, for chips supporting more than + two upper temperature limits. Must be equal or greater than + corresponding temp_crit values. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_emergency_alarm +Description: + Emergency high temperature alarm flag. + + - 0: OK + - 1: temperature has reached tempY_emergency + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_emergency_hyst +Description: + Temperature hysteresis value for emergency limit. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Must be reported as an absolute temperature, NOT a delta + from the emergency value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_lcrit +Description: + Temperature critical min value, typically lower than + corresponding temp_min values. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_lcrit_hyst +Description: + Temperature hysteresis value for critical min limit. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Must be reported as an absolute temperature, NOT a delta + from the critical min value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_offset +Description: + Temperature offset which is added to the temperature reading + by the chip. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Read/Write value. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_label +Description: + Suggested temperature channel label. + + Text string + + Should only be created if the driver has hints about what + this temperature channel is being used for, and user-space + doesn't. In all other cases, the label is provided by + user-space. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_lowest +Description: + Historical minimum temperature + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_highest +Description: + Historical maximum temperature + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_reset_history +Description: + Reset temp_lowest and temp_highest + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/temp_reset_history +Description: + Reset temp_lowest and temp_highest for all sensors + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_rated_min +Description: + Minimum rated temperature. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_rated_max +Description: + Maximum rated temperature. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_max +Description: + Current max value + + Unit: milliampere + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_min +Description: + Current min value. + + Unit: milliampere + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_lcrit +Description: + Current critical low value + + Unit: milliampere + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_crit +Description: + Current critical high value. + + Unit: milliampere + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_input +Description: + Current input value + + Unit: milliampere + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_average +Description: + Average current use + + Unit: milliampere + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_lowest +Description: + Historical minimum current + + Unit: milliampere + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_highest +Description: + Historical maximum current + Unit: milliampere + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_reset_history +Description: + Reset currX_lowest and currX_highest + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/curr_reset_history +Description: + Reset currX_lowest and currX_highest for all sensors + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_rated_min +Description: + Minimum rated current. + + Unit: milliampere + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_rated_max +Description: + Maximum rated current. + + Unit: milliampere + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average +Description: + Average power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_interval +Description: + Power use averaging interval. A poll + notification is sent to this file if the + hardware changes the averaging interval. + + Unit: milliseconds + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_interval_max +Description: + Maximum power use averaging interval + + Unit: milliseconds + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_interval_min +Description: + Minimum power use averaging interval + + Unit: milliseconds + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_highest +Description: + Historical average maximum power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_lowest +Description: + Historical average minimum power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_max +Description: + A poll notification is sent to + `powerY_average` when power use + rises above this value. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_min +Description: + A poll notification is sent to + `powerY_average` when power use + sinks below this value. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_input +Description: + Instantaneous power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_input_highest +Description: + Historical maximum power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_input_lowest +Description: + Historical minimum power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_reset_history +Description: + Reset input_highest, input_lowest, + average_highest and average_lowest. + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_accuracy +Description: + Accuracy of the power meter. + + Unit: Percent + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_cap +Description: + If power use rises above this limit, the + system should take action to reduce power use. + A poll notification is sent to this file if the + cap is changed by the hardware. The `*_cap` + files only appear if the cap is known to be + enforced by hardware. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_cap_hyst +Description: + Margin of hysteresis built around capping and + notification. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_cap_max +Description: + Maximum cap that can be set. + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_cap_min +Description: + Minimum cap that can be set. + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_max +Description: + Maximum power. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_crit +Description: + Critical maximum power. + + If power rises to or above this limit, the + system is expected take drastic action to reduce + power consumption, such as a system shutdown or + a forced powerdown of some devices. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return + -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_rated_min +Description: + Minimum rated power. + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_rated_max +Description: + Maximum rated power. + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/energyY_input +Description: + Cumulative energy use + + Unit: microJoule + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/energyY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return + -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_alarm +Description: + Humidity limit detection + + - 0: OK + - 1: Humidity limit has been reached + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors + + When disabled the sensor read will return + -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_fault +Description: + Reports a humidity sensor failure. + + - 1: Failed + - 0: Ok + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_input +Description: + Humidity + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_label +Description: + Suggested humidity channel label. + + Text string + + Should only be created if the driver has hints about what + this humidity channel is being used for, and user-space + doesn't. In all other cases, the label is provided by + user-space. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_max +Description: + Humidity max value. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_max_alarm +Description: + Maximum humidity detection + + - 0: OK + - 1: Maximum humidity detected + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_max_hyst +Description: + Humidity hysteresis value for max limit. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + Must be reported as an absolute humidity, NOT a delta + from the max value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_min +Description: + Humidity min value. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_min_alarm +Description: + Minimum humidity detection + + - 0: OK + - 1: Minimum humidity detected + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_min_hyst +Description: + Humidity hysteresis value for min limit. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + Must be reported as an absolute humidity, NOT a delta + from the min value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_rated_min +Description: + Minimum rated humidity. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_rated_max +Description: + Maximum rated humidity. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + RO + + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/intrusionY_alarm +Description: + Chassis intrusion detection + + - 0: OK + - 1: intrusion detected + + RW + + Contrary to regular alarm flags which clear themselves + automatically when read, this one sticks until cleared by + the user. This is done by writing 0 to the file. Writing + other values is unsupported. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/intrusionY_beep +Description: + Chassis intrusion beep + + - 0: disable + - 1: enable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/device/pec +Description: + PEC support on I2C devices + + - 0, off, n: disable + - 1, on, y: enable + + RW diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ieee80211-rtw89 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ieee80211-rtw89 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7dfdce08a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ieee80211-rtw89 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/class/ieee80211/phyX/rtw89_usb/serial_number +Date: May 2026 +Contact: Johnson Tsai <wenjie.tsai@realtek.com>, linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: (Read) Serial number burned into EFUSE of the RTL8852CU-based + USB Wi-Fi adapter. Only present on devices that set the + RTW89_QUIRK_HW_INFO_SYSFS quirk (currently VID 0x28de / + PID 0x2432). + + Format: %10phN (5 raw bytes printed as 10 lowercase hex + digits, no separators). + + Example: 3642000123 + +What: /sys/class/ieee80211/phyX/rtw89_usb/uuid +Date: May 2026 +Contact: Johnson Tsai <wenjie.tsai@realtek.com>, linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: (Read) UUID burned into EFUSE of the RTL8852CU-based USB Wi-Fi + adapter. Only present on devices that set the + RTW89_QUIRK_HW_INFO_SYSFS quirk (currently VID 0x28de / + PID 0x2432). + + Format: %pUb (RFC 4122 UUID in lowercase with hyphens). + + Example: aaec2b7c-0a55-4727-8de0-b30febccbbaa diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-intel_pmt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-intel_pmt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed4c886a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-intel_pmt @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/ +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The intel_pmt/ class directory contains information for + devices that expose hardware telemetry using Intel Platform + Monitoring Technology (PMT) + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/telem<x> +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The telem<x> directory contains files describing an instance of + a PMT telemetry device that exposes hardware telemetry. Each + telem<x> directory has an associated telem file. This file + may be opened and mapped or read to access the telemetry space + of the device. The register layout of the telemetry space is + determined from an XML file that matches the PCI device id and + GUID for the device. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/telem<x>/telem +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The telemetry data for this telemetry device. This file + may be mapped or read to obtain the data. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/telem<x>/guid +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The GUID for this telemetry device. The GUID identifies + the version of the XML file for the parent device that is to + be used to get the register layout. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/telem<x>/size +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The size of telemetry region in bytes that corresponds to + the mapping size for the telem file. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/telem<x>/offset +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The offset of telemetry region in bytes that corresponds to + the mapping for the telem file. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x> +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The crashlog<x> directory contains files for configuring an + instance of a PMT crashlog device that can perform crash data + recording. Each crashlog<x> device has an associated crashlog + file. This file can be opened and mapped or read to access the + resulting crashlog buffer. The register layout for the buffer + can be determined from an XML file of specified GUID for the + parent device. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/crashlog +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The crashlog buffer for this crashlog device. This file + may be mapped or read to obtain the data. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/guid +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The GUID for this crashlog device. The GUID identifies the + version of the XML file for the parent device that should be + used to determine the register layout. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/size +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The length of the result buffer in bytes that corresponds + to the size for the crashlog buffer. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/offset +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The offset of the buffer in bytes that corresponds + to the mapping for the crashlog device. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/enable +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RW) Boolean value controlling if the crashlog functionality + is enabled for the crashlog device. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/trigger +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RW) Boolean value controlling the triggering of the crashlog + device node. When read it provides data on if the crashlog has + been triggered. When written to it can be used to either clear + the current trigger by writing false, or to trigger a new + event if the trigger is not currently set. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-intel_pmt-features b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-intel_pmt-features new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cddb30e5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-intel_pmt-features @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/features-<PCI BDF>/ +Date: 2025-04-24 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: david.e.box@linux.intel.com +Description: + The `features-<PCI BDF>/` directory represents the "features" + capability exposed by Intel PMT (Platform Monitoring Technology) + for the given PCI device. + + Each directory corresponds to a PMT feature and contains + attributes describing the available telemetry, monitoring, or + control functionalities. + +Directory Structure: + + /sys/class/intel_pmt/features-<PCI BDF>/ + ├── accelerator_telemetry/ # Per-accelerator telemetry data + ├── crash_log/ # Contains system crash telemetry logs + ├── per_core_environment_telemetry/ # Environmental telemetry per core + ├── per_core_performance_telemetry/ # Performance telemetry per core + ├── per_rmid_energy_telemetry/ # Energy telemetry for RMIDs + ├── per_rmid_perf_telemetry/ # Performance telemetry for RMIDs + ├── tpmi_control/ # TPMI-related controls and telemetry + ├── tracing/ # PMT tracing features + └── uncore_telemetry/ # Uncore telemetry data + +Common Files (Present in all feature directories): + + caps + - Read-only + - Lists available capabilities for this feature. + + guids + - Read-only + - Lists GUIDs associated with this feature. + +Additional Attributes (Conditional Presence): + + max_command_size + - Read-only + - Present if the feature supports out-of-band MCTP access. + - Maximum supported MCTP command size for out-of-band PMT access (bytes). + + max_stream_size + - Read-only + - Present if the feature supports out-of-band MCTP access. + - Maximum supported MCTP stream size (bytes). + + min_watcher_period_ms + - Read-only + - Present if the feature supports the watcher API. + The watcher API provides a writable control interface that allows user + configuration of monitoring behavior, such as setting the sampling or + reporting interval. + - Minimum supported time period for the watcher interface (milliseconds). + + num_rmids + - Read-only + - Present if the feature supports RMID (Resource Monitoring ID) telemetry. + RMIDs are identifiers used by hardware to track and report resource usage, + such as memory bandwidth or energy consumption, on a per-logical-entity + basis (e.g., per core, thread, or process group). + - Maximum number of RMIDs tracked simultaneously. + +Example: +For a device with PCI BDF `0000:00:03.1`, the directory tree could look like: + + /sys/class/intel_pmt/features-0000:00:03.1/ + ├── accelerator_telemetry/ + │ ├── caps + │ ├── guids + │ ├── max_command_size + │ ├── max_stream_size + │ ├── min_watcher_period_ms + ├── crash_log/ + │ ├── caps + │ ├── guids + │ ├── max_command_size + │ ├── max_stream_size + ├── per_core_environment_telemetry/ + │ ├── caps + │ ├── guids + │ ├── max_command_size + │ ├── max_stream_size + │ ├── min_watcher_period_ms + ├── per_rmid_energy_telemetry/ + │ ├── caps + │ ├── guids + │ ├── max_command_size + │ ├── max_stream_size + │ ├── min_watcher_period_ms + │ ├── num_rmids + ├── tpmi_control/ + │ ├── caps + │ ├── guids + ├── tracing/ + │ ├── caps + │ ├── guids + ├── uncore_telemetry/ + │ ├── caps + │ ├── guids + │ ├── max_command_size + │ ├── max_stream_size + │ ├── min_watcher_period_ms + +Notes: + - Some attributes are only present if the corresponding feature supports + the capability (e.g., `max_command_size` for MCTP-capable features). + - Features supporting RMIDs include `num_rmids`. + - Features supporting the watcher API include `min_watcher_period_ms`. + - The `caps` file provides additional information about the functionality + of the feature. + +Example 'caps' content for the 'tracing' feature: + + /sys/class/intel_pmt/features-0000:00:03.1/ + ├── tracing/ + │ ├── caps + + telemetry Available: No + watcher Available: Yes + crashlog Available: No + streaming Available: No + threashold Available: No + window Available: No + config Available: Yes + tracing Available: No + inband Available: Yes + oob Available: Yes + secure_chan Available: No + pmt_sp Available: Yes + pmt_sp_policy Available: Yes + mailbox Available: Yes + bios_lock Available: Yes diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d0a1b4be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/devices/ +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU drivers are able to link devices managed by a + given IOMMU here to allow association of IOMMU to + device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../iommu +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU drivers are able to link the IOMMU for a + given device here to allow association of device to + IOMMU. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6ba8e8a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/cap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU capability header as documented in the AMD IOMMU + specification. Format: %x + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/features +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + Extended features of the IOMMU. Format: %llx diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..258cc246d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/address +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + Physical address of the VT-d DRHD for this IOMMU. + Format: %llx. This allows association of a sysfs + intel-iommu with a DMAR DRHD table entry. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/cap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The cached hardware capability register value + of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/ecap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The cached hardware extended capability register + value of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/version +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The architecture version as reported from the + VT-d VER_REG. Format: %d:%d, major:minor diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-issei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-issei new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73a01f462 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-issei @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/class/issei/ +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: + The issei/ class sub-directory belongs to issei device class + +What: /sys/class/issei/issei<N>/ +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/issei/isseiN directory is created for + each probed issei device + +What: /sys/class/issei/issei<N>/fw_ver +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: Display the ISSE firmware version. + + The version of the ISSE firmware is in format: + <major>.<minor>.<milestone>.<build_no>. + +What: /sys/class/issei/issei<N>/fw_clients +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: + The fw_clients directory stores all firmware clients on the + probed issei device + +What: /sys/class/issei/issei<N>/fw_clients/<M> +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/issei/isseiN/fw_client/M directory is created for + each firmware client on the probed issei device where M is the + id of firmware client. + +What: /sys/class/issei/issei<N>/fw_clients/<M>/id +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: Displays id of the firmware client + + The id of firmware client is it's number in client enumeration order, + starting from 1. + +What: /sys/class/issei/issei<N>/fw_clients/<M>/uuid +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: Displays uuid of the firmware client + + The universally unique identifier of the firmware client + +What: /sys/class/issei/issei<N>/fw_clients/<M>/mtu +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: Displays maximum transmission unit of the firmware client + + The maximum transmission unit (in bytes) used by the firmware client. + +What: /sys/class/issei/issei<N>/fw_clients/<M>/ver +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: Displays version of the firmware client + + The version of the firmware client diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35906bf7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/lcd_power +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Control LCD power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h + - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on. + - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off + +What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/contrast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Current contrast of this LCD device. Value is between 0 and + /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast. + +What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Maximum contrast for this LCD device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4c918cc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Set the brightness of the LED. + + Most LEDs don't have hardware brightness support, so will + just be turned on for non-zero brightness settings. + + .. Note:: + + For multicolor LEDs, writing to this file will update all + LEDs within the group to a calculated percentage of what + each color LED intensity is set to. + + The percentage is calculated for each grouped LED via + the equation below:: + + led_brightness = brightness * multi_intensity/max_brightness + + For additional details please refer to + Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst. + + The value is between 0 and /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness + and is represented by as a decimal. + + Writing 0 to this file clears active trigger. + + Writing non-zero to this file while trigger is active changes the + top brightness trigger is going to use. + + + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Maximum brightness level for this LED, default is 255 (LED_FULL). + + If the LED does not support different brightness levels, this + should be 1. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness_hw_changed +Date: January 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Description: + Last hardware set brightness level for this LED. Some LEDs + may be changed autonomously by hardware/firmware. Only LEDs + where this happens and the driver can detect this, will have + this file. + + This file supports poll() to detect when the hardware changes + the brightness. + + Reading this file will return the last brightness level set + by the hardware, this may be different from the current + brightness. Reading this file when no hw brightness change + event has happened will return an ENODATA error. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/trigger +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source + of LED events. + + You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO + scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in + /sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected. For + their documentation see `sysfs-class-led-trigger-*`. + + Writing "none" removes the trigger for this LED. + + Writing "default" sets the trigger to the LED's default trigger + (which would often be configured in the device tree for the + hardware). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Invert the LED on/off state. This parameter is specific to + gpio and backlight triggers. In case of the backlight trigger, + it is useful when driving a LED which is intended to indicate + a device in a standby like state. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-aw200xx b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-aw200xx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d4449cf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-aw200xx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/dim +Date: May 2023 +Description: 64-level DIM current. If you write a negative value or + "auto", the dim will be calculated according to the + brightness. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e38a835d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the ALS output channel to use as input in + ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where: + + == ============ + 1 out_current1 + 2 out_current2 + == ============ + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/falltime +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/risetime +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where: + + == ======= + 0 2048 us + 1 262 ms + 2 524 ms + 3 1.049 s + 4 2.097 s + 5 4.194 s + 6 8.389 s + 7 16.78 s + == ======= + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the id of this led (0..3). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where: + + == ================ + 0 exponential mode + 1 linear mode + == ================ + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where: + + ===== =========================== + bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 PWM-input enabled + ===== =========================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia new file mode 100644 index 000000000..369b4ae8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/device/brightness +Date: July 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.9 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RW) On the front panel of the Turris Omnia router there is also + a button which can be used to control the intensity of all the + LEDs at once, so that if they are too bright, user can dim them. + + The microcontroller cycles between 8 levels of this global + brightness (from 100% to 0%), but this setting can have any + integer value between 0 and 100. It is therefore convenient to be + able to change this setting from software. + + Format: %i + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/device/gamma_correction +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RW) Newer versions of the microcontroller firmware of the + Turris Omnia router support gamma correction for the RGB LEDs. + This feature can be enabled/disabled by writing to this file. + + If the feature is not supported because the MCU firmware is too + old, the file always reads as 0, and writing to the file results + in the EOPNOTSUPP error. + + Format: %i diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11e5677c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_brightness +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Set the brightness of this LED in the flash strobe mode, in + microamperes. The file is created only for the flash LED devices + that support setting flash brightness. + + The value is between 0 and + /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Maximum brightness level for this LED in the flash strobe mode, + in microamperes. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_timeout +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Hardware timeout for flash, in microseconds. The flash strobe + is stopped after this period of time has passed from the start + of the strobe. The file is created only for the flash LED + devices that support setting flash timeout. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_timeout +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Maximum flash timeout for this LED, in microseconds. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_strobe +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Flash strobe state. When written with 1 it triggers flash strobe + and when written with 0 it turns the flash off. + + On read 1 means that flash is currently strobing and 0 means + that flash is off. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_fault +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Space separated list of flash faults that may have occurred. + Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible + flash faults: + + * led-over-voltage + flash controller voltage to the flash LED + has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller + * flash-timeout-exceeded + the flash strobe was still on when + the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash + controllers may set this in all such conditions + * controller-over-temperature + the flash controller has + overheated + * controller-short-circuit + the short circuit protection + of the flash controller has been triggered + * led-power-supply-over-current + current in the LED power + supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash + controller + * indicator-led-fault + the flash controller has detected + a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED + * led-under-voltage + flash controller voltage to the flash + LED has been below the minimum limit specific to + the flash + * controller-under-voltage + the input voltage of the flash + controller is below the limit under which strobing the + flash at full current will not be possible; + the condition persists until this flag is no longer set + * led-over-temperature + the temperature of the LED has exceeded + its allowed upper limit diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62ce58f39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_index +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.9 +Contact: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com> +Description: read + The multi_index array, when read, will output the LED colors + as an array of strings as they are indexed in the + multi_intensity file. + + For additional details please refer to + Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_intensity +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.9 +Contact: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com> +Description: read/write + This file contains an array of integers. The order of components + is described by the multi_index array. The maximum intensity value + supported by each color component is described by the multi_max_intensity + file. Writing intensity values larger than the maximum value of a + given color component will result in those values being clamped. + + For additional details please refer to + Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_max_intensity +Date: May 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: read + This file contains an array of integers describing the maximum + intensity value for each intensity component. + + For additional details please refer to + Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed46b37ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/device_name +Date: Dec 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the network device name to monitor. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/interval +Date: Dec 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the duration of the LED blink in milliseconds. + Defaults to 50 ms. + + When offloaded is true, the interval value MUST be set to the + default value and cannot be changed. + Trying to set any value in this specific mode will return + an EINVAL error. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link +Date: Dec 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link state of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/tx +Date: Dec 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal transmission of data on the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on transmission. + + If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified + in interval to signal transmission. + + When offloaded is true, the blink interval is controlled by + hardware and won't reflect the value set in interval. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/rx +Date: Dec 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal reception of data on the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on reception. + + If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified + in interval to signal reception. + + When offloaded is true, the blink interval is controlled by + hardware and won't reflect the value set in interval. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/offloaded +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Communicate whether the LED trigger modes are offloaded to + hardware or whether software fallback is used. + + If 0, the LED is using software fallback to blink. + + If 1, the LED blinking in requested mode is offloaded to + hardware. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link_10 +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 10Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 10MBps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + + Present only if the named network device supports 10Mbps link speed. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link_100 +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 100Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 100Mbps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + + Present only if the named network device supports 100Mbps link speed. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link_1000 +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 1000Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 1000Mbps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + + Present only if the named network device supports 1000Mbps link speed. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link_2500 +Date: Nov 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 2500Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 2500Mbps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + + Present only if the named network device supports 2500Mbps link speed. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link_5000 +Date: Nov 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 5000Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 5000Mbps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + + Present only if the named network device supports 5000Mbps link speed. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link_10000 +Date: Nov 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 10000Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 10000Mbps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + + Present only if the named network device supports 10000Mbps link speed. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/half_duplex +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link half duplex state of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link half + duplex state of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/full_duplex +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link full duplex state of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link full + duplex state of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-oneshot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-oneshot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..378a3a4df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-oneshot @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/delay_on +Date: Jun 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies for how many milliseconds the LED has to stay at + LED_FULL brightness after it has been armed. + Defaults to 100 ms. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/delay_off +Date: Jun 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies for how many milliseconds the LED has to stay at + LED_OFF brightness after it has been armed. + Defaults to 100 ms. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/invert +Date: Jun 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reverse the blink logic. If set to 0 (default) blink on for + delay_on ms, then blink off for delay_off ms, leaving the LED + normally off. If set to 1, blink off for delay_off ms, then + blink on for delay_on ms, leaving the LED normally on. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/shot +Date: Jun 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Write any non-empty string to signal an events, this starts a + blink sequence if not already running. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22f28f2e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pattern +Date: September 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Description: + Specify a software pattern for the LED, that supports altering + the brightness for the specified duration with one software + timer. It can do gradual dimming and step change of brightness. + + The pattern is given by a series of tuples, of brightness and + duration (ms). + + The exact format is described in: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-trigger-pattern.txt + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/hr_pattern +Date: April 2024 +Description: + Specify a software pattern for the LED, that supports altering + the brightness for the specified duration with one software + timer. It can do gradual dimming and step change of brightness. + + Unlike the /sys/class/leds/<led>/pattern, this attribute runs + a pattern on high-resolution timer (hrtimer). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/hw_pattern +Date: September 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Description: + Specify a hardware pattern for the LED, for LED hardware that + supports autonomously controlling brightness over time, according + to some preprogrammed hardware patterns. It deactivates any active + software pattern. + + Since different LED hardware can have different semantics of + hardware patterns, each driver is expected to provide its own + description for the hardware patterns in their documentation + file at Documentation/leds/. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat +Date: September 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Description: + Specify a pattern repeat number. -1 means repeat indefinitely, + other negative numbers and number 0 are invalid. + + This file will always return the originally written repeat + number. + + It should be noticed that some leds, like EL15203000 may + only support indefinitely patterns, so they always store -1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty new file mode 100644 index 000000000..308fbc362 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<tty_led>/ttyname +Date: Dec 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the tty device name of the triggering tty + +What: /sys/class/leds/<tty_led>/rx +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + Signal reception (rx) of data on the named tty device. + If set to 0, the LED will not blink on reception. + If set to 1 (default), the LED will blink on reception. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<tty_led>/tx +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + Signal transmission (tx) of data on the named tty device. + If set to 0, the LED will not blink on transmission. + If set to 1 (default), the LED will blink on transmission. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<tty_led>/cts +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + CTS = Clear To Send + DCE is ready to accept data from the DTE. + If the line state is detected, the LED is switched on. + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not evaluate CTS. + If set to 1, the LED will evaluate CTS. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<tty_led>/dsr +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + DSR = Data Set Ready + DCE is ready to receive and send data. + If the line state is detected, the LED is switched on. + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not evaluate DSR. + If set to 1, the LED will evaluate DSR. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<tty_led>/dcd +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + DCD = Data Carrier Detect + DTE is receiving a carrier from the DCE. + If the line state is detected, the LED is switched on. + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not evaluate CAR (DCD). + If set to 1, the LED will evaluate CAR (DCD). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<tty_led>/rng +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + RNG = Ring Indicator + DCE has detected an incoming ring signal on the telephone + line. If the line state is detected, the LED is switched on. + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not evaluate RNG. + If set to 1, the LED will evaluate RNG. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb81152b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/ports/<port> +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org + linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Every dir entry represents a single USB port that can be + selected for the USB port trigger. Selecting ports makes trigger + observing them for any connected devices and lighting on LED if + there are any. + + Echoing "1" value selects USB port. Echoing "0" unselects it. + Current state can be also read. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b57ffb26e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/gt683r/mode +Date: Jun 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Janne Kanniainen <janne.kanniainen@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the mode of LEDs. You should notice that changing the mode + of one LED will update the mode of its two sibling devices as + well. Possible values are: + + == ========= + 0 normal + 1 audio + 2 breathing + == ========= + + Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled + Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level + Breathing: LEDs brightness varies at human breathing rate diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1db36ddf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +What: /sys/class/mei/ +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: + The mei/ class sub-directory belongs to mei device class + + +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/ +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/mei/meiN directory is created for + each probed mei device + +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/fw_status +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display fw status registers content + + The ME FW writes its status information into fw status + registers for BIOS and OS to monitor fw health. + + The register contains running state, power management + state, error codes, and others. The way the registers + are decoded depends on PCH or SoC generation. + Also number of registers varies between 1 and 6 + depending on generation. + +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/hbm_ver +Date: Aug 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display the negotiated HBM protocol version. + + The HBM protocol version negotiated + between the driver and the device. + +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/hbm_ver_drv +Date: Aug 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display the driver HBM protocol version. + + The HBM protocol version supported by the driver. + +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/tx_queue_limit +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Configure tx queue limit + + Set maximal number of pending writes + per opened session. + +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/fw_ver +Date: May 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display the ME firmware version. + + The version of the platform ME firmware is in format: + <platform>:<major>.<minor>.<milestone>.<build_no>. + There can be up to three such blocks for different + FW components. + +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/dev_state +Date: Mar 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display the ME device state. + + The device state can have following values: + INITIALIZING + INIT_CLIENTS + ENABLED + RESETTING + DISABLED + POWER_DOWN + POWER_UP + +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/trc +Date: Nov 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display trc status register content + + The ME FW writes Glitch Detection HW (TRC) + status information into trc status register + for BIOS and OS to monitor fw health. + +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/kind +Date: Jul 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display kind of the device + + Generic devices are marked as "mei" + while special purpose have their own + names. + Available options: + - mei: generic mei device. + - itouch: itouch (ipts) mei device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e5f36d10 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +What: /sys/class/mic/ +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + The mic class directory belongs to Intel MIC devices and + provides information per MIC device. An Intel MIC device is a + PCIe form factor add-in Coprocessor card based on the Intel Many + Integrated Core (MIC) architecture that runs a Linux OS. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X> +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + The directories /sys/class/mic/mic0, /sys/class/mic/mic1 etc., + represent MIC devices (0,1,..etc). Each directory has + information specific to that MIC device. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/family +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + Provides information about the Coprocessor family for an Intel + MIC device. For example - "x100" + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/stepping +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + Provides information about the silicon stepping for an Intel + MIC device. For example - "A0" or "B0" + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/state +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this entry provides the current state of an Intel + MIC device in the context of the card OS. Possible values that + will be read are: + + + =============== =============================================== + "ready" The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. + On reading this entry after an OSPM resume, + a "boot" has to be written to this entry if + the card was previously shutdown during OSPM + suspend. + "booting" The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS. + "online" The MIC device has completed boot and is online + "shutting_down" The card OS is shutting down. + "resetting" A reset has been initiated for the MIC device + "reset_failed" The MIC device has failed to reset. + =============== =============================================== + + When written, this sysfs entry triggers different state change + operations depending upon the current state of the card OS. + Acceptable values are: + + + ========== =================================================== + "boot" Boot the card OS image specified by the combination + of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode + sysfs entries. + "reset" Initiates device reset. + "shutdown" Initiates card OS shutdown. + ========== =================================================== + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/shutdown_status +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. This + OS can shutdown because of various reasons. When read, this + entry provides the status on why the card OS was shutdown. + Possible values are: + + ========== =================================================== + "nop" shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS + is "online" + "crashed" Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash. + "halted" Shutdown because of a halt command. + "poweroff" Shutdown because of a poweroff command. + "restart" Shutdown because of a restart command. + ========== =================================================== + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/cmdline +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. Before + booting this card OS, it is possible to pass kernel command line + options to configure various features in it, similar to + self-bootable machines. When read, this entry provides + information about the current kernel command line options set to + boot the card OS. This entry can be written to change the + existing kernel command line options. Typically, the user would + want to read the current command line options, append new ones + or modify existing ones and then write the whole kernel command + line back to this entry. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/firmware +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under + /lib/firmware/ where the firmware image to be booted on the + card can be found. The entry can be written to change the + firmware image location under /lib/firmware/. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/ramdisk +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under + /lib/firmware/ where the ramdisk image to be used during card + OS boot can be found. The entry can be written to change + the ramdisk image location under /lib/firmware/. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/bootmode +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the current bootmode for + the card. This sysfs entry can be written with the following + valid strings: + a) linux - Boot a Linux image. + b) flash - Boot an image for flash updates. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/log_buf_addr +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For + debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can + access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry + provides the kernel virtual address of the buffer where the card + OS log buffer can be read. This entry is written by the host + configuration daemon to set the log buffer address. The correct + log buffer address to be written can be found in the System.map + file of the card OS. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/log_buf_len +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For + debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can + access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry + provides the kernel virtual address where the card OS log buffer + length can be read. This entry is written by host configuration + daemon to set the log buffer length address. The correct log + buffer length address to be written can be found in the + System.map file of the card OS. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/heartbeat_enable +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com> +Description: + The MIC drivers detect and inform user space about card crashes + via a heartbeat mechanism (see the description of + shutdown_status above). User space can turn off this + notification by setting heartbeat_enable to 0 and enable it by + setting this entry to 1. If this notification is disabled it is + the responsibility of user space to detect card crashes via + alternative means such as a network ping. This setting is + enabled by default. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f77fa4f6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +What: /sys/class/mtd/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The mtd/ class subdirectory belongs to the MTD subsystem + (MTD core). + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The /sys/class/mtd/mtd{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond + to each /dev/mtdX character device. These may represent + physical/simulated flash devices, partitions on a flash + device, or concatenated flash devices. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + These directories provide the corresponding read-only device + nodes for /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ . + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/dev +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to this MTD device (in <major>:<minor> format). This is the + read-write device so <minor> will be even. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/dev +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to the read-only variant of the MTD device (in + <major>:<minor> format). In this case <minor> will be odd. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/erasesize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + "Major" erase size for the device. If numeraseregions is + zero, this is the eraseblock size for the entire device. + Otherwise, the MEMGETREGIONCOUNT/MEMGETREGIONINFO ioctls + can be used to determine the actual eraseblock layout. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/flags +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + A hexadecimal value representing the device flags, ORed + together: + + 0x0400: MTD_WRITEABLE - device is writable + 0x0800: MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE - single bits can be flipped + 0x1000: MTD_NO_ERASE - no erase necessary + 0x2000: MTD_POWERUP_LOCK - always locked after reset + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/name +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + A human-readable ASCII name for the device or partition. + This will match the name in /proc/mtd . + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/numeraseregions +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + For devices that have variable eraseblock sizes, this + provides the total number of erase regions. Otherwise, + it will read back as zero. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobsize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Number of OOB bytes per page. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/size +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Total size of the device/partition, in bytes. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/type +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + One of the following ASCII strings, representing the device + type: + + absent, ram, rom, nor, nand, mlc-nand, dataflash, ubi, unknown + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/writesize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Minimal writable flash unit size. This will always be + a positive integer. + + In the case of NOR flash it is 1 (even though individual + bits can be cleared). + + In the case of NAND flash it is one NAND page (or a + half page, or a quarter page). + + In the case of ECC NOR, it is the ECC block size. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_strength +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Maximum number of bit errors that the device is capable of + correcting within each region covering an ECC step (see + ecc_step_size). This will always be a non-negative integer. + + In the case of devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bitflip_threshold +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + This allows the user to examine and adjust the criteria by which + mtd returns -EUCLEAN from mtd_read() and mtd_read_oob(). If the + maximum number of bit errors that were corrected on any single + region comprising an ecc step (as reported by the driver) equals + or exceeds this value, -EUCLEAN is returned. Otherwise, absent + an error, 0 is returned. Higher layers (e.g., UBI) use this + return code as an indication that an erase block may be + degrading and should be scrutinized as a candidate for being + marked as bad. + + The initial value may be specified by the flash device driver. + If not, then the default value is ecc_strength. + + The introduction of this feature brings a subtle change to the + meaning of the -EUCLEAN return code. Previously, it was + interpreted to mean simply "one or more bit errors were + corrected". Its new interpretation can be phrased as "a + dangerously high number of bit errors were corrected on one or + more regions comprising an ecc step". The precise definition of + "dangerously high" can be adjusted by the user with + bitflip_threshold. Users are discouraged from doing this, + however, unless they know what they are doing and have intimate + knowledge of the properties of their device. Broadly speaking, + bitflip_threshold should be low enough to detect genuine erase + block degradation, but high enough to avoid the consequences of + a persistent return value of -EUCLEAN on devices where sticky + bitflips occur. Note that if bitflip_threshold exceeds + ecc_strength, -EUCLEAN is never returned by the read operations. + Conversely, if bitflip_threshold is zero, -EUCLEAN is always + returned, absent a hard error. + + This is generally applicable only to NAND flash devices with ECC + capability. It is ignored on devices lacking ECC capability; + i.e., devices for which ecc_strength is zero. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_step_size +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The size of a single region covered by ECC, known as the ECC + step. Devices may have several equally sized ECC steps within + each writesize region. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_failures +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of failures reported by this device's ECC. Typically, + these failures are associated with failed read operations. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/corrected_bits +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of bits that have been corrected by means of the + device's ECC. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bad_blocks +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of blocks marked as bad, if any, in this partition. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bbt_blocks +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of blocks that are marked as reserved, if any, in + this partition. These are typically used to store the in-flash + bad block table (BBT). + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/offset +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + For a partition, the offset of that partition from the start + of the parent (another partition or a flash device) in bytes. + This attribute is absent on flash devices, so it can be used + to distinguish them from partitions. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobavail +Date: April 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Number of bytes available for a client to place data into + the out of band area. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c58b7b6e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/class/mux/ +Date: April 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + The mux/ class sub-directory belongs to the Generic MUX + Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using MUX + controllers. + +What: /sys/class/mux/muxchip<N>/ +Date: April 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + A /sys/class/mux/muxchipN directory is created for each + probed MUX chip where N is a simple enumeration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebf21beba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/name_assign_type +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are: + + == ========================================================== + 1 enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way + 2 predictably named by the kernel + 3 named by userspace + 4 renamed + == ========================================================== + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type +Date: July 2010 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the address assignment type. Possible values are: + + == ============================= + 0 permanent address + 1 randomly generated + 2 stolen from another device + 3 set using dev_set_mac_address + == ============================= + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_len +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the hardware address size in bytes. + Values vary based on the lower-level protocol used by the + interface (Ethernet, FDDI, ATM, IEEE 802.15.4...). See + include/uapi/linux/if_*.h for actual values. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/address +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware address currently assigned to this interface. + Format is a string, e.g: 00:11:22:33:44:55 for an Ethernet MAC + address. + +What: /sys/class/net/<bridge iface>/bridge/group_fwd_mask +Date: January 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Bitmask to allow forwarding of link local frames with address + 01-80-C2-00-00-0X on a bridge device. Only values that set bits + not matching BR_GROUPFWD_RESTRICTED in net/bridge/br_private.h + allowed. + Default value 0 does not forward any link local frames. + + Restricted bits: + + == ======================================================== + 0 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP + 1 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE + 2 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad + == ======================================================== + + Any values not setting these bits can be used. Take special + care when forwarding control frames e.g. 802.1X-PAE or LLDP. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/broadcast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware broadcast address for this interface. Format is a + string, e.g: ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for an Ethernet broadcast MAC + address. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the current physical link state of the interface. + Possible values are: + + == ===================== + 0 physical link is down + 1 physical link is up + == ===================== + + Note: some special devices, e.g: bonding and team drivers will + allow this attribute to be written to force a link state for + operating correctly and designating another fallback interface. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dev_id +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the device unique identifier. Format is an hexadecimal + value. This is used to disambiguate interfaces which might be + stacked (e.g: VLAN interfaces) but still have the same MAC + address as their parent device. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dev_port +Date: February 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the port number of this network device, formatted + as a decimal value. Some NICs have multiple independent ports + on the same PCI bus, device and function. This attribute allows + userspace to distinguish the respective interfaces. + + Note: some device drivers started to use 'dev_id' for this + purpose since long before 3.15 and have not adopted the new + attribute ever since. To query the port number, some tools look + exclusively at 'dev_port', while others only consult 'dev_id'. + If a network device has multiple client adapter ports as + described in the previous paragraph and does not set this + attribute to its port number, it's a kernel bug. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dormant +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates whether the interface is in dormant state. Possible + values are: + 0: interface is not dormant + 1: interface is dormant + + This attribute can be used by supplicant software to signal that + the device is not usable unless some supplicant-based + authentication is performed (e.g: 802.1x). 'link_mode' attribute + will also reflect the dormant state. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/testing +Date: April 2002 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates whether the interface is under test. Possible + values are: + + == ============================= + 0 interface is not being tested + 1 interface is being tested + == ============================= + + When an interface is under test, it cannot be expected + to pass packets as normal. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/duplex +Date: October 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface latest or current duplex value. Possible + values are: + + ==== =========== + half half duplex + full full duplex + ==== =========== + + Note: This attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement + the ethtool get_link_ksettings method (mostly Ethernet). + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/flags +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface flags as a bitmask in hexadecimal. See + include/uapi/linux/if.h for a list of all possible values and + the flags semantics. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/ifalias +Date: September 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.28 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates/stores an interface alias name as a string. This can + be used for system management purposes. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/ifindex +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier as a + decimal number. This attribute is used for mapping an interface + identifier to an interface name. It is used throughout the + networking stack for specifying the interface specific + requests/events. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/iflink +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier a + the interface is linked to. Format is decimal. This attribute is + used to resolve interfaces chaining, linking and stacking. + Physical interfaces have the same 'ifindex' and 'iflink' values. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/link_mode +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface link mode, as a decimal number. This + attribute should be used in conjunction with 'dormant' attribute + to determine the interface usability. Possible values: + + == ================= + 0 default link mode + 1 dormant link mode + == ================= + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/mtu +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface currently configured MTU value, in + bytes, and in decimal format. Specific values depends on the + lower-level interface protocol used. Ethernet devices will show + a 'mtu' attribute value of 1500 unless changed. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/netdev_group +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface network device group, as a decimal + integer. Default value is 0 which corresponds to the initial + network devices group. The group can be changed to affect + routing decisions (see: net/ipv4/fib_rules and + net/ipv6/fib6_rules.c). + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/operstate +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface RFC2863 operational state as a string. + + Possible values are: + + "unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing", + "dormant", "up". + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_id +Date: July 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface unique physical port identifier within + the NIC, as a string. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_name +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface physical port name within the NIC, + as a string. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/speed +Date: October 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface latest or current speed value. Value is + an integer representing the link speed in Mbits/sec. + + Note: this attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement + the ethtool get_link_ksettings method (mostly Ethernet). + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/tx_queue_len +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface transmit queue len in number of packets, + as an integer value. Value depend on the type of interface, + Ethernet network adapters have a default value of 1000 unless + configured otherwise + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/type +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface protocol type as a decimal value. See + include/uapi/linux/if_arp.h for all possible values. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_switch_id +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the unique physical switch identifier of a switch this + port belongs to, as a string. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phydev +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Symbolic link to the PHY device this network device is attached + to. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier_changes +Date: Mar 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + 32-bit unsigned integer counting the number of times the link has + seen a change from UP to DOWN and vice versa + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier_up_count +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + 32-bit unsigned integer counting the number of times the link has + been up + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier_down_count +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + 32-bit unsigned integer counting the number of times the link has + been down + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/threaded +Date: Jan 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Boolean value to control the threaded mode per device. User could + set this value to enable/disable threaded mode for all napi + belonging to this device, without the need to do device up/down. + + Possible values: + == ================================== + 0 threaded mode disabled for this dev + 1 threaded mode enabled for this dev + == ================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06416d0e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/min_tx_pkt +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + The driver will pad NCM Transfer Blocks (NTBs) longer + than this to tx_max, allowing the device to receive + tx_max sized frames with no terminating short + packet. NTBs shorter than this limit are transmitted + as-is, without any padding, and are terminated with a + short USB packet. + + Padding to tx_max allows the driver to transmit NTBs + back-to-back without any interleaving short USB + packets. This reduces the number of short packet + interrupts in the device, and represents a tradeoff + between USB bus bandwidth and device DMA optimization. + + Set to 0 to pad all frames. Set greater than tx_max to + disable all padding. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/ndp_to_end +Date: Dec 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Boolean attribute showing the status of the "NDP to + end" quirk. Defaults to 'N', except for devices + already known to need it enabled. + + The "NDP to end" quirk makes the driver place the NDP + (the packet index table) after the payload. The NCM + specification does not mandate this, but some devices + are known to be more restrictive. Write 'Y' to this + attribute for temporary testing of a suspect device + failing to work with the default driver settings. + + A device entry should be added to the driver if this + quirk is found to be required. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/rx_max +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + The maximum NTB size for RX. Cannot exceed the + maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at + least one max sized datagram plus headers. + + The actual limits are device dependent. See + dwNtbInMaxSize. + + Note: Some devices will silently ignore changes to + this value, resulting in oversized NTBs and + corresponding framing errors. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_max +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + The maximum NTB size for TX. Cannot exceed the + maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at + least one max sized datagram plus headers. + + The actual limits are device dependent. See + dwNtbOutMaxSize. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_timer_usecs +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Datagram aggregation timeout in µs. The driver will + wait up to 3 times this timeout for more datagrams to + aggregate before transmitting an NTB frame. + + Valid range: 5 to 4000000 + + Set to 0 to disable aggregation. + +The following read-only attributes all represent fields of the +structure defined in section 6.2.1 "GetNtbParameters" of "Universal +Serial Bus Communications Class Subclass Specifications for Network +Control Model Devices" (CDC NCM), Revision 1.0 (Errata 1), November +24, 2010 from USB Implementers Forum, Inc. The descriptions are +quoted from table 6-3 of CDC NCM: "NTB Parameter Structure". + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/bmNtbFormatsSupported +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + - Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1) + - Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported + - Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host) + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbInMaxSize +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + IN NTB Maximum Size in bytes + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInDivisor +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Divisor used for IN NTB Datagram payload alignment + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInPayloadRemainder +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Remainder used to align input datagram payload within + the NTB: (Payload Offset) mod (wNdpInDivisor) = + wNdpInPayloadRemainder + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInAlignment +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + NDP alignment modulus for NTBs on the IN pipe. Shall + be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbOutMaxSize +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + OUT NTB Maximum Size + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutDivisor +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + OUT NTB Datagram alignment modulus + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutPayloadRemainder +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Remainder used to align output datagram payload + offsets within the NTB: Padding, shall be transmitted + as zero by function, and ignored by host. (Payload + Offset) mod (wNdpOutDivisor) = wNdpOutPayloadRemainder + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutAlignment +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + NDP alignment modulus for use in NTBs on the OUT + pipe. Shall be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNtbOutMaxDatagrams +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Maximum number of datagrams that the host may pack + into a single OUT NTB. Zero means that the device + imposes no limit. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2da26b44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dsa/tagging +Date: August 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + On read, this file returns a string indicating the type of + tagging protocol used by the DSA network devices that are + attached to this master interface. + On write, this file changes the tagging protocol of the + attached DSA switches, if this operation is supported by the + driver. Changing the tagging protocol must be done with the DSA + interfaces and the master interface all administratively down. + See the "name" field of each registered struct dsa_device_ops + for a list of valid values. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f418c92ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable0 +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Hardware configuration of physical interface 0. This file reads + and writes the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register. + Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP + core library documentation for details. The default value is 0 + or set by the module parameter grcan.enable0 and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable0. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable1 +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Hardware configuration of physical interface 1. This file reads + and writes the "Enable 1" bit of the configuration register. + Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP + core library documentation for details. The default value is 0 + or set by the module parameter grcan.enable1 and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable1. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/select +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Configuration of which physical interface to be used. Possible + values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP core + library documentation for details. The default value is 0 or is + set by the module parameter grcan.select and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/select. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdbc03a2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/termination +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com> +Description: + Value representing the can bus termination + + Default: 1 (termination active) + Reading: get actual termination state + Writing: set actual termination state (0=no termination, 1=termination active) + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/fwinfo +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Andreas Gröger <andreas24groeger@gmail.com> +Description: + Firmware stamp of ican3 module + Read-only: 32 byte string identification of the ICAN3 module + (known values: "JANZ-ICAN3 ICANOS 1.xx", "JANZ-ICAN3 CAL/CANopen 1.xx") diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-peak_usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-peak_usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e3d0bf4d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-peak_usb @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/peak_usb/can_channel_id +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com> +Description: + PEAK PCAN-USB devices support user-configurable CAN channel + identifiers. Contrary to a USB serial number, these identifiers + are writable and can be set per CAN interface. This means that + if a USB device exports multiple CAN interfaces, each of them + can be assigned a unique channel ID. + This attribute provides read-only access to the currently + configured value of the channel identifier. Depending on the + device type, the identifier has a length of 8 or 32 bit. The + value read from this attribute is always an 8 digit 32 bit + hexadecimal value in big endian format. If the device only + supports an 8 bit identifier, the upper 24 bit of the value are + set to zero. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31615c59b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/attached_dev +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Symbolic link to the network device this PHY device is + attached to. + +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_has_fixups +Date: February 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the boolean value whether a given PHY + device has had any "fixup" workaround running on it, encoded as + a boolean. This information is provided to help troubleshooting + PHY configurations. + +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_id +Date: November 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the 32-bit PHY Identifier as reported + by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal. + This ID is used to match the device with the appropriate + driver. + +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/c45_phy_ids/mmd<n>_device_id +Date: June 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the 32-bit PHY Identifier as reported + by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal. + These C45 IDs are used to match the device with the appropriate + driver. These files are invisible to the C22 device. + +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_interface +Date: February 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the PHY interface as configured by the + Ethernet driver during bus enumeration, encoded in string. + This interface mode is used to configure the Ethernet MAC with the + appropriate mode for its data lines to the PHY hardware. + + Possible values are: + + <empty> (not available), mii, gmii, sgmii, tbi, rev-mii, + rmii, rgmii, rgmii-id, rgmii-rxid, rgmii-txid, rtbi, smii + xgmii, moca, qsgmii, trgmii, 1000base-x, 2500base-x, rxaui, + xaui, 10gbase-kr, unknown + +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_standalone +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Boolean value indicating whether the PHY device is used in + standalone mode, without a net_device associated, by PHYLINK. + Attribute created only when this is the case. + +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_dev_flags +Date: March 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + 32-bit hexadecimal number representing a bit mask of the + configuration bits passed from the consumer of the PHY + (Ethernet MAC, switch, etc.) to the PHY driver. The flags are + only used internally by the kernel and their placement are + not meant to be stable across kernel versions. This is intended + for facilitating the debugging of PHY drivers. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b028f5bc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/qmi/raw_ip +Date: Dec 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Boolean. Default: 'N' + + Set this to 'Y' to change the network device link + framing from '802.3' to 'raw-ip'. + + The netdev will change to reflect the link framing + mode. The netdev is an ordinary ethernet device in + '802.3' mode, and the driver expects to exchange + frames with an ethernet header over the USB link. The + netdev is a headerless p-t-p device in 'raw-ip' mode, + and the driver expects to echange IPv4 or IPv6 packets + without any L2 header over the USB link. + + Userspace is in full control of firmware configuration + through the delegation of the QMI protocol. Userspace + is responsible for coordination of driver and firmware + link framing mode, changing this setting to 'Y' if the + firmware is configured for 'raw-ip' mode. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/qmi/add_mux +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Unsigned integer. + + Write a number ranging from 1 to 254 to add a qmap mux + based network device, supported by recent Qualcomm based + modems. + + The network device will be called qmimux. + + Userspace is in charge of managing the qmux network device + activation and data stream setup on the modem side by + using the proper QMI protocol requests. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/qmi/del_mux +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Unsigned integer. + + Write a number ranging from 1 to 254 to delete a previously + created qmap mux based network device. + +What: /sys/class/net/<qmimux iface>/qmap/mux_id +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Daniele Palmas <dnlplm@gmail.com> +Description: + Unsigned integer + + Indicates the mux id associated to the qmimux network interface + during its creation. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/qmi/pass_through +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <quic_subashab@quicinc.com> +Description: + Boolean. Default: 'N' + + Set this to 'Y' to enable 'pass-through' mode, allowing packets + in MAP format to be passed on to the stack. + + Normally the rmnet driver (CONFIG_RMNET) is then used to process + and demultiplex these packets. + + 'Pass-through' mode can be enabled when the device is in + 'raw-ip' mode only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84aa25e0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_cpus +Date: March 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the + Receive Packet Steering packet processing flow for this + network device queue. Possible values depend on the number + of available CPU(s) in the system. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_flow_cnt +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of Receive Packet Steering flows being currently + processed by this particular network device receive queue. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_timeout +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of transmit timeout events seen by this + network interface transmit queue. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_maxrate +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A Mbps max-rate set for the queue, a value of zero means disabled, + default is disabled. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_cpus +Date: November 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the + Transmit Packet Steering packet processing flow for this + network device transmit queue. Possible values depend on the + number of available CPU(s) in the system. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_rxqs +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.18.0 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mask of the receive queue(s) currently enabled to participate + into the Transmit Packet Steering packet processing flow for this + network device transmit queue. Possible values depend on the + number of available receive queue(s) in the network device. + Default is disabled. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/hold_time +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the hold time in milliseconds to measure the slack + of this particular network device transmit queue. + Default value is 1000. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/inflight +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes (objects) in flight on this + network device transmit queue. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the current limit of bytes allowed to be queued + on this network device transmit queue. This value is clamped + to be within the bounds defined by limit_max and limit_min. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_max +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the absolute maximum limit of bytes allowed to be + queued on this network device transmit queue. See + include/linux/dynamic_queue_limits.h for the default value. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_min +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the absolute minimum limit of bytes allowed to be + queued on this network device transmit queue. Default value is + 0. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/stall_thrs +Date: Jan 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Tx completion stall detection threshold in ms. Kernel will + guarantee to detect all stalls longer than this threshold but + may also detect stalls longer than half of the threshold. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/stall_cnt +Date: Jan 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of detected Tx completion stalls. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/stall_max +Date: Jan 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Longest detected Tx completion stall. Write 0 to clear. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53e508c69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/collisions +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of collisions seen by this network device. + This value might not be relevant with all MAC layers. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/multicast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of multicast packets received by this + network device. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_bytes +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes received by this network device. + See the network driver for the exact meaning of when this + value is incremented. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_compressed +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of compressed packets received by this + network device. This value might only be relevant for interfaces + that support packet compression (e.g: PPP). + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_crc_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets received with a CRC (FCS) error + by this network device. Note that the specific meaning might + depend on the MAC layer used by the interface. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_dropped +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets received by the network device + but dropped, that are not forwarded to the upper layers for + packet processing. See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of receive errors on this network device. + See the network driver for the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_fifo_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of receive FIFO errors seen by this + network device. See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_frame_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received frames with error, such as + alignment errors. Note that the specific meaning depends on + on the MAC layer protocol used. See the network driver for + the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_length_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received error packet with a length + error, oversized or undersized. See the network driver for the + exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_missed_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received packets that have been missed + due to lack of capacity in the receive side. See the network + driver for the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_nohandler +Date: February 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received packets that were dropped on + an inactive device by the network core. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_over_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received packets that are oversized + compared to what the network device is configured to accept + (e.g: larger than MTU). See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/rx_packets +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the total number of good packets received by this + network device. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/tx_aborted_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets that have been aborted + during transmission by a network device (e.g: because of + a medium collision). See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/tx_bytes +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes transmitted by a network + device. See the network driver for the exact meaning of this + value, in particular whether this accounts for all successfully + transmitted packets or all packets that have been queued for + transmission. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/tx_carrier_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets that could not be transmitted + because of carrier errors (e.g: physical link down). See the + network driver for the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/tx_compressed +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of transmitted compressed packets. Note + this might only be relevant for devices that support + compression (e.g: PPP). + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/tx_dropped +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets dropped during transmission. + See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the packets were + dropped. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/tx_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets in error during transmission by + a network device. See the driver for the exact reasons as to + why the packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/tx_fifo_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets having caused a transmit + FIFO error. See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the + packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/tx_heartbeat_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets transmitted that have been + reported as heartbeat errors. See the driver for the exact + reasons as to why the packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/tx_packets +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets transmitted by a network + device. See the driver for whether this reports the number of all + attempted or successful transmissions. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/statistics/tx_window_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets not successfully transmitted + due to a window collision. The specific meaning depends on the + MAC layer used. On Ethernet this is usually used to report + late collisions errors. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..847a7edc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/afu_version +Date: January 2018 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Version of the AFU, in the format <major>:<minor> + Reflects what is read in the configuration space of the AFU + +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/contexts +Date: January 2018 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Number of contexts for the AFU, in the format <n>/<max> + where: + + ==== =============================================== + n number of currently active contexts, for debug + max maximum number of contexts supported by the AFU + ==== =============================================== + +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/pp_mmio_size +Date: January 2018 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Size of the per-process mmio area, as defined in the + configuration space of the AFU + +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/global_mmio_size +Date: January 2018 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Size of the global mmio area, as defined in the + configuration space of the AFU + +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/global_mmio_area +Date: January 2018 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Give access the global mmio area for the AFU + +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/reload_on_reset +Date: February 2020 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Control whether the FPGA is reloaded on a link reset. Enabled + through a vendor-specific logic block on the FPGA. + + =========== =========================================== + 0 Do not reload FPGA image from flash + 1 Reload FPGA image from flash + unavailable The device does not support this capability + =========== =========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-platform-profile b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-platform-profile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcab26894 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-platform-profile @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /sys/class/platform-profile/platform-profile-X/name +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.14 +Description: Name of the class device given by the driver. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/platform-profile/platform-profile-X/choices +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.14 +Description: This file contains a space-separated list of profiles supported + for this device. + + Drivers must use the following standard profile-names: + + ==================== ======================================== + low-power Low power consumption + cool Cooler operation + quiet Quieter operation + balanced Balance between low power consumption + and performance + balanced-performance Balance between performance and low + power consumption with a slight bias + towards performance + performance High performance operation + max-power Higher performance operation that may exceed + internal battery draw limits when on AC power + custom Driver defined custom profile + ==================== ======================================== + + RO + +What: /sys/class/platform-profile/platform-profile-X/profile +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.14 +Description: Reading this file gives the current selected profile for this + device. Writing this file with one of the strings from + platform_profile_choices changes the profile to the new value. + + This file can be monitored for changes by polling for POLLPRI, + POLLPRI will be signaled on any changes, independent of those + changes coming from a userspace write; or coming from another + source such as e.g. a hotkey triggered profile change handled + either directly by the embedded-controller or fully handled + inside the kernel. + + This file may also emit the string 'custom' to indicate + that the driver is using a driver defined custom profile. + + RW diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5641f1fd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power @@ -0,0 +1,906 @@ +**General Properties** + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacturer +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the name of the device manufacturer. + + Access: Read + Valid values: Represented as string + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/model_name +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the name of the device model. + + Access: Read + Valid values: Represented as string + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/serial_number +Date: January 2008 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the serial number of the device. + + Access: Read + Valid values: Represented as string + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/type +Date: May 2010 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Describes the main type of the supply. + + Access: Read + Valid values: "Battery", "UPS", "Mains", "USB", "Wireless" + +**Battery and USB properties** + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports an average IBAT current reading for the battery, over + a fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval + in which they average readings to smooth out the reported + value. + + USB: + + Reports an average IBUS current reading over a fixed period. + Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in which they + average readings to smooth out the reported value. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are + used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging + batteries and for USB IBUS current. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max +Date: October 2010 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the maximum IBAT current allowed into the battery. + + USB: + + Reports the maximum IBUS current the supply can support. + + Access: Read + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + Battery: + + Reports an instant, single IBAT current reading for the + battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed. + + Access: Read + + USB: + + Reports the IBUS current supplied now. This value is generally + read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply + is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set + within the reported min/max range. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are + used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging + batteries and for USB IBUS current. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the current TBAT battery temperature reading. + + USB: + + Reports the current supply temperature reading. This would + normally be the internal temperature of the device itself + (e.g TJUNC temperature of an IC) + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max +Date: July 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Maximum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will + notify user-space of the event. + + USB: + + Maximum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply + will notify user-space of the event. + + This is normally used for the charging scenario where + user-space needs to know if the temperature has crossed an + upper threshold so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning + user that the temperature is critically high, and charging has + stopped). + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min +Date: July 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + Battery: + + Minimum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will + notify user-space of the event. + + USB: + + Minimum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply + will notify user-space of the event. + + This is normally used for the charging scenario where user-space + needs to know if the temperature has crossed a lower threshold + so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning user that + temperature level is high, and charging current has been + reduced accordingly to remedy the situation). + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the maximum allowed TBAT battery temperature for + charging. + + USB: + + Reports the maximum allowed supply temperature for operation. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the minimum allowed TBAT battery temperature for + charging. + + USB: + + Reports the minimum allowed supply temperature for operation. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max, +Date: January 2008 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the maximum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the + battery, during charging. + + USB: + + Reports the maximum VBUS voltage the supply can support. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min, +Date: January 2008 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the minimum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the + battery, during discharging. + + USB: + + Reports the minimum VBUS voltage the supply can support. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now, +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports an instant, single VBAT voltage reading for the + battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed. + + Access: Read + + USB: + + Reports the VBUS voltage supplied now. This value is generally + read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply + is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set + within the reported min/max range. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +**Battery Properties** + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Fine grain representation of battery capacity. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_max +Date: July 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum battery capacity trip-wire value where the supply will + notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the + battery discharging scenario where user-space needs to know the + battery has dropped to an upper level so it can take + appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is + low). + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_min +Date: July 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum battery capacity trip-wire value where the supply will + notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the + battery discharging scenario where user-space needs to know the + battery has dropped to a lower level so it can take + appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is + critically low). + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_error_margin +Date: April 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery capacity measurement becomes unreliable without + recalibration. This values provides the maximum error + margin expected to exist by the fuel gauge in percent. + Values close to 0% will be returned after (re-)calibration + has happened. Over time the error margin will increase. + 100% means, that the capacity related values are basically + completely useless. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_level +Date: June 2009 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Coarse representation of battery capacity. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "Critical", "Low", "Normal", "High", + "Full" + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit +Date: Oct 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum allowable charging current. Used for charge rate + throttling for thermal cooling or improving battery health. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit_max +Date: Oct 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum legal value for the charge_control_limit property. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_start_threshold +Date: April 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Represents a battery percentage level, below which charging will + begin. + + Access: Read, Write + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_end_threshold +Date: April 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Represents a battery percentage level, above which charging will + stop. Not all hardware is capable of setting this to an arbitrary + percentage. Drivers will round written values to the nearest + supported value. Reading back the value will show the actual + threshold set by the driver. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_type +Date: July 2009 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Select the charging algorithm to use for a battery. + + Standard: + Fully charge the battery at a moderate rate. + Fast: + Quickly charge the battery using fast-charge + technology. This is typically harder on the battery + than standard charging and may lower its lifespan. + Trickle: + Users who primarily operate the system while + plugged into an external power source can extend + battery life with this mode. Vendor tooling may + call this "Primarily AC Use". + Adaptive: + Automatically optimize battery charge rate based + on typical usage pattern. + Custom: + Use the charge_control_* properties to determine + when to start and stop charging. Advanced users + can use this to drastically extend battery life. + Long Life: + The charger reduces its charging rate in order to + prolong the battery health. + Bypass: + The charger bypasses the charging path around the + integrated converter allowing for a "smart" wall + adaptor to perform the power conversion externally. + + Access: Read, Write + + Reading this returns the current active value, e.g. 'Standard'. + Check charge_types to get the values supported by the battery. + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard", + "Adaptive", "Custom", "Long Life", "Bypass" + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_types +Date: December 2024 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Identical to charge_type but reading returns a list of supported + charge-types with the currently active type surrounded by square + brackets, e.g.: "Fast [Standard] Long_Life". + + power_supply class devices may support both charge_type and + charge_types for backward compatibility. In this case both will + always have the same active value and the active value can be + changed by writing either property. + + Note charge-types which contain a space such as "Long Life" will + have the space replaced by a '_' resulting in e.g. "Long_Life". + When writing charge-types both variants are accepted. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_term_current +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the charging current value which is used to determine + when the battery is considered full and charging should end. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/health +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the health of the battery or battery side of charger + functionality. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "Good", "Overheat", "Dead", + "Over voltage", "Under voltage", "Unspecified failure", "Cold", + "Watchdog timer expire", "Safety timer expire", + "Over current", "Calibration required", "Warm", + "Cool", "Hot", "No battery", "Blown fuse", "Cell imbalance" + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/precharge_current +Date: June 2017 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the charging current applied during pre-charging phase + for a battery charge cycle. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/present +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports whether a battery is present or not in the system. If the + property does not exist, the battery is considered to be present. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + + == ======= + 0: Absent + 1: Present + == ======= + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/status +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Represents the charging status of the battery. Normally this + is read-only reporting although for some supplies this can be + used to enable/disable charging to the battery. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "Charging", "Discharging", + "Not charging", "Full" + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_behaviour +Date: November 2021 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Represents the charging behaviour. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: + ===================== ======================================== + auto: Charge normally, respect thresholds + inhibit-charge: Do not charge while AC is attached + inhibit-charge-awake: inhibit-charge only when device is awake + force-discharge: Force discharge while AC is attached + ===================== ======================================== + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/technology +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Describes the battery technology supported by the supply. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "NiMH", "Li-ion", "Li-poly", "LiFe", + "NiCd", "LiMn", "PbAc", "NiZn", "RAM", "ZnAr" + + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_avg, +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports an average VBAT voltage reading for the battery, over a + fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in + which they average readings to smooth out the reported value. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/cycle_count +Date: January 2010 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the number of full charge + discharge cycles the + battery has undergone. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + Integer > 0: representing full cycles + Integer = 0: cycle_count info is not available + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/internal_resistance +Date: August 2025 +Contact: linux-arm-msm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Represent the battery's internal resistance, often referred + to as Equivalent Series Resistance (ESR). It is a dynamic + parameter that reflects the opposition to current flow within + the cell. It is not a fixed value but varies significantly + based on several operational conditions, including battery + state of charge (SoC), temperature, and whether the battery + is in a charging or discharging state. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microohms + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/state_of_health +Date: August 2025 +Contact: linux-arm-msm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The state_of_health parameter quantifies the overall condition + of a battery as a percentage, reflecting its ability to deliver + rated performance relative to its original specifications. It is + dynamically computed using a combination of learned capacity + and impedance-based degradation indicators, both of which evolve + over the battery's lifecycle. + Note that the exact algorithms are kept secret by most battery + vendors and the value from different battery vendors cannot be + compared with each other as there is no vendor-agnostic definition + of "performance". Also this usually cannot be used for any + calculations (i.e. this is not the factor between charge_full and + charge_full_design). + + Access: Read + + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +**USB Properties** + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_current_limit +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Details the incoming IBUS current limit currently set in the + supply. Normally this is configured based on the type of + connection made (e.g. A configured SDP should output a maximum + of 500mA so the input current limit is set to the same value). + Use preferably input_power_limit, and for problems that can be + solved using power limit use input_current_limit. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_voltage_limit +Date: May 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This entry configures the incoming VBUS voltage limit currently + set in the supply. Normally this is configured based on + system-level knowledge or user input (e.g. This is part of the + Pixel C's thermal management strategy to effectively limit the + input power to 5V when the screen is on to meet Google's skin + temperature targets). Note that this feature should not be + used for safety critical things. + Use preferably input_power_limit, and for problems that can be + solved using power limit use input_voltage_limit. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_power_limit +Date: May 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This entry configures the incoming power limit currently set + in the supply. Normally this is configured based on + system-level knowledge or user input. Use preferably this + feature to limit the incoming power and use current/voltage + limit only for problems that can be solved using power limit. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microwatts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/online, +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates if VBUS is present for the supply. When the supply is + online, and the supply allows it, then it's possible to switch + between online states (e.g. Fixed -> Programmable for a PD_PPS + USB supply so voltage and current can be controlled). + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: + + == ================================================== + 0: Offline + 1: Online Fixed - Fixed Voltage Supply + 2: Online Programmable - Programmable Voltage Supply + == ================================================== + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/usb_type +Date: March 2018 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports what type of USB connection is currently active for + the supply, for example it can show if USB-PD capable source + is attached. + + Access: For power-supplies which consume USB power such + as battery charger chips, this indicates the type of + the connected USB power source and is Read-Only. + + For power-supplies which act as a USB power-source such as + e.g. the UCS1002 USB Port Power Controller this is writable. + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "SDP", "DCP", "CDP", "ACA", "C", "PD", + "PD_DRP", "PD_PPS", "BrickID", "PD_SPR_AVS", + "PD_PPS_SPR_AVS" + +**Device Specific Properties** + +What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de> +Description: + This file is writeable and can be used to set the current + coloumb counter value inside the battery monitor chip. This + is needed for unavoidable corrections of aging batteries. + A userspace daemon can monitor the battery charging logic + and once the counter drops out of considerable bounds, take + appropriate action. + +What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_full +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de> +Description: + This file is writeable and can be used to set the assumed + battery 'full level'. As batteries age, this value has to be + amended over time. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max14577-charger/device/fast_charge_timer +Date: October 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max14577 + charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + + - 5, 6 or 7 (hours), + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/fast_charge_timer +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693 + charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + + - 4 - 16 (hours), step by 2 (rounded down) + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_threshold_current +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the charging current threshold for + entering top-off charging mode. When charging current in fast + charge mode drops below this value, the charger will trigger + interrupt and start top-off charging mode. + + Valid values: + + - 100000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 25000 (rounded down) + - 200000 - 350000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down) + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_timer +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693 + charger operates in top-off charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate top-off charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + + - 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/ovp_voltage +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry configures the overvoltage protection feature of bq24257- + type charger devices. This feature protects the device and other + components against damage from overvoltage on the input supply. See + device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + + - 6000000, 6500000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 9500000, 10000000, + 10500000 (all uV) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/in_dpm_voltage +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry configures the input dynamic power path management voltage of + bq24257-type charger devices. Once the supply drops to the configured + voltage, the input current limit is reduced down to prevent the further + drop of the supply. When the IC enters this mode, the charge current is + lower than the set value. See device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + + - 4200000, 4280000, 4360000, 4440000, 4520000, 4600000, 4680000, + 4760000 (all uV) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/high_impedance_enable +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the high-impedance mode of bq24257-type + charger devices. If enabled, it places the charger IC into low power + standby mode with the switch mode controller disabled. When disabled, + the charger operates normally. See device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/sysoff_enable +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the sysoff mode of bq24257-type charger + devices. If enabled and the input is removed, the internal battery FET + is turned off in order to reduce the leakage from the BAT pin to less + than 1uA. Note that on some devices/systems this disconnects the battery + from the system. See device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_year +Date: January 2020 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the year (following Gregorian calendar) when the device has been + manufactured. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Reported as integer + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_month +Date: January 2020 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the month when the device has been manufactured. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: 1-12 + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_day +Date: January 2020 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the day of month when the device has been manufactured. + + Access: Read + Valid values: 1-31 + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/extensions/<extension_name> +Date: March 2025 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the extensions registered to the power supply. + Each entry is a link to the device which registered the extension. + + Access: Read + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max8971-charger/fast_charge_timer +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15.0 +Contact: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max8971 + charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + + - 4 - 10 (hours), step by 1 + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max8971-charger/top_off_threshold_current +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15.0 +Contact: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the charging current threshold for + entering top-off charging mode. When charging current in fast + charge mode drops below this value, the charger will trigger + interrupt and start top-off charging mode. + + Valid values: + + - 50000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max8971-charger/top_off_timer +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15.0 +Contact: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max8971 + charger operates in top-off charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate top-off charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + + - 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-bd71828 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-bd71828 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9a325e00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-bd71828 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bd71828_ac/auto_dcin_limit +Description: + Enable/Disable automatic management of input current limit + (ILIM_DCIN_EN bit). + + Possible values are: + + ============ =========================================== + 1 automatic adjustment of input current limit + 0 no adjustment of input current limit. This + helps for more unusual power sources like + solar modules. + ============ =========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-gaokun b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-gaokun new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0633aed7b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-gaokun @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/gaokun-ec-battery/smart_charge_delay +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: Pengyu Luo <mitltlatltl@gmail.com> +Description: + This entry allows configuration of smart charging delay. + + Smart charging behavior: when the power adapter is connected + for delay hours, battery charging will follow the rules of + charge_control_start_threshold and charge_control_end_threshold. + For more information about charge control, please refer to + sysfs-class-power. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: In hours (non-negative) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/gaokun-ec-battery/battery_adaptive_charge +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: Pengyu Luo <mitltlatltl@gmail.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling battery adaptive charging. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 (disabled) or 1 (enabled) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-ltc4162l b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-ltc4162l new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba30db930 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-ltc4162l @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/charge_status +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Detailed charge status information as reported by the chip. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + ilim_reg_active + thermal_reg_active + vin_uvcl_active + iin_limit_active + constant_current + constant_voltage + charger_off + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/ibat +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Battery input current as measured by the charger. Negative value + means that the battery is discharging. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Signed value in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/vbat +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Battery voltage as measured by the charger. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: In microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/vbat_avg +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Battery voltage, averaged over time, as measured by the charger. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: In microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/force_telemetry +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + To save battery current, the measurement system is disabled if + the battery is the only source of power. This affects all + voltage, current and temperature measurements. + Write a "1" to this to keep performing telemetry once every few + seconds, even when running on battery (as reported by the online + property, which is "1" when external power is available and "0" + when the system runs on battery). + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 (disabled) or 1 (enabled) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/arm_ship_mode +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + The charger will normally drain the battery while inactive, + typically drawing about 54 microamps. Write a "1" to this + property to arm a special "ship" mode that extends shelf life + by reducing the leakage to about 2.8 microamps. The chip will + remain in this mode (and no longer respond to I2C commands) + until some external power-supply is attached raising the input + voltage above 1V. It will then automatically revert to "0". + Writing a "0" to the property cancels the "ship" mode request. + The ship mode, when armed, activates once the input voltage + drops below 1V. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-max1720x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-max1720x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d895bfda --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-max1720x @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max1720x/temp_ain1 +Date: January 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.14 +Contact: Dimitri Fedrau <dimitri.fedrau@liebherr.com> +Description: + Reports the current temperature reading from AIN1 thermistor. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max1720x/temp_ain2 +Date: January 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.14 +Contact: Dimitri Fedrau <dimitri.fedrau@liebherr.com> +Description: + Reports the current temperature reading from AIN2 thermistor. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max1720x/temp_int +Date: January 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.14 +Contact: Dimitri Fedrau <dimitri.fedrau@liebherr.com> +Description: + Reports the current temperature reading from internal die. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..914d67caa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/mp2629_battery/batt_impedance_compen +Date: April 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Description: + Represents a battery impedance compensation to accelerate charging. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in milli-ohms. Valid range is [0, 140]. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9467 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9467 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..619b7c45d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9467 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/rt9467-*/sysoff_enable +Date: Feb 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: ChiaEn Wu <chiaen_wu@richtek.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the sysoff mode of rt9467 charger + devices. + If enabled and the input is removed, the internal battery FET + is turned off to reduce the leakage from the BAT pin. See + device datasheet for details. It's commonly used when the + product enter shipping stage. After entering shipping mode, + only 'VBUS' or 'Power key" pressed can make it leave this mode. + 'Disable' also can help to leave it, but it's more like to + abort the action before the device really enter shipping mode. + + Access: Read, Write + Valid values: + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9471 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9471 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a390ee5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9471 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/rt9471-*/sysoff_enable +Date: Feb 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: ChiYuan Huang <cy_huang@richtek.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the sysoff mode of rt9471 charger devices. + If enabled and the input is removed, the internal battery FET is turned + off to reduce the leakage from the BAT pin. See device datasheet for details. + It's commonly used when the product enter shipping stage. After entering + shipping mode, only 'VBUS' or 'Power key" pressed can make it leave this + mode. 'Disable' also can help to leave it, but it's more like to abort + the action before the device really enter shipping mode. + + Access: Read, Write + Valid values: + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/rt9471-*/port_detect_enable +Date: Feb 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: ChiYuan Huang <cy_huang@richtek.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the USB BC12 port detect function of rt9471 charger + devices. If enabled and VBUS is inserted, device will start to do the BC12 + port detect and report the usb port type when port detect is done. See + datasheet for details. Normally controlled when TypeC/USBPD port integrated. + + Access: Read, Write + Valid values: + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9756 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9756 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4d6c2b47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9756 @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/rt9756-*/watchdog_timer +Date: Dec 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: ChiYuan Huang <cy_huang@richtek.com> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the watchdog timer when rt9756 charger + operates in charging mode. When the timer expires, the device + will disable the charging. To prevent the timer expires, any + host communication can make the timer restarted. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: + - 500, 1000, 5000, 30000, 40000, 80000, 128000 or 255000 (milliseconds), + - 0: disabled + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/rt9756-*/operation_mode +Date: Dec 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: ChiYuan Huang <cy_huang@richtek.com> +Description: + This entry shows and set the operation mode when rt9756 charger + operates in charging phase. If 'bypass' mode is used, internal + path will connect vbus directly to vbat. Else, default 'div2' + mode for the switch-cap charging. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: + - 'bypass' or 'div2' diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-surface b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-surface new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79cde4dcf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-surface @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/alarm +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Maximilian Luz <luzmaximilian@gmail.com> +Description: + Battery trip point. When the remaining battery capacity crosses this + value in either direction, the system will be notified and if + necessary woken. + + Set to zero to clear/disable. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: In micro-Wh or micro-Ah, depending on the power unit + of the battery diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b52f7023f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_usb/mode +Description: + Changing mode for USB port. + Writing to this can disable charging. + + Possible values are: + + ============= =========================================== + "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected + power source and battery status. + "off" do not draw any power. + "continuous" activate mode described as "linear" in + TWL data sheets. This uses whatever + current is available and doesn't switch off + when voltage drops. + + This is useful for unstable power sources + such as bicycle dynamo, but care should + be taken that battery is not over-charged. + ============= =========================================== + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_ac/mode +Description: + Changing mode for 'ac' port. + Writing to this can disable charging. + + Possible values are: + + ====== =========================================== + "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected + power source and battery status. + "off" do not draw any power. + ====== =========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco new file mode 100644 index 000000000..083c4641b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/wilco-charger/charge_type +Date: April 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + What charging algorithm to use: + + Standard: + Fully charges battery at a standard rate. + Adaptive: + Battery settings adaptively optimized based on + typical battery usage pattern. + Fast: + Battery charges over a shorter period. + Trickle: + Extends battery lifespan, intended for users who + primarily use their Chromebook while connected to AC. + Custom: + A low and high threshold percentage is specified. + Charging begins when level drops below + charge_control_start_threshold, and ceases when + level is above charge_control_end_threshold. + Long Life: + Customized charge rate for last longer battery life. + On Wilco device this mode is pre-configured in the factory + through EC's private PID. Switching to a different mode will + be denied by Wilco EC when Long Life mode is enabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/wilco-charger/charge_control_start_threshold +Date: April 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + Used when charge_type="Custom", as described above. Measured in + percentages. The valid range is [50, 95]. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/wilco-charger/charge_control_end_threshold +Date: April 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + Used when charge_type="Custom", as described above. Measured in + percentages. The valid range is [55, 100]. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca491ec4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +What: /sys/class/powercap/ +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The powercap/ class sub directory belongs to the power cap + subsystem. Refer to + Documentation/power/powercap/powercap.rst for details. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type> +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A <control type> is a unique name under /sys/class/powercap. + Here <control type> determines how the power is going to be + controlled. A <control type> can contain multiple power zones. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/enabled +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This allows to enable/disable power capping for a "control type". + This status affects every power zone using this "control_type. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/<power zone> +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A power zone is a single or a collection of devices, which can + be independently monitored and controlled. A power zone sysfs + entry is qualified with the name of the <control type>. + E.g. intel-rapl:0:1:1. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/<power zone>/<child power zone> +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Power zones may be organized in a hierarchy in which child + power zones provide monitoring and control for a subset of + devices under the parent. For example, if there is a parent + power zone for a whole CPU package, each CPU core in it can + be a child power zone. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/name +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the name of this power zone. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/energy_uj +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Current energy counter in micro-joules. Write "0" to reset. + If the counter can not be reset, then this attribute is + read-only. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/max_energy_range_uj +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Range of the above energy counter in micro-joules. + + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Current power in micro-watts. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/max_power_range_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Range of the above power value in micro-watts. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_name +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Each power zone can define one or more constraints. Each + constraint can have an optional name. Here "X" can have values + from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_power_limit_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Power limit in micro-watts should be applicable for + the time window specified by "constraint_X_time_window_us". + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Time window in micro seconds. This is used along with + constraint_X_power_limit_uw to define a power constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/.../constraint_X_max_power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/.../constraint_X_min_power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_max_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum allowed time window in micro seconds for this + constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_min_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum allowed time window in micro seconds for this + constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/enabled +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This allows to enable/disable power capping at power zone level. + This applies to current power zone and its children. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0638c94d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +What: /sys/class/pwm/ +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + The pwm/ class sub-directory belongs to the Generic PWM + Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using PWM + channels. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/ +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN directory is created for each + probed PWM controller/chip where N is the base of the + PWM chip. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/npwm +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + The number of PWM channels supported by the PWM chip. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/export +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Exports a PWM channel from the PWM chip for sysfs control. + Value is between 0 and /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm - 1. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/unexport +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Unexports a PWM channel. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX directory is created for + each exported PWM channel where X is the exported PWM + channel number. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX/period +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the PWM signal period in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX/duty_cycle +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the PWM signal duty cycle in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX/polarity +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the output polarity of the PWM signal to "normal" or + "inversed". + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX/enable +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Enable/disable the PWM signal. + 0 is disabled + 1 is enabled + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX/capture +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.8 +Contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> +Description: + Capture information about a PWM signal. The output format is a + pair unsigned integers (period and duty cycle), separated by a + single space. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81e091455 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +What: /sys/class/rapidio_port +Description: + On-chip RapidIO controllers and PCIe-to-RapidIO bridges + (referenced as "Master Port" or "mport") are presented in sysfs + as the special class of devices: "rapidio_port". + The /sys/class/rapidio_port subdirectory contains individual + subdirectories named as "rapidioN" where N = mport ID registered + with RapidIO subsystem. + + NOTE: An mport ID is not a RapidIO destination ID assigned to a + given local mport device. + +What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio<N>/sys_size +Date: Apr, 2014 +KernelVersion: v3.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) reports RapidIO common transport system size: + + 0 = small (8-bit destination ID, max. 256 devices), + + 1 = large (16-bit destination ID, max. 65536 devices). + +What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio<N>/port_destid +Date: Apr, 2014 +KernelVersion: v3.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + +(RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given +RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means +that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport +(yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed +only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID +assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter. + +After enumeration or discovery was performed for a given mport device, +the corresponding subdirectory will also contain subdirectories for each +child RapidIO device connected to the mport. + +The example below shows mport device subdirectory with several child RapidIO +devices attached to it:: + + [rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l + total 0 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005 + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0 + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid + drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84e46d70d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +What: /sys/class/rc/ +Date: Apr 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + The rc/ class sub-directory belongs to the Remote Controller + core and provides a sysfs interface for configuring infrared + remote controller receivers. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/ +Date: Apr 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + A /sys/class/rc/rcN directory is created for each remote + control receiver device where N is the number of the receiver. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/protocols +Date: Jun 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Reading this file returns a list of available protocols, + something like:: + + "rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]" + + Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets. + + Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled + protocols. + + Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled + protocols. + + Writing "proto" will enable only "proto". + + Writing "none" will disable all protocols. + + Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or + unknown protocol name is used. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/filter +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Sets the scancode filter expected value. + + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the + expected value of the bits set in the filter mask. + If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match + the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with + an error. + + This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/filter_mask +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Sets the scancode filter mask of bits to compare. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter to set the bits + of the scancode which should be compared against the expected + value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid + scancodes to be processed. + + If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match + the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with + an error. + + This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/wakeup_protocols +Date: Feb 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use + for the wakeup filter, something like:: + + "rc-5 nec nec-x rc-6-0 rc-6-6a-24 [rc-6-6a-32] rc-6-mce" + + Note that protocol variants are listed, so "nec", "sony", + "rc-5", "rc-6" have their different bit length encodings + listed if available. + + The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets. + + Only one protocol can be selected at a time. + + Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events. + + Writing "none" will disable wakeup. + + Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or + unknown protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by + the hardware. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/wakeup_filter +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value. + + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to + set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask + to trigger a system wake event. + + If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then + scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. + suspend to RAM or power off. + + Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + + This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/wakeup_filter_mask +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare. + + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set + the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the + expected value to trigger a system wake event. + + If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then + scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. + suspend to RAM or power off. + + Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + + This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7bad8ecd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/wakeup_data +Date: Mar 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Reading this file returns the stored CIR wakeup sequence. + It starts with a pulse, followed by a space, pulse etc. + All values are in microseconds. + The same format can be used to store a wakeup sequence + in the Nuvoton chip by writing to this file. + + Note: Some systems reset the stored wakeup sequence to a + factory default on each boot. On such systems store the + wakeup sequence in a file and set it on boot using e.g. + a udev rule. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-reboot-mode-reboot_modes b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-reboot-mode-reboot_modes new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4306966b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-reboot-mode-reboot_modes @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/class/reboot-mode/<driver>/reboot_modes +Date: March 2026(TBD) +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface exposes the reboot-mode arguments + registered with the reboot-mode framework. It is + a read-only interface and provides a space + separated list of reboot-mode arguments supported + on the current platform. + Example: + + recovery fastboot bootloader + + The exact sysfs path may vary depending on the + name of the driver that registers the arguments. + Example:: + + /sys/class/reboot-mode/nvmem-reboot-mode/reboot_modes + /sys/class/reboot-mode/syscon-reboot-mode/reboot_modes + /sys/class/reboot-mode/qcom-pon/reboot_modes + + The supported arguments can be used by userspace to + invoke device reset using the standard reboot() system + call interface, with the "argument" as string to ``*arg`` + parameter along with ``LINUX_REBOOT_CMD_RESTART2``. + + A driver can expose the supported arguments by + registering them with the reboot-mode framework + using the property names that follow the + mode-<argument> format. + Example: + + mode-bootloader, mode-recovery + + This attribute is useful for scripts or initramfs + logic that need to programmatically determine + which reboot-mode arguments are valid before + triggering a reboot. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator new file mode 100644 index 000000000..475b9a372 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator @@ -0,0 +1,453 @@ +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../state +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + state. This reports the regulator enable control, for + regulators which can report that input value. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + 'enabled' + 'disabled' + 'unknown' + + 'enabled' means the regulator output is ON and is supplying + power to the system (assuming no error prevents it). + + 'disabled' means the regulator output is OFF and is not + supplying power to the system (unless some non-Linux + control has enabled it). + + 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or + the reported state is invalid. + + NOTE: this field can be used in conjunction with microvolts + or microamps to determine configured regulator output levels. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../status +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + "status". This reports the current regulator status, for + regulators which can report that output value. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + - off + - on + - error + - fast + - normal + - idle + - standby + + "off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the + system. + + "on" means the regulator is supplying power to the system, + and the regulator can't report a detailed operation mode. + + "error" indicates an out-of-regulation status such as being + disabled due to thermal shutdown, or voltage being unstable + because of problems with the input power supply. + + "fast", "normal", "idle", and "standby" are all detailed + regulator operation modes (described elsewhere). They + imply "on", but provide more detail. + + Note that regulator status is a function of many inputs, + not limited to control inputs from Linux. For example, + the actual load presented may trigger "error" status; or + a regulator may be enabled by another user, even though + Linux did not enable it. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../type +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + type. This holds the regulator type. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + - 'voltage' + - 'current' + - 'unknown' + + 'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled + by software. + + 'current' means the regulator output current limit can be + controlled by software. + + 'unknown' means software cannot control either voltage or + current limit. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting + measured in microvolts (i.e. E-6 Volts), for regulators + which can report the control input for voltage. + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output voltage level as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit + setting measured in microamps (i.e. E-6 Amps), for regulators + which can report the control input for a current limit. + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output current level as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../opmode +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + opmode. This holds the current regulator operating mode, + for regulators which can report that control input value. + + The opmode value can be one of the following strings: + + - 'fast' + - 'normal' + - 'idle' + - 'standby' + - 'unknown' + + The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output operating mode as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. A "status" + attribute may be available to determine the actual mode. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator + output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts, + for regulators which support voltage constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no min microvolts constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator + output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts, + for regulators which support voltage constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no max microvolts constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator + output current limit setting for this domain measured in + microamps, for regulators which support current constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no min microamps constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator + output current limit setting for this domain measured in + microamps, for regulators which support current constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no max microamps constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../name +Date: October 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.28 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + name. This holds a string identifying the regulator for + display purposes. + + NOTE: this will be empty if no suitable name is provided + by platform or regulator drivers. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../num_users +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + num_users. This holds the number of consumer devices that + have called regulator_enable() on this regulator. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../requested_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load + current in microamps for this regulator from all its consumer + devices. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../parent +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a link called parent. + This points to the parent or supply regulator if one exists. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to memory, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to disk, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to standby, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to + memory, for regulators implementing suspend mode + configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to disk, + for regulators implementing suspend mode configuration + constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to + standby, for regulators implementing suspend mode + configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state + when suspended to memory, for regulators implementing suspend + configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state + when suspended to disk, for regulators implementing + suspend configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating + state when suspended to standby, for regulators implementing + suspend configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../bypass +Date: September 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + bypass. This indicates if the device is in bypass mode. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + - 'enabled' + - 'disabled' + - 'unknown' + + 'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode. + + 'disabled' means that the regulator is regulating. + + 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or + the reported state is invalid. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../under_voltage +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + under_voltage. This indicates if the device reports an + under-voltage fault (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../over_current +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + over_current. This indicates if the device reports an + over-current fault (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../regulation_out +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + regulation_out. This indicates if the device reports an + out-of-regulation fault (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../fail +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + fail. This indicates if the device reports an output failure + (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../over_temp +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + over_temp. This indicates if the device reports an + over-temperature fault (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../under_voltage_warn +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + under_voltage_warn. This indicates if the device reports an + under-voltage warning (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../over_current_warn +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + over_current_warn. This indicates if the device reports an + over-current warning (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../over_voltage_warn +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + over_voltage_warn. This indicates if the device reports an + over-voltage warning (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../over_temp_warn +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + over_temp_warn. This indicates if the device reports an + over-temperature warning (1) or not (0). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2b8e2db2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../firmware +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Matt Redfearn <matt.redfearn@mips.com> +Description: Remote processor firmware + + Reports the name of the firmware currently loaded to the + remote processor. + + To change the running firmware, ensure the remote processor is + stopped (using /sys/class/remoteproc/.../state) and write a new filename. + +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../state +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Matt Redfearn <matt.redfearn@mips.com> +Description: Remote processor state + + Reports the state of the remote processor, which will be one of: + + - "offline" + - "suspended" + - "running" + - "crashed" + - "invalid" + + "offline" means the remote processor is powered off. + + "suspended" means that the remote processor is suspended and + must be woken to receive messages. + + "running" is the normal state of an available remote processor + + "crashed" indicates that a problem/crash has been detected on + the remote processor. + + "invalid" is returned if the remote processor is in an + unknown state. + + Writing this file controls the state of the remote processor. + The following states can be written: + + - "start" + - "stop" + + Writing "start" will attempt to start the processor running the + firmware indicated by, or written to, + /sys/class/remoteproc/.../firmware. The remote processor should + transition to "running" state. + + Writing "stop" will attempt to halt the remote processor and + return it to the "offline" state. + +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../name +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com> +Description: Remote processor name + + Reports the name of the remote processor. This can be used by + userspace in exactly identifying a remote processor and ease + up the usage in modifying the 'firmware' or 'state' files. + +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../coredump +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>, Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: Remote processor coredump configuration + + Reports the coredump configuration of the remote processor, + which will be one of: + + "disabled" + "enabled" + "inline" + + "disabled" means no dump will be collected. + + "enabled" means when the remote processor's coredump is + collected it will be copied to a separate buffer and that + buffer is exposed to userspace. + + "inline" means when the remote processor's coredump is + collected userspace will directly read from the remote + processor's device memory. Extra buffer will not be used to + copy the dump. Also recovery process will not proceed until + all data is read by userspace. + +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../recovery +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>, Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: Remote processor recovery mechanism + + Reports the recovery mechanism of the remote processor, + which will be one of: + + "enabled" + "disabled" + + "enabled" means, the remote processor will be automatically + recovered whenever it crashes. Moreover, if the remote + processor crashes while recovery is disabled, it will + be automatically recovered too as soon as recovery is enabled. + + "disabled" means, a remote processor will remain in a crashed + state if it crashes. This is useful for debugging purposes; + without it, debugging a crash is substantially harder. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b5997ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +What: /sys/class/rnbd-client +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Provide information about RNBD-client. + All sysfs files that are not read-only provide the usage information on read: + + Example:: + + # cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device + + > Usage: echo "sessname=<name of the rtrs session> path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> + > [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>] device_path=<full path on remote side> + > [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] > map_device + > + > addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4> | ip:<ipv6> | gid:<gid> ] + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Expected format is the following:: + + sessname=<name of the rtrs session> + path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> ...] + device_path=<full path on remote side> + [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] + + Where: + + sessname: + accepts a string not bigger than 256 chars, which identifies + a given session on the client and on the server. + I.e. "clt_hostname-srv_hostname" could be a natural choice. + + path: + describes a connection between the client and the server by + specifying destination and, when required, the source address. + The addresses are to be provided in the following format:: + + ip:<IPv6> + ip:<IPv4> + gid:<GID> + + for example:: + + path=ip:10.0.0.66 + + The single addr is treated as the destination. + The connection will be established to this server from any client IP address. + + :: + + path=ip:10.0.0.66,ip:10.0.1.66 + + First addr is the source address and the second is the destination. + + If multiple "path=" options are specified multiple connection + will be established and data will be sent according to + the selected multipath policy (see RTRS mp_policy sysfs entry description). + + device_path: + Path to the block device on the server side. Path is specified + relative to the directory on server side configured in the + 'dev_search_path' module parameter of the rnbd_server. + The rnbd_server prepends the <device_path> received from client + with <dev_search_path> and tries to open the + <dev_search_path>/<device_path> block device. On success, + a /dev/rnbd<N> device file, a /sys/block/rnbd<N>/ + directory and an entry in /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices + will be created. + + If 'dev_search_path' contains '%SESSNAME%', then each session can + have different devices namespace, e.g. server was configured with + the following parameter "dev_search_path=/run/rnbd-devs/%SESSNAME%", + client has this string "sessname=blya device_path=sda", then server + will try to open: /run/rnbd-devs/blya/sda. + + access_mode: + the access_mode parameter specifies if the device is to be + mapped as "ro" read-only or "rw" read-write. The server allows + a device to be exported in rw mode only once. The "migration" + access mode has to be specified if a second mapping in read-write + mode is desired. + + By default "rw" is used. + + nr_poll_queues + specifies the number of poll-mode queues. If the IO has HIPRI flag, + the block-layer will send the IO via the poll-mode queue. + For fast network and device the polling is faster than interrupt-base + IO handling because it saves time for context switching, switching to + another process, handling the interrupt and switching back to the + issuing process. + + Set -1 if you want to set it as the number of CPUs + By default rnbd client creates only irq-mode queues. + + NOTICE: MUST make a unique session for a device using the poll-mode queues. + + Exit Codes: + + If the device is already mapped it will fail with EEXIST. If the input + has an invalid format it will return EINVAL. If the device path cannot + be found on the server, it will fail with ENOENT. + + Finding device file after mapping + --------------------------------- + + After mapping, the device file can be found by: + o The symlink /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>@<session_name> + points to /sys/block/<dev-name>. The last part of the symlink destination + is the same as the device name. By extracting the last part of the + path the path to the device /dev/<dev-name> can be build. + + * /dev/block/$(cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>@<session_name>/dev) + + How to find the <device_id> of the device is described on the next + section. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/ +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: For each device mapped on the client a new symbolic link is created as + /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>@<session_name>, which points + to the block device created by rnbd (/sys/block/rnbd<N>/). + The <device_id> of each device is created as follows: + + - If the 'device_path' provided during mapping contains slashes ("/"), + they are replaced by exclamation mark ("!") and used as as the + <device_id>. Otherwise, the <device_id> will be the same as the + "device_path" provided. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c5996cd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: provide information about RNBD-server. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/ +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: When a client maps a device, a directory entry with the name of the + block device is created under /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/block_dev +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Is a symlink to the sysfs entry of the exported device. + + Example: + block_dev -> ../../../../class/block/ram0 + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/ +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: For each client a particular device is exported to, following directory will be + created: + + /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/ + + When the device is unmapped by that client, the directory will be removed. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/read_only +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains '1' if device is mapped read-only, otherwise '0'. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/mapping_path +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains the relative device path provided by the user during mapping. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/access_mode +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains the device access mode: ro, rw or migration. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/force_close +Date: Nov 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Write "1" to the file to close the device on server side. Please + note that the client side device will not be closed, read or + write to the device will get -ENOTCONN. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95984289a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +What: /sys/class/rtc/ +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The rtc/ class subdirectory belongs to the RTC subsystem. + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/ +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The /sys/class/rtc/rtc{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond + to each RTC device. + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/date +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) RTC-provided date in YYYY-MM-DD format + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/hctosys +Date: September 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.32 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) 1 if the RTC provided the system time at boot via the + CONFIG_RTC_HCTOSYS kernel option, 0 otherwise + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/max_user_freq +Date: October 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The maximum interrupt rate an unprivileged user may request + from this RTC. + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/name +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The name of the RTC corresponding to this sysfs directory + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/range +Date: January 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Valid time range for the RTC, as seconds from epoch, formatted + as [min, max] + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/since_epoch +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) RTC-provided time as the number of seconds since the epoch + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/time +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) RTC-provided time in 24-hour notation (hh:mm:ss) + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/offset +Date: February 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The amount which the rtc clock has been adjusted in + firmware. Visible only if the driver supports clock offset + adjustment. The unit is parts per billion, i.e. The number of + clock ticks which are added to or removed from the rtc's base + clock per billion ticks. A positive value makes a day pass more + slowly, longer, and a negative value makes a day pass more + quickly. + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/wakealarm +Date: February 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The time at which the clock will generate a system wakeup + event. This is a one shot wakeup event, so must be reset after + wake if a daily wakeup is required. Format is seconds since the + epoch by default, or if there's a leading +, seconds in the + future, or if there is a leading +=, seconds ahead of the + current alarm. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee8ed6494 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtc0/device/rtc_calibration +Date: Oct 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Mark Godfrey <mark.godfrey@stericsson.com> +Description: Attribute for calibrating ST-Ericsson AB8500 Real Time Clock + The rtc_calibration attribute allows the userspace to + calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock. + Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value + by adding to it the value of this attribute. + + The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of + 30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock) +Users: The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration + daemon uses this interface. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fecc59d1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: When a user of RTRS API creates a new session, a directory entry with + the name of that session is created under /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/ + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/add_path +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RW, adds a new path (connection) to an existing session. Expected format is the + following:: + + <[source addr,]destination addr> + *addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4|ipv6> | gid:<gid> ] + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/max_reconnect_attempts +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Maximum number reconnect attempts the client should make before giving up + after connection breaks unexpectedly. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/mp_policy +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Multipath policy specifies which path should be selected on each IO: + + round-robin (0): + select path in per CPU round-robin manner. + + min-inflight (1): + select path with minimum inflights. + + min-latency (2): + select path with minimum latency. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/ +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Each path belonging to a given session is listed here by its source and + destination address. When a new path is added to a session by writing to + the "add_path" entry, a directory <src@dst> is created. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/state +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains "connected" if the session is connected to the peer and fully + functional. Otherwise the file contains "disconnected" + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/reconnect +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Write "1" to the file in order to reconnect the path. + Operation is blocking and returns 0 if reconnect was successful. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/disconnect +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Write "1" to the file in order to disconnect the path. + Operation blocks until RTRS path is disconnected. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/remove_path +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Write "1" to the file in order to disconnected and remove the path + from the session. Operation blocks until the path is disconnected + and removed from the session. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_name +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the name of HCA the connection established on. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_port +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the port number of active port traffic is going through. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/src_addr +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the source address of the path + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/dst_addr +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the destination address of the path + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/cur_latency +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the latency time calculated by the heart-beat messages. + Whenever the client sends heart-beat message, it checks the time gap + between sending the heart-beat message and receiving the ACK. + This value can be changed regularly. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/reset_all +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RW, Read will return usage help, write 0 will clear all the statistics. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/cpu_migration +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RTRS expects that each HCA IRQ is pinned to a separate CPU. If it's + not the case, the processing of an I/O response could be processed on a + different CPU than where it was originally submitted. This file shows + how many interrupts where generated on a non expected CPU. + + "from:" + is the CPU on which the IRQ was expected, but not generated. + "to:" + is the CPU on which the IRQ was generated, but not expected. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/reconnects +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains 2 unsigned int values, the first one records number of successful + reconnects in the path lifetime, the second one records number of failed + reconnects in the path lifetime. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/rdma +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains statistics regarding rdma operations and inflight operations. + The output consists of 6 values:: + + <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> \ + <write-total-size> <inflights> <failovered> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b08601d80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: When a user of RTRS API creates a new session on a client side, a + directory entry with the name of that session is created in here. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/ +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: When new path is created by writing to "add_path" entry on client side, + a directory entry named as <source address>@<destination address> is created + on server. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/disconnect +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: When "1" is written to the file, the RTRS session is being disconnected. + Operations is non-blocking and returns control immediately to the caller. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_name +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the name of HCA the connection established on. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_port +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the port number of active port traffic is going through. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/src_addr +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the source address of the path + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/dst_addr +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the destination address of the path + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/rdma +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains statistics regarding rdma operations and inflight operations. + The output consists of 5 values: + <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> <write-total-size> <inflights> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c98d8f43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/isci_id +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> +Description: + This file contains the enumerated host ID for the Intel + SCU controller. The Intel(R) C600 Series Chipset SATA/SAS + Storage Control Unit embeds up to two 4-port controllers in + a single PCI device. The controllers are enumerated in order + which usually means the lowest number scsi_host corresponds + with the first controller, but this association is not + guaranteed. The 'isci_id' attribute unambiguously identifies + the controller index: '0' for the first controller, + '1' for the second. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/acciopath_status +Date: November 2013 +Contact: Stephen M. Cameron <scameron@beardog.cce.hp.com> +Description: This file contains the current status of the "SSD Smart Path" + feature of HP Smart Array RAID controllers using the hpsa + driver. SSD Smart Path, when enabled permits the driver to + send i/o requests directly to physical devices that are part + of a logical drive, bypassing the controllers firmware RAID + stack for a performance advantage when possible. A value of + '1' indicates the feature is enabled, and the controller may + use the direct i/o path to physical devices. A value of zero + means the feature is disabled and the controller may not use + the direct i/o path to physical devices. This setting is + controller wide, affecting all configured logical drives on the + controller. This file is readable and writable. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/link_power_management_policy +Date: Oct, 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.24 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This parameter allows the user to read and set the link + (interface) power management. + + There are four possible options: + + min_power: Tell the controller to try to make the link use the + least possible power when possible. This may sacrifice some + performance due to increased latency when coming out of lower + power states. + + max_performance: Generally, this means no power management. + Tell the controller to have performance be a priority over power + management. + + medium_power: Tell the controller to enter a lower power state + when possible, but do not enter the lowest power state, thus + improving latency over min_power setting. + + med_power_with_dipm: Identical to the existing medium_power + setting except that it enables dipm (device initiated power + management) on top, which makes it match the Windows IRST (Intel + Rapid Storage Technology) driver settings. This setting is also + close to min_power, except that: + + a) It does not use host-initiated slumber mode, but it does + allow device-initiated slumber + b) It does not enable low power device sleep mode (DevSlp). + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message_type +Date: Jun, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.27 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + em_message: (RW) Enclosure management support. For the LED + protocol, writes and reads correspond to the LED message format + as defined in the AHCI spec. + + The user must turn sw_activity (under `/sys/block/*/device/`) + OFF it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message + file. + + em_message_type: (RO) Displays the current enclosure management + protocol that is being used by the driver (for eg. LED, SAF-TE, + SES-2, SGPIO etc). + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_port_cmd +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_caps +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_cap2 +Date: Mar, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [to be documented] + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_version +Date: Mar, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Display the version of the AHCI spec implemented by the + host. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_buffer +Date: Apr, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Allows access to AHCI EM (enclosure management) buffer + directly if the host supports EM. + + For eg. the AHCI driver supports SGPIO EM messages but the + SATA/AHCI specs do not define the SGPIO message format of the EM + buffer. Different hardware(HW) vendors may have different + definitions. With the em_buffer attribute, this issue can be + solved by allowing HW vendors to provide userland drivers and + tools for their SGPIO initiators. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message_supported +Date: Oct, 2009 +KernelVersion: v2.6.39 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Displays supported enclosure management message types. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9be398b87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/in_flight +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Show the number of I/Os currently in-flight between the st + module and the SCSI mid-layer. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/io_ns +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time spent waiting for all I/O + to and from the tape drive to complete. This includes all + reads, writes, and other SCSI commands issued to the tape + drive. An example of other SCSI commands would be tape + movement such as a rewind when a rewind tape device is + closed. This item is measured in nanoseconds. + + To determine the amount of time spent waiting for other I/O + to complete subtract read_ns and write_ns from this value. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/other_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + The number of I/O requests issued to the tape drive other + than SCSI read/write requests. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_byte_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of bytes requested from the tape drive. + This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support + variable length block sizes. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of read requests issued to the tape + drive. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_ns +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for + read I/O requests to complete. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_byte_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of bytes written to the tape drive. + This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support + variable length block sizes. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of write requests issued to the tape + drive. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_ms +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for + write I/O requests to complete. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/resid_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the number of times we found that a residual >0 + was found when the SCSI midlayer indicated that there was + an error. For reads this may be a case of someone issuing + reads greater than the block size. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-spi-eeprom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-spi-eeprom new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4bc7d945 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-spi-eeprom @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +What: /sys/class/spi_master/spi<bus>/spi<bus>.<dev>/fram +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: Jiri Prchal <jiri.prchal@aksignal.cz> +Description: + Contains the FRAM binary data. Same as EEPROM, just another file + name to indicate that it employs ferroelectric process. + It performs write operations at bus speed - no write delays. + +What: /sys/class/spi_master/spi<bus>/spi<bus>.<dev>/sernum +Date: May 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: Jiri Prchal <jiri.prchal@aksignal.cz> +Description: + Contains the serial number of the Cypress FRAM (FM25VN) if it is + present. It will be displayed as a 8 byte hex string, as read + from the device. + + This is a read-only attribute. + +What: /sys/class/spi_master/spi<bus>/spi<bus>.<dev>/jedec_id +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: Patrick Wicki <patrick.wicki@siemens.com> +Description: + Contains the raw JEDEC ID bytes returned by the RDID (0x9f) command. The + bytes are exposed as a hex string in big-endian order as read from the + device. + + This is a read-only attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-spi-master b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-spi-master new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a524fcd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-spi-master @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/class/spi_master/spiB/new_device +Date: July 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.3 +Contact: linux-spi@vger.kernel.org +Description: (WO) Instantiate a new SPI device on bus B, where B + is the bus number (0, 1, 2, ...). Takes parameters + in the format: + + <modalias> <chip_select> [<max_speed_hz> [<mode>]] + + where modalias is the driver name, chip_select is the + CS line number, and max_speed_hz and mode are optional. + + The device can later be removed with delete_device. + + Only devices created via this interface can be removed + with delete_device; platform and DT devices are not + affected. + + Example: + # echo spidev 0 > /sys/class/spi_master/spi0/new_device + # echo spidev 0 10000000 > /sys/class/spi_master/spi0/new_device + # echo spidev 0 10000000 3 > /sys/class/spi_master/spi0/new_device + +What: /sys/class/spi_master/spiB/delete_device +Date: July 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.3 +Contact: linux-spi@vger.kernel.org +Description: (WO) Remove a SPI device previously created via + new_device. Takes a single parameter: the chip select + number of the device to remove. + + Example: + # echo 0 > /sys/class/spi_master/spi0/delete_device diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77ed3da0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/masters +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows first and last available to software master numbers on + this STM device. + +What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/channels +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the number of channels per master on this STM device. + +What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/hw_override +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Reads as 0 if master numbers in the STP stream produced by + this stm device will match the master numbers assigned by + the software or 1 if the stm hardware overrides software + assigned masters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57b8dd39b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/class/stm_source/<stm_source>/stm_source_link +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + stm_source device linkage to stm device, where its tracing data + is directed. Reads return an existing connection or "<none>" if + this stm_source is not connected to any stm device yet. + Write an existing (registered) stm device's name here to + connect that device. If a device is already connected to this + stm_source, it will first be disconnected. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76c7a661a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +switchtec - Microsemi Switchtec PCI Switch Management Endpoint + +For details on this subsystem look at Documentation/driver-api/switchtec.rst. + +What: /sys/class/switchtec +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: The switchtec class subsystem folder. + Each registered switchtec driver is represented by a switchtecX + subfolder (X being an integer >= 0). + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/component_id +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Component identifier as stored in the hardware (eg. PM8543) + (read only) +Values: arbitrary string. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/component_revision +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Component revision stored in the hardware (read only) +Values: integer. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/component_vendor +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Component vendor as stored in the hardware (eg. MICROSEM) + (read only) +Values: arbitrary string. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/device_version +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Device version as stored in the hardware (read only) +Values: integer. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/fw_version +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Currently running firmware version (read only) +Values: integer (in hexadecimal). + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/partition +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Partition number for this device in the switch (read only) +Values: integer. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/partition_count +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Total number of partitions in the switch (read only) +Values: integer. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/product_id +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Product identifier as stored in the hardware (eg. PSX 48XG3) + (read only) +Values: arbitrary string. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/product_revision +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Product revision stored in the hardware (eg. RevB) + (read only) +Values: arbitrary string. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/product_vendor +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Product vendor as stored in the hardware (eg. MICROSEM) + (read only) +Values: arbitrary string. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-tee b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-tee new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a0a3050a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-tee @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/class/tee/tee{,priv}X/rpmb_routing_model +Date: May 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.10 +Contact: op-tee@lists.trustedfirmware.org +Description: + RPMB frames can be routed to the RPMB device via the + user-space daemon tee-supplicant or the RPMB subsystem + in the kernel. The value "user" means that the driver + will route the RPMB frames via user space. Conversely, + "kernel" means that the frames are routed via the RPMB + subsystem without assistance from tee-supplicant. It + should be assumed that RPMB frames are routed via user + space if the variable is absent. The primary purpose + of this variable is to let systemd know whether + tee-supplicant is needed in the early boot with initramfs. + +What: /sys/class/tee/tee{,priv}X/revision +Date: Jan 2026 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: op-tee@lists.trustedfirmware.org +Description: + Read-only revision string reported by the TEE driver. This is + for diagnostics only and must not be used to infer feature + support. Use TEE_IOC_VERSION for capability and compatibility + checks. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-thermal b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-thermal new file mode 100644 index 000000000..968d89e15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-thermal @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/type +Description: + Strings which represent the thermal zone type. + This is given by thermal zone driver as part of registration. + E.g: "acpitz" indicates it's an ACPI thermal device. + In order to keep it consistent with hwmon sys attribute; this + should be a short, lowercase string, not containing spaces nor + dashes. + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/temp +Description: + Current temperature as reported by thermal zone (sensor). + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/mode +Description: + One of the predefined values in [enabled, disabled]. + This file gives information about the algorithm that is + currently managing the thermal zone. It can be either default + kernel based algorithm or user space application. + + enabled + enable Kernel Thermal management. + disabled + Preventing kernel thermal zone driver actions upon + trip points so that user application can take full + charge of the thermal management. + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/policy +Description: + One of the various thermal governors used for a particular zone. + + RW, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/available_policies +Description: + Available thermal governors which can be used for a + particular zone. + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/trip_point_Y_temp +Description: + The temperature above which trip point will be fired. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/trip_point_Y_type +Description: + Strings which indicate the type of the trip point. + + E.g. it can be one of critical, hot, passive, `active[0-*]` + for ACPI thermal zone. + + RO, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/trip_point_Y_hyst +Description: + The hysteresis value for a trip point, represented as an + integer. + + Unit: Celsius + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/cdevY +Description: + Sysfs link to the thermal cooling device node where the sys I/F + for cooling device throttling control represents. + + RO, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/cdevY_trip_point +Description: + The trip point in this thermal zone which `cdev[0-*]` is + associated with; -1 means the cooling device is not + associated with any trip point. + + RO, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/cdevY_weight +Description: + The influence of `cdev[0-*]` in this thermal zone. This value + is relative to the rest of cooling devices in the thermal + zone. For example, if a cooling device has a weight double + than that of other, it's twice as effective in cooling the + thermal zone. + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/emul_temp +Description: + Interface to set the emulated temperature method in thermal zone + (sensor). After setting this temperature, the thermal zone may + pass this temperature to platform emulation function if + registered or cache it locally. This is useful in debugging + different temperature threshold and its associated cooling + action. This is write only node and writing 0 on this node + should disable emulation. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + WO, Optional + + WARNING: + Be careful while enabling this option on production systems, + because userland can easily disable the thermal policy by simply + flooding this sysfs node with low temperature values. + + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/k_d +Description: + The derivative term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller. For more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/k_i +Description: + The integral term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller. This term allows the PID controller to compensate + for long term drift. For more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/k_po +Description: + The proportional term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller during temperature overshoot. Temperature overshoot + is when the current temperature is above the "desired + temperature" trip point. For more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/k_pu +Description: + The proportional term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller during temperature undershoot. Temperature undershoot + is when the current temperature is below the "desired + temperature" trip point. For more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/integral_cutoff +Description: + Temperature offset from the desired temperature trip point + above which the integral term of the power allocator + governor's PID controller starts accumulating errors. For + example, if integral_cutoff is 0, then the integral term only + accumulates error when temperature is above the desired + temperature trip point. For more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/slope +Description: + The slope constant used in a linear extrapolation model + to determine a hotspot temperature based off the sensor's + raw readings. It is up to the device driver to determine + the usage of these values. + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/offset +Description: + The offset constant used in a linear extrapolation model + to determine a hotspot temperature based off the sensor's + raw readings. It is up to the device driver to determine + the usage of these values. + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/sustainable_power +Description: + An estimate of the sustained power that can be dissipated by + the thermal zone. Used by the power allocator governor. For + more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + Unit: milliwatts + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/type +Description: + String which represents the type of device, e.g: + + - for generic ACPI: should be "Fan", "Processor" or "LCD" + - for memory controller device on intel_menlow platform: + should be "Memory controller". + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/max_state +Description: + The maximum permissible cooling state of this cooling device. + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/cur_state +Description: + The current cooling state of this cooling device. + The value can any integer numbers between 0 and max_state: + + - cur_state == 0 means no cooling + - cur_state == max_state means the maximum cooling. + + RW, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/stats/reset +Description: + Writing any value resets the cooling device's statistics. + + WO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/stats/time_in_state_ms: +Description: + The amount of time spent by the cooling device in various + cooling states. The output will have "<state> <time>" pair + in each line, which will mean this cooling device spent <time> + msec of time at <state>. + + Output will have one line for each of the supported states. + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/stats/total_trans +Description: + A single positive value showing the total number of times + the state of a cooling device is changed. + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/stats/trans_table +Description: + This gives fine grained information about all the cooling state + transitions. The cat output here is a two dimensional matrix, + where an entry <i,j> (row i, column j) represents the number + of transitions from State_i to State_j. If the transition + table is bigger than PAGE_SIZE, reading this will return + an -EFBIG error. + + RO, Required diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-tsm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-tsm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2949468de --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-tsm @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/class/tsm/tsmN +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + "tsmN" is a device that represents the generic attributes of a + platform TEE Security Manager. It is typically a child of a + platform enumerated TSM device. /sys/class/tsm/tsmN/uevent + signals when the PCI layer is able to support establishment of + link encryption and other device-security features coordinated + through a platform tsm. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..737b76828 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +USB Type-C port devices (eg. /sys/class/typec/port0/) + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/data_role +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The supported USB data roles. This attribute can be used for + requesting data role swapping on the port. Swapping is supported + as synchronous operation, so write(2) to the attribute will not + return until the operation has finished. The attribute is + notified about role changes so that poll(2) on the attribute + wakes up. Change on the role will also generate uevent + KOBJ_CHANGE on the port. The current role is show in brackets, + for example "[host] device" when DRP port is in host mode. + + Valid values: host, device + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/power_role +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The supported power roles. This attribute can be used to request + power role swap on the port. Swapping is supported as + synchronous operation, so write(2) to the attribute will not + return until the operation has finished. The attribute is + notified about role changes so that poll(2) on the attribute + wakes up. Change on the role will also generate uevent + KOBJ_CHANGE. The current role is show in brackets, for example + "[source] sink" when in source mode. + + Valid values: source, sink + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/port_type +Date: May 2017 +Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <Badhri@google.com> +Description: + Indicates the type of the port. This attribute can be used for + requesting a change in the port type. Port type change is + supported as a synchronous operation, so write(2) to the + attribute will not return until the operation has finished. + + Valid values: + + ====== ============================================== + source (The port will behave as source only DFP port) + sink (The port will behave as sink only UFP port) + dual (The port will behave as dual-role-data and + dual-role-power port) + ====== ============================================== + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/vconn_source +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows is the port VCONN Source. This attribute can be used to + request VCONN swap to change the VCONN Source during connection + when both the port and the partner support USB Power Delivery. + Swapping is supported as synchronous operation, so write(2) to + the attribute will not return until the operation has finished. + The attribute is notified about VCONN source changes so that + poll(2) on the attribute wakes up. Change on VCONN source also + generates uevent KOBJ_CHANGE. + + Valid values: + + - "no" when the port is not the VCONN Source + - "yes" when the port is the VCONN Source + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/power_operation_mode +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current power operational mode the port is in. The + power operation mode means current level for VBUS. In case USB + Power Delivery communication is used for negotiating the levels, + power operation mode should show "usb_power_delivery". + + Valid values: + + - default + - 1.5A + - 3.0A + - usb_power_delivery + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/preferred_role +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The user space can notify the driver about the preferred role. + It should be handled as enabling of Try.SRC or Try.SNK, as + defined in USB Type-C specification, in the port drivers. By + default the preferred role should come from the platform. + + Valid values: source, sink, none (to remove preference) + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/supported_accessory_modes +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Space separated list of accessory modes, defined in the USB + Type-C specification, the port supports. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/usb_power_delivery_revision +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Revision number of the supported USB Power Delivery + specification, or 0.0 when USB Power Delivery is not supported. + + Example values: + - "2.0": USB Power Delivery Release 2.0 + - "3.0": USB Power Delivery Release 3.0 + - "3.1": USB Power Delivery Release 3.1 + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/usb_power_delivery_revision +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Benson Leung <bleung@chromium.org> +Description: + Revision number of the supported USB Power Delivery + specification of the port partner or cable, or 0.0 when USB + Power Delivery is not supported. + + Example values: + - "2.0": USB Power Delivery Release 2.0 + - "3.0": USB Power Delivery Release 3.0 + - "3.1": USB Power Delivery Release 3.1 + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/usb_typec_revision +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Revision number of the supported USB Type-C specification. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/orientation +Date: February 2020 +Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <badhri@google.com> +Description: + Indicates the active orientation of the Type-C connector. + Valid values: + - "normal": CC1 orientation + - "reverse": CC2 orientation + - "unknown": Orientation cannot be determined. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/select_usb_power_delivery +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Lists the USB Power Delivery Capabilities that the port can + advertise to the partner. The currently used capabilities are in + brackets. Selection happens by writing to the file. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/usb_capability +Date: November 2024 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: Lists the supported USB Modes. The default USB mode that is used + next time with the Enter_USB Message is in brackets. The default + mode can be changed by writing to the file when supported by the + driver. + + Valid values: + - usb2 (USB 2.0) + - usb3 (USB 3.2) + - usb4 (USB4) + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/<alt-mode>/priority +Date: July 2025 +Contact: Andrei Kuchynski <akuchynski@chromium.org> +Description: + Displays and allows setting the priority for a specific alternate mode. + The priority is an integer in the range 0-255. A lower numerical value + indicates a higher priority (0 is the highest). + If the new value is already in use by another mode, the priority of the + conflicting mode and any subsequent modes will be incremented until they + are all unique. + +USB Type-C partner devices (eg. /sys/class/typec/port0-partner/) + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/accessory_mode +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the Accessory Mode name when the partner is an Accessory. + The Accessory Modes are defined in USB Type-C Specification. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/supports_usb_power_delivery +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows if the partner supports USB Power Delivery communication: + Valid values: yes, no + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/number_of_alternate_modes +Date: November 2020 +Contact: Prashant Malani <pmalani@chromium.org> +Description: + Shows the number of alternate modes which are advertised by the partner + during Power Delivery discovery. This file remains hidden until a value + greater than or equal to 0 is set by Type C port driver. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/type +Date: December 2020 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: USB Power Delivery Specification defines a set of product types + for the partner devices. This file will show the product type of + the partner if it is known. Dual-role capable partners will have + both UFP and DFP product types defined, but only one that + matches the current role will be active at the time. If the + product type of the partner is not visible to the device driver, + this file will not exist. + + When the partner product type is detected, or changed with role + swap, uvevent is also raised that contains PRODUCT_TYPE=<product + type> (for example PRODUCT_TYPE=hub). + + Valid values: + + UFP / device role + ====================== ========================== + undefined - + hub PDUSB Hub + peripheral PDUSB Peripheral + psd Power Bank + ama Alternate Mode Adapter + ====================== ========================== + + DFP / host role + ====================== ========================== + undefined - + hub PDUSB Hub + host PDUSB Host + power_brick Power Brick + amc Alternate Mode Controller + ====================== ========================== + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/identity/ +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This directory appears only if the port device driver is capable + of showing the result of Discover Identity USB power delivery + command. That will not always be possible even when USB power + delivery is supported, for example when USB power delivery + communication for the port is mostly handled in firmware. If the + directory exists, it will have an attribute file for every VDO + in Discover Identity command result. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/usb_mode +Date: November 2024 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: The USB Modes that the partner device supports. The active mode + is displayed in brackets. The active USB mode can be changed by + writing to this file when the port driver is able to send Data + Reset Message to the partner. That requires USB Power Delivery + contract between the partner and the port. + + Valid values: + - usb2 (USB 2.0) + - usb3 (USB 3.2) + - usb4 (USB4) + +USB Type-C cable devices (eg. /sys/class/typec/port0-cable/) + +Note: Electronically Marked Cables will have a device also for one cable plug +(eg. /sys/class/typec/port0-plug0). If the cable is active and has also SOP +Double Prime controller (USB Power Deliver specification ch. 2.4) it will have +second device also for the other plug. Both plugs may have alternate modes as +described in USB Type-C and USB Power Delivery specifications. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/type +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: USB Power Delivery Specification defines a set of product types + for the cables. This file will show the product type of the + cable if it is known. If the product type of the cable is not + visible to the device driver, this file will not exist. + + When the cable product type is detected, uvevent is also raised + with PRODUCT_TYPE showing the product type of the cable. + + Valid values: + + ====================== ========================== + undefined - + active Active Cable + passive Passive Cable + ====================== ========================== + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/plug_type +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows type of the plug on the cable: + + - type-a - Standard A + - type-b - Standard B + - type-c + - captive + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-<plug>/number_of_alternate_modes +Date: November 2020 +Contact: Prashant Malani <pmalani@chromium.org> +Description: + Shows the number of alternate modes which are advertised by the plug + associated with a particular cable during Power Delivery discovery. + This file remains hidden until a value greater than or equal to 0 + is set by Type C port driver. + + +USB Type-C partner/cable Power Delivery Identity objects + +NOTE: The following attributes will be applicable to both +partner (e.g /sys/class/typec/port0-partner/) and +cable (e.g /sys/class/typec/port0-cable/) devices. Consequently, the example file +paths below are prefixed with "/sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/" to +reflect this. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/ +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This directory appears only if the port device driver is capable + of showing the result of Discover Identity USB power delivery + command. That will not always be possible even when USB power + delivery is supported, for example when USB power delivery + communication for the port is mostly handled in firmware. If the + directory exists, it will have an attribute file for every VDO + in Discover Identity command result. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/id_header +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + ID Header VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The + value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available. The value can be polled. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/cert_stat +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Cert Stat VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The + value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available. The value can be polled. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/product +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Product VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The value + will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available. The value can be polled. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/product_type_vdo1 +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Prashant Malani <pmalani@chromium.org> +Description: + 1st Product Type VDO of Discover Identity command result. + The value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available and a valid Product Type VDO is returned. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/product_type_vdo2 +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Prashant Malani <pmalani@chromium.org> +Description: + 2nd Product Type VDO of Discover Identity command result. + The value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available and a valid Product Type VDO is returned. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/product_type_vdo3 +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Prashant Malani <pmalani@chromium.org> +Description: + 3rd Product Type VDO of Discover Identity command result. + The value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available and a valid Product Type VDO is returned. + + +USB Type-C port alternate mode devices. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/<alt mode>/supported_roles +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Space separated list of the supported roles. + + Valid values: source, sink diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_power_delivery b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_power_delivery new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c754458a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_power_delivery @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Directory for USB Power Delivery devices. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../revision +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + File showing the USB Power Delivery Specification Revision used + in communication. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../version +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This is an optional attribute file showing the version of the + specific revision of the USB Power Delivery Specification. In + most cases the specification version is not known and the file + is not available. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The source capabilities message "Source_Capabilities" contains a + set of Power Data Objects (PDO), each representing a type of + power supply. The order of the PDO objects is defined in the USB + Power Delivery Specification. Each PDO - power supply - will + have its own device, and the PDO device name will start with the + object position number as the first character followed by the + power supply type name (":" as delimiter). + + /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source_capabilities/<position>:<type> + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The sink capability message "Sink_Capabilities" contains a set + of Power Data Objects (PDO) just like with source capabilities, + but instead of describing the power capabilities, these objects + describe the power requirements. + + The order of the objects in the sink capability message is the + same as with the source capabilities message. + +Fixed Supplies + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:fixed_supply +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Devices containing the attributes (the bit fields) defined for + Fixed Supplies. + + The device "1:fixed_supply" is special. USB Power Delivery + Specification dictates that the first PDO (at object position + 1), and the only mandatory PDO, is always the vSafe5V Fixed + Supply Object. vSafe5V Object has additional fields defined for + it that the other Fixed Supply Objects do not have and that are + related to the USB capabilities rather than power capabilities. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/1:fixed_supply/dual_role_power +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file contains boolean value that tells does the device + support both source and sink power roles. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities/1:fixed_supply/usb_suspend_supported +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the USB Suspend Supported bit in + vSafe5V Fixed Supply Object. If the bit is set then the device + will follow the USB 2.0 and USB 3.2 rules for suspend and + resume. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities/1:fixed_supply/higher_capability +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Saranya Gopal <saranya.gopal@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the Higher capability bit in + vsafe5V Fixed Supply Object. If the bit is set, then the sink + needs more than vsafe5V(eg. 12 V) to provide full functionality. + Valid values: 0, 1 + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/1:fixed_supply/unconstrained_power +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the Unconstrained Power bit in + vSafe5V Fixed Supply Object. The bit is set when an external + source of power, powerful enough to power the entire system on + its own, is available for the device. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/1:fixed_supply/usb_communication_capable +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the USB Communication Capable bit in + vSafe5V Fixed Supply Object. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/1:fixed_supply/dual_role_data +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the Dual-Role Data bit in vSafe5V + Fixed Supply Object. Dual role data means ability act as both + USB host and USB device. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/1:fixed_supply/unchunked_extended_messages_supported +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the Unchunked Extended Messages + Supported bit in vSafe5V Fixed Supply Object. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:fixed_supply/voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The voltage the supply supports in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities/<position>:fixed_supply/peak_current +Date: October 2023 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the Fixed Power Source Peak Current + Capability field. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities/<position>:fixed_supply/maximum_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum current of the fixed source supply in milliamperes. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities/<position>:fixed_supply/operational_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Operational current of the sink in milliamperes. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities/<position>:fixed_supply/fast_role_swap_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file contains the value of the "Fast Role Swap USB Type-C + Current" field that tells the current level the sink requires + after a Fast Role Swap. + 0 - Fast Swap not supported" + 1 - Default USB Power" + 2 - 1.5A@5V" + 3 - 3.0A@5V" + +Variable Supplies + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:variable_supply +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Variable Power Supply PDO. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:variable_supply/maximum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:variable_supply/minimum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Minimum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities/<position>:variable_supply/maximum_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The maximum current in milliamperes that the source can supply + at the given Voltage range. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities/<position>:variable_supply/operational_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The operational current in milliamperes that the sink requires + at the given Voltage range. + +Battery Supplies + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:battery +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Battery PDO. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:battery/maximum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:battery/minimum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Minimum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities/<position>:battery/maximum_power +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum allowable Power in milliwatts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities/<position>:battery/operational_power +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The operational power that the sink requires at the given + voltage range. + +Standard Power Range (SPR) Programmable Power Supplies + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:programmable_supply +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Programmable Power Supply (PPS) Augmented PDO (APDO). + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:programmable_supply/maximum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:programmable_supply/minimum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Minimum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:programmable_supply/maximum_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum Current in milliamperes. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities/<position>:programmable_supply/pps_power_limited +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The PPS Power Limited bit indicates whether or not the source + supply will exceed the rated output power if requested. + +Standard Power Range (SPR) Adjustable Voltage Supplies + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:spr_adjustable_voltage_supply +Date: Oct 2025 +Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <badhri@google.com> +Description: + Adjustable Voltage Supply (AVS) Augmented PDO (APDO). + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:spr_adjustable_voltage_supply/maximum_current_9V_to_15V +Date: Oct 2025 +Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <badhri@google.com> +Description: + Maximum Current for 9V to 15V range in milliamperes. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:spr_adjustable_voltage_supply/maximum_current_15V_to_20V +Date: Oct 2025 +Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <badhri@google.com> +Description: + Maximum Current for greater than 15V till 20V range in + milliamperes. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:spr_adjustable_voltage_supply/peak_current +Date: Oct 2025 +Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <badhri@google.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the Adjustable Voltage Supply Peak Current + Capability field. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fab3f066 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/class/usb_role/ +Date: Jan 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Place in sysfs for USB Role Switches. USB Role Switch is a + device that can select the data role (host or device) for USB + port. + +What: /sys/class/usb_role/<switch>/role +Date: Jan 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The current role of the switch. This attribute can be used for + requesting role swapping with non-USB Type-C ports. With USB + Type-C ports, the ABI defined for USB Type-C connector class + must be used. + + Valid values: + - none + - host + - device + +What: /sys/class/usb_role/<switch>/connector +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Optional symlink to the USB Type-C connector. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-vduse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-vduse new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f2bc5c8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-vduse @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /sys/class/vduse/ +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Yongji Xie <xieyongji@bytedance.com> +Description: + The vduse/ class sub-directory belongs to the VDUSE + framework and provides a sysfs interface for configuring + VDUSE devices. + +What: /sys/class/vduse/control/ +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Yongji Xie <xieyongji@bytedance.com> +Description: + This directory entry is created for the control device + of VDUSE framework. + +What: /sys/class/vduse/<device-name>/ +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Yongji Xie <xieyongji@bytedance.com> +Description: + This directory entry is created when a VDUSE device is + created via the control device. + +What: /sys/class/vduse/<device-name>/msg_timeout +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Yongji Xie <xieyongji@bytedance.com> +Description: + (RW) The timeout (in seconds) for waiting for the control + message's response from userspace. Default value is 30s. + Writing a '0' to the file means to disable the timeout. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-wakeup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-wakeup new file mode 100644 index 000000000..754aab8b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-wakeup @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +What: /sys/class/wakeup/ +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/wakeup/ directory contains pointers to all + wakeup sources in the kernel at that moment in time. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../name +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the name of the wakeup source. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../active_count +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of times the wakeup source was + activated. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../event_count +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of signaled wakeup events + associated with the wakeup source. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../wakeup_count +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of times the wakeup source might + abort suspend. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../expire_count +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of times the wakeup source's + timeout has expired. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../active_time_ms +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the amount of time the wakeup source has + been continuously active, in milliseconds. If the wakeup + source is not active, this file contains '0'. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../total_time_ms +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the total amount of time this wakeup source + has been active, in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../max_time_ms +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the maximum amount of time this wakeup + source has been continuously active, in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../last_change_ms +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the monotonic clock time when the wakeup + source was touched last time, in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../prevent_suspend_time_ms +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + The file contains the total amount of time this wakeup source + has been preventing autosleep, in milliseconds. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70eabccf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/bootstatus +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains status of the watchdog + device at boot. It is equivalent to WDIOC_GETBOOTSTATUS of + ioctl interface. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/options +Date: April 2023 +Contact: Thomas Weißschuh +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains options of watchdog device. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/fw_version +Date: April 2023 +Contact: Thomas Weißschuh +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains firmware version of + watchdog device. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/identity +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains identity string of + watchdog device. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/nowayout +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read/write file. While reading, it gives '1' + if the device has the nowayout feature set, otherwise + it gives '0'. Writing a '1' to the file enables the + nowayout feature. Once set, the nowayout feature + cannot be disabled, so writing a '0' either has no + effect (if the feature was already disabled) or + results in a permission error. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/state +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It gives active/inactive status of + watchdog device. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/status +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains watchdog device's + internal status bits. It is equivalent to WDIOC_GETSTATUS + of ioctl interface. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/timeleft +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains value of time left for + reset generation. It is equivalent to WDIOC_GETTIMELEFT of + ioctl interface. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/timeout +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It is read to know about current + value of timeout programmed. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout +Date: December 2016 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It specifies the time in seconds before + timeout when the pretimeout interrupt is delivered. Pretimeout + is an optional feature. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout_available_governors +Date: February 2017 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It shows the pretimeout governors + available for this watchdog. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout_governor +Date: February 2017 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read/write file. When read, the currently assigned + pretimeout governor is returned. When written, it sets + the pretimeout governor. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdog1/access_cs0 +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Ivan Mikhaylov <i.mikhaylov@yadro.com>, + Alexander Amelkin <a.amelkin@yadro.com> +Description: + It is a read/write file. This attribute exists only if the + system has booted from the alternate flash chip due to + expiration of a watchdog timer of AST2400/AST2500 when + alternate boot function was enabled with 'aspeed,alt-boot' + devicetree option for that watchdog or with an appropriate + h/w strapping (for WDT2 only). + + At alternate flash the 'access_cs0' sysfs node provides: + + ast2400: + a way to get access to the primary SPI flash + chip at CS0 after booting from the alternate + chip at CS1. + ast2500: + a way to restore the normal address mapping + from (CS0->CS1, CS1->CS0) to (CS0->CS0, + CS1->CS1). + + Clearing the boot code selection and timeout counter also + resets to the initial state the chip select line mapping. When + the SoC is in normal mapping state (i.e. booted from CS0), + clearing those bits does nothing for both versions of the SoC. + For alternate boot mode (booted from CS1 due to wdt2 + expiration) the behavior differs as described above. + + This option can be used with wdt2 (watchdog1) only. + + When read, the current status of the boot code selection is + shown. When written with any non-zero value, it clears + the boot code selection and the timeout counter, which results + in chipselect reset for AST2400/AST2500. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48ddacbe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/class/zram-control/ +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The zram-control/ class sub-directory belongs to zram + device class + +What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_add +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + RO attribute. Read operation will cause zram to add a new + device and return its device id back to user (so one can + use /dev/zram<id>), or error code. + +What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_remove +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + WO attribute. Remove a specific /dev/zramX device, where X + is a device_id provided by user. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1739063e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/dev +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> +Description: The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs + path for a device using the information returned from + stat(2). There are two directories, 'block' and 'char', + beneath /sys/dev containing symbolic links with names of + the form "<major>:<minor>". These links point to the + corresponding sysfs path for the given device. + + Example:: + + $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32 + ../../block/sdc + + Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be + dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and + leave the system. + +Users: mdadm <linux-raid@vger.kernel.org> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fcc94358 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices +Date: February 2006 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will + be added and removed dynamically as the machine runs, + and between different kernel versions, the layout of the + devices within this tree will change. + + Please do not rely on the format of this tree because of + this. If a program wishes to find different things in + the tree, please use the /sys/class structure and rely + on the symlinks there to point to the proper location + within the /sys/devices tree of the individual devices. + Or rely on the uevent messages to notify programs of + devices being added and removed from this tree to find + the location of those devices. + + Note that sometimes not all devices along the directory + chain will have emitted uevent messages, so userspace + programs must be able to handle such occurrences. + +Users: + udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0809fda09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../consumer:<consumer> +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../consumer:<consumer> are symlinks to device + links where this device is the supplier. <consumer> denotes the + name of the consumer in that device link and is of the form + bus:device name. There can be zero or more of these symlinks + for a given device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-coredump b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-coredump new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e45936853 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-coredump @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../coredump +Date: December 2017 +Contact: Arend van Spriel <aspriel@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../coredump attribute is only present when the + device is bound to a driver, which provides the .coredump() + callback. The attribute is write only. Anything written to this + file will trigger the .coredump() callback. + + Available when CONFIG_DEV_COREDUMP is enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac new file mode 100644 index 000000000..256a9e990 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/reset_counters +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This write-only control file will zero all the statistical + counters for UE and CE errors on the given memory controller. + Zeroing the counters will also reset the timer indicating how + long since the last counter were reset. This is useful for + computing errors/time. Since the counters are always reset + at driver initialization time, no module/kernel parameter + is available. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/seconds_since_reset +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays how many seconds have elapsed + since the last counter reset. This can be used with the error + counters to measure error rates. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/mc_name +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the type of memory controller + that is being utilized. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/size_mb +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, of memory + that this memory controller manages. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of uncorrectable + errors that have occurred on this memory controller. If + panic_on_ue is set, this counter will not have a chance to + increment, since EDAC will panic the system + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_noinfo_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the number of UEs that have + occurred on this memory controller with no information as to + which DIMM slot is having errors. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of correctable + errors that have occurred on this memory controller. This + count is very important to examine. CEs provide early + indications that a DIMM is beginning to fail. This count + field should be monitored for non-zero values and report + such information to the system administrator. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_noinfo_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the number of CEs that + have occurred on this memory controller wherewith no + information as to which DIMM slot is having errors. Memory is + handicapped, but operational, yet no information is available + to indicate which slot the failing memory is in. This count + field should be also be monitored for non-zero values. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/sdram_scrub_rate +Date: February 2007 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: Read/Write attribute file that controls memory scrubbing. + The scrubbing rate used by the memory controller is set by + writing a minimum bandwidth in bytes/sec to the attribute file. + The rate will be translated to an internal value that gives at + least the specified rate. + Reading the file will return the actual scrubbing rate employed. + If configuration fails or memory scrubbing is not implemented, + the value of the attribute file will be -1. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/max_location +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the information about the last + available memory slot in this memory controller. It is used by + userspace tools in order to display the memory filling layout. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/size +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display the size of dimm or rank. + For dimm*/size, this is the size, in MB of the DIMM memory + stick. For rank*/size, this is the size, in MB for one rank + of the DIMM memory stick. On single rank memories (1R), this + is also the total size of the dimm. On dual rank (2R) memories, + this is half the size of the total DIMM memories. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_dev_type +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of DRAM device is + being utilized on this DIMM (x1, x2, x4, x8, ...). + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_edac_mode +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of Error detection + and correction is being utilized. For example: S4ECD4ED would + mean a Chipkill with x4 DRAM. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_label +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This control file allows this DIMM to have a label assigned + to it. With this label in the module, when errors occur + the output can provide the DIMM label in the system log. + This becomes vital for panic events to isolate the + cause of the UE event. + DIMM Labels must be assigned after booting, with information + that correctly identifies the physical slot with its + silk screen label. This information is currently very + motherboard specific and determination of this information + must occur in userland at this time. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_location +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display the location (csrow/channel, + branch/channel/slot or channel/slot) of the dimm or rank. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_mem_type +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of memory is + currently on this csrow. Normally, either buffered or + unbuffered memory (for example, Unbuffered-DDR3). + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_ce_count +Date: October 2016 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of correctable + errors that have occurred on this DIMM. This count is very important + to examine. CEs provide early indications that a DIMM is beginning + to fail. This count field should be monitored for non-zero values + and report such information to the system administrator. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_ue_count +Date: October 2016 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of uncorrectable + errors that have occurred on this DIMM. If panic_on_ue is set, this + counter will not have a chance to increment, since EDAC will panic the + system diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-faux-tdx-host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-faux-tdx-host new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9cb273ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-faux-tdx-host @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +What: /sys/devices/faux/tdx_host/version +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: (RO) Report the version of the loaded TDX module. + Formatted as "major.minor.update". Used by TDX module + update tooling. Example: "1.2.03". + +What: /sys/devices/faux/tdx_host/seamldr_version +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: (RO) Report the version of the loaded P-SEAMLDR. + Formatted as a TDX module version. Used by TDX module + update tooling. + +What: /sys/devices/faux/tdx_host/num_remaining_updates +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: (RO) Report the number of remaining updates. TDX maintains a + log about each TDX module that has been loaded. This log has + a finite size, which limits the number of TDX module updates + that can be performed. + + After each successful update, the number reduces by one. Once it + reaches zero, further updates will fail until next reboot. The + number is always zero if the P-SEAMLDR doesn't support updates. + + See Intel Trust Domain Extensions - SEAM Loader (SEAMLDR) + Interface Specification, Chapter "SEAMLDR_INFO" and Chapter + "SEAMLDR.INSTALL" for more information. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46badc9ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/ +Date: September 2012 +Contact: <> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../firmware_node directory contains attributes + allowing the user space to check and modify some firmware + related properties of given device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/description +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Lance Ortiz <lance.ortiz@hp.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../firmware/description attribute contains a string + that describes the device as provided by the _STR method in the ACPI + namespace. This attribute is read-only. If the device does not have + an _STR method associated with it in the ACPI namespace, this + attribute is not present. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea9298d9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ directory is only present for + devices included into the Intel Lynxpoint Low Power Subsystem + (LPSS). If present, it contains attributes containing the LTR + mode and the values of LTR registers of the device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode attribute contains an + integer number (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the devices' + LTR functionality is working in the software mode (1). + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the + current value of the device's AUTO_LTR register (raw) + represented as an 8-digit hexadecimal number. + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/sw_ltr +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the + current value of the device's SW_LTR register (raw) represented + as an 8-digit hexadecimal number. + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2eee1446a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +What: /sys/devices/uncore_iio_x/dieX +Date: February 2020 +Contact: Alexander Antonov <alexander.antonov@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Each IIO stack (PCIe root port) has its own IIO PMON block, so + each dieX file (where X is die number) holds "Segment:Root Bus" + for PCIe root port, which can be monitored by that IIO PMON + block. + For example, on 4-die Xeon platform with up to 6 IIO stacks per + die and, therefore, 6 IIO PMON blocks per die, the mapping of + IIO PMON block 0 exposes as the following:: + + $ ls /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die* + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 + + $ tail /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die* + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 <== + 0000:00 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 <== + 0000:40 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 <== + 0000:80 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 <== + 0000:c0 + + Which means:: + + IIO PMU 0 on die 0 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x00, domain 0x0000 + IIO PMU 0 on die 1 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x40, domain 0x0000 + IIO PMU 0 on die 2 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x80, domain 0x0000 + IIO PMU 0 on die 3 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0xc0, domain 0x0000 + +What: /sys/devices/uncore_upi_x/dieX +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Alexander Antonov <alexander.antonov@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Each /sys/devices/uncore_upi_X/dieY file holds "upi_Z,die_W" + value that means UPI link number X on die Y is connected to UPI + link Z on die W and this link between sockets can be monitored + by UPI PMON block. + For example, 4-die Sapphire Rapids platform has the following + UPI 0 topology:: + + # tail /sys/devices/uncore_upi_0/die* + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_upi_0/die0 <== + upi_1,die_1 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_upi_0/die1 <== + upi_0,die_3 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_upi_0/die2 <== + upi_1,die_3 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_upi_0/die3 <== + upi_0,die_1 + + Which means:: + + UPI link 0 on die 0 is connected to UPI link 1 on die 1 + UPI link 0 on die 1 is connected to UPI link 0 on die 3 + UPI link 0 on die 2 is connected to UPI link 1 on die 3 + UPI link 0 on die 3 is connected to UPI link 0 on die 1
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cec65827e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/memory +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/system/memory contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the kernel memory blocks. Files could be + added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove + operations. +Users: hotplug memory add/remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable is a + legacy interface used to indicated whether a memory block is + likely to be offlineable or not. Newer kernel versions return + "1" if and only if the kernel supports memory offlining. +Users: hotplug memory remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + lsmem/chmem part of util-linux + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device + is read-only; it is a legacy interface only ever used on s390x + to expose the covered storage increment. +Users: Legacy s390-tools lsmem/chmem + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index + is read-only and contains the section ID in hexadecimal + which is equivalent to decimal X contained in the + memory section directory name. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + is read-write. When read, it returns the online/offline + state of the memory block. When written, root can toggle + the online/offline state of a memory block using the following + commands:: + + # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + + On newer kernel versions, advanced states can be specified + when onlining to select a target zone: "online_movable" + selects the movable zone. "online_kernel" selects the + applicable kernel zone (DMA, DMA32, or Normal). However, + after successfully setting one of the advanced states, + reading the file will return "online"; the zone information + can be obtained via "valid_zones" instead. + + While onlining is unlikely to fail, there are no guarantees + that offlining will succeed. Offlining is more likely to + succeed if "valid_zones" indicates "Movable". +Users: hotplug memory remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones +Date: July 2014 +Contact: Zhang Zhen <zhenzhang.zhang@huawei.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones is + read-only. + + For online memory blocks, it returns in which zone memory + provided by a memory block is managed. If multiple zones + apply (not applicable for hotplugged memory), "None" is returned + and the memory block cannot be offlined. + + For offline memory blocks, it returns by which zone memory + provided by a memory block can be managed when onlining. + The first returned zone ("default") will be used when setting + the state of an offline memory block to "online". Only one of + the kernel zones (DMA, DMA32, Normal) is applicable for a single + memory block. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY +Date: October 2009 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that + points to the corresponding NUMA node directory. + + For example, the following symbolic link is created for + memory section 9 on node0: + + /sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0 + + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com> +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled + /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY is a symbolic link that + points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY + memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic + link is created for memory section 9 on node0. + + /sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9 + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/crash_hotplug +Date: Aug 2023 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) indicates whether or not the kernel updates relevant kexec + segments on memory hot un/plug and/or on/offline events, avoiding the + need to reload kdump kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a50ab655 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_offset +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> +Description: + Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. + eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of + area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature + is enabled, this attribute will indicate the start address of + enhanced data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL. + Unit Byte. Format decimal. + +What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_size +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> +Description: + Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. + eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of + area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature + is enabled, this attribute will indicate the size of enhanced + data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL. + Unit KByte. Format decimal. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3359fec2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../online +Date: April 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../online attribute is only present for + devices whose bus types provide .online() and .offline() + callbacks. The number read from it (0 or 1) reflects the value + of the device's 'offline' field. If that number is 1 and '0' + (or 'n', or 'N') is written to this file, the device bus type's + .offline() callback is executed for the device and (if + successful) its 'offline' field is updated accordingly. In + turn, if that number is 0 and '1' (or 'y', or 'Y') is written to + this file, the device bus type's .online() callback is executed + for the device and (if successful) its 'offline' field is + updated as appropriate. + + After a successful execution of the bus type's .offline() + callback the device cannot be used for any purpose until either + it is removed (i.e. device_del() is called for it), or its bus + type's .online() is executed successfully. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-pci-host-bridge b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-pci-host-bridge new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b91ec3450 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-pci-host-bridge @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/devices/pciDDDD:BB + /sys/devices/.../pciDDDD:BB +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A PCI host bridge device parents a PCI bus device topology. PCI + controllers may also parent host bridges. The DDDD:BB format + conveys the PCI domain (ACPI segment) number and root bus number + (in hexadecimal) of the host bridge. Note that the domain number + may be larger than the 16-bits that the "DDDD" format implies + for emulated host-bridges. + +What: pciDDDD:BB/firmware_node +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Symlink to the platform firmware device object "companion" + of the host bridge. For example, an ACPI device with an _HID of + PNP0A08 (/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/PNP0A08:00). See + /sys/devices/pciDDDD:BB entry for details about the DDDD:BB + format. + +What: pciDDDD:BB/streamH.R.E +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) When a platform has established a secure connection, PCIe + IDE, between two Partner Ports, this symlink appears. A stream + consumes a Stream ID slot in each of the Host bridge (H), Root + Port (R) and Endpoint (E). The link points to the Endpoint PCI + device in the Selective IDE Stream pairing. Specifically, "R" + and "E" represent the assigned Selective IDE Stream Register + Block in the Root Port and Endpoint, and "H" represents a + platform specific pool of stream resources shared by the Root + Ports in a host bridge. See /sys/devices/pciDDDD:BB entry for + details about the DDDD:BB format. + +What: pciDDDD:BB/available_secure_streams +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) When a host bridge has Root Ports that support PCIe IDE + (link encryption and integrity protection) there may be a + limited number of Selective IDE Streams that can be used for + establishing new end-to-end secure links. This attribute + decrements upon secure link setup, and increments upon secure + link teardown. The in-use stream count is determined by counting + stream symlinks. See /sys/devices/pciDDDD:BB entry for details + about the DDDD:BB format. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-physical_location b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-physical_location new file mode 100644 index 000000000..202324b87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-physical_location @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + This directory contains information on physical location of + the device connection point with respect to the system's + housing. + +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location/panel +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + Describes which panel surface of the system’s housing the + device connection point resides on. + +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location/vertical_position +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + Describes vertical position of the device connection point on + the panel surface. + +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location/horizontal_position +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + Describes horizontal position of the device connection point on + the panel surface. + +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location/dock +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + "Yes" if the device connection point resides in a docking + station or a port replicator. "No" otherwise. + +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location/lid +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + "Yes" if the device connection point resides on the lid of + laptop system. "No" otherwise. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc44bc903 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ + ACPI Time and Alarm (TAD) device attributes. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/caps +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Hexadecimal bitmask of the TAD attributes are reported by + the platform firmware (see ACPI 6.2, section 9.18.2): + + ======= ====================================================== + BIT(0): AC wakeup implemented if set + BIT(1): DC wakeup implemented if set + BIT(2): Get/set real time features implemented if set + BIT(3): Real time accuracy in milliseconds if set + BIT(4): Correct status reported for wakeups from S4/S5 if set + BIT(5): The AC timer wakes up from S4 if set + BIT(6): The AC timer wakes up from S5 if set + BIT(7): The DC timer wakes up from S4 if set + BIT(8): The DC timer wakes up from S5 if set + ======= ====================================================== + + The other bits are reserved. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_alarm +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW) The AC alarm timer value. + + Reads return the current AC alarm timer value in seconds or + "disabled", if the AC alarm is not set to wake up the system. + + Write a new AC alarm timer value in seconds or "disabled" to it + to set the AC alarm timer or to disable it, respectively. + + If the AC alarm timer is set through this attribute and it + expires, it will immediately wake up the system from the S3 + sleep state (and from S4/S5 too if supported) until its status + is explicitly cleared via the ac_status attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_policy +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW) The AC alarm expired timer wake policy (see ACPI 6.2, + Section 9.18 for details). + + Reads return the current expired timer wake delay for the AC + alarm timer or "never", if the policy is to discard AC timer + wakeups if the system is on DC power. + + Write a new expired timer wake delay for the AC alarm timer in + seconds or "never" to it to set the expired timer wake delay for + the AC alarm timer or to set its expired wake policy to discard + wakeups if the system is on DC power, respectively. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_status +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW) The AC alarm status. + + Reads return a hexadecimal bitmask representing the AC alarm + timer status with the following meaning of bits (see ACPI 6.2, + Section 9.18.5): + + ======= ====================================================== + Bit(0): The timer has expired if set. + Bit(1): The timer has woken up the system from a sleep state + (S3 or S4/S5 if supported) if set. + ======= ====================================================== + + The other bits are reserved. + + Reads also cause the AC alarm timer status to be reset. + + Another way to reset the status of the AC alarm timer is to + write (the number) 0 to this file. + + If the status return value indicates that the timer has expired, + it will immediately wake up the system from the S3 sleep state + (and from S4/S5 too if supported) until its status is explicitly + cleared through this attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_alarm +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW,optional) The DC alarm timer value. + + This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate + DC timer. + + It is analogous to the ac_alarm attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_policy +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW,optional) The DC alarm expired timer wake policy. + + This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate + DC timer. + + It is analogous to the ac_policy attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_status +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> + +Description: + (RW,optional) The DC alarm status. + + This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate + DC timer. + + It is analogous to the ac_status attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40f29a01f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/suspended +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com> +Description: + Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget. + + - 1 -> suspended + - 0 -> resumed + + (_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver) + +What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/gadget-lunX/nofua +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com> +Description: + Show or set the reaction on the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit in + the SCSI WRITE(10,12) commands when a gadget in USB Mass + Storage mode. + + Possible values are: + + - 1 -> ignore the FUA flag + - 0 -> obey the FUA flag diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..378c42694 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr> +Description: + Show whether the floor (0 to 4), protection area (0 or 1) is + keylocked. Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas, + which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS. + The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads, + writes or both. + The result is: + + - 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked + - 1 -> the DPS is keylocked + +Users: None identified so far. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr> +Description: + Enter the protection key for the floor (0 to 4), protection area + (0 or 1). Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas, + which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS. + The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads, + writes or both. + The protection key is a string of 8 bytes (value 0-255). + Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed + through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked. + Possible values are: + + - 8 bytes + + Typical values are: + + - "00000000" + - "12345678" + +Users: None identified so far. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock new file mode 100644 index 000000000..411c174de --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.<N>/docked +Date: Dec, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Value 1 or 0 indicates whether the software believes the + laptop is docked in a docking station. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.<N>/undock +Date: Dec, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Writing to this file causes the software to initiate an + undock request to the firmware. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.<N>/uid +Date: Feb, 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.21 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Displays the docking station the laptop is docked to. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.<N>/flags +Date: May, 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.21 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Show dock station flags, useful for checking if undock + request has been made by the user (from the immediate_undock + option). + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.<N>/type +Date: Aug, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.27 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Display the dock station type- dock_station, ata_bay or + battery_bay. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07df0ddc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/firmware_revision +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) The major and minor revision of the firmware. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/aux_firmware_revision +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Holds additional information about the firmware revision, + such as boot block or internal data structure version numbers. + The meanings of the numbers are specific to the vendor + identified by Manufacturer ID. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/revision +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Device revision. Useful for identifying if significant + hardware changes have been made to the implementation of the + management controller. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/provides_device_sdrs +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Indicates whether device provides device sensor data + records (1) or not (0). + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/device_id +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Device id is specified by the manufacturer identified by + the Manufacturer ID field. This field allows controller specific + software to identify the unique application command, OEM + fields, and functionality that are provided by the controller + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/additional_device_support +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Lists the IPMI ‘logical device’ commands and functions + that the controller supports that are in addition to the + mandatory IPM and Application commands. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/ipmi_version +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Displays the IPMI Command Specification Version. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/manufacturer_id +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Identifies the manufacturer responsible for the + specification of functionality of the vendor (OEM)-specific + commands, codes, and interfaces used in the controller. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/product_id +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Displays a number that identifies a particular system, + module, add-in card, or board set. The number is specified + according to the manufacturer given by Manufacturer ID. + +For detailed definitions of the above attributes, refer to section 20.1 'Get +Device ID Command' of the IPMI specification v2.0. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/guid +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) A GUID (Globally Unique ID), also referred to as a UUID + (Universally Unique Identifier), for the management controller, + as described in section 20.8 'Get Device GUID Command' of the + IPMI specification v2.0. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/type +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) The device interface for IPMI "kcs", "smic", "bt" or + "invalid" + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/idles +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/watchdog_pretimeouts +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/complete_transactions +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/events +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/hosed_count +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/long_timeouts +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/flag_fetches +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/attentions +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/incoming_messages +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/short_timeouts +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + + ====================== ======================================== + idles (RO) Number of times the interface was + idle while being polled. + + watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts. + + complete_transactions (RO) Number of completed messages. + + events (RO) Number of IPMI events received from + the hardware. + + interrupts (RO) Number of interrupts the driver + handled. + + hosed_count (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't + follow the state machine. + + long_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver + requested a timer while nothing was in + progress. + + flag_fetches (RO) Number of times the driver + requested flags from the hardware. + + attentions (RO) Number of time the driver got an + ATTN from the hardware. + + incoming_messages (RO) Number of asynchronous messages + received. + + short_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver + requested a timer while an operation was + in progress. + ====================== ======================================== + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts_enabled +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Indicates whether interrupts are enabled or not. The driver + disables interrupts when it gets into a situation where it + cannot handle messages due to lack of memory. Once that + situation clears up, it will re-enable interrupts. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/params +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + [to be documented] + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/type +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Shows the IMPI device interface type - "ssif" here. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/hosed +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/alerts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/sent_messages +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/sent_messages_parts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/received_messages +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/received_message_parts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/events +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/watchdog_pretimeouts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/flag_fetches +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/send_retries +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/receive_retries +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/send_errors +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/receive_errors +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + ====================== ======================================== + hosed (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't + follow the state machine. + + alerts (RO) Number of alerts received. + + sent_messages (RO) Number of total messages sent. + + sent_message_parts (RO) Number of message parts sent. + Messages may be broken into parts if + they are long. + + received_messages (RO) Number of message responses + received. + + received_message_parts (RO) Number of message fragments + received. + + events (RO) Number of received events. + + watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts. + + flag_fetches (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was + requested. + + send_retries (RO) Number of time a message was + retried. + + receive_retries (RO) Number of times the receive of a + message was retried. + + send_errors (RO) Number of times the send of a + message failed. + + receive_errors (RO) Number of errors in receiving + messages. + ====================== ======================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-kunpeng_hccs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-kunpeng_hccs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1b3a95a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-kunpeng_hccs @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/all_linked +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/linked_full_lane +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/crc_err_cnt +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: Huisong Li <lihuisong@huawei.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/ directory + contains read-only attributes exposing some summarization + information of all HCCS ports under a specified chip. + The X in 'chipX' indicates the Xth chip on platform. + + There are following attributes in this directory: + + ================= ==== ========================================= + all_linked: (RO) if all enabled ports on this chip are + linked (bool). + linked_full_lane: (RO) if all linked ports on this chip are full + lane (bool). + crc_err_cnt: (RO) total CRC err count for all ports on this + chip. + ================= ==== ========================================= + +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/all_linked +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/linked_full_lane +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/crc_err_cnt +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: Huisong Li <lihuisong@huawei.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/ directory + contains read-only attributes exposing some summarization + information of all HCCS ports under a specified die. + The Y in 'dieY' indicates the hardware id of the die on chip who + has chip id X. + + There are following attributes in this directory: + + ================= ==== ========================================= + all_linked: (RO) if all enabled ports on this die are + linked (bool). + linked_full_lane: (RO) if all linked ports on this die are full + lane (bool). + crc_err_cnt: (RO) total CRC err count for all ports on this + die. + ================= ==== ========================================= + +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/hccsN/type +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/hccsN/lane_mode +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/hccsN/enable +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/hccsN/cur_lane_num +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/hccsN/link_fsm +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/hccsN/lane_mask +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/hccsN/crc_err_cnt +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: Huisong Li <lihuisong@huawei.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx/chipX/dieX/hccsN/ directory + contains read-only attributes exposing information about + a HCCS port. The N value in 'hccsN' indicates this port id. + The X in 'chipX' indicates the ID of the chip to which the + HCCS port belongs. For example, X ranges from to 'n - 1' if the + chip number on platform is n. + The Y in 'dieY' indicates the hardware id of the die to which + the hccs port belongs. + Note: type, lane_mode and enable are fixed attributes on running + platform. + + The HCCS port have the following attributes: + + ============= ==== ============================================= + type: (RO) port type (string), e.g. HCCS-v1 -> H32 + lane_mode: (RO) the lane mode of this port (string), e.g. x8 + enable: (RO) indicate if this port is enabled (bool). + cur_lane_num: (RO) current lane number of this port. + link_fsm: (RO) link finite state machine of this port. + lane_mask: (RO) current lane mask of this port, every bit + indicates a lane. + crc_err_cnt: (RO) CRC err count on this port. + ============= ==== ============================================= + +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/used_types +Date: August 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.12 +Contact: Huisong Li <lihuisong@huawei.com> +Description: + This interface is used to show all HCCS types used on the + platform, like, HCCS-v1, HCCS-v2 and so on. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/available_inc_dec_lane_types +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/dec_lane_of_type +What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/inc_lane_of_type +Date: August 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.12 +Contact: Huisong Li <lihuisong@huawei.com> +Description: + These interfaces under /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx/ are + used to support the low power consumption feature of some + HCCS types by changing the number of lanes used. The interfaces + changing the number of lanes used are 'dec_lane_of_type' and + 'inc_lane_of_type' which require root privileges. These + interfaces aren't exposed if no HCCS type on platform support + this feature. Please note that decreasing lane number is only + allowed if all the specified HCCS ports are not busy. + + The low power consumption interfaces are as follows: + + ============================= ==== ================================ + available_inc_dec_lane_types: (RO) available HCCS types (string) to + increase and decrease the number + of lane used, e.g. HCCS-v2. + dec_lane_of_type: (WO) input HCCS type supported + decreasing lane to decrease the + used lane number of all specified + HCCS type ports on platform to + the minimum. + You can query the 'cur_lane_num' + to get the minimum lane number + after executing successfully. + inc_lane_of_type: (WO) input HCCS type supported + increasing lane to increase the + used lane number of all specified + HCCS type ports on platform to + the full lane state. + ============================= ==== ================================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e45ac2e86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_alpha +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the alpha blending value for the overlay. Values range + from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque). The value is ignored if + the mode is not set to Alpha Blending. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_mode +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values + are: + + - 0 - Alpha Blending + - 1 - ROP3 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The + position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+`. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3 +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the raster operation (ROP3) for the overlay. Values + range from 0 to 255. The value is ignored if the mode is not + set to ROP3. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-soc-ipa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-soc-ipa new file mode 100644 index 000000000..364b1ba41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-soc-ipa @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/soc@X/XXXXXXX.ipa/ +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/platform/soc@X/XXXXXXX.ipa/ directory + contains read-only attributes exposing information about + an IPA device. The X values could vary, but are typically + "soc@0/1e40000.ipa". + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/version +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/version file contains the IPA hardware + version, as a period-separated set of two or three integers + (e.g., "3.5.1" or "4.2"). + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/ +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/ directory contains a set of + attributes describing features implemented by the IPA + hardware. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/rx_offload +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/rx_offload file contains a + string indicating the type of receive checksum offload + that is supported by the hardware. The possible values + are "MAPv4" or "MAPv5". + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/tx_offload +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/tx_offload file contains a + string indicating the type of transmit checksum offload + that is supported by the hardware. The possible values + are "MAPv4" or "MAPv5". + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/ +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.19 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/ directory contains + attributes that define IDs associated with IPA + endpoints. The "rx" or "tx" in an endpoint name is + from the perspective of the AP. An endpoint ID is a + small unsigned integer. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_rx +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.19 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_rx file contains + the ID of the AP endpoint on which packets originating + from the embedded modem are received. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_tx +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.19 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_tx file contains + the ID of the AP endpoint on which packets destined + for the embedded modem are sent. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/monitor_rx +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.19 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/monitor_rx file contains + the ID of the AP endpoint on which IPA "monitor" data is + received. The monitor endpoint supplies replicas of + packets that enter the IPA hardware for processing. + Each replicated packet is preceded by a fixed-size "ODL" + header (see .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/monitor, above). + Large packets are truncated, to reduce the bandwidth + required to provide the monitor function. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/ +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/ directory contains attributes + describing properties of the modem embedded in the SoC. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/rx_endpoint_id +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/rx_endpoint_id file duplicates + the value found in .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_rx. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/tx_endpoint_id +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/tx_endpoint_id file duplicates + the value found in .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_tx. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b93341e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ + Intel Stratix10 Remote System Update (RSU) device attributes + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/current_image +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the address in flash of currently running image. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/fail_image +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the address in flash of failed image. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/state +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the state of RSU system. + The state field has two parts: major error code in + upper 16 bits and minor error code in lower 16 bits. + + b[15:0] + Currently used only when major error is 0xF006 + (CPU watchdog timeout), in which case the minor + error code is the value reported by CPU to + firmware through the RSU notify command before + the watchdog timeout occurs. + + b[31:16] + 0xF001 bitstream error + 0xF002 hardware access failure + 0xF003 bitstream corruption + 0xF004 internal error + 0xF005 device error + 0xF006 CPU watchdog timeout + 0xF007 internal unknown error + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/version +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the version number of RSU firmware. 19.3 or late + version includes information about the firmware which + reported the error. + + pre 19.3: + b[31:0] + 0x0 version number + + 19.3 or late: + b[15:0] + 0x1 version number + b[31:16] + 0x0 no error + 0x0DCF Decision CMF error + 0x0ACF Application CMF error + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/error_location +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the error offset inside the image that failed. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/error_details +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) error code. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/retry_counter +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the current image's retry counter, which is used by + user to know how many times the images is still allowed + to reload itself before giving up and starting RSU + fail-over flow. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/reboot_image +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (WO) the address in flash of image to be loaded on next + reboot command. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/notify +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (WO) client to notify firmware with different actions. + + b[15:0] + inform firmware the current software execution + stage. + + == =========================================== + 0 the first stage bootloader didn't run or + didn't reach the point of launching second + stage bootloader. + 1 failed in second bootloader or didn't get + to the point of launching the operating + system. + 2 both first and second stage bootloader ran + and the operating system launch was + attempted. + == =========================================== + + b[16] + == =========================================== + 1 firmware to reset current image retry + counter. + 0 no action. + == =========================================== + + b[17] + == =========================================== + 1 firmware to clear RSU log + 0 no action. + == =========================================== + + b[18] + this is negative logic + + == =========================================== + 1 no action + 0 firmware record the notify code defined + in b[15:0]. + == =========================================== + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf0 +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Decision firmware copy 0 version information. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf1 +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Decision firmware copy 1 version information. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf2 +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Decision firmware copy 2 version information. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf3 +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Decision firmware copy 3 version information. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/max_retry +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) max retry parameter is stored in the firmware + decision IO section, as a byte located at offset 0x18c. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/size0 +Date: May 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Tze Yee Ng <tze.yee.ng@altera.com> +Description: + (RO) Flash size in bytes for QSPI device 0 (32-bit hex, one + line). EIO if unavailable. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/size1 +Date: May 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Tze Yee Ng <tze.yee.ng@altera.com> +Description: + (RO) Like size0 for device 1. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/size2 +Date: May 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Tze Yee Ng <tze.yee.ng@altera.com> +Description: + (RO) Like size0 for device 2. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/size3 +Date: May 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Tze Yee Ng <tze.yee.ng@altera.com> +Description: + (RO) Like size0 for device 3. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/erase_size0 +Date: May 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Tze Yee Ng <tze.yee.ng@altera.com> +Description: + (RO) Erase size in bytes for QSPI device 0 (32-bit hex, one + line). EIO if unavailable. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/erase_size1 +Date: May 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Tze Yee Ng <tze.yee.ng@altera.com> +Description: + (RO) Like erase_size0 for device 1. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/erase_size2 +Date: May 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Tze Yee Ng <tze.yee.ng@altera.com> +Description: + (RO) Like erase_size0 for device 2. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/erase_size3 +Date: May 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Tze Yee Ng <tze.yee.ng@altera.com> +Description: + (RO) Like erase_size0 for device 3. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df11901a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../sensitivity +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Trackpoint sensitivity. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../intertia +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Negative inertia factor. High values cause the cursor to + snap backward when the trackpoint is released. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../reach +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Backup range for z-axis press. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../draghys +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The drag hysteresis controls how hard it is to drag with + z-axis pressed. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../mindrag +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Minimum amount of force needed to trigger dragging. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../speed +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Speed of the trackpoint cursor. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../thresh +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Minimum value for z-axis force required to trigger a press + or release, relative to the running average. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../upthresh +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The offset from the running average required to generate a + select (click) on z-axis on release. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../ztime +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This attribute determines how sharp a press has to be in + order to be recognized. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../jenks +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Minimum curvature in degrees required to generate a double + click without a release. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../skipback +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) When the skipback bit is set, backup cursor movement during + releases from drags will be suppressed. The default value for + this bit is 0. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../ext_dev +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Disable (0) or enable (1) external pointing device. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../press_to_select +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Writing a value of 1 to this file will enable the Press to + Select functions like tapping the control stick to simulate a + left click, and writing 0 will disable it. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../drift_time +Date: Dec, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This parameter controls the period of time to test for a + ‘hands off’ condition (i.e. when no force is applied) before a + drift (noise) calibration occurs. + + IBM Trackpoints have a feature to compensate for drift by + recalibrating themselves periodically. By default, if for 0.5 + seconds there is no change in position, it's used as the new + zero. This duration is too low. Often, the calibration happens + when the trackpoint is in fact being used. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9bf7c8a26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power/ +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power directory contains attributes + allowing the user space to check and modify some power + management related properties of given device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup attribute allows the user + space to check if the device is enabled to wake up the system + from sleep states, such as the memory sleep state (suspend to + RAM) and hibernation (suspend to disk), and to enable or disable + it to do that as desired. + + Some devices support "wakeup" events, which are hardware signals + used to activate the system from a sleep state. Such devices + have one of the following two values for the sysfs power/wakeup + file: + + + "enabled\n" to issue the events; + + "disabled\n" not to do so; + + In that cases the user space can change the setting represented + by the contents of this file by writing either "enabled", or + "disabled" to it. + + For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup + events this file is not present. In that case the device cannot + be enabled to wake up the system from sleep states. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/control +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/control attribute allows the user + space to control the run-time power management of the device. + + All devices have one of the following two values for the + power/control file: + + + "auto\n" to allow the device to be power managed at run time; + + "on\n" to prevent the device from being power managed; + + The default for all devices is "auto", which means that they may + be subject to automatic power management, depending on their + drivers. Changing this attribute to "on" prevents the driver + from power managing the device at run time. Doing that while + the device is suspended causes it to be woken up. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/async +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../async attribute allows the user space to + enable or disable the device's suspend and resume callbacks to + be executed asynchronously (ie. in separate threads, in parallel + with the main suspend/resume thread) during system-wide power + transitions (eg. suspend to RAM, hibernation). + + All devices have one of the following two values for the + power/async file: + + + "enabled\n" to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume; + + "disabled\n" to forbid it; + + The value of this attribute may be changed by writing either + "enabled", or "disabled" to it. + + It generally is unsafe to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume + of a device unless it is certain that all of the PM dependencies + of the device are known to the PM core. However, for some + devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or + device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the + default value. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_count +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number + of signaled wakeup events associated with the device. This + attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up + the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. + If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active_count attribute contains the + number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with + the device was completed (at the kernel level). This attribute + is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the + system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If + the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_abort_count +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_abort_count attribute contains the + number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with + the device might have aborted system transition into a sleep + state in progress. This attribute is read-only. If the device + is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states, this + attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake + up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_expire_count +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_expire_count attribute contains the + number of times a wakeup event associated with the device has + been reported with a timeout that expired. This attribute is + read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the system + from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If the + device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, + this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active attribute contains either 1, + or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with + the device is being processed (1). This attribute is read-only. + If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not + enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute + is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_total_time_ms attribute contains + the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the + device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the + device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states, + this attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to + wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_max_time_ms attribute contains + the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated + with the device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. + If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not + enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute + is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_last_time_ms attribute contains + the value of the monotonic clock corresponding to the time of + signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in + milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the device is + not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this + attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake + up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms attribute + contains the total time the device has been preventing + opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occurring. + This attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to + wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not + present. If the device is not enabled to wake up the system + from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms attribute + contains the autosuspend delay value (in milliseconds). Some + drivers do not want their device to suspend as soon as it + becomes idle at run time; they want the device to remain + inactive for a certain minimum period of time first. That + period is called the autosuspend delay. Negative values will + prevent the device from being suspended at run time (similar + to writing "on" to the power/control attribute). Values >= + 1000 will cause the autosuspend timer expiration to be rounded + up to the nearest second. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us +Date: March 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us attribute + contains the PM QoS resume latency limit for the given device, + which is the maximum allowed time it can take to resume the + device, after it has been suspended at run time, from a resume + request to the moment the device will be ready to process I/O, + in microseconds. If it is equal to 0, however, this means that + the PM QoS resume latency may be arbitrary and the special value + "n/a" means that user space cannot accept any resume latency at + all for the given device. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us +Date: January 2014 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us attribute + contains the PM QoS active state latency tolerance limit for the + given device in microseconds. That is the maximum memory access + latency the device can suffer without any visible adverse + effects on user space functionality. If that value is the + string "any", the latency does not matter to user space at all, + but hardware should not be allowed to set the latency tolerance + for the device automatically. + + Reading "auto" from this file means that the maximum memory + access latency for the device may be determined automatically + by the hardware as needed. Writing "auto" to it allows the + hardware to be switched to this mode if there are no other + latency tolerance requirements from the kernel side. + + This attribute is only present if the feature controlled by it + is supported by the hardware. + + This attribute has no effect on runtime suspend and resume of + devices and on system-wide suspend/resume and hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off attribute + is used for manipulating the PM QoS "no power off" flag. If + set, this flag indicates to the kernel that power should not + be removed entirely from the device. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_status +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_status attribute contains + the current runtime PM status of the device, which may be + "suspended", "suspending", "resuming", "active", "error" (fatal + error), or "unsupported" (runtime PM is disabled). + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_active_time +Date: Jul 2010 +Contact: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Reports the total time that the device has been active, in + milliseconds. Used for runtime PM statistics. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_suspended_time +Date: Jul 2010 +Contact: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Reports total time that the device has been suspended, in + milliseconds. Used for runtime PM statistics. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_usage +Date: Apr 2010 +Contact: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net> +Description: + Reports the runtime PM usage count of a device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_enabled +Date: Apr 2010 +Contact: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net> +Description: + Is runtime PM enabled for this device? + States are "enabled", "disabled", "forbidden" or a + combination of the latter two. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_active_kids +Date: Apr 2010 +Contact: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net> +Description: + Reports the runtime PM children usage count of a device, or + 0 if the children will be ignored. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73b77a6be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D0. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30c20703f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D1. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D1. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd9d84b42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D2. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D2. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3df32c20a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D3hot. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D3hot. The + names of the links are the same as the names of the directories + they point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0588feeb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ +Date: April 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + require ACPI power resources for wakeup signaling. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be able to signal wakeup. The names of + the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ad954674 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_state +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute is only present for + device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide power + management methods. + + If present, it contains a string representing the current ACPI + power state of the given device node. Its possible values, + "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and "D3cold", reflect the power state + names defined by the ACPI specification (ACPI 4 and above). + + If the device node uses shared ACPI power resources, this state + determines a list of power resources required not to be turned + off. However, some power resources needed by the device node in + higher-power (lower-number) states may also be ON because of + some other devices using them at the moment. + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b3527c82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../real_power_state +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../real_power_state attribute is only present + for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide + power management methods and use ACPI power resources for power + management. + + If present, it contains a string representing the real ACPI + power state of the given device node as returned by the _PSC + control method or inferred from the configuration of power + resources. Its possible values, "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and + "D3cold", reflect the power state names defined by the ACPI + specification (ACPI 4 and above). + + In some situations the value of this attribute may be different + from the value of the /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute for + the same device object. If that happens, some shared power + resources used by the device node are only ON because of some + other devices using them at the moment. + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable new file mode 100644 index 000000000..754ecb458 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../removable +Date: May 2021 +Contact: Rajat Jain <rajatxjain@gmail.com> +Description: + Information about whether a given device can be removed from the + platform by the user. This is determined by its subsystem in a + bus / platform-specific way. This attribute is only present for + devices that can support determining such information: + + =========== =================================================== + "removable" device can be removed from the platform by the user + "fixed" device is fixed to the platform / cannot be removed + by the user. + "unknown" The information is unavailable / cannot be deduced. + =========== =================================================== + + Currently this is only supported by USB (which infers the + information from a combination of hub descriptor bits and + platform-specific data such as ACPI) and PCI (which gets this + from ACPI / device tree). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4a3bc592 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use attribute is only present + for device objects representing ACPI power resources. + + If present, it contains a number (0 or 1) representing the + current status of the given power resource (0 means that the + resource is not in use and therefore it has been turned off). + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb6776a4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +What: /sys/devices/socX +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each + System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information + regarding each SoC can be obtained by reading sysfs files. This + functionality is only available if implemented by the platform. + + The directory created for each SoC will also house information + about devices which are commonly contained in /sys/devices/platform. + It has been agreed that if an SoC device exists, its supported + devices would be better suited to appear as children of that SoC. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/machine +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine + name (e.g. DB8500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/family +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name + (e.g. ux500). + + On many of ARM based silicon with SMCCC v1.2+ compliant firmware + this will contain the JEDEC JEP106 manufacturer’s identification + code. The format is "jep106:XXYY" where XX is identity code and + YY is continuation code. + + This manufacturer’s identification code is defined by one + or more eight (8) bit fields, each consisting of seven (7) + data bits plus one (1) odd parity bit. It is a single field, + limiting the possible number of vendors to 126. To expand + the maximum number of identification codes, a continuation + scheme has been defined. + + The specified mechanism is that an identity code of 0x7F + represents the "continuation code" and implies the presence + of an additional identity code field, and this mechanism + may be extended to multiple continuation codes followed + by the manufacturer's identity code. + + For example, ARM has identity code 0x7F 0x7F 0x7F 0x7F 0x3B, + which is code 0x3B on the fifth 'page'. This is shortened + as JEP106 identity code of 0x3B and a continuation code of + 0x4 to represent the four continuation codes preceding the + identity code. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/serial_number +Date: January 2019 +contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's + serial number, if available. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of + ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number. + + On many of ARM based silicon with SMCCC v1.2+ compliant firmware + this will contain the SOC ID appended to the family attribute + to ensure there is no conflict in this namespace across various + vendors. The format is "jep106:XXYY:ZZZZ" where XX is identity + code, YY is continuation code and ZZZZ is the SOC ID. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/revision +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's + manufacturing revision number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/process +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the + the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured. + +What: /sys/bus/soc +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders + expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular + interest, as it contains a symlink for each SoC device found on + the system. Each symlink points back into the aforementioned + /sys/devices/socX devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85df37de3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../software_node/ +Date: January 2019 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This directory contains the details about the device that are + assigned in kernel (i.e. software), as opposed to the + firmware_node directory which contains the details that are + assigned for the device in firmware. The main attributes in the + directory will show the properties the device has, and the + relationship it has to some of the other devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c64636dda --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../state_synced +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../state_synced attribute is only present for + devices whose bus types or driver provides the .sync_state() + callback. The number read from it (0 or 1) reflects the value + of the device's 'state_synced' field. A value of 0 means the + .sync_state() callback hasn't been called yet. A value of 1 + means the .sync_state() callback has been called. + + Generally, if a device has sync_state() support and has some of + the resources it provides enabled at the time the kernel starts + (Eg: enabled by hardware reset or bootloader or anything that + run before the kernel starts), then it'll keep those resources + enabled and in a state that's compatible with the state they + were in at the start of the kernel. The device will stop doing + this only when the sync_state() callback has been called -- + which happens only when all its consumer devices are registered + and have probed successfully. Resources that were left disabled + at the time the kernel starts are not affected or limited in + any way by sync_state() callbacks. + + Writing "1" to this file will force a call to the device's + sync_state() function if it hasn't been called already. The + sync_state() call happens independent of the state of the + consumer devices. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun new file mode 100644 index 000000000..625ce4b63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../sun +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Yasuaki Ishimatsu <isimatu.yasuaki@jp.fujitsu.com> +Description: + The file contains a Slot-unique ID which provided by the _SUN + method in the ACPI namespace. The value is written in Advanced + Configuration and Power Interface Specification as follows: + + "The _SUN value is required to be unique among the slots of + the same type. It is also recommended that this number match + the slot number printed on the physical slot whenever possible." + + So reading the sysfs file, we can identify a physical position + of the slot in the system. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier new file mode 100644 index 000000000..207f5972e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../supplier:<supplier> +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../supplier:<supplier> are symlinks to device + links where this device is the consumer. <supplier> denotes the + name of the supplier in that device link and is of the form + bus:device name. There can be zero or more of these symlinks + for a given device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82d10d556 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -0,0 +1,808 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/ +Date: pre-git history +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + A collection of both global and individual CPU attributes + + Individual CPU attributes are contained in subdirectories + named by the kernel's logical CPU number, e.g.: + + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/ + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max + /sys/devices/system/cpu/offline + /sys/devices/system/cpu/online + /sys/devices/system/cpu/possible + /sys/devices/system/cpu/present +Date: December 2008 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to + hotplug. Briefly: + + kernel_max: the maximum cpu index allowed by the kernel + configuration. + + offline: cpus that are not online because they have been + HOTPLUGGED off or exceed the limit of cpus allowed by the + kernel configuration (kernel_max above). + + online: cpus that are online and being scheduled. + + possible: cpus that have been allocated resources and can be + brought online if they are present. + + present: cpus that have been identified as being present in + the system. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/probe + /sys/devices/system/cpu/release +Date: November 2009 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's. This is not hotplug + removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU + from the system. + + probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the + system. Information written to the file to add CPU's is + architecture specific. + + release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from + the system. Information written to the file to remove CPU's + is architecture specific. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/node +Date: October 2009 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to + + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points + to the corresponding NUMA node directory. + + For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42 + in NUMA node 2: + + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2 + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings_list + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/physical_package_id + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings_list + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/ppin +Date: December 2008 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship + to other cores and threads in the same physical package. + + One cpuX directory is created per logical CPU in the system, + e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/. + + Briefly, the files above are: + + core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads + within the same physical_package_id. + + core_siblings_list: human-readable list of the logical CPU + numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpuX. + + physical_package_id: physical package id of cpuX. Typically + corresponds to a physical socket number, but the actual value + is architecture and platform dependent. + + thread_siblings: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware + threads within the same core as cpuX + + thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpuX's hardware + threads within the same core as cpuX + + ppin: human-readable Protected Processor Identification + Number of the socket the cpu# belongs to. There should be + one per physical_package_id. File is readable only to + admin. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/available_governors + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governor + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/intel_c1_demotion +Date: September 2007 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism + + Various CPUs today support multiple idle levels that are + differentiated by varying exit latencies and power + consumption during idle. + + Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism + (driver). + + available_governors: (RO) displays a space separated list of + available governors. + + current_driver: (RO) displays current idle mechanism. + + current_governor: (RW) displays current idle policy. Users can + switch the governor at runtime by writing to this file. + + current_governor_ro: (RO) displays current idle policy. + + intel_c1_demotion: (RW) enables/disables the C1 demotion + feature on Intel CPUs. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpuidle.rst, + Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_idle.rst, and + Documentation/driver-api/pm/cpuidle.rst for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/name + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/latency + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/power + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/time + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/usage + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/above + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/below +Date: September 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.24 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + The directory /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle contains per + logical CPU specific cpuidle information for each online cpu X. + The processor idle states which are available for use have the + following attributes: + + ======== ==== ================================================= + name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string). + + latency: (RO) The latency to exit out of this idle state (in + microseconds). + + power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in + milliwatts). + + time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state + (in microseconds). + + usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count). + + above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the + observed CPU idle duration was too short for it + (a count). + + below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the + observed CPU idle duration was too long for it + (a count). + ======== ==== ================================================= + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/desc +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.25 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) A small description about the idle state (string). + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/disable +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.10 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RW) Option to disable this idle state (bool). The behavior and + the effect of the disable variable depends on the implementation + of a particular governor. In the ladder governor, for example, + it is not coherent, i.e. if one is disabling a light state, then + all deeper states are disabled as well, but the disable variable + does not reflect it. Likewise, if one enables a deep state but a + lighter state still is disabled, then this has no effect. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/default_status +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: v5.6 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) The default status of this state, "enabled" or "disabled". + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/residency +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: v3.15 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) Display the target residency i.e. the minimum amount of + time (in microseconds) this cpu should spend in this idle state + to make the transition worth the effort. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/s2idle/ +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: v4.17 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Idle state usage statistics related to suspend-to-idle. + + This attribute group is only present for states that can be + used in suspend-to-idle with suspended timekeeping. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/s2idle/time +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: v4.17 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Total time spent by the CPU in suspend-to-idle (with scheduler + tick suspended) after requesting this state. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/s2idle/usage +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: v4.17 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Total number of times this state has been requested by the CPU + while entering suspend-to-idle. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/* +Date: pre-git history +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs + + Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the + CPUs on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery + power, because the lower the clock speed, the less power + the CPU consumes. + + There are many knobs to tweak in this directory. + + See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/freqdomain_cpus +Date: June 2013 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Discover CPUs in the same CPU frequency coordination domain + + freqdomain_cpus is the list of CPUs (online+offline) that share + the same clock/freq domain (possibly at the hardware level). + That information may be hidden from the cpufreq core and the + value of related_cpus may be different from freqdomain_cpus. This + attribute is useful for user space DVFS controllers to get better + power/performance results for platforms using acpi-cpufreq. + + This file is only present if the acpi-cpufreq or the cppc-cpufreq + drivers are in use. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/auto_select +Date: May 2025 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Autonomous selection enable + + Read/write interface to control autonomous selection enable + Read returns autonomous selection status: + 0: autonomous selection is disabled + 1: autonomous selection is enabled + + Write 'y' or '1' or 'on' to enable autonomous selection. + Write 'n' or '0' or 'off' to disable autonomous selection. + + This file is only present if the cppc-cpufreq driver is in use. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/auto_act_window +Date: May 2025 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Autonomous activity window + + This file indicates a moving utilization sensitivity window to + the platform's autonomous selection policy. + + Read/write an integer represents autonomous activity window (in + microseconds) from/to this file. The max value to write is + 1270000000 but the max significand is 127. This means that if 128 + is written to this file, 127 will be stored. If the value is + greater than 130, only the first two digits will be saved as + significand. + + Writing a zero value to this file enable the platform to + determine an appropriate Activity Window depending on the workload. + + Writing to this file only has meaning when Autonomous Selection is + enabled. + + This file is only present if the cppc-cpufreq driver is in use. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/energy_performance_preference_val +Date: May 2025 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Energy performance preference + + Read/write an 8-bit integer from/to this file. This file + represents a range of values from 0 (performance preference) to + 0xFF (energy efficiency preference) that influences the rate of + performance increase/decrease and the result of the hardware's + energy efficiency and performance optimization policies. + + Writing to this file only has meaning when Autonomous Selection is + enabled. + + This file is only present if the cppc-cpufreq driver is in use. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/perf_limited +Date: February 2026 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Performance Limited + + Read to check if platform throttling (thermal/power/current + limits) caused delivered performance to fall below the + requested level. A non-zero value indicates throttling occurred. + + Write the bitmask of bits to clear: + + - 0x1 = clear bit 0 (desired performance excursion) + - 0x2 = clear bit 1 (minimum performance excursion) + - 0x3 = clear both bits + + The platform sets these bits; OSPM can only clear them. + + This file is only present if the cppc-cpufreq driver is in use. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index3/cache_disable_{0,1} +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Disable L3 cache indices + + These files exist in every CPU's cache/index3 directory. Each + cache_disable_{0,1} file corresponds to one disable slot which + can be used to disable a cache index. Reading from these files + on a processor with this functionality will return the currently + disabled index for that node. There is one L3 structure per + node, or per internal node on MCM machines. Writing a valid + index to one of these files will cause the specified cache + index to be disabled. + + All AMD processors with L3 caches provide this functionality. + For details, see BKDGs at + https://www.amd.com/en/support/tech-docs?keyword=bios+kernel + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost +Date: August 2012 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Processor frequency boosting control + + This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system. + Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency + beyond its nominal limit. + + More details can be found in + Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/crash_notes + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/crash_notes_size +Date: April 2013 +Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org +Description: address and size of the percpu note. + + crash_notes: the physical address of the memory that holds the + note of cpuX. + + crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpuX. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/max_perf_pct + /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/min_perf_pct + /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/no_turbo +Date: February 2013 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Parameters for the Intel P-state driver + + Logic for selecting the current P-state in Intel + Sandybridge+ processors. The three knobs control + limits for the P-state that will be requested by the + driver. + + max_perf_pct: limits the maximum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + min_perf_pct: limits the minimum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo + frequency range. + + More details can be found in + Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_pstate.rst + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/<set_of_attributes_mentioned_below> +Date: July 2014(documented, existed before August 2008) +Contact: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com> + Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes + + allocation_policy: + - WriteAllocate: + allocate a memory location to a cache line + on a cache miss because of a write + - ReadAllocate: + allocate a memory location to a cache line + on a cache miss because of a read + - ReadWriteAllocate: + both writeallocate and readallocate + + coherency_line_size: + the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets + transferred from memory to cache + + level: + the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration + + number_of_sets: + total number of sets in the cache, a set is a + collection of cache lines with the same cache index + + physical_line_partition: + number of physical cache line per cache tag + + shared_cpu_list: + the list of logical cpus sharing the cache + + shared_cpu_map: + logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing + the cache + + size: + the total cache size in kB + + type: + - Instruction: cache that only holds instructions + - Data: cache that only caches data + - Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions + + ways_of_associativity: + degree of freedom in placing a particular block + of memory in the cache + + write_policy: + - WriteThrough: + data is written to both the cache line + and to the block in the lower-level memory + - WriteBack: + data is written only to the cache line and + the modified cache line is written to main + memory only when it is replaced + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/id +Date: September 2016 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Cache id + + The id provides a unique number for a specific instance of + a cache of a particular type. E.g. there may be a level + 3 unified cache on each socket in a server and we may + assign them ids 0, 1, 2, ... + + Note that id value can be non-contiguous. E.g. level 1 + caches typically exist per core, but there may not be a + power of two cores on a socket, so these caches may be + numbered 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, ... + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/turbo_stat + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/sub_turbo_stat + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/unthrottle + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/powercap + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/overtemp + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/supply_fault + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/overcurrent + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/occ_reset +Date: March 2016 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> + Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: POWERNV CPUFreq driver's frequency throttle stats directory and + attributes + + 'cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats' directory contains the CPU frequency + throttle stat attributes for the chip. The throttle stats of a cpu + is common across all the cpus belonging to a chip. Below are the + throttle attributes exported in the 'throttle_stats' directory: + + - turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the max + frequency is throttled to lower frequency in turbo (at and above + nominal frequency) range of frequencies. + + - sub_turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the + max frequency is throttled to lower frequency in sub-turbo(below + nominal frequency) range of frequencies. + + - unthrottle : This file gives the total number of times the max + frequency is unthrottled after being throttled. + + - powercap : This file gives the total number of times the max + frequency is throttled due to 'Power Capping'. + + - overtemp : This file gives the total number of times the max + frequency is throttled due to 'CPU Over Temperature'. + + - supply_fault : This file gives the total number of times the + max frequency is throttled due to 'Power Supply Failure'. + + - overcurrent : This file gives the total number of times the + max frequency is throttled due to 'Overcurrent'. + + - occ_reset : This file gives the total number of times the max + frequency is throttled due to 'OCC Reset'. + + The sysfs attributes representing different throttle reasons like + powercap, overtemp, supply_fault, overcurrent and occ_reset map to + the reasons provided by OCC firmware for throttling the frequency. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/turbo_stat + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/sub_turbo_stat + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/unthrottle + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/powercap + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/overtemp + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/supply_fault + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/overcurrent + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/occ_reset +Date: March 2016 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> + Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: POWERNV CPUFreq driver's frequency throttle stats directory and + attributes + + 'policyX/throttle_stats' directory and all the attributes are same as + the /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats directory and + attributes which give the frequency throttle information of the chip. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/ + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/ + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/midr_el1 + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/revidr_el1 + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/aidr_el1 + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/smidr_el1 +Date: June 2016 +Contact: Linux ARM Kernel Mailing list <linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org> +Description: AArch64 CPU registers + + 'identification' directory exposes the CPU ID registers for + identifying model and revision of the CPU and SMCU. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/aarch32_el0 +Date: May 2021 +Contact: Linux ARM Kernel Mailing list <linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org> +Description: Identifies the subset of CPUs in the system that can execute + AArch32 (32-bit ARM) applications. If present, the same format as + /sys/devices/system/cpu/{offline,online,possible,present} is used. + If absent, then all or none of the CPUs can execute AArch32 + applications and execve() will behave accordingly. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpu_capacity +Date: December 2016 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: information about CPUs heterogeneity. + + cpu_capacity: capacity of cpuX. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/gather_data_sampling + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/indirect_target_selection + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/itlb_multihit + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mds + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/meltdown + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mmio_stale_data + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/old_microcode + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/reg_file_data_sampling + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/retbleed + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spec_store_bypass + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spectre_v1 + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spectre_v2 + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/srbds + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/tsa + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/tsx_async_abort + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/vmscape +Date: January 2018 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Information about CPU vulnerabilities + + The files are named after the code names of CPU + vulnerabilities. The output of those files reflects the + state of the CPUs in the system. Possible output values: + + ================ ============================================== + "Not affected" CPU is not affected by the vulnerability + "Vulnerable" CPU is affected and no mitigation in effect + "Mitigation: $M" CPU is affected and mitigation $M is in effect + ================ ============================================== + + See also: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt + /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/active + /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/control +Date: June 2018 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Control Symmetric Multi Threading (SMT) + + active: Tells whether SMT is active (enabled and siblings online) + + control: Read/write interface to control SMT. Possible + values: + + ================ ========================================= + "on" SMT is enabled + "off" SMT is disabled + "<N>" SMT is enabled with N threads per core. + "forceoff" SMT is force disabled. Cannot be changed. + "notsupported" SMT is not supported by the CPU + "notimplemented" SMT runtime toggling is not + implemented for the architecture + ================ ========================================= + + If control status is "forceoff" or "notsupported" writes + are rejected. Note that enabling SMT on PowerPC skips + offline cores. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/power/energy_perf_bias +Date: March 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Intel Energy and Performance Bias Hint (EPB) + + EPB for the given CPU in a sliding scale 0 - 15, where a value + of 0 corresponds to a hint preference for highest performance + and a value of 15 corresponds to the maximum energy savings. + + In order to change the EPB value for the CPU, write either + a number in the 0 - 15 sliding scale above, or one of the + strings: "performance", "balance-performance", "normal", + "balance-power", "power" (that represent values reflected by + their meaning), to this attribute. + + This attribute is present for all online CPUs supporting the + Intel EPB feature. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/umwait_control + /sys/devices/system/cpu/umwait_control/enable_c02 + /sys/devices/system/cpu/umwait_control/max_time +Date: May 2019 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Umwait control + + enable_c02: Read/write interface to control umwait C0.2 state + Read returns C0.2 state status: + 0: C0.2 is disabled + 1: C0.2 is enabled + + Write 'y' or '1' or 'on' to enable C0.2 state. + Write 'n' or '0' or 'off' to disable C0.2 state. + + The interface is case insensitive. + + max_time: Read/write interface to control umwait maximum time + in TSC-quanta that the CPU can reside in either C0.1 + or C0.2 state. The time is an unsigned 32-bit number. + Note that a value of zero means there is no limit. + Low order two bits must be zero. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/sev + /sys/devices/system/cpu/sev/vmpl +Date: May 2024 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) information + + This directory is only present when running as an SEV-SNP guest. + + vmpl: Reports the Virtual Machine Privilege Level (VMPL) at which + the SEV-SNP guest is running. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/svm +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> + Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Secure Virtual Machine + + If 1, it means the system is using the Protected Execution + Facility in POWER9 and newer processors. i.e., it is a Secure + Virtual Machine. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/purr +Date: Apr 2005 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: PURR ticks for this CPU since the system boot. + + The Processor Utilization Resources Register (PURR) is + a 64-bit counter which provides an estimate of the + resources used by the CPU thread. The contents of this + register increases monotonically. This sysfs interface + exposes the number of PURR ticks for cpuX. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/spurr +Date: Dec 2006 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: SPURR ticks for this CPU since the system boot. + + The Scaled Processor Utilization Resources Register + (SPURR) is a 64-bit counter that provides a frequency + invariant estimate of the resources used by the CPU + thread. The contents of this register increases + monotonically. This sysfs interface exposes the number + of SPURR ticks for cpuX. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/idle_purr +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: PURR ticks for cpuX when it was idle. + + This sysfs interface exposes the number of PURR ticks + for cpuX when it was idle. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/idle_spurr +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: SPURR ticks for cpuX when it was idle. + + This sysfs interface exposes the number of SPURR ticks + for cpuX when it was idle. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/mte_tcf_preferred +Date: July 2021 +Contact: Linux ARM Kernel Mailing list <linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org> +Description: Preferred MTE tag checking mode + + When a user program specifies more than one MTE tag checking + mode, this sysfs node is used to specify which mode should + be preferred when scheduling a task on that CPU. Possible + values: + + ================ ============================================== + "sync" Prefer synchronous mode + "asymm" Prefer asymmetric mode + "async" Prefer asynchronous mode + ================ ============================================== + + See also: Documentation/arch/arm64/memory-tagging-extension.rst + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/nohz_full +Date: Apr 2015 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) the list of CPUs that are in nohz_full mode. + These CPUs are set by boot parameter "nohz_full=". + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/isolated +Date: Apr 2015 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) the list of CPUs that are isolated and don't + participate in load balancing. These CPUs are set by + boot parameter "isolcpus=". + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/housekeeping +Date: Oct 2025 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) the list of logical CPUs that are designated by the kernel as + "housekeeping". Each CPU are responsible for handling essential + system-wide background tasks, including RCU callbacks, delayed + timer callbacks, and unbound workqueues, minimizing scheduling + jitter on low-latency, isolated CPUs. These CPUs are set when boot + parameter "isolcpus=nohz" or "nohz_full=" is specified. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/crash_hotplug +Date: Aug 2023 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) indicates whether or not the kernel updates relevant kexec + segments on memory hot un/plug and/or on/offline events, avoiding the + need to reload kdump kernel. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/enabled +Date: Nov 2022 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) the list of CPUs that can be brought online. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a8ee26e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/ibm_rtl/state +Date: Sep 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com> +Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and + out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the + ability to query the current state. + + - 0 => PRTM off + - 1 => PRTM enabled + +Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/ibm_rtl/version +Date: Sep 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com> +Description: The version file provides a means by which to query + the RTL table version that lives in the Extended + BIOS Data Area (EBDA). +Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca02fb2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/ +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com> +Description: + A collection of global/individual Xen physical cpu attributes + + Individual physical cpu attributes are contained in + subdirectories named by the Xen's logical cpu number, e.g.: + /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/ + + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/online +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com> +Description: + Interface to online/offline Xen physical cpus + + When running under Xen platform, it provide user interface + to online/offline physical cpus, except cpu0 due to several + logic restrictions and assumptions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-vfio-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-vfio-dev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e21424fd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-vfio-dev @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/.../<device>/vfio-dev/vfioX/ +Date: September 2022 +Contact: Yi Liu <yi.l.liu@intel.com> +Description: + This directory is created when the device is bound to a + vfio driver. The layout under this directory matches what + exists for a standard 'struct device'. 'X' is a unique + index marking this device in vfio. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-virtual-misc-tdx_guest b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-virtual-misc-tdx_guest new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fca56c8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-virtual-misc-tdx_guest @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/tdx_guest/measurements/MRNAME[:HASH] +Date: April, 2025 +KernelVersion: v6.16 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + Value of a TDX measurement register (MR). MRNAME and HASH above + are placeholders. The optional suffix :HASH is used for MRs + that have associated hash algorithms. See below for a complete + list of TDX MRs exposed via sysfs. Refer to Intel TDX Module + ABI Specification for the definition of TDREPORT and the full + list of TDX measurements. + + Intel TDX Module ABI Specification can be found at: + https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/developer/tools/trust-domain-extensions/documentation.html#architecture + + See also: + https://docs.kernel.org/driver-api/coco/measurement-registers.html + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/tdx_guest/measurements/mrconfigid +Date: April, 2025 +KernelVersion: v6.16 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) MRCONFIGID - 48-byte immutable storage typically used for + software-defined ID for non-owner-defined configuration of the + guest TD – e.g., run-time or OS configuration. + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/tdx_guest/measurements/mrowner +Date: April, 2025 +KernelVersion: v6.16 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) MROWNER - 48-byte immutable storage typically used for + software-defined ID for the guest TD’s owner. + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/tdx_guest/measurements/mrownerconfig +Date: April, 2025 +KernelVersion: v6.16 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) MROWNERCONFIG - 48-byte immutable storage typically used + for software-defined ID for owner-defined configuration of the + guest TD – e.g., specific to the workload rather than the + run-time or OS. + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/tdx_guest/measurements/mrtd:sha384 +Date: April, 2025 +KernelVersion: v6.16 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RO) MRTD - Measurement of the initial contents of the TD. + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/tdx_guest/measurements/rtmr[0123]:sha384 +Date: April, 2025 +KernelVersion: v6.16 +Contact: linux-coco@lists.linux.dev +Description: + (RW) RTMR[0123] - 4 Run-Time extendable Measurement Registers. + Read from any of these returns the current value of the + corresponding RTMR. Write extends the written buffer to the + RTMR. All writes must start at offset 0 and be 48 bytes in + size. Partial writes will result in EINVAL returned by the + write() syscall. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59d073d20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../waiting_for_supplier +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../waiting_for_supplier attribute is only + present when fw_devlink kernel command line option is enabled + and is set to something stricter than "permissive". It is + removed once a device probes successfully (because the + information is no longer relevant). The number read from it (0 + or 1) reflects whether the device is waiting for one or more + suppliers to be added and then linked to using device links + before the device can probe. + + A value of 0 means the device is not waiting for any suppliers + to be added before it can probe. A value of 1 means the device + is waiting for one or more suppliers to be added before it can + probe. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-xenbus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-xenbus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd796cb4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-xenbus @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/event_channels +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Number of Xen event channels associated with a kernel based + paravirtualized device frontend or backend. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/events +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Total number of Xen events received for a Xen pv device + frontend or backend. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/jiffies_eoi_delayed +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Summed up time in jiffies the EOI of an interrupt for a Xen + pv device has been delayed in order to avoid stalls due to + event storms. This value rising is a first sign for a rogue + other end of the pv device. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/spurious_events +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Number of events received for a Xen pv device which did not + require any action. Too many spurious events in a row will + trigger delayed EOI processing. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/spurious_threshold +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Controls the tolerated number of subsequent spurious events + before delayed EOI processing is triggered for a Xen pv + device. Default is 1. This can be modified in case the other + end of the pv device is issuing spurious events on a regular + basis and is known not to be malicious on purpose. Raising + the value for such cases can improve pv device performance. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-altera-cvp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-altera-cvp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fbd8078fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-altera-cvp @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/altera-cvp/chkcfg +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de> +Description: + Contains either 1 or 0 and controls if configuration + error checking in altera-cvp driver is turned on or + off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-amd-sfh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-amd-sfh new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c053126a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-amd-sfh @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pcie_mp2_amd/*/hpd +Date: April 2025 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + Human presence detection (HPD) enable/disable. + When HPD is enabled, the device will be able to detect the + presence of a human and will send an interrupt that can be + used to wake the system from a low power state. + When HPD is disabled, the device will not be able to detect + the presence of a human. + + Access: Read/Write + Valid values: enabled/disabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-aspeed-uart-routing b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-aspeed-uart-routing new file mode 100644 index 000000000..910df0e58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-aspeed-uart-routing @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/aspeed-uart-routing/\*/uart\* +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Oskar Senft <osk@google.com> + Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> +Description: Selects the RX source of the UARTx device. + + When read, each file shows the list of available options with currently + selected option marked by brackets "[]". The list of available options + depends on the selected file. + + e.g. + cat /sys/bus/platform/drivers/aspeed-uart-routing/\*.uart_routing/uart1 + [io1] io2 io3 io4 uart2 uart3 uart4 io6 + + In this case, UART1 gets its input from IO1 (physical serial port 1). + +Users: OpenBMC. Proposed changes should be mailed to + openbmc@lists.ozlabs.org + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/aspeed-uart-routing/\*/io\* +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Oskar Senft <osk@google.com> + Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> +Description: Selects the RX source of IOx serial port. The current selection + will be marked by brackets "[]". +Users: OpenBMC. Proposed changes should be mailed to + openbmc@lists.ozlabs.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90596d8bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../bd9571mwv-regulator.*.auto/backup_mode +Date: Jul 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be> +Description: Read/write the current state of DDR Backup Mode, which controls + if DDR power rails will be kept powered during system suspend. + ("on"/"1" = enabled, "off"/"0" = disabled). + Two types of power switches (or control signals) can be used: + + A. With a momentary power switch (or pulse signal), DDR + Backup Mode is enabled by default when available, as the + PMIC will be configured only during system suspend. + B. With a toggle power switch (or level signal), the + following steps must be followed exactly: + + 1. Configure PMIC for backup mode, to change the role of + the accessory power switch from a power switch to a + wake-up switch, + 2. Switch accessory power switch off, to prepare for + system suspend, which is a manual step not controlled + by software, + 3. Suspend system, + 4. Switch accessory power switch on, to resume the + system. + + DDR Backup Mode must be explicitly enabled by the user, + to invoke step 1. + + See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rohm,bd9571mwv.yaml. +Users: User space applications for embedded boards equipped with a + BD9571MWV PMIC. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ccp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ccp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ec74b9a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ccp @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/fused_part +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/fused_part file reports + whether the CPU or APU has been fused to prevent tampering. + 0: Not fused + 1: Fused + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/boot_integrity +Date: April 2026 +KernelVersion: 6.20 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/boot_integrity reports + whether the AMD CPU or APU is used for a hardware root of trust + during the boot process. + Possible values: + 0: Not hardware root of trust. + 1: Hardware root of trust + + NOTE: Vendors may provide design specific alternative hardware + root of trust implementations. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/debug_lock_on +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/debug_lock_on reports + whether the AMD CPU or APU has been unlocked for debugging. + Possible values: + 0: Not locked + 1: Locked + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/tsme_status +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/tsme_status file reports + the status of transparent secure memory encryption on AMD systems. + Possible values: + 0: Not active + 1: Active + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/anti_rollback_status +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/anti_rollback_status file reports + whether the PSP is enforcing rollback protection. + Possible values: + 0: Not enforcing + 1: Enforcing + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rpmc_production_enabled +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rpmc_production_enabled file reports + whether Replay Protected Monotonic Counter support has been enabled. + Possible values: + 0: Not enabled + 1: Enabled + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rpmc_spirom_available +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rpmc_spirom_available file reports + whether an Replay Protected Monotonic Counter supported SPI is installed + on the system. + Possible values: + 0: Not present + 1: Present + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/hsp_tpm_available +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/hsp_tpm_available file reports + whether the HSP TPM has been activated. + Possible values: + 0: Not activated or present + 1: Activated + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rom_armor_enforced +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rom_armor_enforced file reports + whether RomArmor SPI protection is enforced. + Possible values: + 0: Not enforced + 1: Enforced + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/bootloader_version +Date: June 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/bootloader_version + file reports the firmware version of the AMD AGESA + bootloader. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/tee_version +Date: June 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/tee_version + file reports the firmware version of the AMD Trusted + Execution Environment (TEE). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-chromeos-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-chromeos-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d46b1c858 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-chromeos-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/BINF.2 + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/BINF.2 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns active EC firmware of current boot (boolean). + + == =============================== + 0 Read only (recovery) firmware. + 1 Rewritable firmware. + == =============================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/BINF.3 + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/BINF.3 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns main firmware type for current boot (integer). + + == ===================================== + 0 Recovery. + 1 Normal. + 2 Developer. + 3 Netboot (factory installation only). + == ===================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/CHSW + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/CHSW +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns switch position for Chrome OS specific hardware + switches when the firmware is booted (integer). + + ==== =========================================== + 0 No changes. + 2 Recovery button was pressed. + 4 Recovery button was pressed (EC firmware). + 32 Developer switch was enabled. + 512 Firmware write protection was disabled. + ==== =========================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/FMAP + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/FMAP +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns physical memory address of the start of the main + processor firmware flashmap. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/FRID + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/FRID +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns firmware version for the read-only portion of the + main processor firmware. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/FWID + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/FWID +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns firmware version for the rewritable portion of the + main processor firmware. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.0 + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.0 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns type of the GPIO signal for the Chrome OS specific + GPIO assignments (integer). + + =========== ================================== + 1 Recovery button. + 2 Developer mode switch. + 3 Firmware write protection switch. + 256 to 511 Debug header GPIO 0 to GPIO 255. + =========== ================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.1 + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.1 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns signal attributes of the GPIO signal (integer bitfield). + + == ======================= + 0 Signal is active low. + 1 Signal is active high. + == ======================= + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.2 + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.2 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns the GPIO number on the specified GPIO + controller. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.3 + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.3 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns name of the GPIO controller. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/HWID + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/HWID +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns hardware ID for the Chromebook. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/MECK + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/MECK +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns the SHA-1 or SHA-256 hash that is read out of the + Management Engine extended registers during boot. The hash + is exported via ACPI so the OS can verify that the Management + Engine firmware has not changed. If Management Engine is not + present, or if the firmware was unable to read the extended registers, this buffer size can be zero. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/VBNV.0 + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/VBNV.0 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns offset in CMOS bank 0 of the verified boot non-volatile + storage block, counting from the first writable CMOS byte + (that is, 'offset = 0' is the byte following the 14 bytes of + clock data). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/VBNV.1 + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/VBNV.1 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Return the size in bytes of the verified boot non-volatile + storage block. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/VDAT + /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG0016:*/VDAT +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns the verified boot data block shared between the + firmware verification step and the kernel verification step + (hex dump). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-dell-dw5826e-reset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-dell-dw5826e-reset new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a665e2656 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-dell-dw5826e-reset @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/<PALC0001 device>/wwan_reset +Date: April 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: Jackbb Wu <jackbb.wu@compal.com> +Description: + Writing to this file triggers a Platform Level Device Reset + (PLDR) of the Dell DW5826e WWAN module via an ACPI _DSM + method. This can be used to recover the modem when it is in + a frozen state and unable to respond to USB commands. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-eud b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-eud new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bab0db2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-eud @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/qcom_eud/.../enable +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + The Enable/Disable sysfs interface for Embedded + USB Debugger(EUD). This enables and disables the + EUD based on a 1 or a 0 value. By enabling EUD, + the user is able to activate the mini-usb hub of + EUD for debug and trace capabilities. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-framer-pef2256 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-framer-pef2256 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29f97783b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-framer-pef2256 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/xxx/version +Date: Sep 2025 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: Reports the version of the PEF2256 framer + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented as string diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f29c8843 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/[..]/fsi-master-gpio/external_mode +Date: Feb 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: jk@ozlabs.org +Description: + Controls access arbitration for GPIO-based FSI master. A + value of 0 (the default) sets normal mode, where the + driver performs FSI bus transactions, 1 sets external mode, + where the FSI bus is driven externally (for example, by + a debug device). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ge-achc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ge-achc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3e77def4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ge-achc @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/spi/<dev>/update_firmware +Date: Jul 2021 +Contact: sebastian.reichel@collabora.com +Description: Write 1 to this file to update the ACHC microcontroller + firmware via the EzPort interface. For this the kernel + will load "achc.bin" via the firmware API (so usually + from /lib/firmware). The write will block until the FW + has either been flashed successfully or an error occurred. + +What: /sys/bus/spi/<dev>/reset +Date: Jul 2021 +Contact: sebastian.reichel@collabora.com +Description: This file represents the microcontroller's reset line. + 1 means the reset line is asserted, 0 means it's not + asserted. The file is read and writable. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69d855dc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/version +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Unique bitstream identification e.g. + '0000000330336283.00000000475a4950'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/appid +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Identifies the currently active card application e.g. 'GZIP' + for compression/decompression. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/type +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Type of the card e.g. 'GenWQE5-A7'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_bitstream +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Currently active bitstream. 1 is default, 0 is backup. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/next_bitstream +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to set the next bitstream to be used. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/reload_bitstream +Date: May 2014 +Contact: klebers@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to trigger a PCIe card reset to reload the bitstream. + + :: + + sudo sh -c 'echo 1 > \ + /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe0_card/reload_bitstream' + + If successfully, the card will come back with the bitstream set + on 'next_bitstream'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/tempsens +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read the cards temperature sense register. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/freerunning_timer +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read the cards free running timer. + Used for performance and utilization measurements. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read queue working time. + Used for performance and utilization measurements. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/state +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: State of the card: "unused", "used", "error". + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/base_clock +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Base clock frequency of the card. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/device/sriov_numvfs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Enable VFs (1..15):: + + sudo sh -c 'echo 15 > \ + /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:1b\:00.0/sriov_numvfs' + + Disable VFs:: + + Write a 0 into the same sysfs entry. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4244f5af4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/armcp_kernel_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU. + Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be + replaced with cpucp_kernel_ver + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/armcp_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU + Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be + replaced with cpucp_ver + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/clk_max_freq_mhz +Date: Jun 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in MHz. + The device clock might be set to lower value than the maximum. + The user should read the clk_cur_freq_mhz to see the actual + frequency value of the device clock. This property is valid + only for the Gaudi ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/clk_cur_freq_mhz +Date: Jun 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays the current frequency, in MHz, of the device clock. + This property is valid only for the Gaudi ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/cpld_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the Device's CPLD F/W + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/cpucp_kernel_ver +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/cpucp_ver +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/device_type +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays the code name of the device according to its type. + The supported values are: "GOYA" + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/eeprom +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: A binary file attribute that contains the contents of the + on-board EEPROM + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/fuse_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays the device's version from the eFuse + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/fw_os_ver +Date: Dec 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the firmware OS running on the device's CPU + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/hard_reset +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Interface to trigger a hard-reset operation for the device. + Hard-reset will reset ALL internal components of the device + except for the PCI interface and the internal PLLs + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/hard_reset_cnt +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a hard-reset + operation since the driver was loaded + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/high_pll +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency for MME, TPC + and IC when the power management profile is set to "automatic". + This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/ic_clk +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of + the Interconnect fabric. Writes to this parameter affect the + device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" + mode. The device IC clock might be set to lower value than the + maximum. The user should read the ic_clk_curr to see the actual + frequency value of the IC. This property is valid only for the + Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/ic_clk_curr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the Interconnect + fabric. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/infineon_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the Device's power supply F/W code. Relevant only to GOYA and GAUDI + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/max_power +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum power consumption of the + device in milliwatts. + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/mme_clk +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of + the MME compute engine. Writes to this parameter affect the + device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" + mode. The device MME clock might be set to lower value than the + maximum. The user should read the mme_clk_curr to see the actual + frequency value of the MME. This property is valid only for the + Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/mme_clk_curr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the MME compute + engine. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/module_id +Date: Nov 2023 +KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays the device's module id + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/parent_device +Date: Nov 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: ttayar@habana.ai +Description: Displays the name of the parent device of the accel device + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/pci_addr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays the PCI address of the device. This is needed so the + user would be able to open a device based on its PCI address + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/pm_mng_profile +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Power management profile. Values are "auto", "manual". In "auto" + mode, the driver will set the maximum clock frequency to a high + value when a user-space process opens the device's file (unless + it was already opened by another process). The driver will set + the max clock frequency to a low value when there are no user + processes that are opened on the device's file. In "manual" + mode, the user sets the maximum clock frequency by writing to + ic_clk, mme_clk and tpc_clk. This property is valid only for + the Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/preboot_btl_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the device's preboot F/W code + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/security_enabled +Date: Oct 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: obitton@habana.ai +Description: Displays the device's security status + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/soft_reset +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Interface to trigger a soft-reset operation for the device. + Soft-reset will reset only the compute and DMA engines of the + device + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/soft_reset_cnt +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a soft-reset + operation since the driver was loaded + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/status +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Status of the card: + + * "operational" - Device is available for work. + * "in reset" - Device is going through reset, will be + available shortly. + * "disabled" - Device is not usable. + * "needs reset" - Device is not usable until a hard reset + is initiated. + * "in device creation" - Device is not available yet, as it + is still initializing. + * "in reset after device release" - Device is going through + a compute-reset which is executed after a device release + (relevant for Gaudi2 only). + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/thermal_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the Device's thermal daemon + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/tpc_clk +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of + the TPC compute engines. Writes to this parameter affect the + device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" + mode. The device TPC clock might be set to lower value than the + maximum. The user should read the tpc_clk_curr to see the actual + frequency value of the TPC. This property is valid only for + Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/tpc_clk_curr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the TPC compute + engines. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/uboot_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the u-boot running on the device's CPU + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/vrm_ver +Date: Jan 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the Device's Voltage Regulator Monitor F/W code. N/A to GOYA and GAUDI diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a59533410 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor +What: /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor +What: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/report_descriptor +Date: Jan 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.0.39 +Contact: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us> +Description: When read, this file returns the device's raw binary HID + report descriptor. + This file cannot be written. +Users: HIDAPI library (http://www.signal11.us/oss/hidapi) + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country +What: /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country +What: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/country +Date: February 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Olivier Gay <ogay@logitech.com> +Description: When read, this file returns the hex integer value in ASCII + of the device's HID country code (e.g. 21 for US). + This file cannot be written. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-appletb-kbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-appletb-kbd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c9718d83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-appletb-kbd @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/hid-appletb-kbd/<dev>/mode +Date: March, 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The set of keys displayed on the Touch Bar. + Valid values are: + == ================= + 0 Escape key only + 1 Function keys + 2 Media/brightness keys + 3 None + == ================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8827f0f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/drivers/corsair/<dev>/macro_mode +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Clement Vuchener <clement.vuchener@gmail.com> +Description: Get/set the current playback mode. "SW" for software mode + where G-keys triggers their regular key codes. "HW" for + hardware playback mode where the G-keys play their macro + from the on-board memory. + + +What: /sys/bus/drivers/corsair/<dev>/current_profile +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Clement Vuchener <clement.vuchener@gmail.com> +Description: Get/set the current selected profile. Values are from 1 to 3. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair-void b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair-void new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83fa625c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair-void @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/hid-corsair-void/<dev>/fw_version_headset +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Stuart Hayhurst <stuart.a.hayhurst@gmail.com> +Description: (R) The firmware version of the headset + * Returns -ENODATA if no version was reported + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/hid-corsair-void/<dev>/fw_version_receiver +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Stuart Hayhurst <stuart.a.hayhurst@gmail.com> +Description: (R) The firmware version of the receiver + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/hid-corsair-void/<dev>/microphone_up +Date: July 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Stuart Hayhurst <stuart.a.hayhurst@gmail.com> +Description: (R) Get the physical position of the microphone + * 1 -> Microphone up + * 0 -> Microphone down + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/hid-corsair-void/<dev>/send_alert +Date: July 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Stuart Hayhurst <stuart.a.hayhurst@gmail.com> +Description: (W) Play a built-in notification from the headset (0 / 1) + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/hid-corsair-void/<dev>/set_sidetone +Date: December 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Stuart Hayhurst <stuart.a.hayhurst@gmail.com> +Description: (W) Set the sidetone volume (0 - sidetone_max) + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/hid-corsair-void/<dev>/sidetone_max +Date: July 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Stuart Hayhurst <stuart.a.hayhurst@gmail.com> +Description: (R) Report the maximum sidetone volume diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee85ca1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_to_select +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be + is being controlled by press_speed. + + Values are 0 or 1. + + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled. + + Values are 0 or 1. + + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: For details regarding this setting please refer to http://www.pc.ibm.com/ww/healthycomputing/trkpntb.html + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/select_right +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate + a left or right mouse button click. + + Values are 0 or 1. + + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This file contains the trackpoint sensitivity. + Values are decimal integers from 1 (lowest sensitivity) to 255 (highest sensitivity). + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_speed +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled. + + Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest). + + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fn_lock +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1) + + Values are 0 or 1 + + Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-go b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8221373e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-go @@ -0,0 +1,724 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/go:rgb:joystick_rings/effect +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the display effect of the RGB interface. + + Values are monocolor, breathe, chroma, or rainbow. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go:rgb:joystick_rings/effect_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the effect attribute. + + Values are monocolor, breathe, chroma, or rainbow. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go:rgb:joystick_rings/enabled +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling or disabling the RGB interface. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go:rgb:joystick_rings/enabled_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the enabled attribute. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go:rgb:joystick_rings/mode +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the operating mode of the RGB interface. + + Values are dynamic or custom. Custom allows setting the RGB effect and color. + Dynamic is a Windows mode for syncing Lenovo RGB interfaces not currently + supported under Linux. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go:rgb:joystick_rings/mode_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the mode attribute. + + Values are dynamic or custom. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go:rgb:joystick_rings/profile +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls selecting the configured RGB profile. + + Values are 1-3. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go:rgb:joystick_rings/profile_range +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the profile attribute. + + Values are 1-3. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go:rgb:joystick_rings/speed +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the change rate for the breathe, chroma, and rainbow effects. + + Values are 0-100. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go:rgb:joystick_rings/speed_range +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the speed attribute. + + Values are 0-100. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/firmware_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the firmware version of the internal MCU. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fps_mode_dpi +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the DPI of the right handle when the FPS mode switch is on. + + Values are 500, 800, 1200, and 1800. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fps_mode_dpi_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the fps_mode_dpi attribute. + + Values are 500, 800, 1200, and 1800. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/hardware_generation +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the hardware generation of the internal MCU. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/hardware_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the hardware version of the internal MCU. + + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/auto_sleep_time +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the sleep timer due to inactivity for the left removable controller. + + Values are 0-255. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/auto_sleep_time_range +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the left_handle/auto_sleep_time attribute. + + Values are 0-255. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/calibrate_gyro +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This initiates or halts calibration of the left removable controller's IMU. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/calibrate_gyro_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the left_handle/calibrate_gyro attribute. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/calibrate_gyro_status +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the result of the last attempted calibration of the left removable controller's IMU. + + Values are unknown, success, failure. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/calibrate_joystick +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This initiates or halts calibration of the left removable controller's joystick. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/calibrate_joystick_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the left_handle/calibrate_jotstick attribute. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/calibrate_joystick_status +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the result of the last attempted calibration of the left removable controller's joystick. + + Values are unknown, success, failure. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/calibrate_tirgger +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This initiates or halts calibration of the left removable controller's trigger. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/calibrate_gyro_trigger +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the left_handle/calibrate_trigger attribute. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/calibrate_trigger_status +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the result of the last attempted calibration of the left removable controller's trigger. + + Values are unknown, success, failure. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/firmware_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the left removable controller's firmware version. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/hardware_generation +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the hardware generation of the left removable controller. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/hardware_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the hardware version of the left removable controller. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/imu_bypass_enabled +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling or disabling the IMU bypass function of the left removable controller. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/imu_bypass_enabled_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the left_handle/imu_bypass_enabled attribute. + + Values are true or false. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/imu_enabled +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling or disabling the IMU of the left removable controller. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/imu_enabled_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the left_handle/imu_enabled attribute. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/product_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the product version of the left removable controller. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/protocol_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the protocol version of the left removable controller. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/reset +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: Resets the left removable controller to factory defaults. + + Writing 1 to this path initiates. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/rumble_mode +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls setting the response behavior for rumble events for the left removable controller. + + Values are fps, racing, standarg, spg, rpg. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/rumble_mode_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the left_handle/rumble_mode attribute. + + Values are fps, racing, standarg, spg, rpg. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/rumble_notification +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling haptic rumble events for the left removable controller. + + Values are true, false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/rumble_notification_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the left_handle/rumble_notification attribute. + + Values are true, false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/mode +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the operating mode of the built-in controller. + + Values are xinput or dinput. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/left_handle/mode_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the mode attribute. + + Values are xinput or dinput. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/os_mode +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the behavior of built in chord combinations. + + Values are windows or linux. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/os_mode_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the os_mode attribute. + + Values are windows or linux. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/product_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the product version of the internal MCU. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/protocol_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the protocol version of the internal MCU. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/reset_mcu +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: Resets the internal MCU to factory defaults. + + Writing 1 to this path initiates. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/auto_sleep_time +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the sleep timer due to inactivity for the right removable controller. + + Values are 0-255. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/auto_sleep_time_range +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the right_handle/auto_sleep_time attribute. + + Values are 0-255. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/calibrate_gyro +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This initiates or halts calibration of the right removable controller's IMU. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/calibrate_gyro_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the right_handle/calibrate_gyro attribute. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/calibrate_gyro_status +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the result of the last attempted calibration of the right removable controller's IMU. + + Values are unknown, success, failure. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/calibrate_joystick +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This initiates or halts calibration of the right removable controller's joystick. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/calibrate_joystick_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the right_handle/calibrate_jotstick attribute. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/calibrate_joystick_status +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the result of the last attempted calibration of the right removable controller's joystick. + + Values are unknown, success, failure. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/calibrate_tirgger +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This initiates or halts calibration of the right removable controller's trigger. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/calibrate_gyro_trigger +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the right_handle/calibrate_trigger attribute. + + Values are start, stop. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/calibrate_trigger_status +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the result of the last attempted calibration of the right removable controller's trigger. + + Values are unknown, success, failure. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/firmware_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the right removable controller's firmware version. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/hardware_generation +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the hardware generation of the right removable controller. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/hardware_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the hardware version of the right removable controller. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/imu_bypass_enabled +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling or disabling the IMU bypass function of the right removable controller. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/imu_bypass_enabled_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the right_handle/imu_bypass_enabled attribute. + + Values are true or false. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/imu_enabled +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling or disabling the IMU of the right removable controller. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/imu_enabled_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the right_handle/imu_enabled attribute. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/product_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the product version of the right removable controller. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/protocol_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the protocol version of the right removable controller. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/reset +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: Resets the right removable controller to factory defaults. + + Writing 1 to this path initiates. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/rumble_mode +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls setting the response behavior for rumble events for the right removable controller. + + Values are fps, racing, standarg, spg, rpg. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/rumble_mode_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the right_handle/rumble_mode attribute. + + Values are fps, racing, standarg, spg, rpg. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/rumble_notification +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling haptic rumble events for the right removable controller. + + Values are true, false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/right_handle/rumble_notification_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the right_handle/rumble_notification attribute. + + Values are true, false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/rumble_intensity +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls setting the rumble intensity for both removable controllers. + + Values are off, low, medium, high. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/rumble_intensity_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the rumble_intensity attribute. + + Values are off, low, medium, high. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/enabled +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling or disabling the touchpad. + + Values are true, false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/enabled_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the touchpad/enabled attribute. + + Values are true, false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/vibration_enabled +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling haptic rumble events for the touchpad. + + Values are true, false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/vibration_enabled_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the touchpad/vibration_enabled attribute. + + Values are true, false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/vibration_intensity +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls setting the intensity of the touchpad haptics. + + Values are off, low, medium, high. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/vibration_intensity_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the touchpad/vibration_intensity attribute. + + Values are off, low, medium, high. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/tx_dongle/firmware_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the firmware version of the internal wireless transmission dongle. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/tx_dongle/hardware_generation +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the hardware generation of the internal wireless transmission dongle. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/tx_dongle/hardware_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the hardware version of the internal wireless transmission dongle. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/tx_dongle/product_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the product version of the internal wireless transmission dongle. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/tx_dongle/protocol_version +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the protocol version of the internal wireless transmission dongle. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go and Go 2 line of handheld devices. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-go-s b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-go-s new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d317074b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-go-s @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/go_s:rgb:joystick_rings/effect +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the display effect of the RGB interface. + + Values are monocolor, breathe, chroma, or rainbow. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go_s:rgb:joystick_rings/effect_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the effect attribute. + + Values are monocolor, breathe, chroma, or rainbow. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go_s:rgb:joystick_rings/enabled +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling or disabling the RGB interface. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go_s:rgb:joystick_rings/enabled_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the enabled attribute. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go_s:rgb:joystick_rings/mode +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the operating mode of the RGB interface. + + Values are dynamic or custom. Custom allows setting the RGB effect and color. + Dynamic is a Windows mode for syncing Lenovo RGB interfaces not currently + supported under Linux. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go_s:rgb:joystick_rings/mode_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the mode attribute. + + Values are dynamic or custom. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go_s:rgb:joystick_rings/profile +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls selecting the configured RGB profile. + + Values are 1-3. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go_s:rgb:joystick_rings/profile_range +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the profile attribute. + + Values are 1-3. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go_s:rgb:joystick_rings/speed +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the change rate for the breathe, chroma, and rainbow effects. + + Values are 0-100. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/class/leds/go_s:rgb:joystick_rings/speed_range +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the speed attribute. + + Values are 0-100. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/gamepad/auto_sleep_time +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the sleep timer due to inactivity for the built-in controller. + + Values are 0-255. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/gamepad/auto_sleep_time_range +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the gamepad/auto_sleep_time attribute. + + Values are 0-255. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/gamepad/dpad_mode +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the operating mode of the built-in controllers D-pad. + + Values are 4-way or 8-way. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/gamepad/dpad_mode_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the gamepad/dpad_mode attribute. + + Values are 4-way or 8-way. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/gamepad/mode +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the operating mode of the built-in controller. + + Values are xinput or dinput. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/gamepad/mode_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the gamepad/mode attribute. + + Values are xinput or dinput. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/gamepad/poll_rate +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls the poll rate in Hz of the built-in controller. + + Values are 125, 250, 500, or 1000. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/gamepad/poll_rate_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the gamepad/poll_rate attribute. + + Values are 125, 250, 500, or 1000. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/imu/bypass_enabled +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling or disabling the IMU bypass function. When enabled the IMU data is directly reported to the OS through +an HIDRAW interface. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/imu/bypass_enabled_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the imu/bypass_enabled attribute. + + Values are true or false. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/imu/manufacturer +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the manufacturer of the intertial measurment unit. + + Values are Bosch or ST. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/imu/sensor_enabled +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling or disabling the IMU. + + Values are true, false, or wake-2s. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/imu/sensor_enabled_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the imu/sensor_enabled attribute. + + Values are true, false, or wake-2s. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/mcu_id +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the MCU Identification Number + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/mouse/step +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls which value is used for the mouse sensitivity. + + Values are 1-127. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/mouse/step_range +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the mouse/step attribute. + + Values are 1-127. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/os_mode +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls which value is used for the touchpads operating mode. + + Values are windows or linux. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/os_mode_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the os_mode attribute. + + Values are windows or linux. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/enabled +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls enabling or disabling the built-in touchpad. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/enabled_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the touchpad/enabled attribute. + + Values are true or false. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/linux_mode +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls behavior of the touchpad events when os_mode is set to linux. + + Values are absolute or relative. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/linux_mode_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the touchpad/linux_mode attribute. + + Values are absolute or relative. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/windows_mode +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls behavior of the touchpad events when os_mode is set to windows. + + Values are absolute or relative. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/touchpad/windows_mode_index +Date: April 2026 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This displays the available options for the touchpad/windows_mode attribute. + + Values are absolute or relative. + + Applies to Lenovo Legion Go S line of handheld devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8f831f2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech-hidpp-device/<dev>/range +Date: Jan, 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This attribute controls the amount of 'turn' permitted in + Logitech G920 wheel. Reading from the file shows the current + range of the steering wheel. Writing a value within the min and + max boundary sets the range of the wheel. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech-hidpp-device/<dev>/builtin_power_supply +Date: Apr, 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Presence of this file indicates that HID++ driver is capable of + handling battery properties in the kernel. This way, upower can + add a udev rule to decide whether or not it should use the + internal unifying support or the generic kernel one. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de07be314 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/range +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> +Description: Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering + wheel. Writing a value within min and max boundaries sets the + range of the wheel. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/alternate_modes +Date: Feb 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> +Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each + mode is listed as follows: + + Tag: Mode Name + + Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also + contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the + native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the + wheel into the corresponding mode. Depending on the exact model + of the wheel not all listed modes might always be selectable. + If a wheel cannot be switched into the desired mode, -EINVAL + is returned accompanied with an explanatory message in the + kernel log. + This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode. + + Currently supported mode switches: + + Driving Force Pro:: + + DF-EX --> DFP + + G25:: + + DF-EX --> DFP --> G25 + + G27:: + + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 + DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 + DF-EX <*----------------> G27 + + G29:: + + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29 + DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29 + DF-EX <*----------------> G27 <-> G29 + DF-EX <*------------------------> G29 + + DFGT:: + + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT + DF-EX <*--------> DFGT + + * hid_logitech module must be loaded with lg4ff_no_autoswitch=1 + parameter set in order for the switch to DF-EX mode to work. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/real_id +Date: Feb 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> +Description: Displays the real model of the wheel regardless of any + alternate mode the wheel might be switched to. + It is a read-only value. + This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/combine_pedals +Date: Sep 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Simon Wood <simon@mungewell.org> +Description: Controls whether a combined value of accelerator and brake is + reported on the Y axis of the controller. Useful for older games + which can do not work with separate accelerator/brake axis. + Off ('0') by default, enabled by setting '1'. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f79839d1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/quirks +Date: November 2011 +Contact: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com> +Description: The integer value of this attribute corresponds to the + quirks actually in place to handle the device's protocol. + When read, this attribute returns the current settings (see + MT_QUIRKS_* in hid-multitouch.c). + When written this attribute change on the fly the quirks, then + the protocol to handle the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e323a5ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activate_slack +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Number of contact frames ignored before acknowledging the + start of activity (activating touch). + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/decativate_slack +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Number of empty (no contact) frames ignored before + acknowledging the end of activity (deactivating touch). + + When the last finger is removed from the device, it sends a + number of empty frames. By holding off on deactivation for a few + frames false erroneous disconnects can be tolerated, where the + sensor may mistakenly not detect a finger that is still present. + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activation_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activation_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Threholds to override activation slack. + + ================= ===================================== + activation_width (RW) Width threshold to immediately + start processing touch events. + + activation_height (RW) Height threshold to immediately + start processing touch events. + ================= ===================================== + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum size contact accepted. + + ========== =========================================== + min_width (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide + activation and activity. + + min_height (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide + activation and activity. + ========== =========================================== + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) These are internal ranges not used for normal events but + useful for tuning. + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_logical_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_logical_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The range for positions reported during activity. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98fd81ad7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Make it possible to switch the PicoLCD device between LCD + (firmware) and bootloader (flasher) operation modes. + + Reading: returns list of available modes, the active mode being + enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']') + + Writing: causes operation mode switch. Permitted values are + the non-active mode names listed when read. + + Note: when switching mode the current PicoLCD HID device gets + disconnected and reconnects after above delay (see attribute + operation_mode_delay for its value). + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode_delay +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Delay PicoLCD waits before restarting in new mode when + operation_mode has changed. + + Reading/Writing: It is expressed in ms and permitted range is + 0..30000ms. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fb_update_rate +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Make it possible to adjust defio refresh rate. + + Reading: returns list of available refresh rates (expressed in Hz), + the active refresh rate being enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']') + + Writing: accepts new refresh rate expressed in integer Hz + within permitted rates. + + Note: As device can barely do 2 complete refreshes a second + it only makes sense to adjust this value if only one or two + tiles get changed and it's not appropriate to expect the application + to flush its tiny changes explicitly at higher than default rate. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05d988c29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../channel +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Allows control (via software) the midi channel to which + that the pc-midi keyboard will output.midi data. + Range: 0..15 + Type: Read/write +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../sustain +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Allows control (via software) the sustain duration of a + note held by the pc-midi driver. + 0 means sustain mode is disabled. + Range: 0..5000 (milliseconds) + Type: Read/write +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../octave +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Controls the octave shift modifier in the pc-midi driver. + The octave can be shifted via software up/down 2 octaves. + 0 means the no ocatve shift. + Range: -2..2 (minus 2 to plus 2) + Type: Read/Write diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11cd9bf0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_dpi +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the + press of a button. + + When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi + setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further + processed to receive the real dpi value: + + ===== ===== + VALUE DPI + ===== ===== + 1 800 + 2 1200 + 3 1600 + 4 2000 + 5 2400 + 6 3200 + ===== ===== + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_profile +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile. + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/firmware_version +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38 + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/profile[1-5] +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile holds information like button + mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light + effects. + + When read, these files return the respective profile. The + returned data is 975 bytes in size. + + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long. + + The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number + stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the + store. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/settings +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse. + The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the + startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data. + + When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse. + The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid + data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/startup_profile +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5. + + When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on. + + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the mouse activates this profile immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/tcu +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user + calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface. + When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU, + where 0 means off and 1 means on. + + Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off. + + Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes + around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU. + +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights + ranging from 5 to 20 grams which are recognized by the mouse + and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the + raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing + in other software. + + The values map to the weights as follows: + + ===== ====== + VALUE WEIGHT + ===== ====== + 0 none + 1 5g + 2 10g + 3 15g + 4 20g + ===== ====== + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0eba70c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM1 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM2 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM3 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM4 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM5 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM6 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM7 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM8 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM9 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM10 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM11 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM12 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM13 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM14 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM15 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPMALL +Date: Jan 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.9 +Contact: Simon Wood <simon@mungewell.org> +Description: Provides a control for turning on/off the LEDs which form + an RPM meter on the front of the controller diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bf43d9dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led1 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led2 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led3 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led4 +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com> +Description: Make it possible to set/get current led state. Reading from it + returns 0 if led is off and 1 if it is on. Writing 0 to it + disables the led, writing 1 enables it. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/extension +Date: August 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: This file contains the currently connected and initialized + extensions. It can be one of: none, motionp, nunchuck, classic, + motionp+nunchuck, motionp+classic + motionp is the official Nintendo Motion+ extension, nunchuck is + the official Nintendo Nunchuck extension and classic is the + Nintendo Classic Controller extension. The motionp extension can + be combined with the other two. + + Starting with kernel-version 3.11 Motion Plus hotplugging is + supported and if detected, it's no longer reported as static + extension. You will get uevent notifications for the motion-plus + device then. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/devtype +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: While a device is initialized by the wiimote driver, we perform + a device detection and signal a "change" uevent after it is + done. This file shows the detected device type. "pending" means + that the detection is still ongoing, "unknown" means, that the + device couldn't be detected or loaded. "generic" means, that the + device couldn't be detected but supports basic Wii Remote + features and can be used. + Other strings for each device-type are available and may be + added if new device-specific detections are added. + Currently supported are: + + ============= ======================================= + gen10: First Wii Remote generation + gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation + (builtin MP) + balanceboard: Wii Balance Board + ============= ======================================= + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/bboard_calib +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a + balance board. It provides a single line with 3 calibration + values for all 4 sensors. The values are separated by colons and + are each 2 bytes long (encoded as 4 digit hexadecimal value). + First, 0kg values for all 4 sensors are written, followed by the + 17kg values for all 4 sensors and last the 34kg values for all 4 + sensors. + + Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input + values but may be used by user-space to perform other + transformations. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/pro_calib +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a + pro-controller. It provides a single line with 4 calibration + values for all 4 analog sticks. Format is: "x1:y1 x2:y2". Data + is prefixed with a +/-. Each value is a signed 16bit number. + Data is encoded as decimal numbers and specifies the offsets of + the analog sticks of the pro-controller. + + Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input + values but may be used by user-space to perform other + transformations. + + Calibration data is detected by the kernel during device setup. + You can write "scan\n" into this file to re-trigger calibration. + You can also write data directly in the form "x1:y1 x2:y2" to + set the calibration values manually. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5e671b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/startup +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org> +Description: Startup time in us. Board is powered on if the button is pressed + for more than <startup_time> + +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/shutdown +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org> +Description: Shutdown time in us. Board is powered off if the button is pressed + for more than <shutdown_time> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-cros-ec-keyb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-cros-ec-keyb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7afc2328 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-cros-ec-keyb @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/function_row_physmap +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Philip Chen <philipchen@chromium.org> +Description: A space separated list of scancodes for the top row keys, + ordered by the physical positions of the keys, from left + to right. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..704434b27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxx/fw_version +Date: Aug 2020 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: Reports the firmware version provided by the touchscreen, for example "00_T6" on a EXC80H60 + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented as string + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxx/model +Date: Aug 2020 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: Reports the model identification provided by the touchscreen, for example "Orion_1320" on a EXC80H60 + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented as string + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxx/type +Date: Jan 2021 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: Reports the type identification provided by the touchscreen, for example "PCAP82H80 Series" + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented as string diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intc_sar b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intc_sar new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec334b0e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intc_sar @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1092:00/intc_reg +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Shravan S <s.shravan@intel.com>, + An Sudhakar <sudhakar.an@intel.com> +Description: + Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) regulatory mode is typically + derived based on information like mcc (Mobile Country Code) and + mnc (Mobile Network Code) that is available for the currently + attached LTE network. A userspace application is required to set + the current SAR regulatory mode on the Dynamic SAR driver using + this sysfs node. Such an application can also read back using + this sysfs node, the currently configured regulatory mode value + from the Dynamic SAR driver. + + Acceptable regulatory modes are: + == ==== + 0 FCC + 1 CE + 2 ISED + == ==== + + - The regulatory mode value has one of the above values. + - The default regulatory mode used in the driver is 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1092:00/intc_data +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Shravan S <s.shravan@intel.com>, + An Sudhakar <sudhakar.an@intel.com> +Description: + This sysfs entry is used to retrieve Dynamic SAR information + emitted/maintained by a BIOS that supports Dynamic SAR. + + The retrieved information is in the order given below: + - device_mode + - bandtable_index + - antennatable_index + - sartable_index + + The above information is sent as integer values separated + by a single space. This information can then be pushed to a + WWAN modem that uses this to control the transmit signal + level using the Band/Antenna/SAR table index information. + These parameters are derived/decided by aggregating + device-mode like laptop/tablet/clamshell etc. and the + proximity-sensor data available to the embedded controller on + given host. The regulatory mode configured on Dynamic SAR + driver also influences these values. + + The userspace applications can poll for changes to this file + using POLLPRI event on file-descriptor (fd) obtained by opening + this sysfs entry. Application can then read this information from + the sysfs node and consume the given information. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-i915-hwmon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-i915-hwmon new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a885e5316 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-i915-hwmon @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/in0_input +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Current Voltage in millivolt. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_max +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive sustained (PL1/Tau) power limit in microwatts. + + The power controller will throttle the operating frequency + if the power averaged over a window (typically seconds) + exceeds this limit. A read value of 0 means that the PL1 + power limit is disabled, writing 0 disables the + limit. Writing values > 0 will enable the power limit. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_rated_max +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Card default power limit (default TDP setting). + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_max_interval +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Sustained power limit interval (Tau in PL1/Tau) in + milliseconds over which sustained power is averaged. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_crit +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in microwatts. + + Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in microwatts is exposed + for client products. The power controller will throttle the + operating frequency if the power averaged over a window exceeds + this limit. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/curr1_crit +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in milliamperes. + + Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in milliamperes is + exposed for server products. The power controller will throttle + the operating frequency if the power averaged over a window + exceeds this limit. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/energy1_input +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Energy input of device or gt in microjoules. + + For i915 device level hwmon devices (name "i915") this + reflects energy input for the entire device. For gt level + hwmon devices (name "i915_gtN") this reflects energy input + for the gt. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/fan1_input +Date: November 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.12 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Fan speed of device in RPM. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp1_input +Date: November 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.12 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. GPU package temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..faeae8fed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +What: /sys/bus/.../drivers/intel-m10-bmc/.../bmc_version +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the hardware build version of Intel + MAX10 BMC chip. + Format: "0x%x". + +What: /sys/bus/.../drivers/intel-m10-bmc/.../bmcfw_version +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the firmware version of Intel MAX10 + BMC chip. + Format: "0x%x". + +What: /sys/bus/.../drivers/intel-m10-bmc/.../mac_address +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Matthew Gerlach <matthew.gerlach@altera.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the first MAC address in a block + of sequential MAC addresses assigned to the board + that is managed by the Intel MAX10 BMC. It is stored in + FLASH storage and is mirrored in the MAX10 BMC register + space. + Format: "%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x". + +What: /sys/bus/.../drivers/intel-m10-bmc/.../mac_count +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Matthew Gerlach <matthew.gerlach@altera.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the number of sequential MAC + addresses assigned to the board managed by the Intel + MAX10 BMC. This value is stored in FLASH and is mirrored + in the MAX10 BMC register space. + Format: "%u". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc-sec-update b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc-sec-update new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a6ca780c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc-sec-update @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/sr_root_entry_hash +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Matthew Gerlach <matthew.gerlach@altera.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the static + region if one is programmed, else it returns the + string: "hash not programmed". This file is only + visible if the underlying device supports it. + Format: string. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/pr_root_entry_hash +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Matthew Gerlach <matthew.gerlach@altera.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the partial + reconfiguration region if one is programmed, else it + returns the string: "hash not programmed". This file + is only visible if the underlying device supports it. + Format: string. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/bmc_root_entry_hash +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Matthew Gerlach <matthew.gerlach@altera.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the BMC image + if one is programmed, else it returns the string: + "hash not programmed". This file is only visible if the + underlying device supports it. + Format: string. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/sr_canceled_csks +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Matthew Gerlach <matthew.gerlach@altera.com> +Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code + signing keys for the static region. The standard bitmap + list format is used (e.g. "1,2-6,9"). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/pr_canceled_csks +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Matthew Gerlach <matthew.gerlach@altera.com> +Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code + signing keys for the partial reconfiguration region. The + standard bitmap list format is used (e.g. "1,2-6,9"). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/bmc_canceled_csks +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Matthew Gerlach <matthew.gerlach@altera.com> +Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code + signing keys for the BMC. The standard bitmap list format + is used (e.g. "1,2-6,9"). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/flash_count +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Matthew Gerlach <matthew.gerlach@altera.com> +Description: Read only. Returns number of times the secure update + staging area has been flashed. + Format: "%u". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a7d2e217 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_events +Date: July 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org> +Description: An integer representing a set of wakeup events as follows: + 1: Wake to enter hibernation when the wakeup timer expires + 2: Wake to enter hibernation when the battery reaches a + critical level + + These values are ORed together. For example, a value of 3 + indicates that the system will wake to enter hibernation when + either the wakeup timer expires or the battery reaches a + critical level. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_time +Date: July 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org> +Description: An integer representing the length of time the system will + remain asleep before waking up to enter hibernation. + This value is in minutes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-hwmon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-hwmon new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0da739d9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-hwmon @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_max +Date: September 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive sustained (PL1) power limit in microwatts. + + The power controller will throttle the operating frequency + if the power averaged over a window (typically seconds) + exceeds this limit. A read value of 0 means that the PL1 + power limit is disabled, writing 0 disables the + limit. Writing values > 0 and <= TDP will enable the power limit. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_rated_max +Date: September 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Card default power limit (default TDP setting). + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/energy1_input +Date: September 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Card energy input of device in microjoules. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_max_interval +Date: October 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card sustained power limit interval (Tau in PL1/Tau) in + milliseconds over which sustained power is averaged. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power2_max +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Package reactive sustained (PL1) power limit in microwatts. + + The power controller will throttle the operating frequency + if the power averaged over a window (typically seconds) + exceeds this limit. A read value of 0 means that the PL1 + power limit is disabled, writing 0 disables the + limit. Writing values > 0 and <= TDP will enable the power limit. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power2_rated_max +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Package default power limit (default TDP setting). + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_crit +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in microwatts. + + Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in microwatts is exposed + for client products. The power controller will throttle the + operating frequency if the power averaged over a window exceeds + this limit. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/curr1_crit +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in milliamperes. + + Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in milliamperes is + exposed for server products. The power controller will throttle + the operating frequency if the power averaged over a window + exceeds this limit. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/energy2_input +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Package energy input of device in microjoules. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power2_max_interval +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Package sustained power limit interval (Tau in PL1/Tau) in + milliseconds over which sustained power is averaged. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/in1_input +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Package current voltage in millivolt. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp2_crit +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Package critical temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp2_emergency +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Package shutdown temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp2_input +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Package temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp2_max +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Package maximum temperature limit in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp3_crit +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. VRAM critical temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp3_emergency +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. VRAM shutdown temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp3_input +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. VRAM temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp4_crit +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Memory controller critical temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp4_emergency +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Memory controller shutdown temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp4_input +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Memory controller average temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp5_crit +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. GPU PCIe critical temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp5_emergency +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. GPU PCIe shutdown temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp5_input +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. GPU PCIe temperature in millidegree Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp[6-21]_crit +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. VRAM channel critical temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp[6-21]_emergency +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. VRAM channel shutdown temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/temp[6-21]_input +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. VRAM channel temperature in millidegree Celsius. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/fan1_input +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Fan 1 speed in RPM. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/fan2_input +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Fan 2 speed in RPM. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + + On DG2 the driver always shows two fan channels, because the + FSC_READ_NUM_FANS command does not work on some cards. OEMs + decide how the fans map to tach channels, so two fans can share + one tach line. When that happens, the second channel + reads 0 RPM even though the fan is spinning. This is normal, not + a bug. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/fan3_input +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Fan 3 speed in RPM. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_cap +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card burst (PL2) power limit in microwatts. + + The power controller will throttle the operating frequency + if the power averaged over a window (typically milli seconds) + exceeds this limit. A read value of 0 means that the PL2 + power limit is disabled, writing 0 disables the limit. + PL2 is greater than PL1 and its time window is lesser + compared to PL1. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power2_cap +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Package burst (PL2) power limit in microwatts. + + The power controller will throttle the operating frequency + if the power averaged over a window (typically milli seconds) + exceeds this limit. A read value of 0 means that the PL2 + power limit is disabled, writing 0 disables the limit. + PL2 is greater than PL1 and its time window is lesser + compared to PL1. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_cap_interval +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card burst power limit interval (Tau in PL2/Tau) in + milliseconds over which sustained power is averaged. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power2_cap_interval +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Package burst power limit interval (Tau in PL2/Tau) in + milliseconds over which sustained power is averaged. + + Only supported for particular Intel Xe graphics platforms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-ras b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-ras new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3870e5a03 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-ras @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../gpu_health +Date: July 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.3 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: + This file exposes the current gpu health state and allows the gpu + health state to be updated. + + This sysfs file is present only on Intel Xe platforms that support + the gpu health indicator interface for RAS. Reading the current + health state is available to all users, while updating the health + state is restricted to administrative users only. + + Read returns a single line containing one of the valid values for + the current gpu health state. Writing one of the valid values + updates the current gpu health state. + + The valid values for the gpu health state are: + + ok + The gpu is healthy and operating within normal + parameters. + + warning + The gpu is experiencing minor issues but remains + operational. + + critical + The gpu is in a critical state and may not be + operational. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-sriov b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-sriov new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d6eaff68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-sriov @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/ +Date: October 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: + This directory appears for the particular Intel Xe device when: + + - device supports SR-IOV, and + - device is a Physical Function (PF), and + - driver support for the SR-IOV PF is enabled on given device. + + This directory is used as a root for all attributes required to + manage both Physical Function (PF) and Virtual Functions (VFs). + + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/pf/ +Date: October 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: + This directory holds attributes related to the SR-IOV Physical + Function (PF). + + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/vf1/ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/vf2/ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/vf<N>/ +Date: October 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: + These directories hold attributes related to the SR-IOV Virtual + Functions (VFs). + + Note that the VF number <N> is 1-based as described in PCI SR-IOV + specification as the Xe driver follows that naming schema. + + There could be "vf1", "vf2" and so on, up to "vf<N>", where <N> + matches the value of the "sriov_totalvfs" attribute. + + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/pf/profile/exec_quantum_ms +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/pf/profile/preempt_timeout_us +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/pf/profile/sched_priority +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/vf<n>/profile/exec_quantum_ms +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/vf<n>/profile/preempt_timeout_us +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/vf<n>/profile/sched_priority +Date: October 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: + These files expose scheduling parameters for the PF and its VFs, and + are visible only on Intel Xe platforms that use time-sliced GPU sharing. + They can be changed even if VFs are enabled and running and reflect the + settings of all tiles/GTs assigned to the given function. + + exec_quantum_ms: (RW) unsigned integer + The GT execution quantum (EQ) in [ms] for the given function. + Actual quantum value might be aligned per HW/FW requirements. + + Default is 0 (unlimited). + + preempt_timeout_us: (RW) unsigned integer + The GT preemption timeout in [us] of the given function. + Actual timeout value might be aligned per HW/FW requirements. + + Default is 0 (unlimited). + + sched_priority: (RW/RO) string + The GT scheduling priority of the given function. + + "low" - function will be scheduled on the GPU for its EQ/PT + only if function has any work already submitted. + + "normal" - functions will be scheduled on the GPU for its EQ/PT + irrespective of whether it has submitted a work or not. + + "high" - function will be scheduled on the GPU for its EQ/PT + in the next time-slice after the current one completes + and function has a work submitted. + + Default is "low". + + When read, this file will display the current and available + scheduling priorities. The currently active priority level will + be enclosed in square brackets, like: + + [low] normal high + + This file can be read-only if changing the priority is not + supported. + + Writes to these attributes may fail with errors like: + -EINVAL if provided input is malformed or not recognized, + -EPERM if change is not applicable on given HW/FW, + -EIO if FW refuses to change the provisioning. + + Reads from these attributes may fail with: + -EUCLEAN if value is not consistent across all tiles/GTs. + + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/.bulk_profile/exec_quantum_ms +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/.bulk_profile/preempt_timeout_us +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/.bulk_profile/sched_priority +Date: October 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: + These files allows bulk reconfiguration of the scheduling parameters + of the PF or VFs and are available only for Intel Xe platforms with + GPU sharing based on the time-slice basis. These scheduling parameters + can be changed even if VFs are enabled and running. + + exec_quantum_ms: (WO) unsigned integer + The GT execution quantum (EQ) in [ms] to be applied to all functions. + See sriov_admin/{pf,vf<N>}/profile/exec_quantum_ms for more details. + + preempt_timeout_us: (WO) unsigned integer + The GT preemption timeout (PT) in [us] to be applied to all functions. + See sriov_admin/{pf,vf<N>}/profile/preempt_timeout_us for more details. + + sched_priority: (WO) string + The GT scheduling priority to be applied for all functions. + See sriov_admin/{pf,vf<N>}/profile/sched_priority for more details. + + Writes to these attributes may fail with errors like: + -EINVAL if provided input is malformed or not recognized, + -EPERM if change is not applicable on given HW/FW, + -EIO if FW refuses to change the provisioning. + + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/.bulk_profile/vram_quota +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/vf<n>/profile/vram_quota +Date: February 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: + These files allow to perform initial VFs VRAM provisioning prior to VFs + enabling or to change VFs VRAM provisioning once the VFs are enabled. + Any non-zero initial VRAM provisioning will block VFs auto-provisioning. + Without initial VRAM provisioning those files will show result of the + VRAM auto-provisioning performed by the PF once the VFs are enabled. + Once the VFs are disabled, all VRAM provisioning will be released. + These files are visible only on discrete Intel Xe platforms with VRAM + and are writeable only if dynamic VFs VRAM provisioning is supported. + + .bulk_profile/vram_quota: (WO) unsigned integer + The amount of the provisioned VRAM in [bytes] for each VF. + Actual quota value might be aligned per HW/FW requirements. + + profile/vram_quota: (RW) unsigned integer + The amount of the provisioned VRAM in [bytes] for this VF. + Actual quota value might be aligned per HW/FW requirements. + + Default is 0 (unprovisioned). + + Writes to these attributes may fail with errors like: + -EINVAL if provided input is malformed or not recognized, + -EPERM if change is not applicable on given HW/FW, + -EIO if FW refuses to change the provisioning. + + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/vf<n>/stop +Date: October 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: + This file allows to control scheduling of the VF on the Intel Xe GPU + platforms. It allows to implement custom policy mechanism in case VFs + are misbehaving or triggering adverse events above defined thresholds. + + stop: (WO) bool + All GT executions of given function shall be immediately stopped. + To allow scheduling this VF again, the VF FLR must be triggered. + + Writes to this attribute may fail with errors like: + -EINVAL if provided input is malformed or not recognized, + -EPERM if change is not applicable on given HW/FW, + -EIO if FW refuses to change the scheduling. + + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/pf/device +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../sriov_admin/vf<n>/device +Date: October 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: + These are symlinks to the underlying PCI device entry representing + given Xe SR-IOV function. For the PF, this link is always present. + For VFs, this link is present only for currently enabled VFs. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel_sdsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel_sdsi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8afed127 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel_sdsi @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This directory contains interface files for accessing Intel + On Demand (formerly Software Defined Silicon or SDSi) features + on a CPU. X represents the socket instance (though not the + socket ID). The socket ID is determined by reading the + registers file and decoding it per the specification. + + Some files communicate with On Demand hardware through a + mailbox. Should the operation fail, one of the following error + codes may be returned: + + ========== ===== + Error Code Cause + ========== ===== + EIO General mailbox failure. Log may indicate cause. + EBUSY Mailbox is owned by another agent. + EPERM On Demand capability is not enabled in hardware. + EPROTO Failure in mailbox protocol detected by driver. + See log for details. + EOVERFLOW For provision commands, the size of the data + exceeds what may be written. + ESPIPE Seeking is not allowed. + ETIMEDOUT Failure to complete mailbox transaction in time. + ========== ===== + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/guid +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The GUID for the registers file. The GUID identifies + the layout of the registers file in this directory. + Information about the register layouts for a particular GUID + is available at http://github.com/intel/intel-sdsi + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/registers +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Contains information needed by applications to provision + a CPU and monitor status information. The layout of this file + is determined by the GUID in this directory. Information about + the layout for a particular GUID is available at + http://github.com/intel/intel-sdsi + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/provision_akc +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (WO) Used to write an Authentication Key Certificate (AKC) to + the On Demand NVRAM for the CPU. The AKC is used to authenticate + a Capability Activation Payload. Mailbox command. + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/provision_cap +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (WO) Used to write a Capability Activation Payload (CAP) to the + On Demand NVRAM for the CPU. CAPs are used to activate a given + CPU feature. A CAP is validated by On Demand hardware using a + previously provisioned AKC file. Upon successful authentication, + the CPU configuration is updated. A cold reboot is required to + fully activate the feature. Mailbox command. + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/meter_certificate +Date: Nov 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Used to read back the current meter certificate for the CPU + from Intel On Demand hardware. The meter certificate contains + utilization metrics of On Demand enabled features. Mailbox + command. + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/state_certificate +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Used to read back the current state certificate for the CPU + from On Demand hardware. The state certificate contains + information about the current licenses on the CPU. Mailbox + command. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ivpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ivpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91685774e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ivpu @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/intel_vpu/.../npu_busy_time_us +Date: May 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: Time in microseconds that the device spent executing jobs. The time is + counted when and only when there are jobs submitted to firmware. This time + can be used to measure the utilization of NPU, either by calculating the + difference between two timepoints or monitoring utilization percentage by + reading periodically. Recommended read period is 1 second to avoid impact + on job submission performance. Read-only. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/intel_vpu/.../npu_memory_utilization +Date: Jan 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: Current NPU memory utilization in bytes. Reports the total size of all + resident buffer objects allocated for NPU use. Read-only. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/intel_vpu/.../freq/hw_min_freq +Date: April 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: Minimum frequency in MHz supported by the NPU hardware. This is a + hardware capability and cannot be changed. Read-only. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/intel_vpu/.../freq/hw_efficient_freq +Date: April 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: Most efficient operating frequency in MHz for the NPU. This represents + the frequency at which the NPU operates most efficiently in terms of power + and performance. Read-only. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/intel_vpu/.../freq/hw_max_freq +Date: April 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: Maximum frequency in MHz supported by the NPU hardware. This is a + hardware capability and cannot be changed. Read-only. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/intel_vpu/.../freq/current_freq +Date: April 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: Current operating frequency in MHz of the NPU. The value is valid only + when the device is active; returns 0 when idle. The actual frequency may + be lower than the requested range due to power or thermal constraints. + Read-only. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/intel_vpu/.../freq/set_min_freq +Date: April 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: Configured minimum operating frequency in MHz (50XX devices and newer). + Values written are clamped to hardware limits (hw_min_freq to hw_max_freq). + If set_min_freq exceeds set_max_freq, the driver clamps set_min_freq to + set_max_freq when selecting the operating frequency. Read-write. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/intel_vpu/.../freq/set_max_freq +Date: April 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: Configured maximum operating frequency in MHz (50XX devices and newer). + Values written are clamped to hardware limits (hw_min_freq to hw_max_freq). + Read-write. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf595d68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*/<our-device>/nvmem +Date: December 2017 +Contact: PrasannaKumar Muralidharan <prasannatsmkumar@gmail.com> +Description: read-only access to the efuse on the Ingenic JZ4780 SoC + The SoC has a one time programmable 8K efuse that is + split into segments. The driver supports read only. + The segments are: + + ===== ======== ================= + 0x000 64 bit Random Number + 0x008 128 bit Ingenic Chip ID + 0x018 128 bit Customer ID + 0x028 3520 bit Reserved + 0x1E0 8 bit Protect Segment + 0x1E1 2296 bit HDMI Key + 0x300 2048 bit Security boot key + ===== ======== ================= + +Users: any user space application which wants to read the Chip + and Customer ID diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-lenovo-yb9-kbdock b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-lenovo-yb9-kbdock new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebe713aef --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-lenovo-yb9-kbdock @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/wmi/drivers/lenovo-yb9-kbdock/<guid>/keyboard_position +Date: June 2027 +KernelVersion: 7.3 +Contact: Dave Carey <carvsdriver@gmail.com> +Description: + Read-only attribute reporting the current keyboard dock position + as reported by the Embedded Controller on the Lenovo Yoga Book 9 + 14IAH10. + + Possible values: + + == ============================================================= + 0 keyboard is not docked to any screen (detached) + 1 keyboard docked on the top half of the bottom screen + 2 keyboard docked on the bottom half of the bottom screen + == ============================================================= + + SW_TABLET_MODE input events are also emitted: 0 when the keyboard + is docked (either position), 1 when detached. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-panfrost-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-panfrost-profiling new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7597c420e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-panfrost-profiling @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/panfrost/.../profiling +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8.0 +Contact: Adrian Larumbe <adrian.larumbe@collabora.com> +Description: + Get/set drm fdinfo's engine and cycles profiling status. + Valid values are: + 0: Don't enable fdinfo job profiling sources. + 1: Enable fdinfo job profiling sources, this enables both the GPU's + timestamp and cycle counter registers. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-panthor-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-panthor-profiling new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af05fcced --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-panthor-profiling @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/panthor/.../profiling +Date: September 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11.0 +Contact: Adrian Larumbe <adrian.larumbe@collabora.com> +Description: + Bitmask to enable drm fdinfo's job profiling measurements. + Valid values are: + 0: Don't enable fdinfo job profiling sources. + 1: Enable GPU cycle measurements for running jobs. + 2: Enable GPU timestamp sampling for running jobs. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49f5fd0c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks +Date: Oct 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: + If the permissive attribute is set, then writing a string in + the format of DDDD:BB:DD.F-REG:SIZE:MASK will allow the guest + to write and read from the PCI device. That is Domain:Bus: + Device.Function-Register:Size:Mask (Domain is optional). + For example:: + + #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks + + will allow the guest to read and write to the configuration + register 0x0E. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/allow_interrupt_control +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: + List of devices which can have interrupt control flag (INTx, + MSI, MSI-X) set by a connected guest. It is meant to be set + only when the guest is a stubdomain hosting device model (qemu) + and the actual device is assigned to a HVM. It is not safe + (similar to permissive attribute) to set for a devices assigned + to a PV guest. The device is automatically removed from this + list when the connected pcifront terminates. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a56fc507 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/ +Date: August 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This folder includes the attributes related with PPI (Physical + Presence Interface). Only if TPM is supported by BIOS, this + folder makes sense. The folder path can be got by command + 'find /sys/ -name 'pcrs''. For the detail information of PPI, + please refer to the PPI specification from + + http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/ + + In Linux 4.2 ppi was moved to the character device directory. + A symlink from tpmX/device/ppi to tpmX/ppi to provide backwards + compatibility. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/version +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the version of the PPI supported by the + platform. + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/request +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the request for an operation to be + executed in the pre-OS environment. It is the only input from + the OS to the pre-OS environment. The request should be an + integer value range from 1 to 160, and 0 means no request. + This file can be read and written. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/response +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the response to the most recent operation + request it acted upon. The format is "<request> <response num> + : <response description>". + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/transition_action +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the platform-specific action that should + take place in order to transition to the BIOS for execution of + a requested operation. The format is "<action num>: <action + description>". + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/tcg_operations +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an + operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS + for the requests defined by TCG, i.e. requests from 1 to 22. + The format is "<request> <status num>: <status description>". + This attribute is only supported by PPI version 1.2+. + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/vs_operations +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an + operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS + for the verdor specific requests, i.e. requests from 128 to + 255. The format is same with tcg_operations. This attribute + is also only supported by PPI version 1.2+. + This file is readonly. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qaic b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qaic new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f794fd734 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qaic @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/qaic/XXXX:XX:XX.X/ce_count +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.17 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: Number of correctable errors received from device since driver is loaded. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/qaic/XXXX:XX:XX.X/ue_count +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.17 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: Number of uncorrectable errors received from device since driver is loaded. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/qaic/XXXX:XX:XX.X/ue_nonfatal_count +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.17 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: Number of uncorrectable non-fatal errors received from device since driver + is loaded. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0561b9fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) Reports the current state of the QAT device. Write to + the file to start or stop the device. + + The values are: + + * up: the device is up and running + * down: the device is down + + + It is possible to transition the device from up to down only + if the device is up and vice versa. + + This attribute is available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/cfg_services +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) Reports the current configuration of the QAT device. + Write to the file to change the configured services. + + One or more services can be enabled per device. + Certain configurations are restricted to specific device types; + where applicable this is explicitly indicated, for example + (qat_6xxx) denotes applicability exclusively to that device series. + + The available services include: + + * sym: Configures the device for symmetric cryptographic operations. + * asym: Configures the device for asymmetric cryptographic operations. + * dc: Configures the device for compression and decompression + operations. + * dcc: Similar to dc, but with the additional dc chaining feature + enabled, cipher then compress (qat_6xxx), hash then compression. + If this is not required choose dc. + * decomp: Configures the device for decompression operations (qat_6xxx). + + Service combinations are permitted for all services except dcc. + On QAT GEN4 devices (qat_4xxx driver) a maximum of two services can be + combined and on QAT GEN6 devices (qat_6xxx driver ) a maximum of three + services can be combined. + The order of services is not significant. For instance, sym;asym is + functionally equivalent to asym;sym. + + It is possible to set the configuration only if the device + is in the `down` state (see /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state) + + The following example shows how to change the configuration of + a device configured for running crypto services in order to + run data compression:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + up + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/cfg_services + sym;asym + # echo down > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + # echo dc > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/cfg_services + # echo up > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/cfg_services + dc + + This attribute is available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/pm_idle_enabled +Date: June 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) This configuration option provides a way to force the device into remaining in + the MAX power state. + If idle support is enabled the device will transition to the `MIN` power state when + idle, otherwise will stay in the MAX power state. + Write to the file to enable or disable idle support. + + The values are: + + * 0: idle support is disabled + * 1: idle support is enabled + + Default value is 1. + + It is possible to set the pm_idle_enabled value only if the device + is in the `down` state (see /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state) + + The following example shows how to change the pm_idle_enabled of + a device:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + up + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/pm_idle_enabled + 1 + # echo down > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + # echo 0 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/pm_idle_enabled + # echo up > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/pm_idle_enabled + 0 + + This attribute is available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/rp2srv +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) This attribute provides a way for a user to query a + specific ring pair for the type of service that it is currently + configured for. + + When written to, the value is cached and used to perform the + read operation. Allowed values are in the range 0 to N-1, where + N is the max number of ring pairs supported by a device. This + can be queried using the attribute qat/num_rps. + + A read returns the service associated to the ring pair queried. + + The values are: + + * dc: the ring pair is configured for running compression services + * sym: the ring pair is configured for running symmetric crypto + services + * asym: the ring pair is configured for running asymmetric crypto + services + + Example usage:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/rp2srv + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/rp2srv + sym + + This attribute is available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/num_rps +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RO) Returns the number of ring pairs that a single device has. + + Example usage:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/num_rps + 64 + + This attribute is available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/auto_reset +Date: May 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.9 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) Reports the current state of the autoreset feature + for a QAT device + + Write to the attribute to enable or disable device auto reset. + + Device auto reset is disabled by default. + + The values are: + + * 1/Yy/on: auto reset enabled. If the device encounters an + unrecoverable error, it will be reset automatically. + * 0/Nn/off: auto reset disabled. If the device encounters an + unrecoverable error, it will not be reset. + + This attribute is available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_kpt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_kpt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6480ea1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_kpt @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/ +Date: August 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + Directory containing attributes related to the QAT Key Protection + Technology (KPT) feature. KPT allows cryptographic keys to be used + by the accelerator without being exposed in plaintext to the host. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/enable +Date: August 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) Enables or disables Key Protection Technology (KPT). + + Write 1 to enable KPT, or 0 to disable it. + + Example usage:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/enable + 0 + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/enable + + This attribute is only available on devices that support KPT. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_cnt_per_fn +Date: August 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) Configures the maximum number of KPT symmetric wrapping keys + (SWKs) that a Virtual Function (VF) may be associated with. + + Valid values range from 0 to 128. A value of 0 indicates no limit. + + Example usage:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_cnt_per_fn + 128 + # echo 128 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_cnt_per_fn + + This attribute is only available on devices that support KPT. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_cnt_per_pasid +Date: August 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) Configures the maximum number of KPT symmetric wrapping keys + (SWKs) per Process Address Space ID (PASID). + + Valid values range from 0 to 128. A value of 0 indicates no limit. + + Example usage:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_cnt_per_pasid + 128 + # echo 128 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_cnt_per_pasid + + This attribute is only available on devices that support KPT. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_max_ttl +Date: August 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) Configures the maximum Time To Live (TTL) for KPT symmetric + wrapping keys (SWK). + + Valid values range from 0 to 31536000 seconds. A value of 0 + indicates that the SWK TTL is unlimited. + + Example usage:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_max_ttl + 1000 + # echo 1000 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_max_ttl + + This attribute is only available on devices that support KPT. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_shared +Date: August 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) Controls shared mode for KPT symmetric wrapping keys (SWK). + + Write 1 to enable shared mode, or 0 to disable it (non-shared mode). + + Example usage:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_shared + 0 + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_kpt/swk_shared + + This attribute is only available on devices that support KPT. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_ras b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_ras new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82ceb0444 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_ras @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_correctable +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Reports the number of correctable errors detected by the device. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_nonfatal +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Reports the number of non fatal errors detected by the device. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_fatal +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Reports the number of fatal errors detected by the device. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/reset_error_counters +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (WO) Write to resets all error counters of a device. + + The following example reports how to reset the counters:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/reset_error_counters + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_correctable + 0 + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_nonfatal + 0 + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_fatal + 0 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_rl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_rl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..422333a0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_rl @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (WO) This attribute is used to perform an operation on an SLA. + The supported operations are: add, update, rm, rm_all, and get. + + Input values must be filled through the associated attribute in + this group before a write to this file. + If the operation completes successfully, the associated + attributes will be updated. + The associated attributes are: cir, pir, srv, rp, and id. + + Supported operations: + + * add: Creates a new SLA with the provided inputs from user. + * Inputs: cir, pir, srv, and rp + * Output: id + + * get: Returns the configuration of the specified SLA in id attribute + * Inputs: id + * Outputs: cir, pir, srv, and rp + + * update: Updates the SLA with new values set in the following attributes + * Inputs: id, cir, and pir + + * rm: Removes the specified SLA in the id attribute. + * Inputs: id + + * rm_all: Removes all the configured SLAs. + * Inputs: None + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/rp +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) When read, reports the current assigned ring pairs for the + queried SLA. + When wrote to, configures the ring pairs associated to a new SLA. + + The value is a 64-bit bit mask and is written/displayed in hex. + Each bit of this mask represents a single ring pair i.e., + bit 1 == ring pair id 0; bit 3 == ring pair id 2. + + Selected ring pairs must to be assigned to a single service, + i.e. the one provided with the srv attribute. The service + assigned to a certain ring pair can be checked by querying + the attribute qat/rp2srv. + + The maximum number of ring pairs is 4 per SLA. + + Applicability in sla_op: + + * WRITE: add operation + * READ: get operation + + Example usage:: + + ## Read + # echo 4 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/rp + 0x5 + + ## Write + # echo 0x5 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/rp + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) If written to, the value is used to retrieve a particular + SLA and operate on it. + This is valid only for the following operations: update, rm, + and get. + A read of this attribute is only guaranteed to have correct data + after creation of an SLA. + + Applicability in sla_op: + + * WRITE: rm and update operations + * READ: add and get operations + + Example usage:: + + ## Read + ## Set attributes e.g. cir, pir, srv, etc + # echo "add" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + 4 + + ## Write + # echo 7 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + # echo "get" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/rp + 0x5 ## ring pair ID 0 and ring pair ID 2 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cir +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) Committed information rate (CIR). Rate guaranteed to be + achieved by a particular SLA. The value is expressed in + permille scale, i.e. 1000 refers to the maximum device + throughput for a selected service. + + After sending a "get" to sla_op, this will be populated with the + CIR for that queried SLA. + Write to this file before sending an "add/update" sla_op, to set + the SLA to the specified value. + + Applicability in sla_op: + + * WRITE: add and update operations + * READ: get operation + + Example usage:: + + ## Write + # echo 500 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cir + # echo "add" /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + + ## Read + # echo 4 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + # echo "get" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cir + 500 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/pir +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) Peak information rate (PIR). The maximum rate that can be + achieved by that particular SLA. An SLA can reach a value + between CIR and PIR when the device is not fully utilized by + requests from other users (assigned to different SLAs). + + After sending a "get" to sla_op, this will be populated with the + PIR for that queried SLA. + Write to this file before sending an "add/update" sla_op, to set + the SLA to the specified value. + + Applicability in sla_op: + + * WRITE: add and update operations + * READ: get operation + + Example usage:: + + ## Write + # echo 750 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/pir + # echo "add" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + + ## Read + # echo 4 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + # echo "get" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/pir + 750 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/srv +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) Service (SRV). Represents the service (sym, asym, dc) + associated to an SLA. + Can be written to or queried to set/show the SRV type for an SLA. + The SRV attribute is used to specify the SRV type before adding + an SLA. After an SLA is configured, reports the service + associated to that SLA. + + Applicability in sla_op: + + * WRITE: add and update operations + * READ: get operation + + Example usage:: + + ## Write + # echo "dc" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/srv + # echo "add" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + 4 + + ## Read + # echo 4 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + # echo "get" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/srv + dc + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cap_rem +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) This file will return the remaining capacity for a + particular service/sla. This is the remaining value that a new + SLA can be set to or a current SLA can be increased with. + + Example usage:: + + # echo "asym" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cap_rem + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cap_rem + 250 + # echo 250 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cir + # echo "add" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cap_rem + 0 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx and qat_6xxx devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_svn b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_svn new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3832b523d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_svn @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/ +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: Directory containing Security Version Number (SVN) attributes for + the Anti-Rollback (ARB) feature. The ARB feature prevents downloading + older firmware versions to the acceleration device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/enforced_min +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RO) Reports the minimum allowed firmware SVN. + + Returns an integer greater than zero. Firmware with SVN lower than + this value is rejected. + + A write to qat_svn/commit will update this value. The update is not + persistent across reboot; on reboot, this value is reset from + qat_svn/permanent_min. + + Example usage:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/enforced_min + 2 + + This attribute is available only on devices that support + Anti-Rollback. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/permanent_min +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RO) Reports the persistent minimum SVN used to initialize + qat_svn/enforced_min on each reboot. + + Returns an integer greater than zero. A write to qat_svn/commit + may update this value, depending on platform/BIOS settings. + + Example usage:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/permanent_min + 3 + + This attribute is available only on devices that support + Anti-Rollback. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/active +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RO) Reports the SVN of the currently active firmware image. + + Returns an integer greater than zero. + + Example usage:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/active + 2 + + This attribute is available only on devices that support + Anti-Rollback. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/commit +Date: June 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (WO) Commits the currently active SVN as the minimum allowed SVN. + + Writing 1 sets qat_svn/enforced_min to the value of qat_svn/active, + preventing future firmware loads with lower SVN. + + Depending on platform/BIOS settings, a commit may also update + qat_svn/permanent_min. + + Note that on reboot, qat_svn/enforced_min reverts to + qat_svn/permanent_min. + + It is advisable to use this attribute with caution, only when + it is necessary to set a new minimum SVN for the firmware. + + Before committing the SVN update, it is crucial to check the + current values of qat_svn/active, qat_svn/enforced_min and + qat_svn/permanent_min. This verification helps ensure that the + commit operation aligns with the intended outcome. + + While writing to the file, any value other than '1' will result + in an error and have no effect. + + Example usage:: + + ## Read current values + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/enforced_min + 2 + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/permanent_min + 2 + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/active + 3 + + ## Commit active SVN + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/commit + + ## Read updated values + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/enforced_min + 3 + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_svn/permanent_min + 3 + + This attribute is available only on devices that support + Anti-Rollback. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..408cb0ddf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level +Date: January 1, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels" + that can be modified by a function key, and by this + sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot + of sense, but some users like to modify them to keep + their fans quiet at all costs. Reading from this file + will show the current performance level. Writing to the + file can change this value. + + Valid options: + - "silent" + - "normal" + - "overclock" + + Note that not all laptops support all of these options. + Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option, + and it's still unknown if this value even changes + anything, other than making the user feel a bit better. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge +Date: December 1, 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com> +Description: Use your USB ports to charge devices, even + when your laptop is powered off. + 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/lid_handling +Date: December 11, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Julijonas Kikutis <julijonas.kikutis@gmail.com> +Description: Some Samsung laptops handle lid closing quicker and + only handle lid opening with this mode enabled. + 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-spi-intel b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-spi-intel new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7c9139dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-spi-intel @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../intel_spi_protected +Date: Feb 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: This attribute allows the userspace to check if the + Intel SPI flash controller is write protected from the host. + +What: /sys/devices/.../intel_spi_locked +Date: Feb 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: This attribute allows the user space to check if the + Intel SPI flash controller locks supported opcodes. + +What: /sys/devices/.../intel_spi_bios_locked +Date: Feb 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Alexander Usyskin <alexander.usyskin@intel.com> +Description: This attribute allows the user space to check if the + Intel SPI flash controller BIOS region is locked for writes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88cab66fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/bus/scsi/drivers/st/debug_flag +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: ?.? +Contact: shane.seymour@hpe.com +Description: + This file allows you to turn debug output from the st driver + off if you write a '0' to the file or on if you write a '1'. + Note that debug output requires that the module be compiled + with the #define DEBUG set to a non-zero value (this is the + default). If DEBUG is set to 0 then this file will not + appear in sysfs as its presence is conditional upon debug + output support being compiled into the module. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47d551310 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*/<our-device>/fuse +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@kernel.org> +Description: read-only access to the efuses on Tegra20, Tegra30, Tegra114 + and Tegra124 SoC's from NVIDIA. The efuses contain write once + data programmed at the factory. The data is laid out in 32bit + words in LSB first format. Each bit represents a single value + as decoded from the fuse registers. Bits order/assignment + exactly matches the HW registers, including any unused bits. +Users: any user space application which wants to read the efuses on + Tegra SoC's diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5a438d84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_mode +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the keyboard backlight operation mode, valid + values are: + + * 0x1 -> FN-Z + * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) + * 0x8 -> ON + * 0x10 -> OFF + + Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed + parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and + AUTO). + Also note that toggling this value on type 1 devices, requires + a reboot for changes to take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_timeout +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the timeout of the keyboard backlight + whenever the operation mode is set to AUTO (or TIMER), + valid values range from 0-60. + Note that the kernel 3.15 only had support for the first + keyboard type, the kernel 3.16 added support for the second + type and the range accepted for type 2 is 1-60. + See the entry named "kbd_type" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/position +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the absolute position of the built-in + accelereometer. + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/touchpad +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This files controls the status of the touchpad and pointing + stick (if available), valid values are: + + * 0 -> OFF + * 1 -> ON + +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/available_kbd_modes +Date: August 3, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the supported keyboard backlight modes + the system supports, which can be: + + * 0x1 -> FN-Z + * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) + * 0x8 -> ON + * 0x10 -> OFF + + Note that not all keyboard types support the listed modes. + See the entry named "available_kbd_modes" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_type +Date: August 3, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the current keyboard backlight type, + which can be: + + * 1 -> Type 1, supporting modes FN-Z and AUTO + * 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_charge +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which + can be: + + * 0 -> Disabled (0x00) + * 1 -> Alternate (0x09) + * 2 -> Auto (0x21) + * 3 -> Typical (0x11) + + Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed + values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three. + Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if + you want to use it under battery, see the entry named + "sleep_functions_on_battery" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/sleep_functions_on_battery +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and + set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted + values can be: + + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1-100 -> Battery level to disable sleep functions + + Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the + feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the + current battery level set. + Note that when the value is set to disabled, the sleep function + will only work when connected to power. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_rapid_charge +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be: + + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_music +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be: + + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + + Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if + you want to use it under battery, see the entry named + "sleep_functions_on_battery" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/version +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the current version of the driver +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/fan +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid + values are: + + * 0 -> OFF + * 1 -> ON + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_function_keys +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation + mode, valid values are: + + * 0 -> Normal Operation + * 1 -> Special Functions + + In the "Normal Operation" mode, the F{1-12} keys are as usual + and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. + In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the + hotkey and the F{1-12} keys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/panel_power_on +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever + the LID is opened, valid values are: + + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_three +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are: + + * 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2) + * 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality) + + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/cooling_method +Date: 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the Cooling Method feature. + Reading this file prints two values, the first is the actual cooling method + and the second is the maximum cooling method supported. + When the maximum cooling method is ONE, valid values are: + + * 0 -> Maximum Performance + * 1 -> Battery Optimized + + When the maximum cooling method is TWO, valid values are: + + * 0 -> Maximum Performance + * 1 -> Performance + * 2 -> Battery Optimized + +Users: KToshiba diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c938690ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/protection_level +Date: August 16, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the built-in accelerometer protection level, + valid values are: + + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Low + * 2 -> Medium + * 3 -> High + + The default potection value is set to 2 (Medium). +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/reset_protection +Date: August 16, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file turns off the built-in accelerometer for a few + seconds and then restore normal operation. Accepting 1 as the + only parameter. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport new file mode 100644 index 000000000..314acd54e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../displayport/configuration +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current DisplayPort configuration for the connector. + Valid values are USB, source and sink. Source means DisplayPort + source, and sink means DisplayPort sink. + + All supported configurations are listed as space separated list + with the active one wrapped in square brackets. + + Source example: + + USB [source] sink + + The configuration can be changed by writing to the file + + Note. USB configuration does not equal to Exit Mode. It is + separate configuration defined in VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on + USB Type-C Standard. Functionally it equals to the situation + where the mode has been exited (to exit the mode, see + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec, and use file + /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../active). + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../displayport/pin_assignment +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard defines six + different pin assignments for USB Type-C connector that are + labeled A, B, C, D, E, and F. The supported pin assignments are + listed as space separated list with the active one wrapped in + square brackets. + + Example: + + C [D] + + Pin assignment can be changed by writing to the file. It is + possible to set pin assignment before configuration has been + set, but the assignment will not be active before the + connector is actually configured. + + Note. As of VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard + version 1.0b, pin assignments A, B, and F are deprecated. Only + pin assignment D can now carry simultaneously one channel of + USB SuperSpeed protocol. From user perspective pin assignments C + and E are equal, where all channels on the connector are used + for carrying DisplayPort protocol (allowing higher resolutions). + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../displayport/hpd +Date: Dec 2022 +Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <badhri@google.com> +Description: + VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard defines how + HotPlugDetect(HPD) shall be supported on the USB-C connector when + operating in DisplayPort Alt Mode. This is a read only node which + reflects the current state of HPD. + + Valid values: + - 1: when HPD’s logical state is high (HPD_High) as defined + by VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard. + - 0 when HPD’s logical state is low (HPD_Low) as defined by + VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard. + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../displayport/irq_hpd +Date: June 2025 +Contact: RD Babiera <rdbabiera@google.com> +Description: + IRQ_HPD events are sent over the USB PD protocol in Status Update and + Attention messages. IRQ_HPD can only be asserted when HPD is high, + and is asserted when an IRQ_HPD has been issued since the last Status + Update. This is a read only node that returns the number of IRQ events + raised in the driver's lifetime. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f0b8f3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/api +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Api of the device + Can be any string and up to userspace to parse. + Application use the api to match the correct driver + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/flags +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Attributes of the device, see UACCE_DEV_xxx flag defined in uacce.h + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/available_instances +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Available instances left of the device + Return -ENODEV if uacce_ops get_available_instances is not provided + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/isolate_strategy +Date: Nov 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: (RW) A sysfs node that configure the error threshold for the hardware + isolation strategy. This size is a configured integer value, which is the + number of threshold for hardware errors occurred in one hour. The default is 0. + 0 means never isolate the device. The maximum value is 65535. You can write + a number of threshold based on your hardware. + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/isolate +Date: Nov 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: (R) A sysfs node that read the device isolated state. The value 1 + means the device is unavailable. The 0 means the device is + available. + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/algorithms +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Algorithms supported by this accelerator, separated by new line. + Can be any string and up to userspace to parse. + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/region_mmio_size +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Size (bytes) of mmio region queue file + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/region_dus_size +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Size (bytes) of dus region queue file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45cf62ad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/drivers/ucsi_ccg/.../do_flash +Date: May 2019 +Contact: Ajay Gupta <ajayg@nvidia.com> +Description: + Tell the driver for Cypress CCGx Type-C controller to attempt + firmware upgrade by writing [Yy1] to the file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c422aac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs @@ -0,0 +1,1793 @@ +What: /sys/bus/*/drivers/ufshcd/*/auto_hibern8 +Date: March 2018 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This file contains the auto-hibernate idle timer setting of a + UFS host controller. A value of '0' means auto-hibernate is not + enabled. Otherwise the value is the number of microseconds of + idle time before the UFS host controller will autonomously put + the link into hibernate state. That will save power at the + expense of increased latency. Note that the hardware supports + 10-bit values with a power-of-ten multiplier which allows a + maximum value of 102300000. Refer to the UFS Host Controller + Interface specification for more details. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_type +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/device_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device type. This is one of the UFS + device descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_class +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/device_class +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device class. This is one of the UFS + device descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_sub_class +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/device_sub_class +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the UFS storage subclass. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/protocol +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/protocol +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the protocol supported by an UFS device. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_luns +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/number_of_luns +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows number of logical units. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_wluns +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/number_of_wluns +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows number of well known logical units. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/boot_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/boot_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device is + enabled for boot. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/descriptor_access_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/descriptor_access_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device + descriptor could be read after partial initialization phase + of the boot sequence. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_power_mode +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/initial_power_mode +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows value that defines the power mode after + device initialization or hardware reset. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/high_priority_lun +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/high_priority_lun +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the high priority lun. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/secure_removal_type +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/secure_removal_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the secure removal type. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/support_security_lun +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/support_security_lun +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the security lun is supported. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/bkops_termination_latency +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/bkops_termination_latency +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the background operations termination + latency. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_active_icc_level +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/initial_active_icc_level +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the initial active ICC level. This is one + of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/specification_version +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/specification_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the specification version. This is one + of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturing_date +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/manufacturing_date +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the manufacturing date in BCD format. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturer_id +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/manufacturer_id +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the manufacturer ID. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtt_capability +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/rtt_capability +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of outstanding RTTs + supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device + descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtc_update +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/rtc_update +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the frequency and method of the realtime + clock update. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ufs_features +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/ufs_features +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows which features are supported by the device. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be + found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ffu_timeout +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/ffu_timeout +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the FFU timeout. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/queue_depth +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/queue_depth +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device queue depth. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_version +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/device_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device version. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_secure_wpa +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/number_of_secure_wpa +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows number of secure write protect areas + supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device + descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_max_data_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/psa_max_data_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum amount of data that may be + written during the pre-soldering phase of the PSA flow. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_state_timeout +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/psa_state_timeout +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the command maximum timeout for a change + in PSA state. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/unipro_version +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/interconnect_descriptor/unipro_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the MIPI UniPro version number in BCD format. + This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/mphy_version +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/interconnect_descriptor/mphy_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the MIPI M-PHY version number in BCD format. + This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/raw_device_capacity +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/raw_device_capacity +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the total memory quantity available to + the user to configure the device logical units. This is one + of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_luns +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_luns +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of logical units + supported by the UFS device. This is one of the UFS + geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/segment_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/segment_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the segment size. This is one of the UFS + geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/allocation_unit_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/allocation_unit_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the allocation unit size. This is one of + the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/min_addressable_block_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/min_addressable_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the minimum addressable block size. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_read_block_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/optimal_read_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the optimal read block size. This is one + of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_write_block_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/optimal_write_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the optimal write block size. This is one + of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_in_buffer_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/max_in_buffer_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum data-in buffer size. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_out_buffer_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/max_out_buffer_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum data-out buffer size. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/rpmb_rw_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/rpmb_rw_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of RPMB frames allowed + in Security Protocol In/Out. This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/dyn_capacity_resource_policy +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/dyn_capacity_resource_policy +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the dynamic capacity resource policy. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/data_ordering +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/data_ordering +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows support for out-of-order data transfer. + This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_contexts +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_contexts +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows maximum available number of contexts which + are supported by the device. This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_unit_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_unit_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows system data tag unit size. This is one of + the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_resource_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_resource_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows maximum storage area size allocated by + the device to handle system data by the tagging mechanism. + This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/secure_removal_types +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/secure_removal_types +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows supported secure removal types. This is + one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/memory_types +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/memory_types +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows supported memory types. This is one of + the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_max_alloc_units +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_max_alloc_units +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of allocation units for + different memory types (system code, non persistent, + enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_capacity_adjustment_factor +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_capacity_adjustment_factor +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the memory capacity adjustment factor for + different memory types (system code, non persistent, + enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/eol_info +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/health_descriptor/eol_info +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows preend of life information. This is one + of the UFS health descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_a +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_a +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows indication of the device life time + (method a). This is one of the UFS health descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_b +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_b +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows indication of the device life time + (method b). This is one of the UFS health descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_descriptor/active_icc_levels_vcc* +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_descriptor/active_icc_levels_vcc* +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows maximum VCC, VCCQ and VCCQ2 value for + active ICC levels from 0 to 15. This is one of the UFS + power descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/manufacturer_name +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/string_descriptors/manufacturer_name +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a device manufacturer name string. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_name +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/string_descriptors/product_name +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a product name string. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/oem_id +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/string_descriptors/oem_id +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a OEM ID string. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/serial_number +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/string_descriptors/serial_number +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a device serial number string. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_revision +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/string_descriptors/product_revision +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a product revision string. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/boot_lun_id +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows boot LUN information. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_write_protect +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows LUN write protection status. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_queue_depth +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows LUN queue depth. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/psa_sensitive +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows PSA sensitivity. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_memory_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows LUN memory type. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/data_reliability +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file defines the device behavior when a power failure + occurs during a write operation. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the size of addressable logical blocks + (calculated as an exponent with base 2). This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_count +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows total number of addressable logical blocks. + This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/erase_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the erase block size. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/provisioning_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the thin provisioning type. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/physical_memory_resource_count +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the total physical memory resources. This is + one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/context_capabilities +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the context capabilities. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/large_unit_granularity +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the granularity of the LUN. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/device_init +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/device_init +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device init status. The full information + about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/permanent_wpe +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/permanent_wpe +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether permanent write protection is enabled. + The full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/power_on_wpe +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/power_on_wpe +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether write protection is enabled on all + logical units configured as power on write protected. The + full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/bkops_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/bkops_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device background operations are + enabled. The full information about the flag could be + found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/life_span_mode_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/life_span_mode_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device life span mode is enabled. + The full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/phy_resource_removal +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/phy_resource_removal +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether physical resource removal is enable. + The full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/busy_rtc +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/busy_rtc +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device is executing internal + operation related to real time clock. The full information + about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/disable_fw_update +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/disable_fw_update +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device FW update is permanently + disabled. The full information about the flag could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/boot_lun_enabled +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/boot_lun_enabled +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the boot lun enabled UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/current_power_mode +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/current_power_mode +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the current power mode UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/active_icc_level +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/active_icc_level +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the active icc level UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ooo_data_enabled +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/ooo_data_enabled +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the out of order data transfer enabled UFS + device attribute. The full information about the attribute + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/bkops_status +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/bkops_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the background operations status UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/purge_status +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/purge_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the purge operation status UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_in_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/max_data_in_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum data size in a DATA IN + UPIU. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_out_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/max_data_out_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of bytes that can be + requested with a READY TO TRANSFER UPIU. The full information + about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/reference_clock_frequency +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/reference_clock_frequency +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the reference clock frequency UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/configuration_descriptor_lock +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/configuration_descriptor_lock +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the configuration descriptor is locked. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_number_of_rtt +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/max_number_of_rtt +Date: May 2024 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the maximum current number of + outstanding RTTs in device that is allowed. bMaxNumOfRTT is a + read-write persistent attribute and is equal to two after device + manufacturing. It shall not be set to a value greater than + bDeviceRTTCap value, and it may be set only when the hw queues are + empty. + + The file is read write. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_control +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/exception_event_control +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the exception event control UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_status +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/exception_event_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the exception event status UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ffu_status +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/ffu_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the ffu status UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/psa_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file show the PSA feature status. The full information + about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_data_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/psa_data_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the amount of data that the host plans to + load to all logical units in pre-soldering state. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/dyn_cap_needed +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the amount of physical memory needed + to be removed from the physical memory resources pool of + the particular logical unit. The full information about + the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_lvl +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/rpm_lvl +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device + runtime power management level. The current driver + implementation supports 7 levels with next target states: + + == ==================================================== + 0 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will + stay active + 1 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will + hibernate + 2 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will + stay active + 3 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will + hibernate + 4 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will + hibernate + 5 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will + be powered off + 6 UFS device will be moved to deep sleep, UIC link + will be powered off. Note, deep sleep might not be + supported in which case this value will not be + accepted + == ==================================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_dev_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/rpm_target_dev_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device + for the chosen runtime power management level. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_link_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/rpm_target_link_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link + for the chosen runtime power management level. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_lvl +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/spm_lvl +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device + system power management level. The current driver + implementation supports 7 levels with next target states: + + == ==================================================== + 0 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will + stay active + 1 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will + hibernate + 2 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will + stay active + 3 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will + hibernate + 4 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will + hibernate + 5 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will + be powered off + 6 UFS device will be moved to deep sleep, UIC link + will be powered off. Note, deep sleep might not be + supported in which case this value will not be + accepted + == ==================================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_dev_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/spm_target_dev_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device + for the chosen system power management level. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_link_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/spm_target_link_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link + for the chosen system power management level. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/monitor_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/monitor_enable +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the status of performance monitor enablement + and it can be used to start/stop the monitor. When the monitor + is stopped, the performance data collected is also cleared. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/monitor_chunk_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/monitor_chunk_size +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file tells the monitor to focus on requests transferring + data of specific chunk size (in Bytes). 0 means any chunk size. + It can only be changed when monitor is disabled. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_total_sectors +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_total_sectors +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how many sectors (in 512 Bytes) have been + sent from device to host after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_total_busy +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_total_busy +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how long (in micro seconds) has been spent + sending data from device to host after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_nr_requests +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_nr_requests +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how many read requests have been sent after + monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_req_latency_max +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_req_latency_max +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum latency (in micro seconds) of + read requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_req_latency_min +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_req_latency_min +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the minimum latency (in micro seconds) of + read requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_req_latency_avg +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_req_latency_avg +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the average latency (in micro seconds) of + read requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_req_latency_sum +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_req_latency_sum +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the total latency (in micro seconds) of + read requests sent after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_total_sectors +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_total_sectors +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how many sectors (in 512 Bytes) have been sent + from host to device after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_total_busy +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_total_busy +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how long (in micro seconds) has been spent + sending data from host to device after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_nr_requests +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_nr_requests +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how many write requests have been sent after + monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_req_latency_max +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_req_latency_max +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum latency (in micro seconds) of write + requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_req_latency_min +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_req_latency_min +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the minimum latency (in micro seconds) of write + requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_req_latency_avg +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_req_latency_avg +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the average latency (in micro seconds) of write + requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_req_latency_sum +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_req_latency_sum +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the total latency (in micro seconds) of write + requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/lane +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/lane +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how many lanes are enabled on the UFS link, + i.e., an output 2 means UFS link is operating with 2 lanes. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/mode +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/mode +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the PA power mode of UFS. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/rate +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/rate +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the speed rate of UFS link. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/gear +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/gear +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the gear of UFS link. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/dev_pm +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/dev_pm +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the UFS device power mode. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/link_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/link_state +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the state of UFS link. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_presv_us_en +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/wb_presv_us_en +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows if preserve user-space was configured + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_shared_alloc_units +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/wb_shared_alloc_units +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the shared allocated units of WB buffer + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_type +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/wb_type +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the configured WB type. + 0x1 for shared buffer mode. 0x0 for dedicated buffer mode. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_buff_cap_adj +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/wb_buff_cap_adj +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the total user-space decrease in shared + buffer mode. + The value of this parameter is 3 for TLC NAND when SLC mode + is used as WriteBooster Buffer. 2 for MLC NAND. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_alloc_units +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_alloc_units +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the Maximum total WriteBooster Buffer size + which is supported by the entire device. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_wb_luns +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_wb_luns +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the maximum number of luns that can support + WriteBooster. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_red_type +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_red_type +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: The supportability of user space reduction mode + and preserve user space mode. + 00h: WriteBooster Buffer can be configured only in + user space reduction type. + 01h: WriteBooster Buffer can be configured only in + preserve user space type. + 02h: Device can be configured in either user space + reduction type or preserve user space type. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_wb_type +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_wb_type +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: The supportability of WriteBooster Buffer type. + + === ========================================================== + 00h LU based WriteBooster Buffer configuration + 01h Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration + 02h Supporting both LU based WriteBooster. + Buffer and Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration + === ========================================================== + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/wb_enable +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the status of WriteBooster. + + == ============================ + 0 WriteBooster is not enabled. + 1 WriteBooster is enabled + == ============================ + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_en +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/wb_flush_en +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows if flush is enabled. + + == ================================= + 0 Flush operation is not performed. + 1 Flush operation is performed. + == ================================= + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_during_h8 +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/wb_flush_during_h8 +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: Flush WriteBooster Buffer during hibernate state. + + == ================================================= + 0 Device is not allowed to flush the + WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state. + 1 Device is allowed to flush the + WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state. + == ================================================= + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_avail_buf +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/wb_avail_buf +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the amount of unused WriteBooster buffer + available. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_cur_buf +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/wb_cur_buf +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the amount of unused current buffer. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_flush_status +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/wb_flush_status +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the flush operation status. + + + === ====================================== + 00h idle + 01h Flush operation in progress + 02h Flush operation stopped prematurely. + 03h Flush operation completed successfully + 04h Flush operation general failure + === ====================================== + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_life_time_est +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/wb_life_time_est +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows an indication of the WriteBooster Buffer + lifetime based on the amount of performed program/erase cycles + + === ============================================= + 01h 0% - 10% WriteBooster Buffer life time used + ... + 0Ah 90% - 100% WriteBooster Buffer life time used + === ============================================= + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/wb_buf_alloc_units +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> +Description: This entry shows the configured size of WriteBooster buffer. + 0400h corresponds to 4GB. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/wb_on +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/wb_on +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Bean Huo <beanhuo@micron.com> +Description: This node is used to set or display whether UFS WriteBooster is + enabled. Echo 0 to this file to disable UFS WriteBooster or 1 to + enable it. The WriteBooster is enabled after power-on/reset, + however, it will be disabled/enable while CLK scaling down/up + (if the platform supports UFSHCD_CAP_CLK_SCALING). For a + platform that doesn't support UFSHCD_CAP_CLK_SCALING, we can + disable/enable WriteBooster through this sysfs node. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/enable_wb_buf_flush +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/enable_wb_buf_flush +Date: July 2022 +Contact: Jinyoung Choi <j-young.choi@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the status of WriteBooster buffer flushing + and it can be used to enable or disable the flushing. + If flushing is enabled, the device executes the flush + operation when the command queue is empty. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/wb_flush_threshold +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/wb_flush_threshold +Date: June 2023 +Contact: Lu Hongfei <luhongfei@vivo.com> +Description: + wb_flush_threshold represents the threshold for flushing WriteBooster buffer, + whose value expressed in unit of 10% granularity, such as '1' representing 10%, + '2' representing 20%, and so on. + If avail_wb_buff < wb_flush_threshold, it indicates that WriteBooster buffer needs to + be flushed, otherwise it is not necessary. + +Contact: Daniil Lunev <dlunev@chromium.org> +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/capabilities/ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/capabilities/ +Date: August 2022 +Description: The group represents the effective capabilities of the + host-device pair. i.e. the capabilities which are enabled in the + driver for the specific host controller, supported by the host + controller and are supported and/or have compatible + configuration on the device side. + +Contact: Daniil Lunev <dlunev@chromium.org> +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/capabilities/clock_scaling +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/capabilities/clock_scaling +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Daniil Lunev <dlunev@chromium.org> +Description: Indicates status of clock scaling. + + == ============================ + 0 Clock scaling is not supported. + 1 Clock scaling is supported. + == ============================ + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/capabilities/write_booster +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/capabilities/write_booster +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Daniil Lunev <dlunev@chromium.org> +Description: Indicates status of Write Booster. + + == ============================ + 0 Write Booster can not be enabled. + 1 Write Booster can be enabled. + == ============================ + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rtc_update_ms +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/rtc_update_ms +Date: November 2023 +Contact: Bean Huo <beanhuo@micron.com> +Description: + rtc_update_ms indicates how often the host should synchronize or update the + UFS RTC. If set to 0, this will disable UFS RTC periodic update. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/.../ufshci_capabilities/version +Date: August 2024 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: + Host Capabilities register group: UFS version register. + Symbol - VER. This file shows the UFSHCD version. + Example: Version 3.12 would be represented as 0000_0312h. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/.../ufshci_capabilities/product_id +Date: August 2024 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: + Host Capabilities register group: product ID register. + Symbol - HCPID. This file shows the UFSHCD product id. + The content of this register is vendor specific. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/.../ufshci_capabilities/man_id +Date: August 2024 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: + Host Capabilities register group: manufacturer ID register. + Symbol - HCMID. This file shows the UFSHCD manufacturer id. + The Manufacturer ID is defined by JEDEC in JEDEC-JEP106. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/critical_health +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/critical_health +Date: February 2025 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: Report the number of times a critical health event has been + reported by a UFS device. Further insight into the specific + issue can be gained by reading one of: bPreEOLInfo, + bDeviceLifeTimeEstA, bDeviceLifeTimeEstB, + bWriteBoosterBufferLifeTimeEst, and bRPMBLifeTimeEst. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/clkscale_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/clkscale_enable +Date: January 2025 +Contact: Ziqi Chen <quic_ziqichen@quicinc.com> +Description: + This attribute shows whether the UFS clock scaling is enabled or not. + And it can be used to enable/disable the clock scaling by writing + 1 or 0 to this attribute. + + The attribute is read/write. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/clkgate_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/clkgate_enable +Date: January 2025 +Contact: Ziqi Chen <quic_ziqichen@quicinc.com> +Description: + This attribute shows whether the UFS clock gating is enabled or not. + And it can be used to enable/disable the clock gating by writing + 1 or 0 to this attribute. + + The attribute is read/write. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/clkgate_delay_ms +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/clkgate_delay_ms +Date: January 2025 +Contact: Ziqi Chen <quic_ziqichen@quicinc.com> +Description: + This attribute shows and sets the number of milliseconds of idle time + before the UFS driver starts to perform clock gating. This can + prevent the UFS from frequently performing clock gating/ungating. + + The attribute is read/write. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_lvl_exception_count +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_lvl_exception_count +Date: March 2025 +Contact: Bao D. Nguyen <quic_nguyenb@quicinc.com> +Description: + This attribute is applicable to ufs devices compliant to the + JEDEC specifications version 4.1 or later. The + device_lvl_exception_count is a counter indicating the number of + times the device level exceptions have occurred since the last + time this variable is reset. Writing a 0 value to this + attribute will reset the device_lvl_exception_count. If the + device_lvl_exception_count reads a positive value, the user + application should read the device_lvl_exception_id attribute to + know more information about the exception. + + The attribute is read/write. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_lvl_exception_id +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_lvl_exception_id +Date: March 2025 +Contact: Bao D. Nguyen <quic_nguyenb@quicinc.com> +Description: + Reading the device_lvl_exception_id returns the + qDeviceLevelExceptionID attribute of the ufs device JEDEC + specification version 4.1. The definition of the + qDeviceLevelExceptionID is the ufs device vendor specific + implementation. Refer to the device manufacturer datasheet for + more information on the meaning of the qDeviceLevelExceptionID + attribute value. + + The attribute is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/wb_resize_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/wb_resize_enable +Date: April 2025 +Contact: Huan Tang <tanghuan@vivo.com> +Description: + The host can enable the WriteBooster buffer resize by setting this + attribute. + + ======== ====================================== + idle There is no resize operation + decrease Decrease WriteBooster buffer size + increase Increase WriteBooster buffer size + ======== ====================================== + + The file is write only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_resize_hint +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/wb_resize_hint +Date: April 2025 +Contact: Huan Tang <tanghuan@vivo.com> +Description: + wb_resize_hint indicates hint information about which type of resize + for WriteBooster buffer is recommended by the device. + + ========= ====================================== + keep Recommend keep the buffer size + decrease Recommend to decrease the buffer size + increase Recommend to increase the buffer size + ========= ====================================== + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_resize_status +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/wb_resize_status +Date: April 2025 +Contact: Huan Tang <tanghuan@vivo.com> +Description: + The host can check the resize operation status of the WriteBooster + buffer by reading this attribute. + + ================ ======================================== + idle Resize operation is not issued + in_progress Resize operation in progress + complete_success Resize operation completed successfully + general_failure Resize operation general failure + ================ ======================================== + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/hid/analysis_trigger +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/hid/analysis_trigger +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Huan Tang <tanghuan@vivo.com> +Description: + The host can enable or disable HID analysis operation. + + ======= ========================================= + disable disable HID analysis operation + enable enable HID analysis operation + ======= ========================================= + + The file is write only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/hid/defrag_trigger +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/hid/defrag_trigger +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Huan Tang <tanghuan@vivo.com> +Description: + The host can enable or disable HID defragmentation operation. + + ======= ========================================= + disable disable HID defragmentation operation + enable enable HID defragmentation operation + ======= ========================================= + + The attribute is write only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/hid/fragmented_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/hid/fragmented_size +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Huan Tang <tanghuan@vivo.com> +Description: + The total fragmented size in the device is reported through + this attribute. + + The attribute is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/hid/defrag_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/hid/defrag_size +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Huan Tang <tanghuan@vivo.com> +Description: + The host sets the size to be defragmented by an HID + defragmentation operation. + + The attribute is read/write. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/hid/progress_ratio +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/hid/progress_ratio +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Huan Tang <tanghuan@vivo.com> +Description: + Defragmentation progress is reported by this attribute, + indicates the ratio of the completed defragmentation size + over the requested defragmentation size. + + ==== ============================================ + 1 1% + ... + 100 100% + ==== ============================================ + + The attribute is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/hid/state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/hid/state +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Huan Tang <tanghuan@vivo.com> +Description: + The HID state is reported by this attribute. + + ==================== =========================== + idle Idle (analysis required) + analysis_in_progress Analysis in progress + defrag_required Defrag required + defrag_in_progress Defrag in progress + defrag_completed Defrag completed + defrag_not_required Defrag is not required + ==================== =========================== + + The attribute is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/dme_qos_notification +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/dme_qos_notification +Date: March 2026 +Contact: Can Guo <can.guo@oss.qualcomm.com> +Description: + This attribute reports and clears pending DME (Device Management + Entity) Quality of Service (QoS) notifications. This attribute + is a bitfield with the following bit assignments: + + Bit Description + === ====================================== + 0 DME QoS Monitor has been reset by host + 1 QoS from TX is detected + 2 QoS from RX is detected + 3 QoS from PA_INIT is detected + + Reading this attribute returns the pending DME QoS notification + bits. Writing '0' to this attribute clears pending DME QoS + notification bits. Writing any non-zero value is invalid and + will be rejected. + + The attribute is read/write. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uio_pci_sva-pasid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uio_pci_sva-pasid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6892fe46c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uio_pci_sva-pasid @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/uio_pci_sva/<pci_dev>/pasid +Date: September 2025 +Contact: Yaxing Guo <guoyaxing@bosc.ac.cn> +Description: + Process Address Space ID (PASID) assigned by IOMMU driver to + the device for use with Shared Virtual Addressing (SVA). + + This read-only attribute exposes the PASID (A 20-bit identifier + used in PCIe Address Translation Services and iommu table walks) + allocated by the IOMMU driver during sva device binding. + + User-space UIO applications must read this attribute to obtain + the PASID and program it into the device's configuration registers. + This enables the device to perform DMA using user-space virtual + address, with address translation handled by IOMMU. + + UIO User-space applications must: + - Opening device and Mapping the device's register space via /dev/uioX + (This triggers the IOMMU driver to allocate the PASID) + - Reading the PASID from sysfs + - Writing the PASID to a device-specific register (with example offset) + The code may be like: + + map = mmap(..., "/dev/uio0", ...); + + f = fopen("/sys/.../pasid", "r"); + fscanf(f, "%d", &pasid); + + map[REG_PASID_OFFSET] = pasid; diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uniwill-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uniwill-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..943f92c6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uniwill-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INOU0000:XX/fn_lock +Date: November 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + Allows userspace applications to enable/disable the FN lock feature + of the integrated keyboard by writing "1"/"0" into this file. + + Reading this file returns the current enable status of the FN lock functionality. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INOU0000:XX/super_key_enable +Date: November 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + Allows userspace applications to enable/disable the super key of the integrated + keyboard by writing "1"/"0" into this file. + + Reading this file returns the current enable status of the super key. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INOU0000:XX/touchpad_toggle_enable +Date: November 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + Allows userspace applications to enable/disable the touchpad toggle functionality + of the integrated touchpad by writing "1"/"0" into this file. + + Reading this file returns the current enable status of the touchpad toggle + functionality. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INOU0000:XX/rainbow_animation +Date: November 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + Forces the integrated lightbar to display a rainbow animation when the machine + is not suspended. Writing "1"/"0" into this file enables/disables this + functionality. + + Reading this file returns the current status of the rainbow animation functionality. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INOU0000:XX/breathing_in_suspend +Date: November 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + Causes the integrated lightbar to display a breathing animation when the machine + has been suspended and is running on AC power. Writing "1"/"0" into this file + enables/disables this functionality. + + Reading this file returns the current status of the breathing animation + functionality. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INOU0000:XX/ctgp_offset +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.0 +Contact: Werner Sembach <wse@tuxedocomputers.com> +Description: + Allows userspace applications to set the configurable TGP offset on top of the base + TGP. Base TGP and max TGP and therefore the max cTGP offset are device specific. + Note that setting the maximum cTGP leaves no window open for Dynamic Boost as + Dynamic Boost also can not go over max TGP. Setting the cTGP to maximum is + effectively disabling Dynamic Boost and telling the device to always prioritize the + GPU over the CPU. + + Reading this file returns the current configurable TGP offset. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INOU0000:XX/usb_c_power_priority +Date: February 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Werner Sembach <wse@tuxedocomputers.com> +Description: + Allows userspace applications to choose the USB-C power distribution profile between + one that offers a bigger share of the power to the battery and one that offers more + of it to the CPU. Writing "charging"/"performance" into this file selects the + respective profile. + + Reading this file returns the profile names with the currently active one in + brackets. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INOU0000:XX/ac_auto_boot +Date: March 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + Allows userspace applications to configure if the device should boot automatically + when being connected to a power source. Writing "1"/"0" into this file + enables/disables this functionality. Enabling both AC auto boot and USB powershare + at the same time is not supported. + + Reading this file returns the current status of the AC auto boot functionality. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INOU0000:XX/usb_powershare_high +Date: March 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + Allows userspace applications to configure if the device should continue to provide + power via the USB ports when hibernating or powered off. Might also increase the + power budget available to USB ports on some devices. Writing "1"/"0" into this + file enables/disables this functionality. Enabling both USB powershare and AC auto + boot at the same time is not supported. + + Reading this file returns the current status of the USB powershare functionality. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e92aba4eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/19-<id>/speed +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: Jan Kandziora <jjj@gmx.de> +Description: When written, this file sets the I2C speed on the connected + DS28E17 chip. When read, it reads the current setting from + the DS28E17 chip. + + Valid values: 100, 400, 900 [kBaud]. + + Default 100, can be set by w1_ds28e17.speed= module parameter. +Users: w1_ds28e17 driver + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/19-<id>/stretch +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: Jan Kandziora <jjj@gmx.de> +Description: When written, this file sets the multiplier used to calculate + the busy timeout for I2C operations on the connected DS28E17 + chip. When read, returns the current setting. + Valid values: 1 to 9. + + Default 1, can be set by w1_ds28e17.stretch= module parameter. +Users: w1_ds28e17 driver diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74642c73d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../alarms +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RW) read or write TH and TL (Temperature High an Low) alarms. + Values shall be space separated and in the device range + (typical -55 degC to 125 degC), if not values will be trimmed + to device min/max capabilities. Values are integer as they are + stored in a 8bit register in the device. Lowest value is + automatically put to TL. Once set, alarms could be search at + master level, refer to Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst for + detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom_cmd +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (WO) writing that file will either trigger a save of the + device data to its embedded EEPROM, either restore data + embedded in device EEPROM. Be aware that devices support + limited EEPROM writing cycles (typical 50k) + + * 'save': save device RAM to EEPROM + * 'restore': restore EEPROM data in device RAM + +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../ext_power +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RO) return the power status by asking the device + + * '0': device parasite powered + * '1': device externally powered + * '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading power status + +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../resolution +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RW) get or set the device resolution (on supported devices, + if not, this entry is not present). Note that the resolution + will be changed only in device RAM, so it will be cleared when + power is lost. Trigger a 'save' to EEPROM command to keep + values after power-on. Read or write are : + + * '9..14': device resolution in bit + or resolution to set in bit + * '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading the resolution + * Anything else: do nothing + + Some DS18B20 clones are fixed in 12-bit resolution, so the + actual resolution is read back from the chip and verified. Error + is reported if the results differ. +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../temperature +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RO) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC. + + * If a bulk read has been triggered, it will directly + return the temperature computed when the bulk read + occurred, if available. If not yet available, nothing + is returned (a debug kernel message is sent), you + should retry later on. + * If no bulk read has been triggered, it will trigger + a conversion and send the result. Note that the + conversion duration depend on the resolution (if + device support this feature). It takes 94ms in 9bits + resolution, 750ms for 12bits. + +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../w1_slave +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RW) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC. + *read*: return 2 lines with the hexa output data sent on the + bus, return the CRC check and temperature in 1/1000 degC + *write*: + + * '0' : save the 2 or 3 bytes to the device EEPROM + (i.e. TH, TL and config register) + * '9..14' : set the device resolution in RAM + (if supported) + * Anything else: do nothing + + refer to Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm.rst for detailed + information. +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/w1_bus_masterXX/therm_bulk_read +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RW) trigger a bulk read conversion. read the status + + *read*: + * '-1': + conversion in progress on at least 1 sensor + * '1' : + conversion complete but at least one sensor + value has not been read yet + * '0' : + no bulk operation. Reading temperature will + trigger a conversion on each device + + *write*: + 'trigger': trigger a bulk read on all supporting + devices on the bus + + Note that if a bulk read is sent but one sensor is not read + immediately, the next access to temperature on this device + will return the temperature measured at the time of issue + of the bulk read command (not the current temperature). +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../conv_time +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Ivan Zaentsev <ivan.zaentsev@wirenboard.ru> +Description: + (RW) Get, set, or measure a temperature conversion time. The + setting remains active until a resolution change. Then it is + reset to default (datasheet) conversion time for a new + resolution. + + *read*: + Actual conversion time in milliseconds. + + *write*: + * '0': + Set the default conversion time from the datasheet. + * '1': + Measure and set the conversion time. Make a single + temperature conversion, measure an actual value. + Increase it by 20% for temperature range. A new + conversion time can be obtained by reading this + same attribute. + * other positive value: + Set the conversion time in milliseconds. + +Users: An application using the w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../features +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Ivan Zaentsev <ivan.zaentsev@wirenboard.ru> +Description: + (RW) Control optional driver settings. + Bit masks to read/write (bitwise OR): + + == ============================================================ + 1 Enable check for conversion success. If byte 6 of + scratchpad memory is 0xC after conversion, and + temperature reads 85.00 (powerup value) or 127.94 + (insufficient power) - return a conversion error. + + 2 Enable poll for conversion completion. Generate read cycles + after the conversion start and wait for 1's. In parasite + power mode this feature is not available. + == ============================================================ + + *read*: + Currently selected features. + + *write*: + Select features. + +Users: An application using the w1_term device diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16acaa571 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed file + controls reporting speed of Wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading + from this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode + or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values + switches reporting speed. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/led +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Attribute group for control of the status LEDs and the OLEDs. + This attribute group is only available for Intuos 4 M, L, + and XL (with LEDs and OLEDs), Intuos 4 WL, Intuos 5 (LEDs only), + Intuos Pro (LEDs only) and Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD + (LEDs only). Therefore its presence implicitly signifies the + presence of said LEDs and OLEDs on the tablet device. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status0_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver> + Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) + when the stylus does not touch the tablet surface, and no + button is pressed on the stylus. This luminance level is + normally lower than the level when a button is pressed. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status1_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver> + Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) + when the stylus touches the tablet surface, or any button is + pressed on the stylus. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led0_select +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver> + Writing to this file sets which one of the four (for Intuos 4 + and Intuos 5) or of the right four (for Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq + 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on the + same side are always inactive. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led1_select +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver> + Writing to this file sets which one of the left four (for Cintiq 21UX2 + and Cintiq 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on + the left are always inactive. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/buttons_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets the overall luminance level (0..15) + of all eight button OLED displays. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/button<n>_rawimg +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When writing a 1024 byte raw image in Wacom Intuos 4 + interleaving format to the file, the image shows up on Button N + of the device. The image is a 64x32 pixel 4-bit gray image. The + 1024 byte binary is split up into 16x 64 byte chunks. Each 64 + byte chunk encodes the image data for two consecutive lines on + the display. The low nibble of each byte contains the first + line, and the high nibble contains the second line. + When the Wacom Intuos 4 is connected over Bluetooth, the + image has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour). + The format is also scrambled, like in the USB mode, and it can + be summarized by converting:: + + 76543210 into GECA6420. + HGFEDCBA HFDB7531 + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_remote/unpair_remote +Date: July 2015 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing the character sequence '*' followed by a newline to + this file will delete all of the current pairings on the + device. Other character sequences are reserved. This file is + write only. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_remote/<serial_number>/remote_mode +Date: July 2015 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver> + Reading from this file reports the mode status of the + remote as indicated by the LED lights on the device. If no + reports have been received from the paired device, reading + from this file will report '-1'. The mode is read-only + and cannot be set through the driver. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xdata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xdata new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f574e8e6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xdata @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/class/misc/drivers/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/write +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Gustavo Pimentel <gustavo.pimentel@synopsys.com> +Description: Allows the user to enable the PCIe traffic generator which + will create write TLPs frames - from the Root Complex to the + Endpoint direction or to disable the PCIe traffic generator + in all directions. + + Write y/1/on to enable, n/0/off to disable + + Usage e.g. + echo 1 > /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/write + or + echo 0 > /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/write + + The user can read the current PCIe link throughput generated + through this generator in MB/s. + + Usage e.g. + cat /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/write + 204 + + The file is read and write. + +What: /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/read +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Gustavo Pimentel <gustavo.pimentel@synopsys.com> +Description: Allows the user to enable the PCIe traffic generator which + will create read TLPs frames - from the Endpoint to the Root + Complex direction or to disable the PCIe traffic generator + in all directions. + + Write y/1/on to enable, n/0/off to disable + + Usage e.g. + echo 1 > /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/read + or + echo 0 > /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/read + + The user can read the current PCIe link throughput generated + through this generator in MB/s. + + Usage e.g. + cat /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/read + 199 + + The file is read and write. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fac0f429a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_buffer_pages +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com> +Description: + Maximum number of free pages to keep in each block + backend buffer. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_persistent_grants +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com> +Description: + Maximum number of grants to map persistently in + blkback. If the frontend tries to use more than + max_persistent_grants, the LRU kicks in and starts + removing 5% of max_persistent_grants every 100ms. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/persistent_grant_unused_seconds +Date: August 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com> +Description: + How long a persistent grant is allowed to remain + allocated without being in use. The time is in + seconds, 0 means indefinitely long. + The default is 60 seconds. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/buffer_squeeze_duration_ms +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: Maximilian Heyne <mheyne@amazon.de> +Description: + When memory pressure is reported to blkback this option + controls the duration in milliseconds that blkback will not + cache any page not backed by a grant mapping. + The default is 10ms. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/feature_persistent +Date: September 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Maximilian Heyne <mheyne@amazon.de> +Description: + Whether to enable the persistent grants feature or not. Note + that this option only takes effect on newly connected backends. + The default is Y (enable). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d36c5a10 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/max_indirect_segments +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Maximum number of segments that the frontend will negotiate + with the backend for indirect descriptors. The default value + is 32 - higher value means more potential throughput but more + memory usage. The backend picks the minimum of the frontend + and its default backend value. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/feature_persistent +Date: September 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Maximilian Heyne <mheyne@amazon.de> +Description: + Whether to enable the persistent grants feature or not. Note + that this option only takes effect on newly connected frontends. + The default is Y (enable). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xilinx-tmr-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xilinx-tmr-manager new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57b9b68a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xilinx-tmr-manager @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/amba_pl/<dev>/errcnt +Date: Nov 2022 +Contact: appana.durga.kedareswara.rao@amd.com +Description: This control file provides the fault detection count. + This file cannot be written. + Example: + # cat /sys/devices/platform/amba_pl/44a10000.tmr_manager/errcnt + 1 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/amba_pl/<dev>/dis_block_break +Date: Nov 2022 +Contact: appana.durga.kedareswara.rao@amd.com +Description: Write any value to it, This control file enables the break signal. + This file is write only. + Example: + # echo <any value> > /sys/devices/platform/amba_pl/44a10000.tmr_manager/dis_block_break diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-zynqmp-fpga b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-zynqmp-fpga new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f93d27b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-zynqmp-fpga @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/zynqmp_fpga_manager/firmware:zynqmp-firmware:pcap/status +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: Nava kishore Manne <nava.kishore.manne@amd.com> +Description: (RO) Read fpga status. + Read returns a hexadecimal value that tells the current status + of the FPGA device. Each bit position in the status value is + described Below(see ug570 chapter 9). + https://docs.xilinx.com/v/u/en-US/ug570-ultrascale-configuration + + ====================== ============================================== + BIT(0) 0: No CRC error + 1: CRC error + + BIT(1) 0: Decryptor security not set + 1: Decryptor security set + + BIT(2) 0: MMCMs/PLLs are not locked + 1: MMCMs/PLLs are locked + + BIT(3) 0: DCI not matched + 1: DCI matched + + BIT(4) 0: Start-up sequence has not finished + 1: Start-up sequence has finished + + BIT(5) 0: All I/Os are placed in High-Z state + 1: All I/Os behave as configured + + BIT(6) 0: Flip-flops and block RAM are write disabled + 1: Flip-flops and block RAM are write enabled + + BIT(7) 0: GHIGH_B_STATUS asserted + 1: GHIGH_B_STATUS deasserted + + BIT(8) to BIT(10) Status of the mode pins + + BIT(11) 0: Initialization has not finished + 1: Initialization finished + + BIT(12) Value on INIT_B_PIN pin + + BIT(13) 0: Signal not released + 1: Signal released + + BIT(14) Value on DONE_PIN pin. + + BIT(15) 0: No IDCODE_ERROR + 1: IDCODE_ERROR + + BIT(16) 0: No SECURITY_ERROR + 1: SECURITY_ERROR + + BIT(17) System Monitor over-temperature if set + + BIT(18) to BIT(20) Start-up state machine (0 to 7) + Phase 0 = 000 + Phase 1 = 001 + Phase 2 = 011 + Phase 3 = 010 + Phase 4 = 110 + Phase 5 = 111 + Phase 6 = 101 + Phase 7 = 100 + + BIT(25) to BIT(26) Indicates the detected bus width + 00 = x1 + 01 = x8 + 10 = x16 + 11 = x32 + ====================== ============================================== + + The other bits are reserved. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-edac-ecs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-edac-ecs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..87c885c4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-edac-ecs @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/ecs_fruX +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The sysfs EDAC bus devices /<dev-name>/ecs_fruX subdirectory + pertains to the memory media ECS (Error Check Scrub) control + feature, where <dev-name> directory corresponds to a device + registered with the EDAC device driver for the ECS feature. + /ecs_fruX belongs to the media FRUs (Field Replaceable Unit) + under the memory device. + + The sysfs ECS attr nodes are only present if the parent + driver has implemented the corresponding attr callback + function and provided the necessary operations to the EDAC + device driver during registration. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/ecs_fruX/log_entry_type +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The log entry type of how the DDR5 ECS log is reported. + + - 0 - per DRAM. + + - 1 - per memory media FRU. + + - All other values are reserved. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/ecs_fruX/mode +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The mode of how the DDR5 ECS counts the errors. + Error count is tracked based on two different modes + selected by DDR5 ECS Control Feature - Codeword mode and + Row Count mode. If the ECS is under Codeword mode, then + the error count increments each time a codeword with check + bit errors is detected. If the ECS is under Row Count mode, + then the error counter increments each time a row with + check bit errors is detected. + + - 0 - ECS counts rows in the memory media that have ECC errors. + + - 1 - ECS counts codewords with errors, specifically, it counts + the number of ECC-detected errors in the memory media. + + - All other values are reserved. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/ecs_fruX/reset +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) ECS reset ECC counter. + + - 1 - reset ECC counter to the default value. + + - All other values are reserved. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/ecs_fruX/threshold +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) DDR5 ECS threshold count per gigabits of memory cells. + The ECS error count is subject to the ECS Threshold count + per Gbit, which masks error counts less than the Threshold. + + Supported values are 256, 1024 and 4096. + + All other values are reserved. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-edac-memory-repair b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-edac-memory-repair new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab199132f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-edac-memory-repair @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The sysfs EDAC bus devices /<dev-name>/mem_repairX subdirectory + pertains to the memory media repair features control, such as + PPR (Post Package Repair), memory sparing etc, where <dev-name> + directory corresponds to a device registered with the EDAC + device driver for the memory repair features. + + Post Package Repair is a maintenance operation requests the memory + device to perform a repair operation on its media. It is a memory + self-healing feature that fixes a failing memory location by + replacing it with a spare row in a DRAM device. For example, a + CXL memory device with DRAM components that support PPR features may + implement PPR maintenance operations. DRAM components may support + two types of PPR functions: hard PPR, for a permanent row repair, and + soft PPR, for a temporary row repair. Soft PPR may be much faster + than hard PPR, but the repair is lost with a power cycle. + + The sysfs attributes nodes for a repair feature are only + present if the parent driver has implemented the corresponding + attr callback function and provided the necessary operations + to the EDAC device driver during registration. + + In some states of system configuration (e.g. before address + decoders have been configured), memory devices (e.g. CXL) + may not have an active mapping in the main host address + physical address map. As such, the memory to repair must be + identified by a device specific physical addressing scheme + using a device physical address(DPA). The DPA and other control + attributes to use will be presented in related error records. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/repair_type +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Memory repair type. For eg. post package repair, + memory sparing etc. Valid values are: + + - ppr - Post package repair. + + - cacheline-sparing + + - row-sparing + + - bank-sparing + + - rank-sparing + + - All other values are reserved. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/persist_mode +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Get/Set the current persist repair mode set for a + repair function. Persist repair modes supported in the + device, based on a memory repair function, either is temporary, + which is lost with a power cycle or permanent. Valid values are: + + - 0 - Soft memory repair (temporary repair). + + - 1 - Hard memory repair (permanent repair). + + - All other values are reserved. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/repair_safe_when_in_use +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) True if memory media is accessible and data is retained + during the memory repair operation. + The data may not be retained and memory requests may not be + correctly processed during a repair operation. In such case + repair operation can not be executed at runtime. The memory + must be taken offline. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/hpa +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Host Physical Address (HPA) of the memory to repair. + The HPA to use will be provided in related error records. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/dpa +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Device Physical Address (DPA) of the memory to repair. + The specific DPA to use will be provided in related error + records. + + In some states of system configuration (e.g. before address + decoders have been configured), memory devices (e.g. CXL) + may not have an active mapping in the main host address + physical address map. As such, the memory to repair must be + identified by a device specific physical addressing scheme + using a DPA. The device physical address(DPA) to use will be + presented in related error records. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/nibble_mask +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Read/Write Nibble mask of the memory to repair. + Nibble mask identifies one or more nibbles in error on the + memory bus that produced the error event. Nibble Mask bit 0 + shall be set if nibble 0 on the memory bus produced the + event, etc. For example, CXL PPR and sparing, a nibble mask + bit set to 1 indicates the request to perform repair + operation in the specific device. All nibble mask bits set + to 1 indicates the request to perform the operation in all + devices. Eg. for CXL memory repair, the specific value of + nibble mask to use will be provided in related error records. + For more details, See nibble mask field in CXL spec ver 3.1, + section 8.2.9.7.1.2 Table 8-103 soft PPR and section + 8.2.9.7.1.3 Table 8-104 hard PPR, section 8.2.9.7.1.4 + Table 8-105 memory sparing. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/min_hpa +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/max_hpa +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/min_dpa +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/max_dpa +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The supported range of memory address that is to be + repaired. The memory device may give the supported range of + attributes to use and it will depend on the memory device + and the portion of memory to repair. + The userspace may receive the specific value of attributes + to use for a repair operation from the memory device via + related error records and trace events, for eg. CXL DRAM + and CXL general media error records in CXL memory devices. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/bank_group +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/bank +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/rank +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/row +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/column +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/channel +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/sub_channel +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The control attributes for the memory to be repaired. + The specific value of attributes to use depends on the + portion of memory to repair and will be reported to the host + in related error records and be available to userspace + in trace events, such as CXL DRAM and CXL general media + error records of CXL memory devices. + + When reading back these attributes, it returns the current + value of memory requested to be repaired. + + bank_group - The bank group of the memory to repair. + + bank - The bank number of the memory to repair. + + rank - The rank of the memory to repair. Rank is defined as a + set of memory devices on a channel that together execute a + transaction. + + row - The row number of the memory to repair. + + column - The column number of the memory to repair. + + channel - The channel of the memory to repair. Channel is + defined as an interface that can be independently accessed + for a transaction. + + sub_channel - The subchannel of the memory to repair. + + The requirement to set these attributes varies based on the + repair function. The attributes in sysfs are not present + unless required for a repair function. + + For example, CXL spec ver 3.1, Section 8.2.9.7.1.2 Table 8-103 + soft PPR and Section 8.2.9.7.1.3 Table 8-104 hard PPR operations, + these attributes are not required to set. CXL spec ver 3.1, + Section 8.2.9.7.1.4 Table 8-105 memory sparing, these attributes + are required to set based on memory sparing granularity. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/mem_repairX/repair +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Issue the memory repair operation for the specified + memory repair attributes. The operation may fail if resources + are insufficient based on the requirements of the memory + device and repair function. + + - 1 - Issue the repair operation. + + - All other values are reserved. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-edac-scrub b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-edac-scrub new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab6014743 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-edac-scrub @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/scrubX +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The sysfs EDAC bus devices /<dev-name>/scrubX subdirectory + belongs to an instance of memory scrub control feature, + where <dev-name> directory corresponds to a device/memory + region registered with the EDAC device driver for the + scrub control feature. + + The sysfs scrub attr nodes are only present if the parent + driver has implemented the corresponding attr callback + function and provided the necessary operations to the EDAC + device driver during registration. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/scrubX/addr +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The base address of the memory region to be scrubbed + for on-demand scrubbing. Setting address starts scrubbing. + The size must be set before that. + + The readback addr value is non-zero if the requested + on-demand scrubbing is in progress, zero otherwise. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/scrubX/size +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The size of the memory region to be scrubbed + (on-demand scrubbing). + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/scrubX/enable_background +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Start/Stop background (patrol) scrubbing if supported. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/scrubX/min_cycle_duration +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Supported minimum scrub cycle duration in seconds + by the memory scrubber. + + Device-based scrub: returns the minimum scrub cycle + supported by the memory device. + + Region-based scrub: returns the max of minimum scrub cycles + supported by individual memory devices that back the region. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/scrubX/max_cycle_duration +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Supported maximum scrub cycle duration in seconds + by the memory scrubber. + + Device-based scrub: returns the maximum scrub cycle supported + by the memory device. + + Region-based scrub: returns the min of maximum scrub cycles + supported by individual memory devices that back the region. + + If the memory device does not provide maximum scrub cycle + information, return the maximum supported value of the scrub + cycle field. + +What: /sys/bus/edac/devices/<dev-name>/scrubX/current_cycle_duration +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The current scrub cycle duration in seconds and must be + within the supported range by the memory scrubber. + + Scrub has an overhead when running and that may want to be + reduced by taking longer to do it. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa33dda33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/fpdt/ +Date: Jan 2021 +Contact: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com> +Description: + ACPI Firmware Performance Data Table (FPDT) provides + information for firmware performance data for system boot, + S3 suspend and S3 resume. This sysfs entry contains the + performance data retrieved from the FPDT. + + boot: + firmware_start_ns: Timer value logged at the beginning + of firmware image execution. In nanoseconds. + bootloader_load_ns: Timer value logged just prior to + loading the OS boot loader into memory. + In nanoseconds. + bootloader_launch_ns: Timer value logged just prior to + launching the currently loaded OS boot loader + image. In nanoseconds. + exitbootservice_start_ns: Timer value logged at the + point when the OS loader calls the + ExitBootServices function for UEFI compatible + firmware. In nanoseconds. + exitbootservice_end_ns: Timer value logged at the point + just prior to the OS loader gaining control + back from the ExitBootServices function for + UEFI compatible firmware. In nanoseconds. + suspend: + suspend_start_ns: Timer value recorded at the previous + OS write to SLP_TYP upon entry to S3. In + nanoseconds. + suspend_end_ns: Timer value recorded at the previous + firmware write to SLP_TYP used to trigger + hardware entry to S3. In nanoseconds. + resume: + resume_count: A count of the number of S3 resume cycles + since the last full boot sequence. + resume_avg_ns: Average timer value of all resume cycles + logged since the last full boot sequence, + including the most recent resume. In nanoseconds. + resume_prev_ns: Timer recorded at the end of the previous + platform runtime firmware S3 resume, just prior to + handoff to the OS waking vector. In nanoseconds. + + FBPT: The raw binary contents of the Firmware Basic Boot + Performance Table (FBPT) subtable. + + S3PT: The raw binary contents of the S3 Performance Table + (S3PT) subtable. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/bgrt/ +Date: January 2012 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> +Description: + The BGRT is an ACPI 5.0 feature that allows the OS + to obtain a copy of the firmware boot splash and + some associated metadata. This is intended to be used + by boot splash applications in order to interact with + the firmware boot splash in order to avoid jarring + transitions. + + image: The image bitmap. Currently a 32-bit BMP. + status: 1 if the image is valid, 0 if firmware invalidated it. + type: 0 indicates image is in BMP format. + + ======== =================================================== + version: The version of the BGRT. Currently 1. + xoffset: The number of pixels between the left of the screen + and the left edge of the image. + yoffset: The number of pixels between the top of the screen + and the top edge of the image. + ======== =================================================== + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/ +Date: February 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + There are separate hotplug profiles for different classes of + devices supported by ACPI, such as containers, memory modules, + processors, PCI root bridges etc. A hotplug profile for a given + class of devices is a collection of settings defining the way + that class of devices will be handled by the ACPI core hotplug + code. Those profiles are represented in sysfs as subdirectories + of /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/. + + The following setting is available to user space for each + hotplug profile: + + ======== ======================================================= + enabled: If set, the ACPI core will handle notifications of + hotplug events associated with the given class of + devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with + the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it + effectively disables hotplug for the corresponding + class of devices. + ======== ======================================================= + + The value of the above attribute is an integer number: 1 (set) + or 0 (unset). Attempts to write any other values to it will + cause -EINVAL to be returned. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org> +Description: + All ACPI interrupts are handled via a single IRQ, + the System Control Interrupt (SCI), which appears + as "acpi" in /proc/interrupts. + + However, one of the main functions of ACPI is to make + the platform understand random hardware without + special driver support. So while the SCI handles a few + well known (fixed feature) interrupts sources, such + as the power button, it can also handle a variable + number of a "General Purpose Events" (GPE). + + A GPE vectors to a specified handler in AML, which + can do anything the BIOS writer wants from + OS context. GPE 0x12, for example, would vector + to a level or edge handler called _L12 or _E12. + The handler may do its business and return. + Or the handler may send a Notify event + to a Linux device driver registered on an ACPI device, + such as a battery, or a processor. + + To figure out where all the SCIs are coming from, + /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts contains a file listing + every possible source, and the count of how many + times it has triggered:: + + $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts + $ grep . * + error: 0 + ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable + ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid + ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable + ff_rt_clk: 2 disable + ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid + gpe00: 0 invalid + gpe01: 0 enable + gpe02: 108 enable + gpe03: 0 invalid + gpe04: 0 invalid + gpe05: 0 invalid + gpe06: 0 enable + gpe07: 0 enable + gpe08: 0 invalid + gpe09: 0 invalid + gpe0A: 0 invalid + gpe0B: 0 invalid + gpe0C: 0 invalid + gpe0D: 0 invalid + gpe0E: 0 invalid + gpe0F: 0 invalid + gpe10: 0 invalid + gpe11: 0 invalid + gpe12: 0 invalid + gpe13: 0 invalid + gpe14: 0 invalid + gpe15: 0 invalid + gpe16: 0 invalid + gpe17: 1084 enable + gpe18: 0 enable + gpe19: 0 invalid + gpe1A: 0 invalid + gpe1B: 0 invalid + gpe1C: 0 invalid + gpe1D: 0 invalid + gpe1E: 0 invalid + gpe1F: 0 invalid + gpe_all: 1192 + sci: 1194 + sci_not: 0 + + =========== ================================================== + sci The number of times the ACPI SCI + has been called and claimed an interrupt. + + sci_not The number of times the ACPI SCI + has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt. + + gpe_all count of SCI caused by GPEs. + + gpeXX count for individual GPE source + + ff_gbl_lock Global Lock + + ff_pmtimer PM Timer + + ff_pwr_btn Power Button + + ff_rt_clk Real Time Clock + + ff_slp_btn Sleep Button + + error an interrupt that can't be accounted for above. + + invalid it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that + doesn't have an event handler. + + disable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled. + + enable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled. + =========== ================================================== + + Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg.:: + + # echo 0 > gpe11 + + All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci":: + + # echo 0 > sci + + None of these counters has an effect on the function + of the system, they are simply statistics. + + Besides this, user can also write specific strings to these files + to enable/disable/clear ACPI interrupts in user space, which can be + used to debug some ACPI interrupt storm issues. + + Note that only writing to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed, + i.e. user can only change the status of runtime GPE and + Fixed Event with event handler installed. + + Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid + and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown + when pressing the power button:: + + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 0 enabled + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 enabled + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 disabled + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 disabled + # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 4 enabled + /* + * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable + * bit is cleared, and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when + * the enable bit is set again + */ + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 7 enabled + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # press the power button for 3 times; + # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */ + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 7 enabled + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/memory_ranges/rangeX +Date: February 2025 +Contact: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com> +Description: + On systems with the ACPI MRRM table reports the parameters for + each range. + + base: Starting system physical address. + + length: Length of this range in bytes. + + node: NUMA node that this range belongs to. Negative numbers + indicate that the node number could not be determined (e.g + for an address range that is reserved for future hot add of + memory). + + local_region_id: ID associated with access by agents + local to this range of addresses. + + remote_region_id: ID associated with access by agents + non-local to this range of addresses. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6c23807b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/ +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + Many machines' firmware (x86 and arm64) export DMI / + SMBIOS tables to the operating system. Getting at this + information is often valuable to userland, especially in + cases where there are OEM extensions used. + + The kernel itself does not rely on the majority of the + information in these tables being correct. It equally + cannot ensure that the data as exported to userland is + without error either. + + DMI is structured as a large table of entries, where + each entry has a common header indicating the type and + length of the entry, as well as a firmware-provided + 'handle' that is supposed to be unique amongst all + entries. + + Some entries are required by the specification, but many + others are optional. In general though, users should + never expect to find a specific entry type on their + system unless they know for certain what their firmware + is doing. Machine to machine experiences will vary. + + Multiple entries of the same type are allowed. In order + to handle these duplicate entry types, each entry is + assigned by the operating system an 'instance', which is + derived from an entry type's ordinal position. That is + to say, if there are 'N' multiple entries with the same type + 'T' in the DMI tables (adjacent or spread apart, it + doesn't matter), they will be represented in sysfs as + entries "T-0" through "T-(N-1)": + + Example entry directories:: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-0 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-1 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-2 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-3 + ... + + Instance numbers are used in lieu of the firmware + assigned entry handles as the kernel itself makes no + guarantees that handles as exported are unique, and + there are likely firmware images that get this wrong in + the wild. + + Each DMI entry in sysfs has the common header values + exported as attributes: + + ======== ================================================= + handle The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this + entry by the firmware. This handle may be + referred to by other entries. + length The length of the entry, as presented in the + entry itself. Note that this is _not the + total count of bytes associated with the + entry. This value represents the length of + the "formatted" portion of the entry. This + "formatted" region is sometimes followed by + the "unformatted" region composed of nul + terminated strings, with termination signalled + by a two nul characters in series. + raw The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the + "formatted" portion of the entry, the + "unformatted" strings portion of the entry, + and the two terminating nul characters. + type The type of the entry. This value is the same + as found in the directory name. It indicates + how the rest of the entry should be interpreted. + instance The instance ordinal of the entry for the + given type. This value is the same as found + in the parent directory name. + position The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry + within the entirety of the DMI entry table. + ======== ================================================= + + **Entry Specialization** + + Some entry types may have other information available in + sysfs. Not all types are specialized. + + **Type 15 - System Event Log** + + This entry allows the firmware to export a log of + events the system has taken. This information is + typically backed by nvram, but the implementation + details are abstracted by this table. This entry's data + is exported in the directory:: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log + + and has the following attributes (documented in the + SMBIOS / DMI specification under "System Event Log (Type 15)": + + - area_length + - header_start_offset + - data_start_offset + - access_method + - status + - change_token + - access_method_address + - header_format + - per_log_type_descriptor_length + - type_descriptors_supported_count + + As well, the kernel exports the binary attribute: + + ============= ==================================== + raw_event_log The raw binary bits of the event log + as described by the DMI entry. + ============= ==================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff3cac8ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/ +Date: April 2015 +Contact: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@globallogic.com> +Description: + The firmware provides DMI structures as a packed list of + data referenced by a SMBIOS table entry point. The SMBIOS + entry point contains general information, like SMBIOS + version, DMI table size, etc. The structure, content and + size of SMBIOS entry point is dependent on SMBIOS version. + The format of SMBIOS entry point and DMI structures + can be read in SMBIOS specification. + + The dmi/tables provides raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI tables + through sysfs as an alternative to utilities reading them + from /dev/mem. The raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI table are + presented as binary attributes and are accessible via: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/smbios_entry_point + /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/DMI + + The complete DMI information can be obtained using these two + tables. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..927e362d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/fw_vendor +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: It shows the physical address of firmware vendor field in the + EFI system table. +Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: It shows the physical address of runtime service table entry in + the EFI system table. +Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/config_table +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: It shows the physical address of config table entry in the EFI + system table. +Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/systab +Date: April 2005 +Contact: linux-efi@vger.kernel.org +Description: Displays the physical addresses of all EFI Configuration + Tables found via the EFI System Table. The order in + which the tables are printed forms an ABI and newer + versions are always printed first, i.e. ACPI20 comes + before ACPI. +Users: dmidecode + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/tables/rci2 +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Narendra K <Narendra.K@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: Displays the content of the Runtime Configuration Interface + Table version 2 on Dell EMC PowerEdge systems in binary format +Users: It is used by Dell EMC OpenManage Server Administrator tool to + populate BIOS setup page. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/ovmf_debug_log +Date: July 2025 +Contact: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>, linux-efi@vger.kernel.org +Description: Displays the content of the OVMF debug log buffer. The file is + only present in case the firmware supports logging to a memory + buffer. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c2d44048 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/ +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Provides userland access to read the EFI System Resource Table + (ESRT), a catalog of firmware for which can be updated with + the UEFI UpdateCapsule mechanism described in section 7.5 of + the UEFI Standard. +Users: fwupdate - https://github.com/rhinstaller/fwupdate + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The number of entries in the ESRT + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count_max +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The maximum number of entries that /could/ be registered + in the allocation the table is currently in. This is + really only useful to the system firmware itself. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The version of the ESRT structure provided by the firmware. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/ +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Each ESRT entry is identified by a GUID, and each gets a + subdirectory under entries/ . + example: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry0/ + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/fw_type +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: What kind of firmware entry this is: + + == =============== + 0 Unknown + 1 System Firmware + 2 Device Firmware + 3 UEFI Driver + == =============== + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/fw_class +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: This is the entry's guid, and will match the directory name. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/fw_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The version of the firmware currently installed. This is a + 32-bit unsigned integer. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/lowest_supported_fw_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The lowest version of the firmware that can be installed. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/capsule_flags +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Flags that must be passed to UpdateCapsule() + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/last_attempt_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The last firmware version for which an update was attempted. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/last_attempt_status +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The result of the last firmware update attempt for the + firmware resource entry. + + == ====================== + 0 Success + 1 Insufficient resources + 2 Incorrect version + 3 Invalid format + 4 Authentication error + 5 AC power event + 6 Battery power event + == ====================== + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4d581be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: Switching efi runtime services to virtual mode requires + that all efi memory ranges which have the runtime attribute + bit set to be mapped to virtual addresses. + + The efi runtime services can only be switched to virtual + mode once without rebooting. The kexec kernel must maintain + the same physical to virtual address mappings as the first + kernel. The mappings are exported to sysfs so userspace tools + can reassemble them and pass them into the kexec kernel. + + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ is the directory the kernel + exports that information in. + + subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range:: + + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/0 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/1 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/2 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/3 + ... + + Each subdirectory contains five files: + + ========= ========================================= + attribute The attributes of the memory range. + num_pages The size of the memory range in pages. + phys_addr The physical address of the memory range. + type The type of the memory range. + virt_addr The virtual address of the memory range. + ========= ========================================= + + Above values are all hexadecimal numbers with the '0x' prefix. +Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b3c3ae6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/gsmi +Date: March 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + Some servers used internally at Google have firmware + that provides callback functionality via explicit SMI + triggers. Some of the callbacks are similar to those + provided by the EFI runtime services page, but due to + historical reasons this different entry-point has been + used. + + The gsmi driver implements the kernel's abstraction for + these firmware callbacks. Currently, this functionality + is limited to handling the system event log and getting + access to EFI-style variables stored in nvram. + + Layout: + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/vars: + + This directory has the same layout (and + underlying implementation) as /sys/firmware/efi/vars. + See `Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars` + for more information on how to interact with + this structure. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/append_to_eventlog - write-only: + + This file takes a binary blob and passes it onto + the firmware to be timestamped and appended to + the system eventlog. The binary format is + interpreted by the firmware and may change from + platform to platform. The only kernel-enforced + requirement is that the blob be prefixed with a + 32bit host-endian type used as part of the + firmware call. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_config - write-only: + + Writing any value to this file will cause the + entire firmware configuration to be reset to + "factory defaults". Callers should assume that + a reboot is required for the configuration to be + cleared. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_eventlog - write-only: + + This file is used to clear out a portion/the + whole of the system event log. Values written + should be values between 1 and 100 inclusive (in + ASCII) representing the fraction of the log to + clear. Not all platforms support fractional + clearing though, and this writes to this file + will error out if the firmware doesn't like your + submitted fraction. + + Callers should assume that a reboot is needed + for this operation to complete. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-initrd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-initrd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20bf7cf77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-initrd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/initrd +Date: December 2023 +Contact: Alexander Graf <graf@amazon.com> +Description: + When the kernel was booted with an initrd and the + "retain_initrd" option is set on the kernel command + line, /sys/firmware/initrd contains the contents of the + initrd that the kernel was booted with. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-lefi-boardinfo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-lefi-boardinfo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e3f6148c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-lefi-boardinfo @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/lefi/boardinfo +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Tiezhu Yang <yangtiezhu@loongson.cn> +Description: + Get mainboard and BIOS info easily on the Loongson platform, + this is useful to point out the current used mainboard type + and BIOS version when there exists problems related with + hardware or firmware. + + The related structures are already defined in the interface + specification about firmware and kernel which are common + requirement and specific for Loongson64, so only add a new + boardinfo.c file in arch/mips/loongson64. + + For example: + + [loongson@linux ~]$ cat /sys/firmware/lefi/boardinfo + Board Info + Manufacturer : LEMOTE + Board Name : LEMOTE-LS3A4000-7A1000-1w-V01-pc + Family : LOONGSON3 + + BIOS Info + Vendor : Kunlun + Version : Kunlun-A1901-V4.1.3-20200414093938 + ROM Size : 4 KB + Release Date : 2020-04-14 + + By the way, using dmidecode command can get the similar info if there + exists SMBIOS in firmware, but the fact is that there is no SMBIOS on + some machines, we can see nothing when execute dmidecode, like this: + + [root@linux loongson]# dmidecode + # dmidecode 2.12 + # No SMBIOS nor DMI entry point found, sorry. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b58e7c53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/log +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/firmware/log is a binary file that represents a + read-only copy of the firmware's log if one is + available. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9205122fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/memmap/ +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Bernhard Walle <bernhard.walle@gmx.de> +Description: + On all platforms, the firmware provides a memory map which the + kernel reads. The resources from that memory map are registered + in the kernel resource tree and exposed to userspace via + /proc/iomem (together with other resources). + + However, on most architectures that firmware-provided memory + map is modified afterwards by the kernel itself, either because + the kernel merges that memory map with other information or + just because the user overwrites that memory map via command + line. + + kexec needs the raw firmware-provided memory map to setup the + parameter segment of the kernel that should be booted with + kexec. Also, the raw memory map is useful for debugging. For + that reason, /sys/firmware/memmap is an interface that provides + the raw memory map to userspace. + + The structure is as follows: Under /sys/firmware/memmap there + are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name:: + + /sys/firmware/memmap/0 + /sys/firmware/memmap/1 + /sys/firmware/memmap/2 + /sys/firmware/memmap/3 + ... + + The maximum depends on the number of memory map entries provided + by the firmware. The order is just the order that the firmware + provides. + + Each directory contains three files: + + ======== ===================================================== + start The start address (as hexadecimal number with the + '0x' prefix). + end The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the + firmware provides inclusive or exclusive ranges). + type Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of + valid types. + ======== ===================================================== + + So, for example:: + + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/start + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/end + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/type + /sys/firmware/memmap/1/start + ... + + Currently following types exist: + + - System RAM + - ACPI Tables + - ACPI Non-volatile Storage + - Unusable memory + - Persistent Memory (legacy) + - Persistent Memory + - Soft Reserved + - reserved + + Following shell snippet can be used to display that memory + map in a human-readable format:: + + #!/bin/bash + cd /sys/firmware/memmap + for dir in * ; do + start=$(cat $dir/start) + end=$(cat $dir/end) + type=$(cat $dir/type) + printf "%016x-%016x (%s)\n" $start $[ $end +1] "$type" + done diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw new file mode 100644 index 000000000..edcab3ccf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/devicetree/* +Date: November 2013 +Contact: Grant Likely <grant.likely@arm.com>, devicetree@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When using OpenFirmware or a Flattened Device Tree to enumerate + hardware, the device tree structure will be exposed in this + directory. + + It is possible for multiple device-tree directories to exist. + Some device drivers use a separate detached device tree which + have no attachment to the system tree and will appear in a + different subdirectory under /sys/firmware/devicetree. + + Userspace must not use the /sys/firmware/devicetree/base + path directly, but instead should follow /proc/device-tree + symlink. It is possible that the absolute path will change + in the future, but the symlink is the stable ABI. + + The /proc/device-tree symlink replaces the devicetree /proc + filesystem support, and has largely the same semantics and + should be compatible with existing userspace. + + The contents of /sys/firmware/devicetree/ is a + hierarchy of directories, one per device tree node. The + directory name is the resolved path component name (node + name plus address). Properties are represented as files + in the directory. The contents of each file is the exact + binary data from the device tree. + +What: /sys/firmware/fdt +Date: February 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Frank Rowand <frowand.list@gmail.com>, devicetree@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Exports the FDT blob that was passed to the kernel by + the bootloader. This allows userland applications such + as kexec to access the raw binary. This blob is also + useful when debugging since it contains any changes + made to the blob by the bootloader. + + The fact that this node does not reside under + /sys/firmware/device-tree is deliberate: FDT is also used + on arm64 UEFI/ACPI systems to communicate just the UEFI + and ACPI entry points, but the FDT is never unflattened + and used to configure the system. + + A CRC32 checksum is calculated over the entire FDT + blob, and verified at late_initcall time. The sysfs + entry is instantiated only if the checksum is valid, + i.e., if the FDT blob has not been modified in the mean + time. Otherwise, a warning is printed. +Users: kexec, debugging diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-powercap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-powercap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2d12ee89 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-powercap @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/opal/powercap +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Powercap directory for Powernv (P8, P9) servers + + Each folder in this directory contains a + power-cappable component. + +What: /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap + /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap/powercap-min + /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap/powercap-max + /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap/powercap-current +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: System powercap directory and attributes applicable for + Powernv (P8, P9) servers + + This directory provides powercap information. It + contains below sysfs attributes: + + - powercap-min : This file provides the minimum + possible powercap in Watt units + + - powercap-max : This file provides the maximum + possible powercap in Watt units + + - powercap-current : This file provides the current + powercap set on the system. Writing to this file + creates a request for setting a new-powercap. The + powercap requested must be between powercap-min + and powercap-max. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-psr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-psr new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e55b56a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-psr @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/opal/psr +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Power-Shift-Ratio directory for Powernv P9 servers + + Power-Shift-Ratio allows to provide hints the firmware + to shift/throttle power between different entities in + the system. Each attribute in this directory indicates + a settable PSR. + +What: /sys/firmware/opal/psr/cpu_to_gpu_X +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: PSR sysfs attributes for Powernv P9 servers + + Power-Shift-Ratio between CPU and GPU for a given chip + with chip-id X. This file gives the ratio (0-100) + which is used by OCC for power-capping. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-sensor-groups b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-sensor-groups new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcb1fb479 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-sensor-groups @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/opal/sensor_groups +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Sensor groups directory for POWER9 powernv servers + + Each folder in this directory contains a sensor group + which are classified based on type of the sensor + like power, temperature, frequency, current, etc. They + can also indicate the group of sensors belonging to + different owners like CSM, Profiler, Job-Scheduler + +What: /sys/firmware/opal/sensor_groups/<sensor_group_name>/clear +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Sysfs file to clear the min-max of all the sensors + belonging to the group. + + Writing 1 to this file will clear the minimum and + maximum values of all the sensors in the group. + In POWER9, the min-max of a sensor is the historical minimum + and maximum value of the sensor cached by OCC. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-papr-energy-scale-info b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-papr-energy-scale-info new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5cefb81a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-papr-energy-scale-info @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/papr/energy_scale_info +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Directory hosting a set of platform attributes like + energy/frequency on Linux running as a PAPR guest. + + Each file in a directory contains a platform + attribute hierarchy pertaining to performance/ + energy-savings mode and processor frequency. + +What: /sys/firmware/papr/energy_scale_info/<id> +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Energy, frequency attributes directory for POWERVM servers + +What: /sys/firmware/papr/energy_scale_info/<id>/desc +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: String description of the energy attribute of <id> + +What: /sys/firmware/papr/energy_scale_info/<id>/value +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Numeric value of the energy attribute of <id> + +What: /sys/firmware/papr/energy_scale_info/<id>/value_desc +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: String value of the energy attribute of <id> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-plpks b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-plpks new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cba061e4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-plpks @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/plpks/config +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: This optional directory contains read-only config attributes as + defined by the PLPKS implementation. All data is in ASCII + format. + +What: /sys/firmware/plpks/config/version +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Config version as reported by the hypervisor in ASCII decimal + format. + +What: /sys/firmware/plpks/config/max_object_size +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Maximum allowed size of objects in the keystore in bytes, + represented in ASCII decimal format. + + This is not necessarily the same as the max size that can be + written to an update file as writes can contain more than + object data, you should use the size of the update file for + that purpose. + +What: /sys/firmware/plpks/config/total_size +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Total size of the PLPKS in bytes, represented in ASCII decimal + format. + +What: /sys/firmware/plpks/config/used_space +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Current space consumed by the key store, in bytes, represented + in ASCII decimal format. + +What: /sys/firmware/plpks/config/supported_policies +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Bitmask of supported policy flags by the hypervisor, represented + as an 8 byte hexadecimal ASCII string. Consult the hypervisor + documentation for what these flags are. + +What: /sys/firmware/plpks/config/signed_update_algorithms +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Bitmask of flags indicating which algorithms the hypervisor + supports for signed update of objects, represented as a 16 byte + hexadecimal ASCII string. Consult the hypervisor documentation + for what these flags mean. + +What: /sys/firmware/plpks/config/wrapping_features +Date: November 2025 +Contact: Srish Srinivasan <ssrish@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Bitmask of the wrapping features indicating the wrapping + algorithms that are supported for the H_PKS_WRAP_OBJECT requests + , represented as a 8 byte hexadecimal ASCII string. Consult the + hypervisor documentation for what these flags mean. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..54d1bfd0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/ +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Gabriel Somlo <somlo@cmu.edu> +Description: + Several different architectures supported by QEMU (x86, arm, + sun4*, ppc/mac) are provisioned with a firmware configuration + (fw_cfg) device, originally intended as a way for the host to + provide configuration data to the guest firmware. Starting + with QEMU v2.4, arbitrary fw_cfg file entries may be specified + by the user on the command line, which makes fw_cfg additionally + useful as an out-of-band, asynchronous mechanism for providing + configuration data to the guest userspace. + + The authoritative guest-side hardware interface documentation + to the fw_cfg device can be found in "docs/specs/fw_cfg.rst" + in the QEMU source tree, or online at: + https://qemu-project.gitlab.io/qemu/specs/fw_cfg.html + + **SysFS fw_cfg Interface** + + The fw_cfg sysfs interface described in this document is only + intended to display discoverable blobs (i.e., those registered + with the file directory), as there is no way to determine the + presence or size of "legacy" blobs (with selector keys between + 0x0002 and 0x0018) programmatically. + + All fw_cfg information is shown under: + + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/ + + The only legacy blob displayed is the fw_cfg device revision: + + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/rev + + **Discoverable fw_cfg blobs by selector key** + + All discoverable blobs listed in the fw_cfg file directory are + displayed as entries named after their unique selector key + value, e.g.: + + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/32 + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/33 + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/34 + ... + + Each such fw_cfg sysfs entry has the following values exported + as attributes: + + ==== ==================================================== + name The 56-byte nul-terminated ASCII string used as the + blob's 'file name' in the fw_cfg directory. + size The length of the blob, as given in the fw_cfg + directory. + key The value of the blob's selector key as given in the + fw_cfg directory. This value is the same as used in + the parent directory name. + raw The raw bytes of the blob, obtained by selecting the + entry via the control register, and reading a number + of bytes equal to the blob size from the data + register. + ==== ==================================================== + + **Listing fw_cfg blobs by file name** + + While the fw_cfg device does not impose any specific naming + convention on the blobs registered in the file directory, + QEMU developers have traditionally used path name semantics + to give each blob a descriptive name. For example:: + + "bootorder" + "genroms/kvmvapic.bin" + "etc/e820" + "etc/boot-fail-wait" + "etc/system-states" + "etc/table-loader" + "etc/acpi/rsdp" + "etc/acpi/tables" + "etc/smbios/smbios-tables" + "etc/smbios/smbios-anchor" + ... + + In addition to the listing by unique selector key described + above, the fw_cfg sysfs driver also attempts to build a tree + of directories matching the path name components of fw_cfg + blob names, ending in symlinks to the by_key entry for each + "basename", as illustrated below (assume current directory is + /sys/firmware):: + + qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/bootorder -> ../by_key/38 + qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/e820 -> ../../by_key/35 + qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/acpi/rsdp -> ../../../by_key/41 + ... + + Construction of the directory tree and symlinks is done on a + "best-effort" basis, as there is no guarantee that components + of fw_cfg blob names are always "well behaved". I.e., there is + the possibility that a symlink (basename) will conflict with + a dirname component of another fw_cfg blob, in which case the + creation of the offending /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_name + entry will be skipped. + + The authoritative list of entries will continue to be found + under the /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key directory. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sev-vulnerabilities b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sev-vulnerabilities new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964362558 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sev-vulnerabilities @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/sev/vulnerabilities/supported_mitigations +Date: June 2026 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only interface that reports the vector of SEV-SNP + firmware vulnerability mitigations supported by the firmware. + +What: /sys/firmware/sev/vulnerabilities/verified_mitigations +Date: June 2026 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write interface that reports the vector of SEV-SNP + firmware vulnerability mitigations already verified by the + firmware. Writing a vector value requests the firmware to + VERIFY the corresponding mitigation bit(s). + + The list of supported mitigations and the meaning of each + vector bit are both platform- and bug-specific and are + published as part of the AMD Security Bulletin. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fe9244b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/ +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Justin Ernst <justin.ernst@hpe.com> +Description: + The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory contains information + about the UV platform. + + Under that directory are a number of read-only attributes:: + + archtype + hub_type + hubless + partition_id + coherence_id + uv_type + + The archtype entry contains the UV architecture type that + is used to select arch-dependent addresses and features. + It can be set via the OEM_ID in the ACPI MADT table or by + UVsystab entry both passed from UV BIOS. + + The hub_type entry is used to select the type of hub which is + similar to uv_type but encoded in a binary format. Include + the file uv_hub.h to get the definitions. + + The hubless entry basically is present and set only if there + is no hub. In this case the hub_type entry is not present. + + The partition_id entry contains the partition id. + UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical + machines, which each partition running a unique copy + of the operating system. Each partition will have a unique + partition id. + + The coherence_id entry contains the coherence id. + A partitioned UV system can have one or more coherence + domains. The coherence id indicates which coherence domain + this partition is in. + + The uv_type entry contains the hub revision number. + This value can be used to identify the UV system version:: + + "0.*" = Hubless UV ('*' is subtype) + "3.0" = UV2 + "5.0" = UV3 + "7.0" = UV4 + "7.1" = UV4a + "9.0" = UV5 + + The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory also contains two directories:: + + hubs/ + pcibuses/ + + The hubs directory contains a number of hub objects, each representing + a UV Hub visible to the BIOS. Each hub object's name is appended by a + unique ordinal value (ex. /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/hubs/hub_5) + + Each hub object directory contains a number of read-only attributes:: + + cnode + location + name + nasid + shared + this_partition + + The cnode entry contains the cnode number of the corresponding hub. + If a cnode value is not applicable, the value returned will be -1. + + The location entry contains the location string of the corresponding hub. + This value is used to physically identify a hub within a system. + + The name entry contains the name of the corresponding hub. This name can + be two variants:: + + "UVHub x.x" = A 'node' ASIC, connecting a CPU to the interconnect + fabric. The 'x.x' value represents the ASIC revision. + (ex. 'UVHub 5.0') + + "NLxRouter" = A 'router ASIC, only connecting other ASICs to + the interconnect fabric. The 'x' value representing + the fabric technology version. (ex. 'NL8Router') + + The nasid entry contains the nasid number of the corresponding hub. + If a nasid value is not applicable, the value returned will be -1. + + The shared entry contains a boolean value describing whether the + corresponding hub is shared between system partitions. + + The this_partition entry contains a boolean value describing whether + the corresponding hub is local to the current partition. + + Each hub object directory also contains a number of port objects, + each representing a fabric port on the corresponding hub. + A port object's name is appended by a unique ordinal value + (ex. /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/hubs/hub_5/port_3) + + Each port object directory contains a number of read-only attributes:: + + conn_hub + conn_port + + The conn_hub entry contains a value representing the unique + ordinal value of the hub on the other end of the fabric + cable plugged into the port. If the port is disconnected, + the value returned will be -1. + + The conn_port entry contains a value representing the unique + ordinal value of the port on the other end of the fabric cable + plugged into the port. If the port is disconnected, the value + returned will be -1. + + Ex: + A value of '3' is read from: + /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/hubs/hub_5/port_3/conn_hub + + and a value of '6' is read from: + /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/hubs/hub_5/port_3/conn_port + + representing that this port is connected to: + /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/hubs/hub_3/port_6 + + The pcibuses directory contains a number of PCI bus objects. + Each PCI bus object's name is appended by its PCI bus address. + (ex. pcibus_0003:80) + + Each pcibus object has a number of possible read-only attributes:: + + type + location + slot + ppb_addr + iio_stack + + The type entry contains a value describing the type of IO at + the corresponding PCI bus address. Known possible values + across all UV versions are:: + + BASE IO + PCIe IO + PCIe SLOT + NODE IO + Riser + PPB + + The location entry contains the location string of the UV Hub + of the CPU physically connected to the corresponding PCI bus. + + The slot entry contains the physical slot number of the + corresponding PCI bus. This value is used to physically locate + PCI cards within a system. + + The ppb_addr entry contains the PCI address string of the + bridged PCI bus. This entry is only present when the PCI bus + object type is 'PPB'. + + The iio_stack entry contains a value describing the IIO stack + number that the corresponding PCI bus object is connected to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26741cb84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/board_version +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Board version burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board. + Format: %i + +What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/mac_address* +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) MAC addresses burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board. + Format: %pM + +What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/ram_size +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) RAM size in MiB of this Turris Mox board as was detected + during manufacturing and burned into eFuses. Can be 512 or 1024. + Format: %i + +What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/serial_number +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Serial number burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox device. + Format: %016X diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-erofs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-erofs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4cf6fc6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-erofs @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/fs/erofs/features/ +Date: November 2021 +Contact: "Huang Jianan" <huangjianan@oppo.com> +Description: Shows all enabled kernel features. + Supported features: + compr_cfgs, big_pcluster, chunked_file, device_table, + compr_head2, sb_chksum, ztailpacking, dedupe, fragments, + 48bit, metabox. + +What: /sys/fs/erofs/<disk>/sync_decompress +Date: November 2021 +Contact: "Huang Jianan" <huangjianan@oppo.com> +Description: Control strategy of synchronous decompression. Synchronous + decompression tries to decompress in the reader thread for + synchronous reads and small asynchronous reads (<= 12 KiB): + + - 0 (auto, default): apply to synchronous reads only, but will + switch to 1 (force on) if any decompression + request is detected in atomic contexts; + - 1 (force on): apply to synchronous reads and small + asynchronous reads; + - 2 (force off): disable synchronous decompression completely. + +What: /sys/fs/erofs/<disk>/drop_caches +Date: November 2024 +Contact: "Guo Chunhai" <guochunhai@vivo.com> +Description: Writing to this will drop compression-related caches, + currently used to drop in-memory pclusters and cached + compressed folios: + + - 1 : invalidate cached compressed folios + - 2 : drop in-memory pclusters + - 3 : drop in-memory pclusters and cached compressed folios + +What: /sys/fs/erofs/accel +Date: May 2025 +Contact: "Bo Liu" <liubo03@inspur.com> +Description: Used to set or show hardware accelerators in effect + and multiple accelerators are separated by '\n'. + Supported accelerator(s): qat_deflate. + Disable all accelerators with an empty string (echo > accel). + +What: /sys/fs/erofs/<disk>/dir_ra_bytes +Date: July 2025 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: Used to set or show readahead bytes during readdir(), by + default the value is 16384. + + - 0: disable readahead. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2edd0a667 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stats +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Controls whether the multiblock allocator should + collect statistics, which are shown during the unmount. + 1 means to collect statistics, 0 means not to collect + statistics + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_group_prealloc +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The multiblock allocator will round up allocation + requests to a multiple of this tuning parameter if the + stripe size is not set in the ext4 superblock + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_max_to_scan +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The maximum number of extents the multiblock allocator + will search to find the best extent + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_min_to_scan +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The minimum number of extents the multiblock allocator + will search to find the best extent + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_order2_req +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for + requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy cache is + used + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stream_req +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable + parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a + block group specific preallocation pool, so that small + files are packed closely together. Each large file + will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique + preallocation pool. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead_blks +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Tuning parameter which controls the maximum number of + inode table blocks that ext4's inode table readahead + algorithm will pre-read into the buffer cache + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/delayed_allocation_blocks +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of blocks + that are dirty in the page cache, but which do not + have their location in the filesystem allocated yet. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/lifetime_write_kbytes +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of kilobytes + of data that have been written to this filesystem since it was + created. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/session_write_kbytes +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of + kilobytes of data that have been written to this + filesystem since it was mounted. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_goal +Date: June 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal + inode used by the inode allocator in preference to + all other allocation heuristics. This is intended for + debugging use only, and should be 0 on production + systems. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/max_writeback_mb_bump +Date: September 2009 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The maximum number of megabytes the writeback code will + try to write out before move on to another inode. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/extent_max_zeroout_kb +Date: August 2012 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The maximum number of kilobytes which will be zeroed + out in preference to creating a new uninitialized + extent when manipulating an inode's extent tree. Note + that using a larger value will increase the + variability of time necessary to complete a random + write operation (since a 4k random write might turn + into a much larger write due to the zeroout + operation). + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/journal_task +Date: February 2019 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the pid of journal thread in + current pid-namespace or 0 if task is unreachable. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cebc8979 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -0,0 +1,1022 @@ +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_max_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the maximum sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_min_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the minimum sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_no_gc_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the default sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection. + Setting gc_idle = 0(default) will disable this option. Setting: + + =========== =============================================== + gc_idle = 1 will select the Cost Benefit approach & setting + gc_idle = 2 will select the greedy approach & setting + gc_idle = 3 will select the age-threshold based approach. + =========== =============================================== + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reclaim_segments +Date: October 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: This parameter controls the number of prefree segments to be + reclaimed. If the number of prefree segments is larger than + the number of segments in the proportion to the percentage + over total volume size, f2fs tries to conduct checkpoint to + reclaim the prefree segments to free segments. + By default, 5% over total # of segments. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/main_blkaddr +Date: November 2019 +Contact: "Ramon Pantin" <pantin@google.com> +Description: Shows first block address of MAIN area. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ipu_policy +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the in-place-update policy. + updates in f2fs. User can set: + + ===== =============== =================================================== + value policy description + 0x00 DISABLE disable IPU(=default option in LFS mode) + 0x01 FORCE all the time + 0x02 SSR if SSR mode is activated + 0x04 UTIL if FS utilization is over threshold + 0x08 SSR_UTIL if SSR mode is activated and FS utilization is over + threshold + 0x10 FSYNC activated in fsync path only for high performance + flash storages. IPU will be triggered only if the + # of dirty pages over min_fsync_blocks. + (=default option) + 0x20 ASYNC do IPU given by asynchronous write requests + 0x40 NOCACHE disable IPU bio cache + 0x80 HONOR_OPU_WRITE use OPU write prior to IPU write if inode has + FI_OPU_WRITE flag + ===== =============== =================================================== + + Refer segment.h for details. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ipu_util +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the FS utilization condition for the in-place-update + policies. It is used by F2FS_IPU_UTIL and F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL policies. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_fsync_blocks +Date: September 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls the dirty page count condition for the in-place-update + policies. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_seq_blocks +Date: August 2018 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls the dirty page count condition for batched sequential + writes in writepages. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_hot_blocks +Date: March 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls the dirty page count condition for redefining hot data. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ssr_sections +Date: October 2017 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Controls the free section threshold to trigger SSR allocation. + If this is large, SSR mode will be enabled early. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_small_discards +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the issue rate of discard commands that consist of small + blocks less than 2MB. The candidates to be discarded are cached during + checkpoint, and issued by issue_discard thread after checkpoint. + It is enabled by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_ordered_discard +Date: October 2022 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: Controls the maximum ordered discard, the unit size is one block(4KB). + Set it to 16 by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_discard_request +Date: December 2021 +Contact: "Konstantin Vyshetsky" <vkon@google.com> +Description: Controls the number of discards a thread will issue at a time. + Higher number will allow the discard thread to finish its work + faster, at the cost of higher latency for incoming I/O. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_discard_issue_time +Date: December 2021 +Contact: "Konstantin Vyshetsky" <vkon@google.com> +Description: Controls the interval the discard thread will wait between + issuing discard requests when there are discards to be issued and + no I/O aware interruptions occur. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/mid_discard_issue_time +Date: December 2021 +Contact: "Konstantin Vyshetsky" <vkon@google.com> +Description: Controls the interval the discard thread will wait between + issuing discard requests when there are discards to be issued and + an I/O aware interruption occurs. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_discard_issue_time +Date: December 2021 +Contact: "Konstantin Vyshetsky" <vkon@google.com> +Description: Controls the interval the discard thread will wait when there are + no discard operations to be issued. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_granularity +Date: July 2017 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Controls discard granularity of inner discard thread. Inner thread + will not issue discards with size that is smaller than granularity. + The unit size is one block(4KB), now only support configuring + in range of [1, 512]. Default value is 16. + For small devices, default value is 1. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/umount_discard_timeout +Date: January 2019 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Set timeout to issue discard commands during umount. + Default: 5 secs + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/pending_discard +Date: November 2021 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Shows the number of pending discard commands in the queue. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_victim_search +Date: January 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the number of trials to find a victim segment + when conducting SSR and cleaning operations. The default value + is 4096 which covers 8GB block address range. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/migration_granularity +Date: October 2018 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Controls migration granularity of garbage collection on large + section, it can let GC move partial segment{s} of one section + in one GC cycle, so that dispersing heavy overhead GC to + multiple lightweight one. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dir_level +Date: March 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the directory level for large directory. If a + directory has a number of files, it can reduce the file lookup + latency by increasing this dir_level value. Otherwise, it + needs to decrease this value to reduce the space overhead. + The default value is 0. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ram_thresh +Date: March 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the memory footprint used by free nids and cached + nat entries. By default, 1 is set, which indicates + 10 MB / 1 GB RAM. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_interval +Date: October 2015 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls the checkpoint timing, set to 60 seconds by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/idle_interval +Date: January 2016 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls the idle timing of system, if there is no FS operation + during given interval. + Set to 5 seconds by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_idle_interval +Date: September 2018 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Contact: "Sahitya Tummala" <quic_stummala@quicinc.com> +Description: Controls the idle timing of discard thread given + this time interval. + Default is 5 secs. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle_interval +Date: September 2018 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Contact: "Sahitya Tummala" <quic_stummala@quicinc.com> +Description: Controls the idle timing for gc path. Set to 5 seconds by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/iostat_enable +Date: August 2017 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Controls to enable/disable IO stat. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ra_nid_pages +Date: October 2015 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao2.yu@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the count of nid pages to be readaheaded. + When building free nids, F2FS reads NAT blocks ahead for + speed up. Default is 0. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dirty_nats_ratio +Date: January 2016 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao2.yu@samsung.com> +Description: Controls dirty nat entries ratio threshold, if current + ratio exceeds configured threshold, checkpoint will + be triggered for flushing dirty nat entries. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/lifetime_write_kbytes +Date: January 2016 +Contact: "Shuoran Liu" <liushuoran@huawei.com> +Description: Shows total written kbytes issued to disk. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/features +Date: July 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: <deprecated: should use /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/feature_list/> + Shows all enabled features in current device. + Supported features: + encryption, blkzoned, extra_attr, projquota, inode_checksum, + flexible_inline_xattr, quota_ino, inode_crtime, lost_found, + verity, sb_checksum, casefold, readonly, compression, pin_file. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/feature_list/ +Date: June 2021 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Expand /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/features to meet sysfs rule. + Supported on-disk features: + encryption, block_zoned (aka blkzoned), extra_attr, + project_quota (aka projquota), inode_checksum, + flexible_inline_xattr, quota_ino, inode_crtime, lost_found, + verity, sb_checksum, casefold, readonly, compression. + Note that, pin_file is moved into /sys/fs/f2fs/features/. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/features/ +Date: July 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Shows all enabled kernel features. + Supported features: + encryption, block_zoned, extra_attr, project_quota, + inode_checksum, flexible_inline_xattr, quota_ino, + inode_crtime, lost_found, verity, sb_checksum, + casefold, readonly, compression, test_dummy_encryption_v2, + atomic_write, pin_file, encrypted_casefold, linear_lookup, + fserror. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/inject_rate +Date: May 2016 +Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong1@huawei.com> +Description: Controls the injection rate of arbitrary faults. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/inject_type +Date: May 2016 +Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong1@huawei.com> +Description: Controls the injection type of arbitrary faults. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dirty_segments +Date: October 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Shows the number of dirty segments. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reserved_blocks +Date: June 2017 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Controls target reserved blocks in system, the threshold + is soft, it could exceed current available user space. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/current_reserved_blocks +Date: October 2017 +Contact: "Yunlong Song" <yunlong.song@huawei.com> +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Shows current reserved blocks in system, it may be temporarily + smaller than target_reserved_blocks, but will gradually + increase to target_reserved_blocks when more free blocks are + freed by user later. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_urgent +Date: August 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Do background GC aggressively when set. Set to 0 by default. + gc urgent high(1): does GC forcibly in a period of given + gc_urgent_sleep_time and ignores I/O idling check. uses greedy + GC approach and turns SSR mode on. + gc urgent low(2): lowers the bar of checking I/O idling in + order to process outstanding discard commands and GC a + little bit aggressively. always uses cost benefit GC approach, + and will override age-threshold GC approach if ATGC is enabled + at the same time. + gc urgent mid(3): does GC forcibly in a period of given + gc_urgent_sleep_time and executes a mid level of I/O idling check. + always uses cost benefit GC approach, and will override + age-threshold GC approach if ATGC is enabled at the same time. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_urgent_sleep_time +Date: August 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls sleep time of GC urgent mode. Set to 500ms by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/readdir_ra +Date: November 2017 +Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong1@huawei.com> +Description: Controls readahead inode block in readdir. Enabled by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_pin_file_thresh +Date: January 2018 +Contact: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: This indicates how many GC can be failed for the pinned + file. If it exceeds this, F2FS doesn't guarantee its pinning + state. 2048 trials is set by default, and 65535 as maximum. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list +Date: February 2018 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Used to control configure extension list: + - Query: cat /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list + - Add: echo '[h/c]extension' > /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list + - Del: echo '[h/c]!extension' > /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list + - [h] means add/del hot file extension + - [c] means add/del cold file extension + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/unusable +Date: April 2019 +Contact: "Daniel Rosenberg" <drosen@google.com> +Description: If checkpoint=disable, it displays the number of blocks that + are unusable. + If checkpoint=enable it displays the number of blocks that + would be unusable if checkpoint=disable were to be set. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/encoding +Date: July 2019 +Contact: "Daniel Rosenberg" <drosen@google.com> +Description: Displays name and version of the encoding set for the filesystem. + If no encoding is set, displays (none) + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/free_segments +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of free segments in disk. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_foreground_calls +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of checkpoint operations performed on demand. Available when + CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_background_calls +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of checkpoint operations performed in the background to + free segments. Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_foreground_calls +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of garbage collection operations performed on demand. + Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_background_calls +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of garbage collection operations triggered in background. + Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/moved_blocks_foreground +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of blocks moved by garbage collection in foreground. + Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/moved_blocks_background +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of blocks moved by garbage collection in background. + Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/avg_vblocks +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Average number of valid blocks. + Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/defrag_blocks +Date: February 2026 +Contact: "Jinbao Liu" <liujinbao1@xiaomi.com> +Description: Number of blocks moved by defragment. + Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/mounted_time_sec +Date: February 2020 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Show the mounted time in secs of this partition. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/data_io_flag +Date: April 2020 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to data writes + given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate: + + +-------------------+-------------------+ + | REQ_META | REQ_FUA | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/node_io_flag +Date: June 2020 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to node writes + given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate: + + +-------------------+-------------------+ + | REQ_META | REQ_FUA | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/iostat_period_ms +Date: April 2020 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Give a way to change iostat_period time. 3secs by default. + The new iostat trace gives stats gap given the period. +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_io_bytes +Date: December 2020 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: This gives a control to limit the bio size in f2fs. + Default is zero, which will follow underlying block layer limit, + whereas, if it has a certain bytes value, f2fs won't submit a + bio larger than that size. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/stat/sb_status +Date: December 2020 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Show status of f2fs superblock in real time. + + ====== ===================== ================================= + value sb status macro description + 0x1 SBI_IS_DIRTY dirty flag for checkpoint + 0x2 SBI_IS_CLOSE specify unmounting + 0x4 SBI_NEED_FSCK need fsck.f2fs to fix + 0x8 SBI_POR_DOING recovery is doing or not + 0x10 SBI_NEED_SB_WRITE need to recover superblock + 0x20 SBI_NEED_CP need to checkpoint + 0x40 SBI_IS_SHUTDOWN shutdown by ioctl + 0x80 SBI_IS_RECOVERED recovered orphan/data + 0x100 SBI_CP_DISABLED CP was disabled last mount + 0x200 SBI_CP_DISABLED_QUICK CP was disabled quickly + 0x400 SBI_QUOTA_NEED_FLUSH need to flush quota info in CP + 0x800 SBI_QUOTA_SKIP_FLUSH skip flushing quota in current CP + 0x1000 SBI_QUOTA_NEED_REPAIR quota file may be corrupted + 0x2000 SBI_IS_RESIZEFS resizefs is in process + 0x4000 SBI_IS_FREEZING freefs is in process + ====== ===================== ================================= + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/stat/cp_status +Date: September 2022 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao.yu@oppo.com> +Description: Show status of f2fs checkpoint in real time. + + =============================== ============================== + cp flag value + CP_UMOUNT_FLAG 0x00000001 + CP_ORPHAN_PRESENT_FLAG 0x00000002 + CP_COMPACT_SUM_FLAG 0x00000004 + CP_ERROR_FLAG 0x00000008 + CP_FSCK_FLAG 0x00000010 + CP_FASTBOOT_FLAG 0x00000020 + CP_CRC_RECOVERY_FLAG 0x00000040 + CP_NAT_BITS_FLAG 0x00000080 + CP_TRIMMED_FLAG 0x00000100 + CP_NOCRC_RECOVERY_FLAG 0x00000200 + CP_LARGE_NAT_BITMAP_FLAG 0x00000400 + CP_QUOTA_NEED_FSCK_FLAG 0x00000800 + CP_DISABLED_FLAG 0x00001000 + CP_DISABLED_QUICK_FLAG 0x00002000 + CP_RESIZEFS_FLAG 0x00004000 + =============================== ============================== + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/stat/issued_discard +Date: December 2023 +Contact: "Zhiguo Niu" <zhiguo.niu@unisoc.com> +Description: Shows the number of issued discard. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/stat/queued_discard +Date: December 2023 +Contact: "Zhiguo Niu" <zhiguo.niu@unisoc.com> +Description: Shows the number of queued discard. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/stat/undiscard_blks +Date: December 2023 +Contact: "Zhiguo Niu" <zhiguo.niu@unisoc.com> +Description: Shows the total number of undiscard blocks. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ckpt_thread_ioprio +Date: January 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Give a way to change checkpoint merge daemon's io priority. + Its default value is "rt,3", which means "RT" I/O class and + I/O priority "3". We can select the class between "rt" and "be", + and set the I/O priority within valid range of it. "," delimiter + is necessary in between I/O class and priority number. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ovp_segments +Date: March 2021 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Shows the number of overprovision segments. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/compr_written_block +Date: March 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the block count written after compression since mount. Note + that when the compressed blocks are deleted, this count doesn't + decrease. If you write "0" here, you can initialize + compr_written_block and compr_saved_block to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/compr_saved_block +Date: March 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the saved block count with compression since mount. Note + that when the compressed blocks are deleted, this count doesn't + decrease. If you write "0" here, you can initialize + compr_written_block and compr_saved_block to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/compr_new_inode +Date: March 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the count of inode newly enabled for compression since mount. + Note that when the compression is disabled for the files, this count + doesn't decrease. If you write "0" here, you can initialize + compr_new_inode to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/atgc_candidate_ratio +Date: May 2021 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: When ATGC is on, it controls candidate ratio in order to limit total + number of potential victim in all candidates, the value should be in + range of [0, 100], by default it was initialized as 20(%). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/atgc_candidate_count +Date: May 2021 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: When ATGC is on, it controls candidate count in order to limit total + number of potential victim in all candidates, by default it was + initialized as 10 (sections). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/atgc_age_weight +Date: May 2021 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: When ATGC is on, it controls age weight to balance weight proportion + in between aging and valid blocks, the value should be in range of + [0, 100], by default it was initialized as 60(%). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/atgc_age_threshold +Date: May 2021 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: When ATGC is on, it controls age threshold to bypass GCing young + candidates whose age is not beyond the threshold, by default it was + initialized as 604800 seconds (equals to 7 days). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/atgc_enabled +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: "Jinbao Liu" <liujinbao1@xiaomi.com> +Description: It represents whether ATGC is on or off. The value is 1 which + indicates that ATGC is on, and 0 indicates that it is off. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_reclaimed_segments +Date: July 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show how many segments have been reclaimed by GC during a specific + GC mode (0: GC normal, 1: GC idle CB, 2: GC idle greedy, + 3: GC idle AT, 4: GC urgent high, 5: GC urgent low 6: GC urgent mid) + You can re-initialize this value to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_segment_mode +Date: July 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: You can control for which gc mode the "gc_reclaimed_segments" node shows. + Refer to the description of the modes in "gc_reclaimed_segments". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/seq_file_ra_mul +Date: July 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: You can control the multiplier value of bdi device readahead window size + between 2 (default) and 256 for POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL advise option. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_fragment_chunk +Date: August 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: With "mode=fragment:block" mount options, we can scatter block allocation. + f2fs will allocate 1..<max_fragment_chunk> blocks in a chunk and make a hole + in the length of 1..<max_fragment_hole> by turns. This value can be set + between 1..512 and the default value is 4. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_fragment_hole +Date: August 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: With "mode=fragment:block" mount options, we can scatter block allocation. + f2fs will allocate 1..<max_fragment_chunk> blocks in a chunk and make a hole + in the length of 1..<max_fragment_hole> by turns. This value can be set + between 1..512 and the default value is 4. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_remaining_trials +Date: October 2022 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: You can set the trial count limit for GC urgent and idle mode with this value. + If GC thread gets to the limit, the mode will turn back to GC normal mode. + By default, the value is zero, which means there is no limit like before. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_roll_forward_node_blocks +Date: January 2022 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls max # of node block writes to be used for roll forward + recovery. This can limit the roll forward recovery time. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/unusable_blocks_per_sec +Date: June 2022 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Shows the number of unusable blocks in a section which was defined by + the zone capacity reported by underlying zoned device. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_open_zones +Date: November 2025 +Contact: "Yongpeng Yang" <yangyongpeng@xiaomi.com> +Description: Shows the max number of zones that F2FS can write concurrently when a zoned + device is mounted. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/current_atomic_write +Date: July 2022 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the total current atomic write block count, which is not committed yet. + This is a read-only entry. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/peak_atomic_write +Date: July 2022 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the peak value of total current atomic write block count after boot. + If you write "0" here, you can initialize to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/committed_atomic_block +Date: July 2022 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the accumulated total committed atomic write block count after boot. + If you write "0" here, you can initialize to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/revoked_atomic_block +Date: July 2022 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the accumulated total revoked atomic write block count after boot. + If you write "0" here, you can initialize to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_mode +Date: October 2022 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: Show the current gc_mode as a string. + This is a read-only entry. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_urgent_util +Date: November 2022 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: When space utilization exceeds this, do background DISCARD aggressively. + Does DISCARD forcibly in a period of given min_discard_issue_time when the number + of discards is not 0 and set discard granularity to 1. + Default: 80 + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/hot_data_age_threshold +Date: November 2022 +Contact: "Ping Xiong" <xiongping1@xiaomi.com> +Description: When DATA SEPARATION is on, it controls the age threshold to indicate + the data blocks as hot. By default it was initialized as 262144 blocks + (equals to 1GB). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/warm_data_age_threshold +Date: November 2022 +Contact: "Ping Xiong" <xiongping1@xiaomi.com> +Description: When DATA SEPARATION is on, it controls the age threshold to indicate + the data blocks as warm. By default it was initialized as 2621440 blocks + (equals to 10GB). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/fault_rate +Date: May 2016 +Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong@oppo.com> +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: Enable fault injection in all supported types with + specified injection rate. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/fault_type +Date: May 2016 +Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong@oppo.com> +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: Support configuring fault injection type, should be + enabled with fault_injection option, fault type value + is shown below, it supports single or combined type. + + =========================== ========== + Type_Name Type_Value + =========================== ========== + FAULT_KMALLOC 0x00000001 + FAULT_KVMALLOC 0x00000002 + FAULT_PAGE_ALLOC 0x00000004 + FAULT_PAGE_GET 0x00000008 + FAULT_ALLOC_BIO 0x00000010 (obsolete) + FAULT_ALLOC_NID 0x00000020 + FAULT_ORPHAN 0x00000040 + FAULT_BLOCK 0x00000080 + FAULT_DIR_DEPTH 0x00000100 + FAULT_EVICT_INODE 0x00000200 + FAULT_TRUNCATE 0x00000400 + FAULT_READ_IO 0x00000800 + FAULT_CHECKPOINT 0x00001000 + FAULT_DISCARD 0x00002000 (obsolete) + FAULT_WRITE_IO 0x00004000 + FAULT_SLAB_ALLOC 0x00008000 + FAULT_DQUOT_INIT 0x00010000 + FAULT_LOCK_OP 0x00020000 + FAULT_BLKADDR_VALIDITY 0x00040000 + FAULT_BLKADDR_CONSISTENCE 0x00080000 + FAULT_NO_SEGMENT 0x00100000 + FAULT_INCONSISTENT_FOOTER 0x00200000 + FAULT_ATOMIC_TIMEOUT 0x00400000 (1000ms) + FAULT_VMALLOC 0x00800000 + FAULT_LOCK_TIMEOUT 0x01000000 (1000ms) + FAULT_SKIP_WRITE 0x02000000 + =========================== ========== + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_io_aware_gran +Date: January 2023 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: Controls background discard granularity of inner discard thread + when is not in idle. Inner thread will not issue discards with size that + is smaller than granularity. The unit size is one block(4KB), now only + support configuring in range of [0, 512]. + Default: 512 + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/last_age_weight +Date: January 2023 +Contact: "Ping Xiong" <xiongping1@xiaomi.com> +Description: When DATA SEPARATION is on, it controls the weight of last data block age. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/compress_watermark +Date: February 2023 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: When compress cache is on, it controls free memory watermark + in order to limit caching compress page. If free memory is lower + than watermark, then deny caching compress page. The value should be in + range of (0, 100], by default it was initialized as 20(%). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/compress_percent +Date: February 2023 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: When compress cache is on, it controls cached page + percent(compress pages / free_ram) in order to limit caching compress page. + If cached page percent exceed threshold, then deny caching compress page. + The value should be in range of (0, 100], by default it was initialized + as 20(%). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_io_aware +Date: November 2023 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: It controls to enable/disable IO aware feature for background discard. + By default, the value is 1 which indicates IO aware is on. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/blkzone_alloc_policy +Date: July 2024 +Contact: "Yuanhong Liao" <liaoyuanhong@vivo.com> +Description: The zone UFS we are currently using consists of two parts: + conventional zones and sequential zones. It can be used to control which part + to prioritize for writes, with a default value of 0. + + ======================== ========================================= + value description + blkzone_alloc_policy = 0 Prioritize writing to sequential zones + blkzone_alloc_policy = 1 Only allow writing to sequential zones + blkzone_alloc_policy = 2 Prioritize writing to conventional zones + ======================== ========================================= + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/migration_window_granularity +Date: September 2024 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Controls migration window granularity of garbage collection on large + section. it can control the scanning window granularity for GC migration + in a unit of segment, while migration_granularity controls the number + of segments which can be migrated at the same turn. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reserved_segments +Date: September 2024 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: In order to fine tune GC behavior, we can control the number of + reserved segments. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_no_zoned_gc_percent +Date: September 2024 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: If the percentage of free sections over total sections is above this + number, F2FS do not garbage collection for zoned devices through the + background GC thread. the default number is "60". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_boost_zoned_gc_percent +Date: September 2024 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: If the percentage of free sections over total sections is under this + number, F2FS boosts garbage collection for zoned devices through the + background GC thread. the default number is "25". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_valid_thresh_ratio +Date: September 2024 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: It controls the valid block ratio threshold not to trigger excessive GC + for zoned devices. The initial value of it is 95(%). F2FS will stop the + background GC thread from initiating GC for sections having valid blocks + exceeding the ratio. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_read_extent_count +Date: November 2024 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: It controls max read extent count for per-inode, the value of threshold + is 10240 by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/tuning/reclaim_caches_kb +Date: February 2025 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: It reclaims the given KBs of file-backed pages registered by + ioctl(F2FS_IOC_DONATE_RANGE). + For example, writing N tries to drop N KBs spaces in LRU. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/carve_out +Date: March 2025 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: For several zoned storage devices, vendors will provide extra space which + was used for device level GC than specs and F2FS can use this space for + filesystem level GC. To do that, we can reserve the space using + reserved_blocks. However, it is not enough, since this extra space should + not be shown to users. So, with this new sysfs node, we can hide the space + by subtracting reserved_blocks from total bytes. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/encoding_flags +Date: April 2025 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: This is a read-only entry to show the value of sb.s_encoding_flags, the + value is hexadecimal. + + ============================ ========== + Flag_Name Flag_Value + ============================ ========== + SB_ENC_STRICT_MODE_FL 0x00000001 + SB_ENC_NO_COMPAT_FALLBACK_FL 0x00000002 + ============================ ========== + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reserved_pin_section +Date: June 2025 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: This threshold is used to control triggering garbage collection while + fallocating on pinned file, so, it can guarantee there is enough free + reserved section before preallocating on pinned file. + By default, the value is ovp_sections, especially, for zoned ufs, the + value is 1. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_boost_gc_multiple +Date: June 2025 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Set a multiplier for the background GC migration window when F2FS GC is + boosted. The range should be from 1 to the segment count in a section. + Default: 5 + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_boost_gc_greedy +Date: June 2025 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Control GC algorithm for boost GC. 0: cost benefit, 1: greedy + Default: 1 + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/effective_lookup_mode +Date: August 2025 +Contact: "Daniel Lee" <chullee@google.com> +Description: + This is a read-only entry to show the effective directory lookup mode + F2FS is currently using for casefolded directories. + This considers both the "lookup_mode" mount option and the on-disk + encoding flag, SB_ENC_NO_COMPAT_FALLBACK_FL. + + Possible values are: + - "perf": Hash-only lookup. + - "compat": Hash-based lookup with a linear search fallback enabled + - "auto:perf": lookup_mode is auto and fallback is disabled on-disk + - "auto:compat": lookup_mode is auto and fallback is enabled on-disk + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/bggc_io_aware +Date: August 2025 +Contact: "Liao Yuanhong" <liaoyuanhong@vivo.com> +Description: Used to adjust the BG_GC priority when pending IO, with a default value + of 0. Specifically, for ZUFS, the default value is 1. + + ================== ====================================================== + value description + bggc_io_aware = 0 skip background GC if there is any kind of pending IO + bggc_io_aware = 1 skip background GC if there is pending read IO + bggc_io_aware = 2 don't aware IO for background GC + ================== ====================================================== + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/allocate_section_hint +Date: August 2025 +Contact: "Liao Yuanhong" <liaoyuanhong@vivo.com> +Description: Indicates the hint section between the first device and others in multi-devices + setup. It defaults to the end of the first device in sections. For a single storage + device, it defaults to the total number of sections. It can be manually set to match + scenarios where multi-devices are mapped to the same dm device. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/allocate_section_policy +Date: August 2025 +Contact: "Liao Yuanhong" <liaoyuanhong@vivo.com> +Description: Controls write priority in multi-devices setups. A value of 0 means normal writing. + A value of 1 prioritizes writing to devices before the allocate_section_hint. A value of 2 + prioritizes writing to devices after the allocate_section_hint. The default is 0. + + =========================== ========================================================== + value description + allocate_section_policy = 0 Normal writing + allocate_section_policy = 1 Prioritize writing to section before allocate_section_hint + allocate_section_policy = 2 Prioritize writing to section after allocate_section_hint + =========================== ========================================================== + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_lock_elapsed_time +Date: December 2025 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: This is a threshold, once a thread enters critical region that lock covers, total + elapsed time exceeds this threshold, f2fs will print tracepoint to dump information + of related context. This sysfs entry can be used to control the value of threshold, + by default, the value is 500 ms. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/inject_timeout_type +Date: December 2025 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: This sysfs entry can be used to change type of injected timeout: + ========== =============================== + Flag_Value Flag_Description + ========== =============================== + 0x00000000 No timeout (default) + 0x00000001 Simulate running time + 0x00000002 Simulate IO type sleep time + 0x00000003 Simulate Non-IO type sleep time + 0x00000004 Simulate runnable time + ========== =============================== + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/adjust_lock_priority +Date: January 2026 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: This sysfs entry can be used to enable/disable to adjust priority for task + which is in critical region covered by lock. + ========== ================== + Flag_Value Flag_Description + ========== ================== + 0x00000000 Disabled (default) + 0x00000001 cp_rwsem + 0x00000002 node_change + 0x00000004 node_write + 0x00000008 gc_lock + 0x00000010 cp_global + 0x00000020 io_rwsem + 0x00000040 nat_tree_lock + ========== ================== + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/lock_duration_priority +Date: January 2026 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: f2fs can tune priority of thread which has entered into critical region covered by + f2fs rwsemphore lock. This sysfs entry can be used to control priority value, the + range is [100,139], by default the value is 120. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/critical_task_priority +Date: February 2026 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: It can be used to tune priority of f2fs critical task, e.g. f2fs_ckpt, f2fs_gc + threads, limitation as below: + - it requires user has CAP_SYS_NICE capability. + - the range is [100, 139], by default the value is 120. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_atc_write_bio_size +Date: June 2026 +Contact: Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org> +Description: Every time a write operation completes f2fs_write_end_io() is + called. This function may be called from an atomic context, + e.g. from inside an interrupt handler. This attribute controls + the maximum size of a write bio that is completed in atomic + (atc) context. The default value for this attribute is UINT_MAX + which means that this functionality is disabled by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/pinned_area_max_secno +Date: August 2026 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: This is a read-only entry to show the upper bound section number + for pinned files. Pinned files will only be allocated within + sections 0 to pinned_area_max_secno - 1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..304ba84a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/revision +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show current revision of NILFS file system driver. + This value informs about file system revision that + driver is ready to support. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/features group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/revision +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show NILFS file system revision on volume. + This value informs about metadata structures' + revision on mounted volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/blocksize +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's block size in bytes. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/device_size +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume size in bytes. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/free_blocks +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of free blocks on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/uuid +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's UUID (Universally Unique Identifier). + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/volume_name +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's label. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device> group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show last write time of super block in human-readable + format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show last write time of super block in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show current write count of super block. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_update_frequency +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show/Set interval of periodical update of superblock + (in seconds). + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_pseg_block +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show start block number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_sequence +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show sequence value of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show checkpoint number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_seg_sequence +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show segment sequence counter. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_last_full_seg +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show index number of the latest full segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_full_seg +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show index number of the full segment index + to be used next. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_pseg_offset +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show offset of next partial segment in the current + full segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show next checkpoint number. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment in + human-readable format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner + operation in human-readable format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner + operation in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/dirty_data_blocks_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of dirty data blocks. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/segments_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of segments on a volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/blocks_per_segment +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of blocks in segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/clean_segments +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of clean segments. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/dirty_segments +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of dirty segments. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/checkpoints_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of checkpoints on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/snapshots_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of snapshots on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/last_seg_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show checkpoint number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/next_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show next checkpoint number. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe content of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/inodes_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of inodes for snapshot. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/blocks_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of blocks for snapshot. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id> + group. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ubifs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ubifs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af5afda30 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ubifs @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/fs/ubifsX_Y/error_magic +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Exposes magic errors: every node starts with a magic number. + + This counter keeps track of the number of accesses of nodes + with a corrupted magic number. + + The counter is reset to 0 with a remount. + +What: /sys/fs/ubifsX_Y/error_node +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Exposes node errors. Every node embeds its type. + + This counter keeps track of the number of accesses of nodes + with a corrupted node type. + + The counter is reset to 0 with a remount. + +What: /sys/fs/ubifsX_Y/error_crc +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Exposes crc errors: every node embeds a crc checksum. + + This counter keeps track of the number of accesses of nodes + with a bad crc checksum. + + The counter is reset to 0 with a remount. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-virtiofs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-virtiofs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4839dbce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-virtiofs @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/fs/virtiofs/<n>/tag +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: virtio-fs@lists.linux.dev +Description: + [RO] The mount "tag" that can be used to mount this filesystem. + +What: /sys/fs/virtiofs/<n>/device +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: virtio-fs@lists.linux.dev +Description: + Symlink to the virtio device that exports this filesystem. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7da4de948 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_head_lsn +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-xfs@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The log sequence number (LSN) of the current head of the + log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format. +Users: xfstests + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_tail_lsn +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-xfs@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The log sequence number (LSN) of the current tail of the + log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format. + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/reserve_grant_head_bytes +Date: June 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: linux-xfs@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The current state of the log reserve grant head. It + represents the total log reservation of all currently + outstanding transactions in bytes. +Users: xfstests + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/write_grant_head_bytes +Date: June 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11 +Contact: linux-xfs@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The current state of the log write grant head. It + represents the total log reservation of all currently + outstanding transactions, including regrants due to + rolling transactions in bytes. +Users: xfstests diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4dbe0c49b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/hypervisor/guest_type +Date: June 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: If running under Xen: + Type of guest: + "Xen": standard guest type on arm + "HVM": fully virtualized guest (x86) + "PV": paravirtualized guest (x86) + "PVH": fully virtualized guest without legacy emulation (x86) + +What: /sys/hypervisor/pmu/pmu_mode +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com> +Description: If running under Xen: + Describes mode that Xen's performance-monitoring unit (PMU) + uses. Accepted values are: + + ====== ============================================ + "off" PMU is disabled + "self" The guest can profile itself + "hv" The guest can profile itself and, if it is + privileged (e.g. dom0), the hypervisor + "all" The guest can profile itself, the hypervisor + and all other guests. Only available to + privileged guests. + ====== ============================================ + +What: /sys/hypervisor/pmu/pmu_features +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com> +Description: If running under Xen: + Describes Xen PMU features (as an integer). A set bit indicates + that the corresponding feature is enabled. See + include/xen/interface/xenpmu.h for available features + +What: /sys/hypervisor/properties/buildid +Date: June 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: If running under Xen: + Build id of the hypervisor, needed for hypervisor live patching. + Might return "<denied>" in case of special security settings + in the hypervisor. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d6725fe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org> +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table initiator data. + Usually this contains the Initiator name. + +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org> +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table target data. + Usually this contains the target's IP address, boot LUN, + target name, and what NIC it is associated with. It can also + contain the CHAP name (and password), the reverse CHAP + name (and password) + +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org> +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table NIC data. + Usually this contains the IP address, MAC, and gateway of the NIC. + +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/acpi_header +Date: March 2016 +Contact: David Bond <dbond@suse.com> +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/acpi_header directory will contain files + that expose the SIGNATURE, OEM_ID, and OEM_TABLE_ID fields of the + acpi table header of the iBFT structure. This will allow for + identification of the creator of the table which is useful in + determining quirks associated with some adapters when used in + hardware vs software iscsi initiator mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-address_bits b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-address_bits new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b72e4808 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-address_bits @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/address_bits +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Thomas Weißschuh <linux@weissschuh.net> +Description: + The address size of the running kernel in bits. + + Access: Read + +Users: util-linux diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f9bda453 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/boot_params +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: The /sys/kernel/boot_params directory contains two + files: "data" and "version" and one subdirectory "setup_data". + It is used to export the kernel boot parameters of an x86 + platform to userspace for kexec and debugging purpose. + + If there's no setup_data in boot_params the subdirectory will + not be created. + + "data" file is the binary representation of struct boot_params. + + "version" file is the string representation of boot + protocol version. + + "setup_data" subdirectory contains the setup_data data + structure in boot_params. setup_data is maintained in kernel + as a link list. In "setup_data" subdirectory there's one + subdirectory for each link list node named with the number + of the list nodes. The list node subdirectory contains two + files "type" and "data". "type" file is the string + representation of setup_data type. "data" file is the binary + representation of setup_data payload. + + The whole boot_params directory structure is like below:: + + /sys/kernel/boot_params + |__ data + |__ setup_data + | |__ 0 + | | |__ data + | | |__ type + | |__ 1 + | |__ data + | |__ type + |__ version + +Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe96efdc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/btf +Date: Aug 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: bpf@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Contains BTF type information and related data for kernel and + kernel modules. + +What: /sys/kernel/btf/vmlinux +Date: Aug 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: bpf@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only binary attribute exposing kernel's own BTF type + information with description of all internal kernel types. See + Documentation/bpf/btf.rst for detailed description of format + itself. + +What: /sys/kernel/btf/<module-name> +Date: Nov 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: bpf@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only binary attribute exposing kernel module's BTF type + information as an add-on to the kernel's BTF (/sys/kernel/btf/vmlinux). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-cpu_byteorder b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-cpu_byteorder new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f0e6ac1b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-cpu_byteorder @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/cpu_byteorder +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: Thomas Weißschuh <linux@weissschuh.net> +Description: + The endianness of the running kernel. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + "little", "big" +Users: util-linux diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fadump b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fadump new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b64b7622e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fadump @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/* +Date: Dec 2019 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + The /sys/kernel/fadump/* is a collection of FADump sysfs + file provide information about the configuration status + of Firmware Assisted Dump (FADump). + +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/enabled +Date: Dec 2019 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Primarily used to identify whether the FADump is enabled in + the kernel or not. +User: Kdump service + +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/registered +Date: Dec 2019 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Helps to control the dump collect feature from userspace. + Setting 1 to this file enables the system to collect the + dump and 0 to disable it. +User: Kdump service + +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/release_mem +Date: Dec 2019 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: write only + This is a special sysfs file and only available when + the system is booted to capture the vmcore using FADump. + It is used to release the memory reserved by FADump to + save the crash dump. + +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/mem_reserved +Date: Dec 2019 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Provide information about the amount of memory reserved by + FADump to save the crash dump in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/hotplug_ready +Date: Apr 2024 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Kdump udev rule re-registers fadump on memory add/remove events, + primarily to update the elfcorehdr. This sysfs indicates the + kdump udev rule that fadump re-registration is not required on + memory add/remove events because elfcorehdr is now prepared in + the second/fadump kernel. +User: kexec-tools + +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/bootargs_append +Date: May 2024 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + This is a special sysfs file available to setup additional + parameters to be passed to capture kernel. For HASH MMU it + is exported only if RMA size higher than 768MB. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bcff34665 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/fscaps +Date: February 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de> +Description: + Shows whether file system capabilities are honored + when executing a binary + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-hardlockup_count b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-hardlockup_count new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dfdd4078b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-hardlockup_count @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/hardlockup_count +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Shows how many times the system has detected a hard lockup since last boot. + Available only if CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR is enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a42d4383d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.5 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ contains a number of sub- + directories, each representing an IOMMU group. The + name of the sub-directory matches the iommu_group_id() + for the group, which is an integer value. Within each + subdirectory is another directory named "devices" with + links to the sysfs devices contained in this group. + The group directory also optionally contains a "name" + file if the IOMMU driver has chosen to register a more + common name for the group. +Users: + +What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/reserved_regions +Date: January 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com> +Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/reserved_regions list IOVA + regions that are reserved. Not necessarily all + reserved regions are listed. This is typically used to + output direct-mapped, MSI, non mappable regions. Each + region is described on a single line: the 1st field is + the base IOVA, the second is the end IOVA and the third + field describes the type of the region. + + Since kernel 5.3, in case an RMRR is used only by graphics or + USB devices it is now exposed as "direct-relaxable" instead + of "direct". In device assignment use case, for instance, + those RMRR are considered to be relaxable and safe. + +What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/<grp_id>/type +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.11 +Contact: Sai Praneeth Prakhya <sai.praneeth.prakhya@intel.com> +Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/<grp_id>/type shows the type of default + domain in use by iommu for this group. See include/linux/iommu.h + for possible read values. A privileged user could request kernel to + change the group type by writing to this file. Valid write values: + + ======== ====================================================== + DMA All the DMA transactions from the device in this group + are translated by the iommu. + DMA-FQ As above, but using batched invalidation to lazily + remove translations after use. This may offer reduced + overhead at the cost of reduced memory protection. + identity All the DMA transactions from the device in this group + are not translated by the iommu. Maximum performance + but zero protection. + auto Change to the type the device was booted with. + ======== ====================================================== + + The default domain type of a group may be modified only when + + - The device in the group is not bound to any device driver. + So, the users must unbind the appropriate driver before + changing the default domain type. + + Unbinding a device driver will take away the driver's control + over the device and if done on devices that host root file + system could lead to catastrophic effects (the users might + need to reboot the machine to get it to normal state). So, it's + expected that the users understand what they're doing. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8910d0c4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/irq +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: Directory containing information about the system's IRQs. + Specifically, data from the associated struct irq_desc. + The information here is similar to that in /proc/interrupts + but in a more machine-friendly format. This directory contains + one subdirectory for each Linux IRQ number. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/actions +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: The IRQ action chain. A comma-separated list of zero or more + device names associated with this interrupt. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/chip_name +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: Human-readable chip name supplied by the associated device + driver. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/hwirq +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: When interrupt translation domains are used, this file contains + the underlying hardware IRQ number used for this Linux IRQ. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/name +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: Human-readable flow handler name as defined by the irq chip + driver. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/per_cpu_count +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: The number of times the interrupt has fired since boot. This + is a comma-separated list of counters; one per CPU in CPU id + order. NOTE: This file consistently shows counters for all + CPU ids. This differs from the behavior of /proc/interrupts + which only shows counters for online CPUs. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/type +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: The type of the interrupt. Either the string 'level' or 'edge'. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/wakeup +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com> +Description: The wakeup state of the interrupt. Either the string + 'enabled' or 'disabled'. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-kexec-kdump b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-kexec-kdump new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59051b5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-kexec-kdump @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/kexec/* +Date: Nov 2025 +Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The /sys/kernel/kexec/* directory contains sysfs files + that provide information about the configuration status + of kexec and kdump. + +What: /sys/kernel/kexec/loaded +Date: Nov 2025 +Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org +Description: read only + Indicates whether a new kernel image has been loaded + into memory using the kexec system call. It shows 1 if + a kexec image is present and ready to boot, or 0 if none + is loaded. +User: kexec tools, kdump service + +What: /sys/kernel/kexec/crash_loaded +Date: Nov 2025 +Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org +Description: read only + Indicates whether a crash (kdump) kernel is currently + loaded into memory. It shows 1 if a crash kernel has been + successfully loaded for panic handling, or 0 if no crash + kernel is present. +User: Kexec tools, Kdump service + +What: /sys/kernel/kexec/crash_size +Date: Nov 2025 +Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org +Description: read/write + Shows the amount of memory reserved for loading the crash + (kdump) kernel. It reports the size, in bytes, of the + crash kernel area defined by the crashkernel= parameter. + This interface also allows reducing the crashkernel + reservation by writing a smaller value, and the reclaimed + space is added back to the system RAM. +User: Kdump service + +What: /sys/kernel/kexec/crash_elfcorehdr_size +Date: Nov 2025 +Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org +Description: read only + Indicates the preferred size of the memory buffer for the + ELF core header used by the crash (kdump) kernel. It defines + how much space is needed to hold metadata about the crashed + system, including CPU and memory information. This information + is used by the user space utility kexec to support updating the + in-kernel kdump image during hotplug operations. +User: Kexec tools + +What: /sys/kernel/kexec/crash_cma_ranges +Date: Nov 2025 +Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org +Description: read only + Provides information about the memory ranges reserved from + the Contiguous Memory Allocator (CMA) area that are allocated + to the crash (kdump) kernel. It lists the start and end physical + addresses of CMA regions assigned for crashkernel use. +User: kdump service diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c3f36b32 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Interface for kernel live patching + + The /sys/kernel/livepatch directory contains subdirectories for + each loaded live patch module. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The patch directory contains subdirectories for each kernel + object (vmlinux or a module) in which it patched functions. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/enabled +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A writable attribute that indicates whether the patched + code is currently applied. Writing 0 will disable the patch + while writing 1 will re-enable the patch. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/transition +Date: Feb 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An attribute which indicates whether the patch is currently in + transition. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/force +Date: Nov 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A writable attribute that allows administrator to affect the + course of an existing transition. Writing 1 clears + TIF_PATCH_PENDING flag of all tasks and thus forces the tasks to + the patched or unpatched state. Administrator should not + use this feature without a clearance from a patch + distributor. Removal (rmmod) of patch modules is permanently + disabled when the feature is used. See + Documentation/livepatch/livepatch.rst for more information. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/replace +Date: Jun 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.11.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An attribute which indicates whether the patch supports + atomic-replace. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/stack_order +Date: Jan 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.14.0 +Description: + This attribute specifies the sequence in which live patch modules + are applied to the system. If multiple live patches modify the same + function, the implementation with the biggest 'stack_order' number + is used, unless a transition is currently in progress. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The object directory contains subdirectories for each function + that is patched within the object. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>/patched +Date: August 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An attribute which indicates whether the object is currently + patched. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>/<function,sympos> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The function directory contains attributes regarding the + properties and state of the patched function. + + The directory name contains the patched function name and a + sympos number corresponding to the nth occurrence of the symbol + name in kallsyms for the patched object. + + There are currently no such attributes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..190d523ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm +Date: July 2008 +Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, VM maintainers +Description: + /sys/kernel/mm/ should contain any and all VM + related information in /sys/kernel/. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cma new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaf2a5d8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cma @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/cma/ +Date: Feb 2021 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + /sys/kernel/mm/cma/ contains a subdirectory for each CMA + heap name (also sometimes called CMA areas). + + Each CMA heap subdirectory (that is, each + /sys/kernel/mm/cma/<cma-heap-name> directory) contains the + following items: + + alloc_pages_success + alloc_pages_fail + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/cma/<cma-heap-name>/alloc_pages_success +Date: Feb 2021 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + the number of pages CMA API succeeded to allocate + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/cma/<cma-heap-name>/alloc_pages_fail +Date: Feb 2021 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + the number of pages CMA API failed to allocate + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/cma/<cma-heap-name>/release_pages_success +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: Anshuman Khandual <anshuman.khandual@arm.com> +Description: + the number of pages CMA API succeeded to release + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/cma/<cma-heap-name>/total_pages +Date: Jun 2024 +Contact: Frank van der Linden <fvdl@google.com> +Description: + The size of the CMA area in pages. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/cma/<cma-heap-name>/available_pages +Date: Jun 2024 +Contact: Frank van der Linden <fvdl@google.com> +Description: + The number of pages in the CMA area that are still + available for CMA allocation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e675a5714 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon @@ -0,0 +1,664 @@ +what: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/ +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Interface for Data Access MONitoring (DAMON). Contains files + for controlling DAMON. For more details on DAMON itself, + please refer to Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/index.rst. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/ +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Interface for privileged users of DAMON. Contains files for + controlling DAMON that aimed to be used by privileged users. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/nr_kdamonds +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for controlling each DAMON worker thread (kdamond) + named '0' to 'N-1' under the kdamonds/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/state +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing 'on' or 'off' to this file makes the kdamond starts or + stops, respectively. Reading the file returns the keywords + based on the current status. Writing 'commit' to this file + makes the kdamond reads the user inputs in the sysfs files + except 'state' again. Writing 'commit_schemes_quota_goals' to + this file makes the kdamond reads the quota goal files again. + Writing 'update_schemes_stats' to the file updates contents of + schemes stats files of the kdamond. Writing + 'update_schemes_tried_regions' to the file updates contents of + 'tried_regions' directory of every scheme directory of this + kdamond. Writing 'update_schemes_tried_bytes' to the file + updates only '.../tried_regions/total_bytes' files of this + kdamond. Writing 'clear_schemes_tried_regions' to the file + removes contents of the 'tried_regions' directory. Writing + 'update_schemes_effective_quotas' to the file updates + '.../quotas/effective_bytes' files of this kdamond. Writing + 'update_tuned_intervals' to the file updates 'sample_us' and + 'aggr_us' files under 'monitoring_attrs/intervals' with the + auto-tuned sampling and aggregation intervals. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/pid +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the pid of the kdamond if it is + running. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/refresh_ms +Date: Jul 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the time interval for + automatic DAMON status file contents update. Writing '0' + disables the update. Reading this file returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/nr_contexts +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for controlling each DAMON context named '0' to + 'N-1' under the contexts/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/avail_operations +Date: Apr 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the available monitoring operations + sets on the currently running kernel. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/operations +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a keyword for a monitoring operations set ('vaddr' for + virtual address spaces monitoring, 'fvaddr' for fixed virtual + address ranges monitoring, and 'paddr' for the physical address + space monitoring) to this file makes the context to use the + operations set. Reading the file returns the keyword for the + operations set the context is set to use. + + Note that only the operations sets that listed in + 'avail_operations' file are valid inputs. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/addr_unit +Date: Aug 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing an integer to this file sets the 'address unit' + parameter of the given operations set of the context. Reading + the file returns the last-written 'address unit' value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/pause +Date: Mar 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a boolean keyword to this file sets the 'pause' request + parameter for the context. Reading the file returns the + last-written 'pause' value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/intervals/sample_us +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the sampling interval of the + DAMON context in microseconds as the value. Reading this file + returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/intervals/aggr_us +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the aggregation interval of + the DAMON context in microseconds as the value. Reading this + file returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/intervals/update_us +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the update interval of the + DAMON context in microseconds as the value. Reading this file + returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/intervals/intervals_goal/access_bp +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the monitoring intervals + auto-tuning target DAMON-observed access events ratio within + the given time interval (aggrs in same directory), in bp + (1/10,000). Reading this file returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/intervals/intervals_goal/aggrs +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the time interval to achieve + the monitoring intervals auto-tuning target DAMON-observed + access events ratio (access_bp in same directory) within. + Reading this file returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/intervals/intervals_goal/min_sample_us +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the minimum value of + auto-tuned sampling interval in microseconds. Reading this + file returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/intervals/intervals_goal/max_sample_us +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the maximum value of + auto-tuned sampling interval in microseconds. Reading this + file returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/nr_regions/min + +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the minimum number of + monitoring regions of the DAMON context as the value. Reading + this file returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/nr_regions/max +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the maximum number of + monitoring regions of the DAMON context as the value. Reading + this file returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/probes/nr_probes +Date: May 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for each DAMON probe named '0' to 'N-1' under the + probes/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/probes/<P>/weight +Date: Jul 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the + per-probe attribute weight. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/probes/<P>/filters/nr_filters +Date: May 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for each DAMON probe filter named '0' to 'N-1' + under the filters/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/probes/<P>/filters/<F>/type +Date: May 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the type of + the memory of the interest. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/probes/<P>/filters/<F>/path +Date: May 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: If 'memcg' is written to the 'type' file, writing to and + reading from this file sets and gets the path to the memory + cgroup of the interest. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/probes/<P>/filters/<F>/matching +Date: May 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing 'Y' or 'N' to this file sets whether the filter is for + the memory of the 'type', or all except the 'type'. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/probes/<P>/filters/<F>/allow +Date: May 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing 'Y' or 'N' to this file sets whether to allow or reject + hitting the probe for the memory that satisfies the 'type' and + the 'matching' of the directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/targets/nr_targets +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for controlling each DAMON target of the context + named '0' to 'N-1' under the contexts/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/targets/<T>/pid_target +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the pid of + the target process if the context is for virtual address spaces + monitoring, respectively. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/targets/<T>/obsolete_target +Date: Oct 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the + obsoleteness of the matching parameters commit destination + target. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/targets/<T>/regions/nr_regions +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for setting each DAMON target memory region of the + context named '0' to 'N-1' under the regions/ directory. In + case of the virtual address space monitoring, DAMON + automatically sets the target memory region based on the target + processes' mappings. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/targets/<T>/regions/<R>/start +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the start + address of the monitoring region. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/targets/<T>/regions/<R>/end +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the end + address of the monitoring region. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/nr_schemes +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for controlling each DAMON-based operation scheme + of the context named '0' to 'N-1' under the schemes/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/action +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the action + of the scheme. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/target_nid +Date: Jun 2024 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Action's target NUMA node id. Supported by only relevant + actions. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/apply_interval_us +Date: Sep 2023 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the action apply interval of + the scheme in microseconds. Reading this file returns the + value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/sz/min +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the minimum + size of the scheme's target regions in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/sz/max +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the maximum + size of the scheme's target regions in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/nr_accesses/min +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the minimum + 'nr_accesses' of the scheme's target regions. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/nr_accesses/max +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the maximum + 'nr_accesses' of the scheme's target regions. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/age/min +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the minimum + 'age' of the scheme's target regions. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/age/max +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the maximum + 'age' of the scheme's target regions. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/ms +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the time + quota of the scheme in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/bytes +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the size + quota of the scheme in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/effective_bytes +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading from this file gets the effective size quota of the + scheme in bytes, which adjusted for the time quota and goals. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/reset_interval_ms +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the quotas + charge reset interval of the scheme in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/goals/nr_goals +Date: Nov 2023 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for setting automatic tuning of the scheme's + aggressiveness named '0' to 'N-1' under the goals/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/goals/<G>/target_metric +Date: Feb 2024 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the quota + auto-tuning goal metric. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/goals/<G>/target_value +Date: Nov 2023 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the target + value of the goal metric. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/goals/<G>/current_value +Date: Nov 2023 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the current + value of the goal metric. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/goals/<G>/nid +Date: Apr 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the nid + parameter of the goal. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/goals/<G>/path +Date: Oct 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the path + parameter of the goal. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/goal_tuner +Date: Mar 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the + goal-based effective quota auto-tuning algorithm to use. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/fail_charge_num +Date: Mar 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the + action-failed memory quota charging ratio numerator. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/fail_charge_denom +Date: Mar 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the + action-failed memory quota charging ratio denominator. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/weights/sz_permil +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the + under-quota limit regions prioritization weight for 'size' in + permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/weights/nr_accesses_permil +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the + under-quota limit regions prioritization weight for + 'nr_accesses' in permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/weights/age_permil +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the + under-quota limit regions prioritization weight for 'age' in + permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/watermarks/metric +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the metric + of the watermarks for the scheme. The writable/readable + keywords for this file are 'none' for disabling the watermarks + feature, or 'free_mem_rate' for the system's global free memory + rate in permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/watermarks/interval_us +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the metric + check interval of the watermarks for the scheme in + microseconds. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/watermarks/high +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the high + watermark of the scheme in permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/watermarks/mid +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the mid + watermark of the scheme in permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/watermarks/low +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the low + watermark of the scheme in permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Directory for DAMON core layer-handled DAMOS filters. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters/nr_filters +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for setting filters of the scheme named '0' to + 'N-1' under the core_filters/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters/<F>/type +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the type of + the memory of the interest. 'anon' for anonymous pages, + 'memcg' for specific memory cgroup, 'young' for young pages, + 'addr' for address range (an open-ended interval), or 'target' + for DAMON monitoring target can be written and read. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters/<F>/memcg_path +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: If 'memcg' is written to the 'type' file, writing to and + reading from this file sets and gets the path to the memory + cgroup of the interest. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters/<F>/addr_start +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: If 'addr' is written to the 'type' file, writing to or reading + from this file sets or gets the start address of the address + range for the filter. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters/<F>/addr_end +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: If 'addr' is written to the 'type' file, writing to or reading + from this file sets or gets the end address of the address + range for the filter. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters/<F>/min +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: If 'hugepage_size' is written to the 'type' file, writing to + or reading from this file sets or gets the minimum size of the + hugepage for the filter. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters/<F>/max +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: If 'hugepage_size' is written to the 'type' file, writing to + or reading from this file sets or gets the maximum size of the + hugepage for the filter. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters/<F>/damon_target_idx +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: If 'target' is written to the 'type' file, writing to or + reading from this file sets or gets the index of the DAMON + monitoring target of the interest. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters/<F>/matching +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing 'Y' or 'N' to this file sets whether the filter is for + the memory of the 'type', or all except the 'type'. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters/<F>/allow +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing 'Y' or 'N' to this file sets whether to allow or reject + applying the scheme's action to the memory that satisfies the + 'type' and the 'matching' of the directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/ops_filters +Date: Feb 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Directory for DAMON operations set layer-handled DAMOS filters. + Files under this directory works same to those of + /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/core_filters + directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/filters +Date: Dec 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Directory for DAMOS filters. Files under this directory works + same to those of + /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/{core,ops}_filters + directory. This is deprecated. Use the core_filters and + ops_filters instead. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/dests/nr_dests +Date: Jul 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for setting action destinations of the scheme named + '0' to 'N-1' under the dests/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/dests/<D>/id +Date: Jul 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the id of + the DAMOS action destination. For DAMOS_MIGRATE_{HOT,COLD} + actions, the destination node's node id can be written and + read. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/dests/<D>/weight +Date: Jul 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the weight + of the DAMOS action destination to select as the destination of + each action among the destinations. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/nr_tried +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the number of regions that the action + of the scheme has tried to be applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/sz_tried +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the total size of regions that the + action of the scheme has tried to be applied in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/nr_applied +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the number of regions that the action + of the scheme has successfully applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/sz_applied +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the total size of regions that the + action of the scheme has successfully applied in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/sz_ops_filter_passed +Date: Dec 2024 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the total size of memory that passed + DAMON operations layer-handled filters of the scheme in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/qt_exceeds +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the number of the exceed events of + the scheme's quotas. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/nr_snapshots +Date: Dec 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the total number of DAMON snapshots + that the scheme has tried to be applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/max_nr_snapshots +Date: Dec 2025 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number to this file sets the upper limit of + nr_snapshots that deactivates the scheme when the limit is + reached or exceeded. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/total_bytes +Date: Jul 2023 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the total amount of memory that + corresponding DAMON-based Operation Scheme's action has tried + to be applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/<R>/start +Date: Oct 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the start address of a memory region + that corresponding DAMON-based Operation Scheme's action has + tried to be applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/<R>/end +Date: Oct 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the end address of a memory region + that corresponding DAMON-based Operation Scheme's action has + tried to be applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/<R>/nr_accesses +Date: Oct 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the 'nr_accesses' of a memory region + that corresponding DAMON-based Operation Scheme's action has + tried to be applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/<R>/age +Date: Oct 2022 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the 'age' of a memory region that + corresponding DAMON-based Operation Scheme's action has tried + to be applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/<R>/sz_filter_passed +Date: Dec 2024 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the size of the memory in the region + that passed DAMON operations layer-handled filters of the + scheme in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/<R>/probes/ +Date: May 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Directory for DAMON data-attribute monitoring probes of the + region. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/<R>/probes/<P>/hits +Date: May 2026 +Contact: SJ Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the number of data-attribute + monitoring probe-hit positive samples of the region. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages new file mode 100644 index 000000000..294387e2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, hugetlb maintainers +Description: + /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ contains a number of subdirectories + of the form hugepages-<size>kB, where <size> is the page size + of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU combination. + + Under these directories are a number of files: + + - nr_hugepages + - nr_overcommit_hugepages + - free_hugepages + - surplus_hugepages + - resv_hugepages + + See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6041a025b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm +Date: September 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.32 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Interface for Kernel Samepage Merging (KSM) + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/full_scans +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_shared +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_sharing +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_unshared +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_volatile +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/run +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/sleep_millisecs +Date: September 2009 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Kernel Samepage Merging daemon sysfs interface + + full_scans: how many times all mergeable areas have been + scanned. + + pages_shared: how many shared pages are being used. + + pages_sharing: how many more sites are sharing them i.e. how + much saved. + + pages_to_scan: how many present pages to scan before ksmd goes + to sleep. + + pages_unshared: how many pages unique but repeatedly checked + for merging. + + pages_volatile: how many pages changing too fast to be placed + in a tree. + + run: write 0 to disable ksm, read 0 while ksm is disabled. + + - write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running. + - write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages. + + sleep_millisecs: how many milliseconds ksm should sleep between + scans. + + See Documentation/mm/ksm.rst for more information. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/merge_across_nodes +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.9 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Control merging pages across different NUMA nodes. + + When it is set to 0 only pages from the same node are merged, + otherwise pages from all nodes can be merged together (default). + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/general_profit +Date: April 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Measure how effective KSM is. + general_profit: how effective is KSM. The formula for the + calculation is in Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-memory-tiers b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-memory-tiers new file mode 100644 index 000000000..721a05b90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-memory-tiers @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices/virtual/memory_tiering/ +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: A collection of all the memory tiers allocated. + + Individual memory tier details are contained in subdirectories + named by the abstract distance of the memory tier. + + /sys/devices/virtual/memory_tiering/memory_tierN/ + + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/memory_tiering/memory_tierN/ + /sys/devices/virtual/memory_tiering/memory_tierN/nodelist +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Directory with details of a specific memory tier + + This is the directory containing information about a particular + memory tier, memtierN, where N is derived based on abstract distance. + + A smaller value of N implies a higher (faster) memory tier in the + hierarchy. + + nodelist: NUMA nodes that are part of this memory tier. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-mempolicy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-mempolicy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ac327fd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-mempolicy @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/mempolicy/ +Date: January 2024 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Interface for Mempolicy diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-mempolicy-weighted-interleave b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-mempolicy-weighted-interleave new file mode 100644 index 000000000..649c0e9b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-mempolicy-weighted-interleave @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/mempolicy/weighted_interleave/ +Date: January 2024 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Configuration Interface for the Weighted Interleave policy + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/mempolicy/weighted_interleave/nodeN +Date: January 2024 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Weight configuration interface for nodeN + + The interleave weight for a memory node (N). These weights are + utilized by tasks which have set their mempolicy to + MPOL_WEIGHTED_INTERLEAVE. + + These weights only affect new allocations, and changes at runtime + will not cause migrations on already allocated pages. + + The minimum weight for a node is always 1. + + Minimum weight: 1 + Maximum weight: 255 + + Writing invalid values (i.e. any values not in [1,255], + empty string, ...) will return -EINVAL. + + Changing the weight to a valid value will automatically + switch the system to manual mode as well. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/mempolicy/weighted_interleave/auto +Date: May 2025 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Auto-weighting configuration interface + + Configuration mode for weighted interleave. 'true' indicates + that the system is in auto mode, and a 'false' indicates that + the system is in manual mode. + + In auto mode, all node weights are re-calculated and overwritten + (visible via the nodeN interfaces) whenever new bandwidth data + is made available during either boot or hotplug events. + + In manual mode, node weights can only be updated by the user. + Note that nodes that are onlined with previously set weights + will reuse those weights. If they were not previously set or + are onlined with missing bandwidth data, the weights will use + a default weight of 1. + + Writing any true value string (e.g. Y or 1) will enable auto + mode, while writing any false value string (e.g. N or 0) will + enable manual mode. All other strings are ignored and will + return -EINVAL. + + Writing a new weight to a node directly via the nodeN interface + will also automatically switch the system to manual mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-numa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-numa new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90e375ff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-numa @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/numa/ +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Interface for NUMA + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/numa/demotion_enabled +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Enable/disable demoting pages during reclaim + + Page migration during reclaim is intended for systems + with tiered memory configurations. These systems have + multiple types of memory with varied performance + characteristics instead of plain NUMA systems where + the same kind of memory is found at varied distances. + Allowing page migration during reclaim enables these + systems to migrate pages from fast tiers to slow tiers + when the fast tier is under pressure. This migration + is performed before swap if an eligible numa node is + present in cpuset.mems for the cgroup (or if cpuset v1 + is being used). If cpusets.mems changes at runtime, it + may move data to a NUMA node that does not fall into the + cpuset of the new cpusets.mems, which might be construed + to violate the guarantees of cpusets. Shared memory, + such as libraries, owned by another cgroup may still be + demoted and result in memory use on a node not present + in cpusets.mem. This should not be enabled on systems + which need strict cpuset location guarantees. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-swap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-swap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94672016c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-swap @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/swap/ +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Interface for swapping + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/swap/vma_ra_enabled +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Enable/disable VMA based swap readahead. + + If set to true, the VMA based swap readahead algorithm + will be used for swappable anonymous pages mapped in a + VMA, and the global swap readahead algorithm will be + still used for tmpfs etc. other users. If set to + false, the global swap readahead algorithm will be + used for all swappable pages. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-transparent-hugepage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-transparent-hugepage new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bfbb9cc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-transparent-hugepage @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/ +Date: April 2024 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + /sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/ contains a number of files and + subdirectories, + + - defrag + - enabled + - hpage_pmd_size + - khugepaged + - shmem_enabled + - use_zero_page + - subdirectories of the form hugepages-<size>kB, where <size> + is the page size of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU + combination. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/transhuge.rst for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count new file mode 100644 index 000000000..156cca9db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/oops_count +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2.0 +Contact: Linux Kernel Hardening List <linux-hardening@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Shows how many times the system has Oopsed since last boot. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-rcu_stall_count b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-rcu_stall_count new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4a97a7f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-rcu_stall_count @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/rcu_stall_count +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Shows how many times the system has detected an RCU stall since last boot. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-reboot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-reboot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52571fd5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-reboot @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/reboot +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Matteo Croce <teknoraver@meta.com> +Description: Interface to set the kernel reboot behavior, similarly to + what can be done via the reboot= cmdline option. + (see Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt) + +What: /sys/kernel/reboot/mode +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Matteo Croce <teknoraver@meta.com> +Description: Reboot mode. Valid values are: cold warm hard soft gpio + +What: /sys/kernel/reboot/type +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Matteo Croce <teknoraver@meta.com> +Description: Reboot type. Valid values are: bios acpi kbd triple efi pci + +What: /sys/kernel/reboot/cpu +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Matteo Croce <teknoraver@meta.com> +Description: CPU number to use to reboot. + +What: /sys/kernel/reboot/force +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Matteo Croce <teknoraver@meta.com> +Description: Don't wait for any other CPUs on reboot and + avoid anything that could hang. + +What: /sys/kernel/reboot/hw_protection +Date: April 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: Ahmad Fatoum <a.fatoum@pengutronix.de> +Description: Hardware protection action taken on critical events like + overtemperature or imminent voltage loss. + Valid values are: reboot shutdown diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c52034e3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab @@ -0,0 +1,526 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/slab +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The /sys/kernel/slab directory contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the SLUB allocator for each cache. Certain + files may be modified to change the behavior of the cache (and + any cache it aliases, if any). +Users: kernel memory tuning tools + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/aliases +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The aliases file is read-only and specifies how many caches + have merged into this cache. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/align +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The align file is read-only and specifies the cache's object + alignment in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_calls +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The alloc_calls file is read-only and lists the kernel code + locations from which allocations for this cache were performed. + The alloc_calls file only contains information if debugging is + enabled for that cache (see + Documentation/admin-guide/mm/slab.rst). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_fastpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been + allocated using the fast path. It can be written to clear the + current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_from_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has + been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list + of partially used slabs. It can be written to clear the current + count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_refill +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist + was empty but there were objects available as the result of + remote cpu frees. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_slab +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to + be allocated from the page allocator. It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_slowpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been + allocated using the slow path because of a refill or + allocation from a partial or new slab. It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/cache_dma +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The cache_dma file is read-only and specifies whether objects + are from ZONE_DMA. + Available when CONFIG_ZONE_DMA is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/cpu_slabs +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The cpu_slabs file is read-only. It is deprecated and always + reads "0" since the removal of per-cpu slabs in Linux 7.0. It + previously displayed how many cpu slabs were active and their + NUMA locality. The file is kept for backwards compatibility. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/cpuslab_flush +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs + have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a + cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an + allocation from a certain node. It can be written to clear the + current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/ctor +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The ctor file is read-only and specifies the cache's object + constructor function, which is invoked for each object when a + new slab is allocated. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/deactivate_empty +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab + was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/deactivate_full +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab + was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/deactivate_remote_frees +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab + has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed + remotely. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/deactivate_to_head +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu + slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial + list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/deactivate_to_tail +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu + slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial + list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/destroy_by_rcu +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The destroy_by_rcu file is read-only and specifies whether + slabs (not objects) are freed by rcu. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_add_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has + been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's + partial list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_calls +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The free_calls file is read-only and lists the locations of + object frees if slab debugging is enabled (see + Documentation/admin-guide/mm/slab.rst). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_fastpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed + using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab. + It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_frozen +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to + a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab). It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_remove_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has + been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from + its node's partial list. It can be written to clear the current + count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_slab +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been + freed back to the page allocator. It can be written to clear + the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_slowpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed + using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab). It can + be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/hwcache_align +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The hwcache_align file is read-only and specifies whether + objects are aligned on cachelines. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/min_partial +Date: February 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> +Description: + The min_partial file specifies how many empty slabs shall + remain on a node's partial list to avoid the overhead of + allocating new slabs. Such slabs may be reclaimed by utilizing + the shrink file. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/object_size +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The object_size file is read-only and specifies the cache's + object size. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/objects +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The objects file is read-only and displays how many objects are + active and from which nodes they are from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/objects_partial +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The objects_partial file is read-only and displays how many + objects are on partial slabs and from which nodes they are + from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/objs_per_slab +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The file objs_per_slab is read-only and specifies how many + objects may be allocated from a single slab of the order + specified in /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/order. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/order +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The order file specifies the page order at which new slabs are + allocated. It is writable and can be changed to increase the + number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated + because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order + possible depending on its characteristics. + + When debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0) parameter is specified + (see Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst), the minimum possible + order is used and this sysfs entry can not be used to change + the order at run time. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/order_fallback +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a + new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead + fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to + clear the current count. + + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/partial +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The partial file is read-only and displays how long many + partial slabs there are and how long each node's list is. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/poison +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The poison file specifies whether objects should be poisoned + when a new slab is allocated. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/reclaim_account +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The reclaim_account file specifies whether the cache's objects + are reclaimable (and grouped by their mobility). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/red_zone +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The red_zone file specifies whether the cache's objects are red + zoned. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/remote_node_defrag_ratio +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The file remote_node_defrag_ratio specifies the percentage of + times SLUB will attempt to refill the cpu slab with a partial + slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on + the local node. This reduces the amount of wasted memory over + the entire system but can be expensive. + + Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/sanity_checks +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The sanity_checks file specifies whether expensive checks + should be performed on free and, at minimum, enables double free + checks. Caches that enable sanity_checks cannot be merged with + caches that do not. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/shrink +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The shrink file is used to reclaim unused slab cache + memory from a cache. Empty per-cpu or partial slabs + are freed and the partial list is sorted so the slabs + with the fewest available objects are used first. + It only accepts a value of "1" on write for shrinking + the cache. Other input values are considered invalid. + Shrinking slab caches might be expensive and can + adversely impact other running applications. So it + should be used with care. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/slab_size +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The slab_size file is read-only and specifies the object size + with metadata (debugging information and alignment) in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/slabs +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The slabs file is read-only and displays how long many slabs + there are (both cpu and partial) and from which nodes they are + from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/store_user +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The store_user file specifies whether the location of + allocation or free should be tracked for a cache. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/total_objects +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The total_objects file is read-only and displays how many total + objects a cache has and from which nodes they are from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/trace +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + The trace file specifies whether object allocations and frees + should be traced. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/validate +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + Writing to the validate file causes SLUB to traverse all of its + cache's objects and check the validity of metadata. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/usersize +Date: Jun 2017 +Contact: David Windsor <dave@nullcore.net> +Description: + The usersize file is read-only and contains the usercopy + region size. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/slabs_cpu_partial +Date: Aug 2011 +Contact: Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + This read-only file is deprecated and always reads "0(0)" since + the removal of per-cpu partial slabs in Linux 7.0. It previously + showed the number of partially allocated frozen slabs. The file + is kept for backwards compatibility. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/cpu_partial +Date: Aug 2011 +Contact: Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org> +Description: + This file is deprecated and always reads "0" since the removal of + per-cpu partial slabs in Linux 7.0. It previously showed the + number of per-cpu partial pages to keep around. The file is kept + for backwards compatibility. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-softlockup_count b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-softlockup_count new file mode 100644 index 000000000..337ff5531 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-softlockup_count @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/softlockup_count +Date: May 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Shows how many times the system has detected a soft lockup since last boot. + Available only if CONFIG_SOFTLOCKUP_DETECTOR is enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f1087a5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/vmcoreinfo +Date: October 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: Ken'ichi Ohmichi <oomichi@mxs.nes.nec.co.jp> + Kexec Mailing List <kexec@lists.infradead.org> + Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com> +Description: + Shows physical address and size of vmcoreinfo ELF note. + First value contains physical address of note in hex and + second value contains the size of note in hex. This ELF + note info is parsed by second kernel and exported to user + space as part of ELF note in /proc/vmcore file. This note + contains various information like struct size, symbol + values, page size etc. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90a029813 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/warn_count +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2.0 +Contact: Linux Kernel Hardening List <linux-hardening@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Shows how many times the system has Warned since last boot. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-mce b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-mce new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83172f50e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-mce @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/ +Contact: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> +Date: Feb, 2007 +Description: + (X = CPU number) + + Machine checks report internal hardware error conditions + detected by the CPU. Uncorrected errors typically cause a + machine check (often with panic), corrected ones cause a + machine check log entry. + + For more details about the x86 machine check architecture + see the Intel and AMD architecture manuals from their + developer websites. + + For more details about the architecture + see http://one.firstfloor.org/~andi/mce.pdf + + Each CPU has its own directory. + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/bank<Y> +Contact: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> +Date: Feb, 2007 +Description: + (Y bank number) + + 64bit Hex bitmask enabling/disabling specific subevents for + bank Y. + + When a bit in the bitmask is zero then the respective + subevent will not be reported. + + By default all events are enabled. + + Note that BIOS maintain another mask to disable specific events + per bank. This is not visible here + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/check_interval +Contact: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> +Date: Feb, 2007 +Description: + The entries appear for each CPU, but they are truly shared + between all CPUs. + + How often to poll for corrected machine check errors, in + seconds (Note output is hexadecimal). Default 5 minutes. + When the poller finds MCEs it triggers an exponential speedup + (poll more often) on the polling interval. When the poller + stops finding MCEs, it triggers an exponential backoff + (poll less often) on the polling interval. The check_interval + variable is both the initial and maximum polling interval. + 0 means no polling for corrected machine check errors + (but some corrected errors might be still reported + in other ways) + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/trigger +Contact: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> +Date: Feb, 2007 +Description: + The entries appear for each CPU, but they are truly shared + between all CPUs. + + Program to run when a machine check event is detected. + This is an alternative to running mcelog regularly from cron + and allows to detect events faster. + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/monarch_timeout +Contact: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> +Date: Feb, 2007 +Description: + How long to wait for the other CPUs to machine check too on a + exception. 0 to disable waiting for other CPUs. + + Unit: us + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/ignore_ce +Contact: Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com> +Date: Jun 2009 +Description: + Disables polling and CMCI for corrected errors. + All corrected events are not cleared and kept in bank MSRs. + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/dont_log_ce +Contact: Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com> +Date: Jun 2009 +Description: + Disables logging for corrected errors. + All reported corrected errors will be cleared silently. + + This option will be useful if you never care about corrected + errors. + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/cmci_disabled +Contact: Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com> +Date: Jun 2009 +Description: + Disables the CMCI feature. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00f4e35f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page +Date: Sep 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: andi@firstfloor.org +Description: + Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address + written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the + physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt + to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or + dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed + on the bad page list and never be reused. + + The offlining is done in kernel specific granularity. + Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but + this might change. + + The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The + kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather + fail the offline. Return value is the size of the + number, or a error when the offlining failed. Reading + the file is not allowed. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page +Date: Sep 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: andi@firstfloor.org +Description: + Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical + address written into this file. Input is a hex number + specifying the physical address of the page. The + kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by + trying to drop the page or killing any owner or + triggering IO errors if needed. Note this may kill + any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid + to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the + hardware. + + The offlining is done in kernel specific granularity. + Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but + this might change. + + Return value is the size of the number, or a error when + the offlining failed. + Reading the file is not allowed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5b7d19bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_mac +Date: August 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com +Description: Write/read GbE MAC address. + +What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_firmware +Date: August 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com +Description: Write/read Option ROM data. + + +What: /sys/module/ehci_hcd/drivers/.../uframe_periodic_max +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Kirill Smelkov <kirr@mns.spb.ru> +Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs) + + Note: + USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per + microframe to be 80%, that is 100 microseconds out of 125 + microseconds (full microframe). + + However there are cases, when 80% max isochronous bandwidth is + too limiting. For example two video streams could require 110 + microseconds of isochronous bandwidth per microframe to work + together. + + Through this setting it is possible to raise the limit so that + the host controller would allow allocating more than 100 + microseconds of periodic bandwidth per microframe. + + Beware, non-standard modes are usually not thoroughly tested by + hardware designers, and the hardware can malfunction when this + setting differ from default 100. + +What: /sys/module/*/{coresize,initsize} +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Module size in bytes. + +What: /sys/module/*/initstate +Date: Nov 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Show the initialization state(live, coming, going) of + the module. + +What: /sys/module/*/import_ns +Date: January 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.1 +Contact: linux-modules@vger.kernel.org +Description: List of symbol namespaces imported by this module via + MODULE_IMPORT_NS(). Each namespace appears on a separate line. + This file only exists for modules that import at least one + namespace. + +What: /sys/module/*/taint +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Module taint flags: + == ===================== + P proprietary module + O out-of-tree module + F force-loaded module + C staging driver module + E unsigned module + K livepatch module + N in-kernel test module + == ===================== + +What: /sys/module/grant_table/parameters/free_per_iteration +Date: July 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 but backported to all supported stable branches +Contact: Xen developer discussion <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: Read and write number of grant entries to attempt to free per iteration. + + Note: Future versions of Xen and Linux may provide a better + interface for controlling the rate of deferred grant reclaim + or may not need it at all. +Users: Qubes OS (https://www.qubes-os.org) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-nvmem-cells b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-nvmem-cells new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7c9444f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-nvmem-cells @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/.../cells/<cell-name> +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com> +Description: + The "cells" folder contains one file per cell exposed by the + NVMEM device. The name of the file is: "<name>@<byte>,<bit>", + with <name> being the cell name and <where> its location in + the NVMEM device, in hexadecimal bytes and bits (without the + '0x' prefix, to mimic device tree node names). The length of + the file is the size of the cell (when known). The content of + the file is the binary content of the cell (may sometimes be + ASCII, likely without trailing character). + Note: This file is only present if CONFIG_NVMEM_SYSFS + is enabled. + + Example:: + + hexdump -C /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/1-00563/cells/product-name@d,0 + 00000000 54 4e 34 38 4d 2d 50 2d 44 4e |TN48M-P-DN| + 0000000a diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..494d7c1ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/ +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2 directory contains knobs used by the + ocfs2-tools to interact with the filesystem. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol file displays version + of ocfs2 locking supported by the filesystem. This version + covers how ocfs2 uses distributed locking between cluster + nodes. + + The protocol version has a major and minor number. Two + cluster nodes can interoperate if they have an identical + major number and an overlapping minor number - thus, + a node with version 1.10 can interoperate with a node + sporting version 1.8, as long as both use the 1.8 protocol. + + Reading from this file returns a single line, the major + number and minor number joined by a period, eg "1.10". + + This file is read-only. The value is compiled into the + driver. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins file describes + the available plugins to support ocfs2 cluster operation. + A cluster plugin is required to use ocfs2 in a cluster. + There are currently two available plugins: + + * 'o2cb' - The classic o2cb cluster stack that ocfs2 has + used since its inception. + * 'user' - A plugin supporting userspace cluster software + in conjunction with fs/dlm. + + Reading from this file returns the names of all loaded + plugins, one per line. + + This file is read-only. Its contents may change as + plugins are loaded or removed. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin displays which + cluster plugin is currently in use by the filesystem. + The active plugin will appear in the loaded_cluster_plugins + file as well. Only one plugin can be used at a time. + + Reading from this file returns the name of the active plugin + on a single line. + + This file is read-only. Which plugin is active depends on + the cluster stack in use. The contents may change + when all filesystems are unmounted and the cluster stack + is changed. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack file contains the name + of current ocfs2 cluster stack. This value is set by + userspace tools when bringing the cluster stack online. + + Cluster stack names are 4 characters in length. + + When the 'o2cb' cluster stack is used, the 'o2cb' cluster + plugin is active. All other cluster stacks use the 'user' + cluster plugin. + + Reading from this file returns the name of the current + cluster stack on a single line. + + Writing a new stack name to this file changes the current + cluster stack unless there are mounted ocfs2 filesystems. + If there are mounted filesystems, attempts to change the + stack return an error. + +Users: + ocfs2-tools <ocfs2-tools-devel@lists.linux.dev> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-alienware-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-alienware-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4877b3745 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-alienware-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_boost +Date: March 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: Kurt Borja <kuurtb@gmail.com> +Description: + This file exposes fan boost control for Dell gaming laptops with + the AWCC WMI interface. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/alienware-wmi.rst for + details. + + Integer value in the range 0 to 255 + + RW diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c78d358db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/display +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + This file allows display switching. The value + is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow:: + + 4321 + |||`- LCD + ||`-- CRT + |`--- TV + `---- DVI + + Ex: + - 0 (0000b) means no display + - 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the gps device. 1 means on, 0 means off. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ledd +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be + used to display several items of information. + To control the LED display, use the following:: + + echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ + + where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display. + The DDD table can be found in Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/asus-laptop.rst + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/bluetooth +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the bluetooth device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + This may control the led, the device or both. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wlan +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the wlan device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + This may control the led, the device or both. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wimax +Date: October 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the wimax device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wwan +Date: October 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the wwan (3G) device. 1 means on, 0 means off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9825c615 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cpufv +Date: Oct 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Change CPU clock configuration (write-only). + There are three available clock configuration: + + * 0 -> Super Performance Mode + * 1 -> High Performance Mode + * 2 -> Power Saving Mode + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/camera +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cardr +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/touchpad +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the card touchpad. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/lid_resume +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: "AceLan Kao" <acelan.kao@canonical.com> +Description: + Resume on lid open. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/fan_boost_mode +Date: Sep 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: "Yurii Pavlovskyi" <yurii.pavlovskyi@gmail.com> +Description: + Fan boost mode: + * 0 - normal, + * 1 - overboost, + * 2 - silent + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/throttle_thermal_policy +Date: Dec 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: "Leonid Maksymchuk" <leonmaxx@gmail.com> +Description: + Throttle thermal policy mode: + * 0 - default, + * 1 - overboost, + * 2 - silent + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/keystone +Date: Jun 2026 +KernelVersion: 7.2 +Contact: "Dariusz Figzał" <dariuszfigzal@gmail.com> +Description: + Reports the Keystone dongle insert state (read-only): + * 0 - not inserted + * 1 - inserted + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/gpu_mux_mode +Date: Aug 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Switch the GPU hardware MUX mode. Laptops with this feature can + can be toggled to boot with only the dGPU (discrete mode) or in + standard Optimus/Hybrid mode. On switch a reboot is required: + + * 0 - Discrete GPU, + * 1 - Optimus/Hybrid, + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/dgpu_disable +Date: Aug 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Disable discrete GPU: + * 0 - Enable dGPU, + * 1 - Disable dGPU + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/egpu_enable +Date: Aug 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Enable the external GPU paired with ROG X-Flow laptops. + Toggling this setting will also trigger ACPI to disable the dGPU: + + * 0 - Disable, + * 1 - Enable + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/panel_od +Date: Aug 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Enable an LCD response-time boost to reduce or remove ghosting: + * 0 - Disable, + * 1 - Enable + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/charge_mode +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Get the current charging mode being used: + * 1 - Barrel connected charger, + * 2 - USB-C charging + * 3 - Both connected, barrel used for charging + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/egpu_connected +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Show if the egpu (XG Mobile) is correctly connected: + * 0 - False, + * 1 - True + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/mini_led_mode +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Change the mini-LED mode: + * 0 - Single-zone, + * 1 - Multi-zone + * 2 - Multi-zone strong (available on newer generation mini-led) + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/available_mini_led_mode +Date: Apr 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.10 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + List the available mini-led modes. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/ppt_pl1_spl +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Set the Package Power Target total of CPU: PL1 on Intel, SPL on AMD. + Shown on Intel+Nvidia or AMD+Nvidia based systems: + + * min=5, max=250 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/ppt_pl2_sppt +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Set the Slow Package Power Tracking Limit of CPU: PL2 on Intel, SPPT, + on AMD. Shown on Intel+Nvidia or AMD+Nvidia based systems: + + * min=5, max=250 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/ppt_fppt +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Set the Fast Package Power Tracking Limit of CPU. AMD+Nvidia only: + * min=5, max=250 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/ppt_apu_sppt +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Set the APU SPPT limit. Shown on full AMD systems only: + * min=5, max=130 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/ppt_platform_sppt +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Set the platform SPPT limit. Shown on full AMD systems only: + * min=5, max=130 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/nv_dynamic_boost +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Set the dynamic boost limit of the Nvidia dGPU: + * min=5, max=25 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/nv_temp_target +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Set the target temperature limit of the Nvidia dGPU: + * min=75, max=87 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/boot_sound +Date: Apr 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.10 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Set if the BIOS POST sound is played on boot. + * 0 - False, + * 1 - True + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/mcu_powersave +Date: Apr 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.10 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + DEPRECATED, WILL BE REMOVED SOON: please use asus-armoury + Set if the MCU can go in to low-power mode on system sleep + * 0 - False, + * 1 - True diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b146be74b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/at91_can/net/<iface>/mb0_id +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Marc Kleine-Budde <kernel@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Value representing the can_id of mailbox 0. + + Default: 0x7ff (standard frame) + + Due to a chip bug (errata 50.2.6.3 & 50.3.5.3 in + "AT91SAM9263 Preliminary 6249H-ATARM-27-Jul-09") the + contents of mailbox 0 may be send under certain + conditions (even if disabled or in rx mode). + + The workaround in the errata suggests not to use the + mailbox and load it with an unused identifier. + + In order to use an extended can_id add the + CAN_EFF_FLAG (0x80000000U) to the can_id. Example: + + - standard id 0x7ff:: + + echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id + + - extended id 0x1fffffff:: + + echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ayaneo-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ayaneo-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cffbf5fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ayaneo-ec @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ayaneo-ec/controller_power +Date: Nov 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: "Antheas Kapenekakis" <lkml@antheas.dev> +Description: + Current controller power state. Allows turning on and off + the controller power (e.g. for power savings). Write 1 to + turn on, 0 to turn off. File is readable and writable. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ayaneo-ec/controller_modules +Date: Nov 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.19 +Contact: "Antheas Kapenekakis" <lkml@antheas.dev> +Description: + Shows which controller modules are currently connected to + the device. Possible values are "left", "right" and "both". + File is read-only. The Windows software for this device + will only set controller power to 1 if both module sides + are connected (i.e. this file returns "both"). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1bad92bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/devices/../../gisb_arb_timeout +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> +Description: + Returns the currently configured raw timeout value of the + Broadcom Set Top Box internal GISB bus arbiter. Minimum value + is 1, and maximum value is 0xffffffff. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-memc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-memc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f2b750ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-memc @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*/srpd +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.21 +Contact: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> +Description: + Self Refresh Power Down (SRPD) inactivity timeout counted in + internal DDR controller clock cycles. Possible values range + from 0 (disable inactivity timeout) to 65535 (0xffff). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*/frequency +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.21 +Contact: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> +Description: + DDR PHY frequency in Hz. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f58cfb06b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_req +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com> +Description: + Can be set and read. + Set a_bus_req(A-device bus request) input to be 1 if + the application running on the A-device wants to use the bus, + and to be 0 when the application no longer wants to use + the bus(or wants to work as peripheral). a_bus_req can also + be set to 1 by kernel in response to remote wakeup signaling + from the B-device, the A-device should decide to resume the bus. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns 1 if the application running on the A-device + is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_drop +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com> +Description: + Can be set and read + The a_bus_drop(A-device bus drop) input is 1 when the + application running on the A-device wants to power down + the bus, and is 0 otherwise, When a_bus_drop is 1, then + the a_bus_req shall be 0. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns 1 if the bus is off(vbus is turned off) by + A-device, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/b_bus_req +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com> +Description: + Can be set and read. + The b_bus_req(B-device bus request) input is 1 during the time + that the application running on the B-device wants to use the + bus as host, and is 0 when the application no longer wants to + work as host and decides to switch back to be peripheral. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns if the application running on the B device + is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_clr_err +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com> +Description: + Only can be set. + The a_clr_err(A-device Vbus error clear) input is used to clear + vbus error, then A-device will power down the bus. + + Valid value is "1" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9f7d924f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/role +Date: Mar 2017 +Contact: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com> +Description: + When read, it returns string "gadget" or "host", indicating + the current controller role. + + It will do role switch when "gadget" or "host" is written to it. + Only controller at dual-role configuration supports writing. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..701529653 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_enabled +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> +Description: + This file allows to control the automatic keyboard + illumination mode on some systems that have an ambient + light sensor. Write 1 to this file to enable the auto + mode, 0 to disable it. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_setting +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> +Description: + This file allows to specify the on/off threshold value, + as reported by the ambient light sensor. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> +Description: + This file allows to control the input triggers that + turn on the keyboard backlight illumination that is + disabled because of inactivity. + Read the file to see the triggers available. The ones + enabled are preceded by '+', those disabled by '-'. + + To enable a trigger, write its name preceded by '+' to + this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded + by '-' instead. + + For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run:: + + echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers + + To disable it:: + + echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers + + Note that not all the available triggers can be configured. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> +Description: + This file allows to specify the interval after which the + keyboard illumination is disabled because of inactivity. + The timeouts are expressed in seconds, minutes, hours and + days, for which the symbols are 's', 'm', 'h' and 'd' + respectively. + + To configure the timeout, write to this file a value along + with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value + is assumed to be expressed in seconds. + + For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run:: + + echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout + + Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be + expressed in a different unit than the one used when the timeout + was set. + + Also note that only some timeouts are supported and that + some systems might fall back to a specific timeout in case + an invalid timeout is written to this file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-privacy-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-privacy-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4da7b2ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-privacy-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/6932965F-1671-4CEB-B988-D3AB0A901919[-X]/dell_privacy_supported_type +Date: Apr 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: "<perry.yuan@dell.com>" +Description: + Display which dell hardware level privacy devices are supported + “Dell Privacy” is a set of HW, FW, and SW features to enhance + Dell’s commitment to platform privacy for MIC, Camera, and + ePrivacy screens. + The supported hardware privacy devices are: + + Attributes: + Microphone Mute: + Identifies the local microphone can be muted by hardware, no applications + is available to capture system mic sound + + Camera Shutter: + Identifies camera shutter controlled by hardware, which is a micromechanical + shutter assembly that is built onto the camera module to block capturing images + from outside the laptop + + Values: + + supported: + The privacy device is supported by this system + + unsupported: + The privacy device is not supported on this system + + For example to check which privacy devices are supported:: + + # cat /sys/bus/wmi/drivers/dell-privacy/6932965F-1671-4CEB-B988-D3AB0A901919*/dell_privacy_supported_type + [Microphone Mute] [supported] + [Camera Shutter] [supported] + [ePrivacy Screen] [unsupported] + +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/6932965F-1671-4CEB-B988-D3AB0A901919[-X]/dell_privacy_current_state +Date: Apr 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: "<perry.yuan@dell.com>" +Description: + Allow user space to check current dell privacy device state. + Describes the Device State class exposed by BIOS which can be + consumed by various applications interested in knowing the Privacy + feature capabilities + + Attributes: + Microphone: + Identifies the local microphone can be muted by hardware, no applications + is available to capture system mic sound + + Camera Shutter: + Identifies camera shutter controlled by hardware, which is a micromechanical + shutter assembly that is built onto the camera module to block capturing images + from outside the laptop + + Values: + muted: + Identifies the privacy device is turned off + and cannot send stream to OS applications + + unmuted: + Identifies the privacy device is turned on, + audio or camera driver can get stream from mic + and camera module to OS applications + + For example to check all supported current privacy device states:: + + # cat /sys/bus/wmi/drivers/dell-privacy/6932965F-1671-4CEB-B988-D3AB0A901919*/dell_privacy_current_state + [Microphone] [unmuted] + [Camera Shutter] [unmuted] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5583da581 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/tokens/* +Date: November 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com +Description: + A read-only description of Dell platform tokens + available on the machine. + + Each token attribute is available as a pair of + sysfs attributes readable by a process with + CAP_SYS_ADMIN. + + For example the token ID "5" would be available + as the following attributes: + + - 0005_location + - 0005_value + + Tokens will vary from machine to machine, and + only tokens available on that machine will be + displayed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-wmi-ddv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-wmi-ddv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9d39d9e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-wmi-ddv @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<battery_name>/eppid +Date: September 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + Reports the Dell ePPID (electronic Piece Part Identification) + of the ACPI battery. + + See Documentation/wmi/devices/dell-wmi-ddv.rst for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d5b78d2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/ports_num +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. One DFL FPGA device may have more than 1 + port/Accelerator Function Unit (AFU). It returns the + number of ports on the FPGA device when read it. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/bitstream_id +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns Bitstream (static FPGA region) + identifier number, which includes the detailed version + and other information of this static FPGA region. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/bitstream_metadata +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns Bitstream (static FPGA region) meta + data, which includes the synthesis date, seed and other + information of this static FPGA region. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/cache_size +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns cache size of this FPGA device. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/fabric_version +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns fabric version of this FPGA device. + Userspace applications need this information to select + best data channels per different fabric design. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/socket_id +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns socket_id to indicate which socket + this FPGA belongs to, only valid for integrated solution. + User only needs this information, in case standard numa node + can't provide correct information. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/pcie0_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file for errors detected on pcie0 link. + Write this file to clear errors logged in pcie0_errors. Write + fails with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code + doesn't match. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/pcie1_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file for errors detected on pcie1 link. + Write this file to clear errors logged in pcie1_errors. Write + fails with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code + doesn't match. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/nonfatal_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns non-fatal errors detected. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/catfatal_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns catastrophic and fatal errors detected. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/inject_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file to check errors injected. Write this + file to inject errors for testing purpose. Write fails with + -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input inject error code isn't + supported. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/fme_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get errors detected on FME. + Write this file to clear errors logged in fme_errors. Write + fails with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code + doesn't match. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/first_error +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first error detected by + hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/next_error +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the second error detected by + hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/name +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. Read this file to get the name of hwmon device, it + supports values: + + ================= ========================= + 'dfl_fme_thermal' thermal hwmon device name + 'dfl_fme_power' power hwmon device name + ================= ========================= + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_input +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns FPGA device temperature in millidegrees + Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_max +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns hardware threshold1 temperature in + millidegrees Celsius. If temperature rises at or above this + threshold, hardware starts 50% or 90% throttling (see + 'temp1_max_policy'). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_crit +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns hardware threshold2 temperature in + millidegrees Celsius. If temperature rises at or above this + threshold, hardware starts 100% throttling. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_emergency +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns hardware trip threshold temperature in + millidegrees Celsius. If temperature rises at or above this + threshold, a fatal event will be triggered to board management + controller (BMC) to shutdown FPGA. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_max_alarm +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if temperature is currently at or above + hardware threshold1 (see 'temp1_max'), otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_crit_alarm +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if temperature is currently at or above + hardware threshold2 (see 'temp1_crit'), otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_max_policy +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. Read this file to get the policy of hardware threshold1 + (see 'temp1_max'). It only supports two values (policies): + + == ========================== + 0 AP2 state (90% throttling) + 1 AP1 state (50% throttling) + == ========================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_input +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns current FPGA power consumption in uW. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_max +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get current hardware power + threshold1 in uW. If power consumption rises at or above + this threshold, hardware starts 50% throttling. + Write this file to set current hardware power threshold1 in uW. + As hardware only accepts values in Watts, so input value will + be round down per Watts (< 1 watts part will be discarded) and + clamped within the range from 0 to 127 Watts. Write fails with + -EINVAL if input parsing fails. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_crit +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get current hardware power + threshold2 in uW. If power consumption rises at or above + this threshold, hardware starts 90% throttling. + Write this file to set current hardware power threshold2 in uW. + As hardware only accepts values in Watts, so input value will + be round down per Watts (< 1 watts part will be discarded) and + clamped within the range from 0 to 127 Watts. Write fails with + -EINVAL if input parsing fails. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_max_alarm +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if power consumption is currently at or + above hardware threshold1 (see 'power1_max'), otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_crit_alarm +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if power consumption is currently at or + above hardware threshold2 (see 'power1_crit'), otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_xeon_limit +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns power limit for XEON in uW. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_fpga_limit +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns power limit for FPGA in uW. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_ltr +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get current Latency Tolerance + Reporting (ltr) value. It returns 1 if all Accelerated + Function Units (AFUs) can tolerate latency >= 40us for memory + access or 0 if any AFU is latency sensitive (< 40us). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40e555abc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/id +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns id of this port. One DFL FPGA device + may have more than one port. Userspace could use this id to + distinguish different ports under same FPGA device. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/afu_id +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. User can program different PR bitstreams to FPGA + Accelerator Function Unit (AFU) for different functions. It + returns uuid which could be used to identify which PR bitstream + is programmed in this AFU. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/power_state +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It reports the APx (AFU Power) state, different APx + means different throttling level. When reading this file, it + returns "0" - Normal / "1" - AP1 / "2" - AP2 / "6" - AP6. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ap1_event +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-write. Read this file for AP1 (AFU Power State 1) event. + It's used to indicate transient AP1 state. Write 1 to this + file to clear AP1 event. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ap2_event +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-write. Read this file for AP2 (AFU Power State 2) event. + It's used to indicate transient AP2 state. Write 1 to this + file to clear AP2 event. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ltr +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-write. Read or set AFU latency tolerance reporting value. + Set ltr to 1 if the AFU can tolerate latency >= 40us or set it + to 0 if it is latency sensitive. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcmd +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Write-only. User writes command to this interface to set + userclock to AFU. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqsts +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the status of issued command + to userclck_freqcmd. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcntrcmd +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Write-only. User writes command to this interface to set + userclock counter. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcntrsts +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the status of issued command + to userclck_freqcntrcmd. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get errors detected on port and + Accelerated Function Unit (AFU). Write error code to this file + to clear errors. Write fails with -EINVAL if input parsing + fails or input error code doesn't match. Write fails with + -EBUSY or -ETIMEDOUT if error can't be cleared as hardware + in low power state (-EBUSY) or not responding (-ETIMEDOUT). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/first_error +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first error detected by + hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/first_malformed_req +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first malformed request + captured by hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..620fd2043 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/charger_type +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The charger type - Traditional, Hybrid or NVDC. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/adapter_rating_mw +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Adapter rating in milliwatts (the maximum Adapter power). + Must be 0 if no AC Adaptor is plugged in. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/max_platform_power_mw +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Maximum platform power that can be supported by the battery + in milliwatts. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/platform_power_source +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Display the platform power source + + ========= ============================ + bits[3:0] Current power source + - 0x00 = DC + - 0x01 = AC + - 0x02 = USB + - 0x03 = Wireless Charger + bits[7:4] Power source sequence number + ========= ============================ + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/battery_steady_power +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The maximum sustained power for battery in milliwatts. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/rest_of_platform_power_mw +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Shows the rest (outside of SoC) of worst-case platform power. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/prochot_confirm +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Confirm embedded controller about a prochot notification. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/max_platform_power_mw +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The maximum platform power that can be supported by the battery in milli watts. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/max_steady_state_power_mw +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The maximum sustained power for battery in milli watts. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/high_freq_impedance_mohm +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The high frequency impedance value that can be obtained from battery + fuel gauge in milli Ohms. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/no_load_voltage_mv +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The no-load voltage that can be obtained from battery fuel gauge in + milli volts. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/current_discharge_capbility_ma +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The battery discharge current capability obtained from battery fuel gauge in + milli Amps. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/freq_mhz_low_clock +Date: November, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The PCH FIVR (Fully Integrated Voltage Regulator) switching frequency in MHz, + when FIVR clock is 19.2MHz or 24MHz. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/freq_mhz_high_clock +Date: November, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The PCH FIVR (Fully Integrated Voltage Regulator) switching frequency in MHz, + when FIVR clock is 38.4MHz. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/fivr_switching_freq_mhz +Date: September, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.15 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Get the FIVR switching control frequency in MHz. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/fivr_switching_fault_status +Date: September, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.15 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Read the FIVR switching frequency control fault status. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/ssc_clock_info +Date: September, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.15 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Presents SSC (spread spectrum clock) information for EMI + (Electro magnetic interference) control. This is a bit mask. + + ======= ========================================== + Bits Description + ======= ========================================== + [7:0] Sets clock spectrum spread percentage: + 0x00=0.2% , 0x3F=10% + 1 LSB = 0.1% increase in spread (for + settings 0x01 thru 0x1C) + 1 LSB = 0.2% increase in spread (for + settings 0x1E thru 0x3F) + [8] When set to 1, enables spread + spectrum clock + [9] 0: Triangle mode. FFC frequency + walks around the Fcenter in a linear + fashion + 1: Random walk mode. FFC frequency + changes randomly within the SSC + (Spread spectrum clock) range + [10] 0: No white noise. 1: Add white noise + to spread waveform + [11] When 1, future writes are ignored. + ======= ========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70dbe0733 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/disp +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + This file allows display switching. + + - 1 = LCD + - 2 = CRT + - 3 = LCD+CRT + + If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cardr +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cpufv +Date: Jun 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Change CPU clock configuration. + On the Eee PC 1000H there are three available clock configuration: + + * 0 -> Super Performance Mode + * 1 -> High Performance Mode + * 2 -> Power Saving Mode + + On Eee PC 701 there is only 2 available clock configurations. + Available configuration are listed in available_cpufv file. + Reading this file will show the raw hexadecimal value which + is defined as follow:: + + | 8 bit | 8 bit | + | `---- Current mode + `------------ Availables modes + + For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv +Date: Jun 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + List available cpufv modes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a80aeda85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-*/chid + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8061:*/chid +Date: Dec 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" +Description: + Contains the ID of the channel within the HIDMA instance. + It is used to associate a given HIDMA channel with the + priority and weight calls in the management interface. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0373745b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/priority + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/priority +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if the DMA channel is a + low priority (0) or high priority (1) channel. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/weight + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/weight +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" +Description: + Contains 0..15 and indicates the weight of the channel among + equal priority channels during round robin scheduling. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chreset_timeout_cycles + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chreset_timeout_cycles +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" +Description: + Contains the platform specific cycle value to wait after a + reset command is issued. If the value is chosen too short, + then the HW will issue a reset failure interrupt. The value + is platform specific and should not be changed without + consultance. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/dma_channels + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/dma_channels +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" +Description: + Contains the number of dma channels supported by one instance + of HIDMA hardware. The value may change from chip to chip. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_major + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_major +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" +Description: + Version number major for the hardware. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_minor + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_minor +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" +Description: + Version number minor for the hardware. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_rd_xactions + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_rd_xactions +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" +Description: + Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of + read transactions that can be issued back to back. + Choosing a higher number gives better performance but + can also cause performance reduction to other peripherals + sharing the same bus. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_read_request + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_read_request +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" +Description: + Size of each read request. The value needs to be a power + of two and can be between 128 and 1024. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_wr_xactions + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_wr_xactions +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" +Description: + Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of + write transactions that can be issued back to back. + Choosing a higher number gives better performance but + can also cause performance reduction to other peripherals + sharing the same bus. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_write_request + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_write_request +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" +Description: + Size of each write request. The value needs to be a power + of two and can be between 128 and 1024. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6a138b50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<i2c-demux-name>/available_masters +Date: January 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com> +Description: + Reading the file will give you a list of masters which can be + selected for a demultiplexed bus. The format is + "<index>:<name>". Example from a Renesas Lager board:: + + 0:/i2c@e6500000 1:/i2c@e6508000 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<i2c-demux-name>/current_master +Date: January 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com> +Description: + This file selects/shows the active I2C master for a demultiplexed + bus. It uses the <index> value from the file 'available_masters'. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ec0dee9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/camera_power +Date: Dec 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>" +Description: + Control the power of camera module. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/fan_mode +Date: June 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Change fan mode + There are four available modes: + + * 0 -> Super Silent Mode + * 1 -> Standard Mode + * 2 -> Dust Cleaning + * 4 -> Efficient Thermal Dissipation Mode + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/touchpad +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: "Ritesh Raj Sarraf <rrs@debian.org>" +Description: + Control touchpad mode. + * 1 -> Switched On + * 0 -> Switched Off + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/fn_lock +Date: May 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: "Oleg Keri <ezhi99@gmail.com>" +Description: + Control fn-lock mode. + + * 1 -> Switched On + * 0 -> Switched Off + + For example:: + + # echo "0" > \ + /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:1f.0/PNP0C09:00/VPC2004:00/fn_lock + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/usb_charging +Date: Feb 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: platform-driver-x86@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Controls whether the "always on USB charging" feature is + enabled or not. This feature enables charging USB devices + even if the computer is not turned on. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-ifs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-ifs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41b4d5b1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-ifs @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +Device instance to test mapping +intel_ifs_0 -> Scan Test +intel_ifs_1 -> Array BIST test + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/run_test +Date: Nov 16 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: Write <cpu#> to trigger IFS test for one online core. + Note that the test is per core. The cpu# can be + for any thread on the core. Running on one thread + completes the test for the core containing that thread. + Example: to test the core containing cpu5: echo 5 > + /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/run_test +Devices: all + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/status +Date: Nov 16 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: The status of the last test. It can be one of "pass", "fail" + or "untested". +Devices: all + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/details +Date: Nov 16 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: Additional information regarding the last test. The details file reports + the hex value of the STATUS MSR for this test. Note that the error_code field + may contain driver defined software code not defined in the Intel SDM. +Devices: all + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/image_version +Date: Nov 16 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: Version (hexadecimal) of loaded IFS test image. If no test image + is loaded reports "none". Only present for device instances where a test image + is applicable. +Devices: intel_ifs_0 + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/current_batch +Date: Nov 16 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: Write a number less than or equal to 0xff to load an IFS test image. + The number written treated as the 2 digit suffix in the following file name: + /lib/firmware/intel/ifs_<N>/ff-mm-ss-02x.scan + Reading the file will provide the suffix of the currently loaded IFS test image. + This file is present only for device instances where a test image is applicable. +Devices: intel_ifs_0 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-pmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-pmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f31d59b21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-pmc @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/etr3 +Date: Apr 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: "Tomas Winkler" <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: + The file exposes "Extended Test Mode Register 3" global + reset bits. The bits are used during an Intel platform + manufacturing process to indicate that consequent reset + of the platform is a "global reset". This type of reset + is required in order for manufacturing configurations + to take effect. + + Display global reset setting bits for PMC. + + * bit 31 - global reset is locked + * bit 20 - global reset is set + + Writing bit 20 value to the etr3 will induce + a platform "global reset" upon consequent platform reset, + in case the register is not locked. + The "global reset bit" should be locked on a production + system and the file is in read-only mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ffd1579b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/44FADEB1-B204-40F2-8581-394BBDC1B651[-X]/firmware_update_request +Date: April 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: + Allow user space entities to trigger update of Slim + Bootloader (SBL). This attribute normally has a value + of 0 and userspace can signal SBL to update firmware, + on next reboot, by writing a value of 1. + There are two available states: + + * 0 -> Skip firmware update while rebooting + * 1 -> Attempt firmware update on next reboot diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10ef1282c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/86CCFD48-205E-4A77-9C48-2021CBEDE341[-X]/force_power +Date: September 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: "Mario Limonciello" <mario.limonciello@outlook.com> +Description: + Modify the platform force power state, influencing + Thunderbolt controllers to turn on or off when no + devices are connected (write-only) + There are two available states: + + * 0 -> Force power disabled + * 1 -> Force power enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a38caa62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/dev_name +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + Name of the UART device at which the WL128x chip + is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0". + + The device name flows down to architecture specific board + initialization file from the ATAGS bootloader + firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space + daemon and opens the device when install is requested. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/baud_rate +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + The maximum reliable baud-rate the host can support. + Different platforms tend to have different high-speed + UART configurations, so the baud-rate needs to be set + locally and also sent across to the WL128x via a HCI-VS + command. The entry is read and made use by the user-space + daemon when the ldisc install is requested. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/flow_cntrl +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + The WL128x makes use of flow control mechanism, and this + entry most often should be 1, the host's UART is required + to have the capability of flow-control, or else this + entry can be made use of for exceptions. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/install +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + When one of the protocols Bluetooth, FM or GPS wants to make + use of the shared UART transport, it registers to the shared + transport driver, which will signal the user-space for opening, + configuring baud and install line discipline via this sysfs + entry. This entry would be polled upon by the user-space + daemon managing the UART, and is notified about the change + by the sysfs_notify. The value would be '1' when UART needs + to be opened/ldisc installed, and would be '0' when UART + is no more required and needs to be closed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0570cd524 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/reader_mode +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control reader mode. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fn_lock +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control FN lock mode. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/battery_care_limit +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Deprecated use /sys/class/power_supply/CMB0/charge_control_end_threshold + Maximal battery charge level. Accepted values are 80 or 100. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fan_mode +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control fan mode. 1 for performance mode, 0 for silent mode. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/usb_charge +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control USB port charging when device is turned off. + 1 means on, 0 means off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09f783fa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/lifecycle_state +Date: Oct 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" +Description: + The Life-cycle state of the SoC, which could be one of the + following values. + + ============== ============================================= + Production Production state and can be updated to secure + GA Secured Secure chip and not able to change state + GA Non-Secured Non-Secure chip and not able to change state + RMA Return Merchandise Authorization + ============== ============================================= + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/post_reset_wdog +Date: Oct 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" +Description: + The watchdog setting in seconds for the next booting. It's used + to reboot the chip and recover it to the old state if the new + boot partition fails. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/reset_action +Date: Oct 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" +Description: + The source of the boot stream for the next reset. It could be + one of the following values: + + =========== =============================================== + external boot from external source (USB or PCIe) + emmc boot from the onchip eMMC + emmc_legacy boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode + =========== =============================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/second_reset_action +Date: Oct 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" +Description: + Update the source of the boot stream after next reset. It could + be one of the following values and will be applied after next + reset. + + =========== =============================================== + external boot from external source (USB or PCIe) + emmc boot from the onchip eMMC + emmc_legacy boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode + swap_emmc swap the primary / secondary boot partition + none cancel the action + =========== =============================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/secure_boot_fuse_state +Date: Oct 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" +Description: + The state of eFuse versions with the following values. + + ======= =============================================== + InUse burnt, valid and currently in use + Used burnt and valid + Free not burnt and free to use + Skipped not burnt but not free (skipped) + Wasted burnt and invalid + Invalid not burnt but marked as valid (error state). + ======= =============================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/bootfifo +Date: Apr 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: "Liming Sun <limings@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The file used to access the BlueField boot fifo. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/rsh_log +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: "Liming Sun <limings@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The file used to write BlueField boot log with the format + "[INFO|WARN|ERR|ASSERT ]<msg>". Log level 'INFO' is used by + default if not specified. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/oob_mac +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "David Thompson <davthompson@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The "oob_mac" sysfs attribute holds the MAC address for + the out-of-band 1Gbps Ethernet port. This MAC address is + provided on a board-level label. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/opn +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "David Thompson <davthompson@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The "opn" sysfs attribute holds the board's part number. + This value is provided on a board-level label. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/sku +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "David Thompson <davthompson@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The "sku" sysfs attribute holds the board's SKU number. + This value is provided on a board-level label. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/modl +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "David Thompson <davthompson@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The "modl" sysfs attribute holds the board's model number. + This value is provided on a board-level label. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/sn +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "David Thompson <davthompson@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The "sn" sysfs attribute holds the board's serial number. + This value is provided on a board-level label. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/uuid +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "David Thompson <davthompson@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The "uuid" sysfs attribute holds the board's UUID. + This value is provided by the manufacturing team. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/rev +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "David Thompson <davthompson@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The "rev" sysfs attribute holds the board's revision. + This value is provided on a board-level label. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/mfg_lock +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "David Thompson <davthompson@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The "mfg_lock" sysfs attribute is write-only. + A successful write to this attribute will latch the + board-level attributes into EEPROM, making them read-only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/rtc_battery +Date: June 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: "Xiangrong Li <xiangrongl@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The "rtc_battery" sysfs attribute is read-only. + A successful read from this attribute returns the status of + the board's RTC battery. The RTC battery status register is + also cleared upon successful read operation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-pmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-pmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29b3f9c58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-pmc @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +HID Driver Description +MLNXBFD0 mlxbf-pmc Performance counters (BlueField-1) +MLNXBFD1 mlxbf-pmc Performance counters (BlueField-2) +MLNXBFD2 mlxbf-pmc Performance counters (BlueField-3) + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/<HID>/hwmon/hwmonX/<block>/event_list +Date: Dec 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: "Shravan Kumar Ramani <shravankr@nvidia.com>" +Description: + List of events supported by the counters in the specific block. + It is used to extract the event number or ID associated with + each event. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/<HID>/hwmon/hwmonX/<block>/event<N> +Date: Dec 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: "Shravan Kumar Ramani <shravankr@nvidia.com>" +Description: + Event monitored by corresponding counter. This is used to + program or read back the event that should be or is currently + being monitored by counter<N>. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/<HID>/hwmon/hwmonX/<block>/counter<N> +Date: Dec 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: "Shravan Kumar Ramani <shravankr@nvidia.com>" +Description: + Counter value of the event being monitored. This is used to + read the counter value of the event which was programmed using + event<N>. This is also used to clear or reset the counter value + by writing 0 to the counter sysfs. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/<HID>/hwmon/hwmonX/<block>/enable +Date: Dec 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: "Shravan Kumar Ramani <shravankr@nvidia.com>" +Description: + Start or stop counters. This is used to start the counters + for monitoring the programmed events and also to stop the + counters after the desired duration. Writing value 1 will + start all the counters in the block, and writing 0 will + stop all the counters together. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/<HID>/hwmon/hwmonX/<block>/<reg> +Date: Dec 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: "Shravan Kumar Ramani <shravankr@nvidia.com>" +Description: + Value of register. This is used to read or reset the registers + where various performance statistics are counted for each block. + Writing 0 to the sysfs will clear the counter, writing any other + value is not allowed. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/<HID>/hwmon/hwmonX/<block>/count_clock +Date: Mar 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.14 +Contact: "Shravan Kumar Ramani <shravankr@nvidia.com>" +Description: + Use a counter for counting cycles. This is used to repurpose/dedicate + any of the counters in the block to counting cycles. Each counter is + represented by a bit (bit 0 for counter0, bit1 for counter1 and so on) + and setting the corresponding bit will reserve that specific counter + for counting cycles and override the event<N> setting. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..307a247ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/lcd_level +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Screen brightness: contains a single integer in the range 0..8. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_brightness +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Enable automatic brightness control: contains either 0 or 1. If + set to 1 the hardware adjusts the screen brightness + automatically when the power cord is plugged/unplugged. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/wlan +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + WLAN subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/bluetooth +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Bluetooth subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. Please + note that this file is constantly 0 if no Bluetooth hardware is + available. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/touchpad +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if touchpad is turned on. + Touchpad state can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F3. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_mode +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if turbo mode is turned + on. In turbo mode power LED is orange and processor is + overclocked. Turbo mode is available only if charging. It is + only possible to toggle turbo mode state by pressing Fn+F10, + and there is a few seconds cooldown between subsequent toggles. + If user presses Fn+F10 too frequent, turbo mode state is not + changed. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/eco_mode +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if ECO mode is turned on. + In ECO mode power LED is green and userspace should do some + powersaving actions. ECO mode is available only on battery + power. ECO mode can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F10. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_cooldown +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains value in range 0..3: + * 0 -> Turbo mode is off + * 1 -> Turbo mode is on, cannot be turned off yet + * 2 -> Turbo mode is off, cannot be turned on yet + * 3 -> Turbo mode is on + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_fan +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if fan speed is controlled + automatically (1) or fan runs at maximal speed (0). Can be + toggled in software. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-oxp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-oxp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3f39fc21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-oxp @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/tt_toggle +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: "Antheas Kapenekakis" <lkml@antheas.dev> +Description: + Takeover TDP controls from the device. OneXPlayer devices have a + turbo button that can be used to switch between two TDP modes + (usually 15W and 25W). By setting this attribute to 1, this + functionality is disabled, handing TDP control over to (Windows) + userspace software and the Turbo button turns into a keyboard + shortcut over the AT keyboard of the device. In addition, + using this setting is a prerequisite for PWM control for most + newer models (otherwise it NOOPs). + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/tt_led +Date: April 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.16 +Contact: "Antheas Kapenekakis" <lkml@antheas.dev> +Description: + Some OneXPlayer devices (e.g., X1 series) feature a little LED + nested in the Turbo button. This LED is illuminated when the + device is in the higher TDP mode (e.g., 25W). Once tt_toggle + is engaged, this LED is left dangling to its last state. This + attribute allows userspace to control the LED state manually + (either with 1 or 0). Only a subset of devices contain this LED. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc510ccc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<phy-name>/role +Date: October 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com> +Description: + This file can be read and write. + The file can show/change the phy mode for role swap of usb. + + Write the following strings to change the mode: + + - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host. + - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral. + + Read the file, then it shows the following strings: + + - "host" - The mode is host now. + - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-power-on-reason b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-power-on-reason new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3b29dbc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-power-on-reason @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/.../power_on_reason +Date: June 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Kamel Bouhara <kamel.bouhara@bootlin.com> +Description: Shows system power on reason. The following strings/reasons can + be read (the list can be extended): + "regular power-up", "RTC wakeup", "watchdog timeout", + "software reset", "reset button action", "CPU clock failure", + "crystal oscillator failure", "brown-out reset", + "unknown reason". + + The file is read only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b08379e7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<renesas_usb3's name>/role +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com> +Description: + This file can be read and write. + The file can show/change the drd mode of usb. + + Write the following string to change the mode: + + - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host. + - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral. + + Read the file, then it shows the following strings: + + - "host" - The mode is host now. + - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-silicom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-silicom new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d1cc5bdb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-silicom @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/silicom-platform/uc_version +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Henry Shi <henrys@silicom-usa.com> +Description: + This file allows to read microcontroller firmware + version of current platform. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/silicom-platform/power_cycle +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Henry Shi <henrys@silicom-usa.com> +Description: + This file allow user to power cycle the platform. + Default value is 0; when set to 1, it powers down + the platform, waits 5 seconds, then powers on the + device. It returns to default value after power cycle. + + 0 - default value. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/silicom-platform/efuse_status +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Henry Shi <henrys@silicom-usa.com> +Description: + This file is read only. It returns the current + OTP status: + + 0 - not programmed. + 1 - programmed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4bb2e6135 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/8086<x>:00/firmware_version +Date: November 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: "Sebastien Guiriec" <sebastien.guiriec@intel.com> +Description: + LPE Firmware version for SST driver on all atom + platforms (BYT/CHT/Merrifield/BSW). + If the FW has never been loaded it will display:: + + "FW not yet loaded" + + If FW has been loaded it will display:: + + "v01.aa.bb.cc" + + aa: Major version is reflecting SoC version: + + === ============= + 0d: BYT FW + 0b: BSW FW + 07: Merrifield FW + === ============= + + bb: Minor version + + cc: Build version diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6e20ce4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/otg_mode +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi> +Description: + Set or read the current OTG mode. Valid values are "host" and + "peripheral". + + Reading: returns the current mode. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/vbus +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi> +Description: + Read the current VBUS state. + + Reading: returns "on" or "off". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e685957ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/adc +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of an A/D Converter. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/ereset +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of an external reset. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/id +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Product ID of the TS board. TS-5500 ID is 0x60. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/jumpers +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Bitfield showing the jumpers' state. If a jumper is present, + the corresponding bit is set. For instance, 0x0e means jumpers + 2, 3 and 4 are set. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/name +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Model name of the TS board, e.g. "TS-5500". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/rs485 +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of the RS485 option. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/sram +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of the SRAM option. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..512c51be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*twl4030-usb/vbus +Description: + Read-only status reporting if VBUS (approx 5V) + is being supplied by the USB bus. + + Possible values: "on", "off". + + Changes are notified via select/poll. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53622d3ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/dev_desc +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com> +Description: + This file allows to read device descriptor of + gadget driver which is currently bound to this + controller. It is possible to read this file + only if gadget driver is bound, otherwise error + is returned. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/usbip_status +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com> +Description: + Current status of the device. + Allowed values: + + == ========================================== + 1 Device is available and can be exported + 2 Device is currently exported + 3 Fatal error occurred during communication + with peer + == ========================================== + +What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/usbip_sockfd +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com> +Description: + This file allows to export usb device to + connection peer. It is done by writing to this + file socket fd (as a string for example "8") + associated with a connection to remote peer who + would like to use this device. It is possible to + close the connection by writing -1 instead of + socked fd. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4439d0644 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/boot_on_ac +Date: April 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Boot on AC is a policy which makes the device boot from S5 + when AC power is connected. This is useful for users who + want to run their device headless or with a dock. + + Input should be parseable by kstrtou8() to 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/build_date +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Display Wilco Embedded Controller firmware build date. + Output will a MM/DD/YY string. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/build_revision +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Display Wilco Embedded Controller build revision. + Output will a version string be similar to the example below: + d2592cae0 + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/model_number +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Display Wilco Embedded Controller model number. + Output will a version string be similar to the example below: + 08B6 + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/usb_charge +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Description: + Control the USB PowerShare Policy. USB PowerShare is a policy + which affects charging via the special USB PowerShare port + (marked with a small lightning bolt or battery icon) when in + low power states: + + - In S0, the port will always provide power. + - In S0ix, if usb_charge is enabled, then power will be + supplied to the port when on AC or if battery is > 50%. + Else no power is supplied. + - In S5, if usb_charge is enabled, then power will be supplied + to the port when on AC. Else no power is supplied. + + Input should be either "0" or "1". + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/version +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Display Wilco Embedded Controller firmware version. + The format of the string is x.y.z. Where x is major, y is minor + and z is the build number. For example: 95.00.06 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform_profile b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform_profile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..125324ab5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform_profile @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/platform_profile_choices +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> +Description: This file contains a space-separated list of profiles supported for this device. + + Drivers must use the following standard profile-names: + + ==================== ======================================== + low-power Low power consumption + cool Cooler operation + quiet Quieter operation + balanced Balance between low power consumption + and performance + balanced-performance Balance between performance and low + power consumption with a slight bias + towards performance + performance High performance operation + ==================== ======================================== + + Userspace may expect drivers to offer more than one of these + standard profile names. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/platform_profile +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> +Description: Reading this file gives the current selected profile for this + device. Writing this file with one of the strings from + platform_profile_choices changes the profile to the new value. + + This file can be monitored for changes by polling for POLLPRI, + POLLPRI will be signalled on any changes, independent of those + changes coming from a userspace write; or coming from another + source such as e.g. a hotkey triggered profile change handled + either directly by the embedded-controller or fully handled + inside the kernel. + + This file may also emit the string 'custom' to indicate + that multiple platform profiles drivers are in use but + have different values. This string can not be written to + this interface and is solely for informational purposes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d38da0779 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power @@ -0,0 +1,472 @@ +What: /sys/power/ +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power directory will contain files that will + provide a unified interface to the power management + subsystem. + +What: /sys/power/state +Date: November 2016 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/state file controls system sleep states. + Reading from this file returns the available sleep state + labels, which may be "mem" (suspend), "standby" (power-on + suspend), "freeze" (suspend-to-idle) and "disk" (hibernation). + + Writing one of the above strings to this file causes the system + to transition into the corresponding state, if available. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/pm/sleep-states.rst for more + information. + +What: /sys/power/mem_sleep +Date: November 2016 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/mem_sleep file controls the operating mode of + system suspend. Reading from it returns the available modes + as "s2idle" (always present), "shallow" and "deep" (present if + supported). The mode that will be used on subsequent attempts + to suspend the system (by writing "mem" to the /sys/power/state + file described above) is enclosed in square brackets. + + Writing one of the above strings to this file causes the mode + represented by it to be used on subsequent attempts to suspend + the system. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/pm/sleep-states.rst for more + information. + +What: /sys/power/disk +Date: September 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/disk file controls the operating mode of the + suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns + the name of the method by which the system will be put to + sleep on the next suspend. There are four methods supported: + + 'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk + by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the + firmware will handle the system suspend. + + 'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g. + ACPI or other PM registers). + + 'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be powered off. + + 'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be rebooted. + + Additionally, /sys/power/disk can be used to turn on one of the + two testing modes of the suspend-to-disk mechanism: 'testproc' + or 'test'. If the suspend-to-disk mechanism is in the + 'testproc' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause + the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, wait for 5 + seconds, unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. If it is in + the 'test' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause + the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, shrink + memory, suspend devices, wait for 5 seconds, resume devices, + unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. Then, we are able to + look in the log messages and work out, for example, which code + is being slow and which device drivers are misbehaving. + + The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this + file one of the accepted strings: + + - 'firmware' + - 'platform' + - 'shutdown' + - 'reboot' + - 'testproc' + - 'test' + + It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system + supports that. + +What: /sys/power/image_size +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/image_size file controls the size of the image + created by the suspend-to-disk mechanism. It can be written a + string representing a non-negative integer that will be used + as an upper limit of the image size, in bytes. The kernel's + suspend-to-disk code will do its best to ensure the image size + will not exceed this number. However, if it turns out to be + impossible, the kernel will try to suspend anyway using the + smallest image possible. In particular, if "0" is written to + this file, the suspend image will be as small as possible. + + Reading from this file will display the current image size + limit, which is set to around 2/5 of available RAM by default. + +What: /sys/power/pm_trace +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_trace file controls the code which saves the + last PM event point in the RTC across reboots, so that you can + debug a machine that just hangs during suspend (or more + commonly, during resume). Namely, the RTC is only used to save + the last PM event point if this file contains '1'. Initially + it contains '0' which may be changed to '1' by writing a + string representing a nonzero integer into it. + + To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend + the machine, then reboot it and run:: + + dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches' + + If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false + positives), it is possible that the last PM event point + referred to a device created by a loadable kernel module. In + this case cat /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match (see below) after + your system is started up and the kernel modules are loaded. + + CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS) + clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume. + +What: /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match +Date: October 2010 +Contact: James Hogan <jhogan@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match file contains the name of the + device associated with the last PM event point saved in the RTC + across reboots when pm_trace has been used. More precisely it + contains the list of current devices (including those + registered by loadable kernel modules since boot) which match + the device hash in the RTC at boot, with a newline after each + one. + + The advantage of this file over the hash matches printed to the + kernel log (see /sys/power/pm_trace), is that it includes + devices created after boot by loadable kernel modules. + + Due to the small hash size necessary to fit in the RTC, it is + possible that more than one device matches the hash, in which + case further investigation is required to determine which + device is causing the problem. Note that genuine RTC clock + values (such as when pm_trace has not been used), can still + match a device and output its name here. + +What: /sys/power/pm_async +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_async file controls the switch allowing the + user space to enable or disable asynchronous suspend and resume + of devices. If enabled, this feature will cause some device + drivers' suspend and resume callbacks to be executed in parallel + with each other and with the main suspend thread. It is enabled + if this file contains "1", which is the default. It may be + disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices + will be suspended and resumed synchronously. + +What: /sys/power/wakeup_count +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/wakeup_count file allows user space to put the + system into a sleep state while taking into account the + concurrent arrival of wakeup events. Reading from it returns + the current number of registered wakeup events and it blocks if + some wakeup events are being processed at the time the file is + read from. Writing to it will only succeed if the current + number of wakeup events is equal to the written value and, if + successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition + to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the + write has returned. + +What: /sys/power/reserved_size +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/reserved_size file allows user space to control + the amount of memory reserved for allocations made by device + drivers during the "device freeze" stage of hibernation. It can + be written a string representing a non-negative integer that + will be used as the amount of memory to reserve for allocations + made by device drivers' "freeze" callbacks, in bytes. + + Reading from this file will display the current value, which is + set to 1 MB by default. + +What: /sys/power/autosleep +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/autosleep file can be written one of the strings + returned by reads from /sys/power/state. If that happens, a + work item attempting to trigger a transition of the system to + the sleep state represented by that string is queued up. This + attempt will only succeed if there are no active wakeup sources + in the system at that time. After every execution, regardless + of whether or not the attempt to put the system to sleep has + succeeded, the work item requeues itself until user space + writes "off" to /sys/power/autosleep. + + Reading from this file causes the last string successfully + written to it to be returned. + +What: /sys/power/wake_lock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_lock file allows user space to create + wakeup source objects and activate them on demand (if one of + those wakeup sources is active, reads from the + /sys/power/wakeup_count file block or return false). When a + string without white space is written to /sys/power/wake_lock, + it will be assumed to represent a wakeup source name. If there + is a wakeup source object with that name, it will be activated + (unless active already). Otherwise, a new wakeup source object + will be registered, assigned the given name and activated. + If a string written to /sys/power/wake_lock contains white + space, the part of the string preceding the white space will be + regarded as a wakeup source name and handled as descrived above. + The other part of the string will be regarded as a timeout (in + nanoseconds) such that the wakeup source will be automatically + deactivated after it has expired. The timeout, if present, is + set regardless of the current state of the wakeup source object + in question. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of it that are active at + the moment, separated with spaces. + + +What: /sys/power/wake_unlock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_unlock file allows user space to deactivate + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock. + When a string is written to /sys/power/wake_unlock, it will be + assumed to represent the name of a wakeup source to deactivate. + + If a wakeup source object of that name exists and is active at + the moment, it will be deactivated. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock + that are inactive at the moment, separated with spaces. + +What: /sys/power/pm_print_times +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Sameer Nanda <snanda@chromium.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_print_times file allows user space to + control whether the time taken by devices to suspend and + resume is printed. These prints are useful for hunting down + devices that take too long to suspend or resume. + + Writing a "1" enables this printing while writing a "0" + disables it. The default value is "0". Reading from this file + will display the current value. + +What: /sys/power/pm_wakeup_irq +Date: April 2015 +Contact: Alexandra Yates <alexandra.yates@linux.intel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_wakeup_irq file reports to user space the IRQ + number of the first wakeup interrupt (that is, the first + interrupt from an IRQ line armed for system wakeup) seen by the + kernel during the most recent system suspend/resume cycle. + + This output is useful for system wakeup diagnostics of spurious + wakeup interrupts. + +What: /sys/power/pm_debug_messages +Date: July 2017 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_debug_messages file controls the printing + of debug messages from the system suspend/hiberbation + infrastructure to the kernel log. + + Writing a "1" to this file enables the debug messages and + writing a "0" (default) to it disables them. Reads from + this file return the current value. + +What: /sys/power/resume_offset +Date: April 2018 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@outlook.com> +Description: + This file is used for telling the kernel an offset into a disk + to use when hibernating the system such as with a swap file. + + Reads from this file will display the current offset + the kernel will be using on the next hibernation + attempt. + + Using this sysfs file will override any values that were + set using the kernel command line for disk offset. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats directory contains suspend related + statistics. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/success +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/success file contains the number + of times entering system sleep state succeeded. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/fail +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/fail file contains the number + of times entering system sleep state failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_freeze +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_freeze file contains the + number of times freezing processes failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_prepare +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_prepare file contains the + number of times preparing all non-sysdev devices for + a system PM transition failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume file contains the + number of times executing "resume" callbacks of + non-sysdev devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_early +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_early file contains + the number of times executing "early resume" callbacks + of devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_noirq +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_noirq file contains + the number of times executing "noirq resume" callbacks + of devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend file contains + the number of times executing "suspend" callbacks + of all non-sysdev devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_late +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_late file contains + the number of times executing "late suspend" callbacks + of all devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_noirq +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_noirq file contains + the number of times executing "noirq suspend" callbacks + of all devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_dev +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_dev file contains + the last device for which a suspend/resume callback failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_errno +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_errno file contains + the errno of the last failed attempt at entering + system sleep state. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_step +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_step file contains + the last failed step in the suspend/resume path. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_hw_sleep +Date: June 2023 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_hw_sleep file + contains the duration of time spent in a hardware sleep + state in the most recent system suspend-resume cycle. + This number is measured in microseconds. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/total_hw_sleep +Date: June 2023 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/total_hw_sleep file + contains the aggregate of time spent in a hardware sleep + state since the kernel was booted. This number + is measured in microseconds. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/max_hw_sleep +Date: June 2023 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/max_hw_sleep file + contains the maximum amount of time that the hardware can + report for time spent in a hardware sleep state. When sleep + cycles are longer than this time, the values for + 'total_hw_sleep' and 'last_hw_sleep' may not be accurate. + This number is measured in microseconds. + +What: /sys/power/sync_on_suspend +Date: October 2019 +Contact: Jonas Meurer <jonas@freesources.org> +Description: + This file controls whether or not the kernel will sync() + filesystems during system suspend (after freezing user space + and before suspending devices). + + Writing a "1" to this file enables the sync() and writing a "0" + disables it. Reads from the file return the current value. + The default is "1" if the build-time "SUSPEND_SKIP_SYNC" config + flag is unset, or "0" otherwise. + +What: /sys/power/hibernate_compression_threads +Date: October 2025 +Contact: <luoxueqin@kylinos.cn> +Description: + Controls the number of threads used for compression + and decompression of hibernation images. + + The value can be adjusted at runtime to balance + performance and CPU utilization. + + The change takes effect on the next hibernation or + resume operation. + + Minimum value: 1 + Default value: 3 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25028c7bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/class/pps/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ directory will contain files and + directories that will provide a unified interface to + the PPS sources. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ directory is related to X-th + PPS source into the system. Each directory will + contain files to manage and control its PPS source. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert file reports the assert events + and the assert sequence number of the X-th source in the form: + + <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence> + + If the source has no assert events the content of this file + is empty. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear file reports the clear events + and the clear sequence number of the X-th source in the form: + + <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence> + + If the source has no clear events the content of this file + is empty. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode file reports the functioning + mode of the X-th source in hexadecimal encoding. + + Please, refer to linux/include/linux/pps.h for further + info. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo file reports if the X-th does + or does not support an "echo" function. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name file reports the name of the + X-th source. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path file reports the path name of + the device connected with the X-th source. + + If the source is not connected with any device the content + of this file is empty. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps-gen b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps-gen new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2519207b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps-gen @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /sys/class/pps-gen/ +Date: February 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@enneenne.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps-gen/ directory contains files and + directories that provide a unified interface to the PPS + generators. + +What: /sys/class/pps-gen/pps-genX/ +Date: February 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@enneenne.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps-gen/pps-genX/ directory is related to X-th + PPS generator in the system. Each directory contain files to + manage and control its PPS generator. + +What: /sys/class/pps-gen/pps-genX/enable +Date: February 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@enneenne.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables generation of the + PPS signal. + +What: /sys/class/pps-gen/pps-genX/system +Date: February 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@enneenne.com> +Description: + This read-only file returns "1" if the generator takes the + timing from the system clock, while it returns "0" if not + (i.e. from a peripheral device clock). + +What: /sys/class/pps-gen/pps-genX/time +Date: February 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.13 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@enneenne.com> +Description: + This read-only file contains the current time stored into the + generator clock as two integers representing the current time + seconds and nanoseconds. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps-gen-tio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps-gen-tio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c34ff17a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps-gen-tio @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/class/pps-gen/pps-genx/enable +Date: April 2025 +KernelVersion: 6.15 +Contact: Subramanian Mohan<subramanian.mohan@intel.com> +Description: + Enable or disable PPS TIO generator output. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e39dd3a0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/profiling +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: + /sys/kernel/profiling is the runtime equivalent + of the boot-time profile= option. + + You can get the same effect running:: + + echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profiling + + as you would by issuing profile=2 on the boot + command line. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c317ac7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +What: /sys/class/ptp/ +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This directory contains files and directories + providing a standardized interface to the ancillary + features of PTP hardware clocks. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/ +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This directory contains the attributes of the Nth PTP + hardware clock registered into the PTP class driver + subsystem. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/clock_name +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the name of the PTP hardware clock + as a human readable string. The purpose of this + attribute is to provide the user with a "friendly + name" and to help distinguish PHY based devices from + MAC based ones. The string does not necessarily have + to be any kind of unique id. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/max_adjustment +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the PTP hardware clock's maximum + frequency adjustment value (a positive integer) in + parts per billion. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/max_vclocks +Date: May 2021 +Contact: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com> +Description: + This file contains the maximum number of ptp vclocks. + Write integer to re-configure it. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/n_alarms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of periodic or one shot + alarms offer by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/n_external_timestamps +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of external timestamp + channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/n_periodic_outputs +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of programmable periodic + output channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/n_pins +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of programmable pins + offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/n_vclocks +Date: May 2021 +Contact: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of virtual PTP clocks in + use. By default, the value is 0 meaning that only the + physical clock is in use. Setting the value creates + the corresponding number of virtual clocks and causes + the physical clock to become free running. Setting the + value back to 0 deletes the virtual clocks and + switches the physical clock back to normal, adjustable + operation. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/pins +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This directory contains one file for each programmable + pin offered by the PTP hardware clock. The file name + is the hardware dependent pin name. Reading from this + file produces two numbers, the assigned function (see + the `PTP_PF_` enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h) + and the channel number. The function and channel + assignment may be changed by two writing numbers into + the file. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/pps_available +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file indicates whether the PTP hardware clock + supports a Pulse Per Second to the host CPU. Reading + "1" means that the PPS is supported, while "0" means + not supported. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/extts_enable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables external + timestamps. To enable external timestamps, write the + channel index followed by a "1" into the file. + To disable external timestamps, write the channel + index followed by a "0" into the file. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/fifo +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file provides timestamps on external events, in + the form of three integers: channel index, seconds, + and nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/period +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables periodic + outputs. To enable a periodic output, write five + integers into the file: channel index, start time + seconds, start time nanoseconds, period seconds, and + period nanoseconds. To disable a periodic output, set + all the seconds and nanoseconds values to zero. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/pps_enable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables delivery of + PPS events to the Linux PPS subsystem. To enable PPS + events, write a "1" into the file. To disable events, + write a "0" into the file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c52a5fd15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/secvar +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: This directory is created if the POWER firmware supports OS + secureboot, thereby secure variables. It exposes interface + for reading/writing the secure variables + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: This directory lists all the secure variables that are supported + by the firmware. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/format +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: A string indicating which backend is in use by the firmware. + This determines the format of the variable and the accepted + format of variable updates. + + On powernv/OPAL, this value is provided by the OPAL firmware + and is expected to be "ibm,edk2-compat-v1". + + On pseries/PLPKS, this is generated by the kernel based on the + version number in the SB_VERSION variable in the keystore. The + version numbering in the SB_VERSION variable starts from 1. The + format string takes the form "ibm,plpks-sb-v<version>" in the + case of dynamic key management mode. If the SB_VERSION variable + does not exist (or there is an error while reading it), it takes + the form "ibm,plpks-sb-v0", indicating that the key management + mode is static. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable name> +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Each secure variable is represented as a directory named as + <variable_name>. The variable name is unique and is in ASCII + representation. The data and size can be determined by reading + their respective attribute files. + + Only secvars relevant to the key management mode are exposed. + Only in the dynamic key management mode should the user have + access (read and write) to the secure boot secvars db, dbx, + grubdb, grubdbx, and sbat. These secvars are not consumed in the + static key management mode. PK, trustedcadb and moduledb are the + secvars common to both static and dynamic key management modes. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable_name>/size +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: An integer representation of the size of the content of the + variable. In other words, it represents the size of the data. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable_name>/data +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: A read-only file containing the value of the variable. The size + of the file represents the maximum size of the variable data. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable_name>/update +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: A write-only file that is used to submit the new value for the + variable. The size of the file represents the maximum size of + the variable data that can be written. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-timecard b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-timecard new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ae41b763 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-timecard @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ +What: /sys/class/timecard/ +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This directory contains files and directories + providing a standardized interface to the ancillary + features of the OpenCompute timecard. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/ +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This directory contains the attributes of the Nth timecard + registered. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/available_clock_sources +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) The list of available time sources that the PHC + uses for clock adjustments. + + ==== ================================================= + NONE no adjustments + PPS adjustments come from the PPS1 selector (default) + TOD adjustments from the GNSS/TOD module + IRIG adjustments from external IRIG-B signal + DCF adjustments from external DCF signal + ==== ================================================= + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/available_sma_inputs +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Set of available destinations (sinks) for a SMA + input signal. + + ===== ================================================ + 10Mhz signal is used as the 10Mhz reference clock + PPS1 signal is sent to the PPS1 selector + PPS2 signal is sent to the PPS2 selector + TS1 signal is sent to timestamper 1 + TS2 signal is sent to timestamper 2 + TS3 signal is sent to timestamper 3 + TS4 signal is sent to timestamper 4 + IRIG signal is sent to the IRIG-B module + DCF signal is sent to the DCF module + FREQ1 signal is sent to frequency counter 1 + FREQ2 signal is sent to frequency counter 2 + FREQ3 signal is sent to frequency counter 3 + FREQ4 signal is sent to frequency counter 4 + None signal input is disabled + ===== ================================================ + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/available_sma_outputs +Date: May 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Set of available sources for a SMA output signal. + + ===== ================================================ + 10Mhz output is from the 10Mhz reference clock + PHC output PPS is from the PHC clock + MAC output PPS is from the Miniature Atomic Clock + GNSS1 output PPS is from the first GNSS module + GNSS2 output PPS is from the second GNSS module + IRIG output is from the PHC, in IRIG-B format + DCF output is from the PHC, in DCF format + GEN1 output is from frequency generator 1 + GEN2 output is from frequency generator 2 + GEN3 output is from frequency generator 3 + GEN4 output is from frequency generator 4 + GND output is GND + VCC output is VCC + ===== ================================================ + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/clock_source +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) Contains the current synchronization source used by + the PHC. May be changed by writing one of the listed + values from the available_clock_sources attribute set. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/clock_status_drift +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Contains the current drift value used by the firmware + for internal disciplining of the atomic clock. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/clock_status_offset +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Contains the current offset value used by the firmware + for internal disciplining of the atomic clock. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/freqX +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Optional directory containing the sysfs nodes for + frequency counter <X>. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/freqX/frequency +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Contains the measured frequency over the specified + measurement period. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/freqX/seconds +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) Specifies the number of seconds from 0-255 that the + frequency should be measured over. Write 0 to disable. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Optional directory containing the sysfs nodes for + frequency generator <X>. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/duty +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Specifies the signal duty cycle as a percentage from 1-99. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/period +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Specifies the signal period in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/phase +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Specifies the signal phase offset in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/polarity +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Specifies the signal polarity, either 1 or 0. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/running +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Either 0 or 1, showing if the signal generator is running. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/start +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the time in <sec>.<nsec> that the signal generator + started running. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/signal +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) Used to start the signal generator, and summarize + the current status. + + The signal generator may be started by writing the signal + period, followed by the optional signal values. If the + optional values are not provided, they default to the current + settings, which may be obtained from the other sysfs nodes. + + period [duty [phase [polarity]]] + + echo 500000000 > signal # 1/2 second period + echo 1000000 40 100 > signal + echo 0 > signal # turn off generator + + Period and phase are specified in nanoseconds. Duty cycle is + a percentage from 1-99. Polarity is 1 or 0. + + Reading this node will return: + + period duty phase polarity start_time + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/gnss_sync +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Indicates whether a valid GNSS signal is received, + or when the signal was lost. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/i2c +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This optional attribute links to the associated i2c device. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/irig_b_mode +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) An integer from 0-7 indicating the timecode format + of the IRIG-B output signal: B00<n> + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/pps +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This optional attribute links to the associated PPS device. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/ptp +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This attribute links to the associated PTP device. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/serialnum +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Provides the serial number of the timecard. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/sma1 +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/sma2 +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/sma3 +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/sma4 +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) These attributes specify the direction of the signal + on the associated SMA connectors, and also the signal sink + or source. + + The display format of the attribute is a space separated + list of signals, prefixed by the input/output direction. + + The signal direction may be changed (if supported) by + prefixing the signal list with either "in:" or "out:". + If neither prefix is present, then the direction is unchanged. + + The output signal may be changed by writing one of the listed + values from the available_sma_outputs attribute set. + + The input destinations may be changed by writing multiple + values from the available_sma_inputs attribute set, + separated by spaces. If there are duplicated input + destinations between connectors, the lowest numbered SMA + connector is given priority. + + Note that not all input combinations may make sense. + + The 10Mhz reference clock input is currently only valid + on SMA1 and may not be combined with other destination sinks. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/tod_correction +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) The incoming GNSS signal is in UTC time, and the NMEA + format messages do not provide a TAI offset. This sets the + correction value for the incoming time. + + If UBX_LS is enabled, this should be 0, and the offset is + taken from the UBX-NAV-TIMELS message. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/ts_window_adjust +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) When retrieving the PHC with the PTP SYS_OFFSET_EXTENDED + ioctl, a system timestamp is made before and after the PHC + time is retrieved. The midpoint between the two system + timestamps is usually taken to be the SYS time associated + with the PHC time. This estimate may be wrong, as it depends + on PCI latencies, and when the PHC time was latched + + The attribute value reduces the end timestamp by the given + number of nanoseconds, so the computed midpoint matches the + retrieved PHC time. + + The initial value is set based on measured PCI latency and + the estimated point where the FPGA latches the PHC time. This + value may be changed by writing an unsigned integer. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/tty +Date: August 2024 +Contact: Vadim Fedorenko <vadim.fedorenko@linux.dev> +Description: (RO) Directory containing the sysfs nodes for TTY attributes + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/tty/ttyGNSS +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/tty/ttyGNSS2 +Date: August 2024 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) These optional attributes contain names of the TTY serial + ports associated with the GNSS devices. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/tty/ttyMAC +Date: August 2024 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) This optional attribute contains name of the TTY serial + port associated with the Miniature Atomic Clock. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/tty/ttyNMEA +Date: August 2024 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) This optional attribute contains name of the TTY serial + port which outputs the PHC time in NMEA ZDA format. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/utc_tai_offset +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) The DCF and IRIG output signals are in UTC, while the + TimeCard operates on TAI. This attribute allows setting the + offset in seconds, which is added to the TAI timebase for + these formats. + + The offset may be changed by writing an unsigned integer. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty new file mode 100644 index 000000000..895c47f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +What: /sys/class/tty/console/active +Date: Nov 2010 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: + Shows the list of currently configured + console devices, like 'tty1 ttyS0'. + The last entry in the file is the active + device connected to /dev/console. + The file supports poll() to detect virtual + console switches. + +What: /sys/class/tty/tty<x>/active +Date: Nov 2010 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: + Shows the currently active virtual console + device, like 'tty1'. + The file supports poll() to detect virtual + console switches. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/uartclk +Date: Sep 2012 +Contact: Tomas Hlavacek <tmshlvck@gmail.com> +Description: + Shows the current uartclk value associated with the + UART port in serial_core, that is bound to TTY like ttyS0. + uartclk = 16 * baud_base + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/type +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty type for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/line +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty line number for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/port +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty port I/O address for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/irq +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current primary interrupt for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/flags +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the tty port status flags for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/xmit_fifo_size +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the transmit FIFO size for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/close_delay +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the closing delay time for this port in centiseconds. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/closing_wait +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the close wait time for this port in centiseconds. + + Waiting forever is represented as 0. If waiting on close is + disabled then the value is 65535. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/custom_divisor +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the custom divisor if any that is set on this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/io_type +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the I/O type that is to be used with the iomem base + address. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/iomem_base +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The I/O memory base for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/iomem_reg_shift +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the register shift indicating the spacing to be used + for accesses on this iomem address. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/rx_trig_bytes +Date: May 2014 +Contact: Yoshihiro YUNOMAE <yoshihiro.yunomae.ez@hitachi.com> +Description: + Shows current RX interrupt trigger bytes or sets the + user specified value to change it for the FIFO buffer. + Users can show or set this value regardless of opening the + serial device file or not. + + The RX trigger can be set one of four kinds of values for UART + serials. When users input a meaning less value to this I/F, + the RX trigger is changed to the nearest lower value for the + device specification. For example, when user sets 7bytes on + 16550A, which has 1/4/8/14 bytes trigger, the RX trigger is + automatically changed to 4 bytes. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/console +Date: February 2020 +Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Allows user to detach or attach back the given device as + kernel console. It shows and accepts a boolean variable. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c15e18c47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +What: /sys/.../uevent +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Enable passing additional variables for synthetic uevents that + are generated by writing /sys/.../uevent file. + + Recognized extended format is:: + + ACTION [UUID [KEY=VALUE ...]] + + The ACTION is compulsory - it is the name of the uevent + action (``add``, ``change``, ``remove``). There is no change + compared to previous functionality here. The rest of the + extended format is optional. + + You need to pass UUID first before any KEY=VALUE pairs. + The UUID must be in ``xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx`` + format where 'x' is a hex digit. The UUID is considered to be + a transaction identifier so it's possible to use the same UUID + value for one or more synthetic uevents in which case we + logically group these uevents together for any userspace + listeners. The UUID value appears in uevent as + ``SYNTH_UUID=xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx`` environment + variable. + + If UUID is not passed in, the generated synthetic uevent gains + ``SYNTH_UUID=0`` environment variable automatically. + + The KEY=VALUE pairs can contain alphanumeric characters only. + + It's possible to define zero or more pairs - each pair is then + delimited by a space character ' '. Each pair appears in + synthetic uevent as ``SYNTH_ARG_KEY=VALUE``. That means the KEY + name gains ``SYNTH_ARG_`` prefix to avoid possible collisions + with existing variables. + + Example of valid sequence written to the uevent file:: + + add fe4d7c9d-b8c6-4a70-9ef1-3d8a58d18eed A=1 B=abc + + This generates synthetic uevent including these variables:: + + ACTION=add + SYNTH_ARG_A=1 + SYNTH_ARG_B=abc + SYNTH_UUID=fe4d7c9d-b8c6-4a70-9ef1-3d8a58d18eed + +Users: + udev, userspace tools generating synthetic uevents diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1db89b0cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: Raise a uevent when a USB charger is inserted or removed +Date: 2020-01-14 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: There are two USB charger states: + + - USB_CHARGER_ABSENT + - USB_CHARGER_PRESENT + + There are five USB charger types: + + ======================== ========================== + USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE Charger type is unknown + USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE Standard Downstream Port + USB_CHARGER_CDP_TYPE Charging Downstream Port + USB_CHARGER_DCP_TYPE Dedicated Charging Port + USB_CHARGER_ACA_TYPE Accessory Charging Adapter + ======================== ========================== + + https://www.usb.org/document-library/battery-charging-v12-spec-and-adopters-agreement + + Here are two examples taken using ``udevadm monitor -p`` when + USB charger is online:: + + UDEV change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform) + ACTION=change + DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1 + DRIVER=usb_phy_generic + MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1 + OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1 + OF_NAME=usbphynop1 + SEQNUM=2493 + SUBSYSTEM=platform + USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_PRESENT + USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE + USEC_INITIALIZED=227422826 + + USB charger is offline:: + + KERNEL change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform) + ACTION=change + DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1 + DRIVER=usb_phy_generic + MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1 + OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1 + OF_NAME=usbphynop1 + SEQNUM=2494 + SUBSYSTEM=platform + USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_ABSENT + USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b8eca4bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: Raise a uevent when a USB Host Controller has died +Date: 2019-04-17 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: When the USB Host Controller has entered a state where it is no + longer functional a uevent will be raised. The uevent will + contain ACTION=offline and ERROR=DEAD. + + Here is an example taken using udevadm monitor -p:: + + KERNEL[130.428945] offline /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 (usb) + ACTION=offline + BUSNUM=002 + DEVNAME=/dev/bus/usb/002/001 + DEVNUM=001 + DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 + DEVTYPE=usb_device + DRIVER=usb + ERROR=DEAD + MAJOR=189 + MINOR=128 + PRODUCT=1d6b/2/414 + SEQNUM=2168 + SUBSYSTEM=usb + TYPE=9/0/1 + +Users: chromium-os-dev@chromium.org |